Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 6, 2013

Registration Statement No. 333-191784

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 3

TO

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Republic of the Marshall Islands

  4412   Not Applicable

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

21 Palmer Street

London, SW1H 0AD, United Kingdom

+44 (0)20 7340 4850

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

CT Corporation System

111 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor

New York, New York 10011

(212) 894-8940

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

Copies to:

 

Mike Rosenwasser

E. Ramey Layne

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

666 Fifth Avenue, 26th Floor

New York, New York 10103

Telephone: (212) 237-0000

Facsimile: (212) 237-0100

 

Marc D. Jaffe

Ian D. Schuman

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue Suite 1000

New York, New York 10022

Telephone: (212) 906-1200

Facsimile: (212) 751-4864

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF

SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

  AMOUNT TO
BE REGISTERED
  PROPOSED MAXIMUM
OFFERING PRICE
PER SHARE
  PROPOSED MAXIMUM
AGGREGATE
OFFERING PRICE(1)(2)
  AMOUNT OF
REGISTRATION FEE(3)

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

  12,995,000   $19.00   $246,905,000   $31,801

 

 

(1) Includes shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
(3) The Registrant has previously paid $25,760 for the registration of $200,000,000 of proposed maximum aggregate offering price in the filing of the Registration Statement on October 17, 2013 (File No. 333-191784) and $3,864 that was previously paid for the registration of an additional $30,000,000 of proposed maximum aggregate offering price in the filing of Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on November 4, 2013 (File No. 333-191784).

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), check the following box.  ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling shareholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 6, 2013

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

11,300,000 Shares

 

LOGO

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

Common Stock

We are offering 8,330,000 shares of common stock and the selling shareholders identified in this prospectus are offering 2,970,000 shares of common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our common stock. We expect the public offering price to be between $17.00 and $19.00 per share. We have been approved to have our common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “NVGS.”

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Please read “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 16 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

We are an “emerging growth company” under the U.S. federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

 

 

     PER SHARE      TOTAL  

Public Offering Price

   $                    $                

Underwriters’ Discounts and Commissions(1)

   $         $     

Proceeds to Navigator Holdings Ltd. (Before Expenses)

   $         $     

Proceeds to the Selling Shareholders

   $         $     

 

  (1) We refer you to “Underwriting” beginning on page 212 of this prospectus for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

 

 

Delivery of the common stock is expected to be on or about                     , 2013. The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase an additional 1,695,000 shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholders.

 

Jefferies   Morgan Stanley

 

Evercore   Fearnley Securities   Global Hunter Securities     Stifel   

Prospectus dated                     , 2013


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO    LOGO
Artistic rendering of Navigator Neptune during
cargo operations, U.S. Gulf
   Artistic rendering of Navigator Aries under
construction, South Korea
LOGO    LOGO
Artistic rendering of Navigator Pluto at the
Centennial Bridge, Panama
   Artistic rendering of Navigator Leo trading
in ice, Baltic Sea

 

 


Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where an offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus only. Our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects may have changed since that date.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     16   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     36   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     37   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     38   

CAPITALIZATION

     39   

DILUTION

     40   

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

     41   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     44   

THE INTERNATIONAL LIQUEFIED GAS SHIPPING INDUSTRY

     64   

BUSINESS

     90   

MANAGEMENT

     113   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     119   

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

     120   

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

     122   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     125   

CERTAIN MARSHALL ISLANDS COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS

     126   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     129   

NON-U.S. TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     135   

OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

     136   

UNDERWRITING

     137   

LEGAL MATTERS

     143   

EXPERTS

     144   

CHANGES IN ACCOUNTANTS

     145   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     146   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

APPENDIX A GLOSSARY OF TERMS

     A-1   

 

 

 

i


Table of Contents

Until                     , 2013 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our shares of common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are a Marshall Islands corporation. Substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. A majority of our directors and officers and some of the experts identified in this prospectus reside outside the United States. In addition, a substantial portion of the assets of our directors, officers and experts are located outside of the United States. As a result, you may have difficulty serving legal process within the United States upon us or any of these persons. You may also have difficulty enforcing, both in and outside of the United States, judgments you may obtain in U.S. courts against us or these persons in any action, including actions based upon the civil liability provisions of U.S. federal or state securities laws. However, we have expressly submitted to the jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and New York state courts sitting in the City of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or proceeding arising under the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States, and we have appointed CT Corporation System to accept service of process on our behalf in any such action.

Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, our counsel as to Republic of the Marshall Islands law, has advised us that there is substantial doubt that the courts of the Republic of the Marshall Islands would (1) enter judgments in original actions brought in those courts predicated on U.S. federal or state securities laws, or (2) recognize or enforce against us or any of our officers, directors or experts, judgments of courts of the United States predicated on U.S. federal or state securities laws.

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

All references in this prospectus to “Navigator Holdings,” “our,” “we,” “us” and the “Company” refer to Navigator Holdings PLC, an Isle of Man corporation, with regard to all periods prior to its redomiciliation in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and to Navigator Holdings Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation, with regard to all periods after its redomiciliation in the Republic of the Marshall Islands. All references in this prospectus to our wholly-owned subsidiary “Navigator Gas L.L.C.” refer to Navigator Gas Transport PLC, an Isle of Man corporation, with regard to all periods prior to its redomiciliation in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and to Navigator Gas L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company, with regard to all periods after its redomiciliation in the Republic of the Marshall Islands. As used in this prospectus, unless the context indicates or otherwise requires, references to “our fleet” or “our vessels” (A) include (i) 23 vessels we own as of the date of this prospectus, or “our owned vessels,” (ii) four newbuildings for delivery from Jiangnan Shipyard (Group) Co. Ltd. in China, or “Jiangnan,” between April and October of 2014, or the “2014 newbuildings,” and (iii) four newbuildings for delivery from Jiangnan between March and December of 2015, or the “2015 newbuildings”; and (B) exclude (i) the chartered-in vessel that we have chartered-in through December 2014 and (ii) one newbuilding subject to an option with Jiangnan which, if exercised, would be delivered by early 2016, or the “option newbulding.” As used in the prospectus, (i) “WLR” refers to WL Ross & Co. LLC and (ii) the “WLR Group” refers to WLR and certain of its affiliated investment funds owning shares of our common stock, collectively. We include a glossary of certain shipping and other terms used in this prospectus in Appendix A.

 

ii


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd., or “Drewry,” has provided us statistical and graphical information contained in this prospectus and relating to the liquefied gas carrier industry. We do not have any knowledge that the information provided by Drewry is inaccurate in any material respect. Drewry has advised us that the statistical and graphical information contained herein is drawn from its database and other sources. In connection therewith, Drewry has advised that: (a) certain information in Drewry’s database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments; (b) the information in the databases of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from the information in Drewry’s database; and (c) while Drewry has taken care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believes it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures. We believe that, notwithstanding any such qualification by Drewry, the industry data provided by Drewry is accurate in all material respects.

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

We own or have rights to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks and trade names of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties’ trademarks, service marks, trade names or products in this prospectus is not intended to, and does not imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship by us. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® , TM or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

 

iii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the historical financial statements and the notes to those financial statements. You should read “Risk Factors” for information about important factors that you should consider before buying our common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “dollars” and “$” in this prospectus are to, and amounts are presented in, U.S. Dollars.

Navigator Holdings

We are the owner and operator of the world’s largest fleet of handysize liquefied gas carriers. We provide international and regional seaborne transportation services of liquefied petroleum gas, or “LPG,” petrochemical gases and ammonia for energy companies, industrial users and commodity traders. These gases are transported in liquefied form, by applying cooling and/or pressure to reduce volume by up to 900 times depending on the cargo, making their transportation more efficient and economical. The demand for seaborne transportation of these liquefied gases will continue to grow due to evolving energy and petrochemical market dynamics, particularly as a result of increasing U.S. shale oil and gas development, as seaborne transportation is often the only, or the most cost effective, manner of transporting gases between major exporting and importing markets, according to Drewry.

Our fleet consists of 31 semi- or fully-refrigerated handysize liquefied gas carriers, which we define as liquefied gas carriers between 15,000 and 24,999 cbm, including eight newbuilding vessels scheduled for delivery by December 2015. In addition, we have an option to build one further handysize newbuilding vessel for delivery by early 2016 and currently operate an additional semi-refrigerated handysize liquefied gas carrier under a time charter-in through December 2014. Vessels in our fleet are capable of loading, discharging and carrying cargoes across a range of temperatures from ambient to minus 104° Celsius and pressures from 1 bar to 6.4 bars. Our handysize liquefied gas carriers can accommodate medium- and long-haul routes that may be uneconomical for smaller vessels and can call at ports that are unable to support larger vessels due to limited onshore capacity, absence of fully-refrigerated loading infrastructure and/or vessel size restrictions. In addition, five of our vessels are the largest ethylene-capable vessels in the world, meaning vessels capable of transporting and distributing ethylene and ethane cargoes, and five of our eight newbuildings will be among the largest ethylene-capable vessels in the world. Finally, each of our newbuildings will be an Eco-design vessel incorporating advanced fuel efficiency and emission-reducing technologies, including the capability of conversion to the use of liquefied natural gas, or “LNG,” as fuel. We believe that owning fuel-efficient vessels enhances our returns as it allows us to meet charterers’ increasingly stringent environmental requirements and to fully capitalize on the fuel savings under our voyage charters and contracts of affreightment, or “COAs.”

We believe that the size and versatility of our fleet, which enable us to carry the broadest set of liquefied gases subject to seaborne transportation across a diverse range of conditions and geographies, together with our track record of operational excellence, position us as the partner of choice for many companies requiring handysize liquefied gas transportation and distribution solutions. In addition, we believe that the versatility of our fleet affords us with backhaul and triangulation opportunities not available to many of our competitors, thereby providing us with opportunities to increase utilization and profitability. We seek to enhance our returns through a flexible, customer-driven chartering strategy that combines a base of time charters and COAs, with more opportunistic, higher-rate voyage charters.

We carry LPG for major international energy companies, state-owned utilities and reputable commodities traders. LPG, which consists of propane and butane, is a relatively clean alternative energy source with more than 1,000 applications, including as a heating, cooking and transportation fuel and as a petrochemical and refinery feedstock. LPG is a by-product of oil refining and gas extraction, the availability of which has historically been limited by the flaring of natural gas at the wellhead. However, increasing restrictions across

 

 

1


Table of Contents

the globe against flaring natural gas have resulted in, and are anticipated to continue to result in, the increased transportation or storage of by-products such as LPG. The expanding development of U.S. shale oil and gas resources has resulted in an abundance of LPG that exceeds current U.S. domestic needs and, given the scarcity and cost of storage infrastructure, Drewry believes U.S. LPG will be increasingly exported. This LPG available for export from the United States, together with LPG associated with large LNG export projects in international oil and gas producing regions, is expected to create supply-driven growth of seaborne LPG transportation and to promote arbitrage opportunities due to regional price differentials, according to Drewry.

We also carry petrochemical gases for numerous industrial users. Petrochemical gases, including ethylene, propylene, butadiene and vinyl chloride monomer, are derived from the cracking of petroleum feedstocks such as ethane, LPG and naptha and are primarily used as raw materials in various industrial processes, like the manufacture of plastics and rubber, with a wide application of end uses. The demand for seaborne transportation of petrochemical gases will increase due to industrial users seeking alternative feedstocks given the rise in crude oil prices, expanding global manufacturing and cracking capacity, particularly in the Middle East and Asia, and shifting regional supply imbalances in certain petrochemicals, according to Drewry. Our vessels are also capable of carrying ammonia, which is mainly used in the agricultural industry as a fertilizer. The ability of our fleet to carry the broadest range of petrochemical cargoes among liquefied gas carrier fleets, as well as serve ports with vessel size restrictions and/or limited infrastructure, has allowed us to enhance our fleet utilization and profitability, including through greater backhaul and triangulation opportunities.

Our management team has significant experience growing leading energy, logistics and maritime companies. Since our management team joined our company in 2006, we have successfully grown our fleet from five to 23 vessels on-the-water as of the date of this prospectus, and we expect to grow to 31 vessels on-the-water by December 2015. The growth of our fleet and successful management of our operations have enabled us to establish a track record of growing revenues and improving profitability over recent years despite the volatility in the shipping industry and world economy. We intend to leverage the expertise of our management to further grow our company as we look to capitalize on existing and future opportunities in the liquefied gas transportation and complementary sectors. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, and the year ended December 31, 2012, we reported net income of $30.1 million and $30.5 million, respectively, EBITDA of $76.8 million and $63.9 million, respectively, and operating revenue of $167.0 million and $146.7 million, respectively, an increase over the comparable period in the previous year of 38.6%, 63.7%, 67.4%, 60.3%, 56.9% and 65.1%, respectively. Please see “—Summary Historical Financial and Operating Data” for a reconciliation of EBITDA to net income.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Our Fleet

Our owned vessels had an average age of 6.4 years, as compared to an average age for the world handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet of 11.6 years as of September 30, 2013. We believe that owning a modern fleet reduces off-hire time and maintenance, operating and drydocking costs and helps ensure safety and environmental protection.

The following table sets forth our owned vessels as of October 31, 2013:

 

 

 

OPERATING VESSEL (1)

   YEAR
BUILT
     VESSEL
SIZE
(CBM)
     ETHYLENE-CAPABLE      EMPLOYMENT
STATUS
   CHARTER
EXPIRATION

DATE

Semi-refrigerated

              

Navigator Mars

     2000         22,085       ü         Spot market   

Navigator Neptune

     2000         22,085       ü         Time charter    January 2014

Navigator Pluto

     2000         22,085       ü         Time charter    September 2015

Navigator Saturn

     2000         22,085       ü         Spot market   

Navigator Venus

     2000         22,085       ü         Time charter    March 2014

Navigator Magellan (2 )

     1998         20,700          Time charter    March 2014

Navigator Aries

     2008         20,750          Time charter    September 2014

Navigator Capricorn (2 )

     2008         20,750          Spot market   

Navigator Gemini

     2009         20,750          Time charter    March 2014

Navigator Pegasus

     2009         22,200          Time charter    March 2014

Navigator Phoenix

     2009         22,200          Time charter    May 2014

Navigator Scorpio (2 )

     2009         20,750          Spot market   

Navigator Taurus

     2009         20,750          Spot market   

Navigator Leo ( 3 )

     2011         20,600          Spot market   

Navigator Libra ( 3 )

     2012         20,600          Spot market   

Navigator Virgo (2)

     2009         20,750          Time charter    December 2013

Navigator Mariner (2)

     2000         20,700          Time charter    February 2014

Fully-refrigerated

              

Navigator Grace (2 )

     2010         22,500          Time charter    February 2014

Navigator Galaxy ( 2 )

     2011         22,500          Time charter    September 2014

Navigator Genesis ( 2 )

     2011         22,500          Spot market   

Navigator Global ( 2 )

     2011         22,500          Time charter    October 2018

Navigator Gusto ( 2 )

     2011         22,500          Spot market   

Navigator Glory ( 2 )

     2010         22,500          Time charter    October 2014

 

 

(1)  

Excludes the Maple 3 , a semi-refrigerated vessel operated by us pursuant to a time charter-in from Maple 3 Inc. through December 2014.

(2)  

Vessel acquired in connection with the A.P. Møller acquisition described below.

(3)  

The Navigator Leo and Navigator Libra are under time charters through 2023 commencing in December 2013.

We are growing our fleet to capitalize on existing and anticipated opportunities in the liquefied gas transportation and distribution market. In November 2012, we entered into sales and purchase agreements with affiliates of A.P. Møller Mærsk Group, or “A.P. Møller,” pursuant to which A.P. Møller agreed to sell to us its entire fleet of 11 handysize liquefied gas carriers, or the “A.P. Møller vessels,” all of which have been acquired and delivered as of the date of this prospectus. We have also entered into agreements with Jiangnan to build five 21,000 cbm semi-refrigerated ethylene-capable liquefied gas carriers and three 22,000 cbm semi-refrigerated liquefied gas carriers and have an option to build one additional 22,000 cbm semi-refrigerated liquefied gas carrier. Our 2014 newbuildings are scheduled for delivery between April and October of 2014, our 2015 newbuildings are scheduled for delivery between March and December of 2015, and the option newbuilding would be delivered in early 2016 if the option were exercised. We have fully financed the construction of the 2014 newbuildings through a combination of debt and equity financings. We plan to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering together with future credit facilities to fund the construction of the 2015 newbuildings and, if the option is exercised, the option newbuilding.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

The following table presents certain information concerning our newbuildings, excluding the option newbuilding.

 

 

 

NEWBUILDING VESSEL

   YEAR
BUILT
     VESSEL SIZE
(CBM)
     ETHYLENE-CAPABLE      ANTICIPATED DELIVERY

Semi-refrigerated

           

Navigator Atlas

     2014         21,000       ü         April 2014

Navigator Europa

     2014         21,000       ü         June 2014

Navigator Oberon

     2014         21,000       ü         August 2014

Navigator Triton

     2014         21,000       ü         October 2014

Navigator Umbrio

     2015         21,000       ü         March 2015

Hull 2554 (1)

     2015         22,000          June 2015

Hull 2555 (1)

     2015         22,000          August 2015

Hull 2556 (1)

     2015         22,000          December 2015

 

 

(1)    

To be named upon delivery.

Our team of experienced in-house personnel manages the commercial and operational functions of our fleet. We currently outsource the technical and crewing management of our vessels to Bernhard Schulte Shipmanagement, or “BSSM,” and Northern Marine Management Ltd., or “NMM,” an affiliate of Stena AB Gothenburg, both international maritime service companies that manage more than 650 and 70 ships, respectively. We refer to BSSM and NMM herein as our “technical managers.” We believe that outsourcing our technical and crewing management has historically been cost efficient and ensured a professional and safe environment for our seafarers and our vessels.

The Seaborne Liquefied Gas Transportation Market

The international seaborne liquefied gas transportation market is primarily driven by demand for, and supply of, liquefied gas carriers. Liquefied gas carriers transport three main types of cargo—LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia.

The Market for LPG

LPG has historically been a supply-driven industry, as LPG is a by-product of gas processing, LNG production and crude oil refining. The expansion of LNG projects around the world driven by, among other things, a greater emphasis on monetizing gas resources and more stringent restrictions across the globe on the flaring and venting of natural gas has, and will continue to boost LPG production and trade. The Middle East is the largest exporter of LPG, and Asia is the largest destination for Middle Eastern exports. Japan, South Korea and China are the main importers in Asia, with India and Europe being the other major destinations for LPG.

From 2009 through 2012, U.S. seaborne exports of LPG grew at a CAGR of approximately 22.9%, primarily driven by increased LPG production, a direct consequence of the development of domestic shale gas reserves. As a result, the United States has been transformed from being a net importer to a net exporter of LPG. The growth of U.S. gas supplies as a result of domestic shale gas development has also forced down ethane and propane prices in the United States to the point that they are now highly competitive compared to prices offered by other major LPG exporters. These decreased prices have created trading arbitrage opportunities that increase the demand for liquefied gas carriers. Drewry anticipates that U.S. exports of LPG will further grow as additional export terminal infrastructure is developed and that U.S. propane export capacity will increase five fold from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2015 to 745,000 barrels per day.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

U.S. LPG Production

(Thousands of Barrels per Day)

 

LOGO

Source: Drewry

  

LPG Prices

(U.S.$ per ton)

 

LOGO

Source: Drewry

The Market for Petrochemicals Gases

Petrochemical gases are derived from processing oil and gas products. The market for seaborne transportation of petrochemical gases is driven primarily by industrial and consumer demand for products derived from petrochemical gases, such as plastics, polymers, organic chemicals and rubber, as well as regional production imbalances and pricing differentials. Seaborne transportation of petrochemical gases has been increasing for much of the last decade in part due to refining and cracking capacity growth in the Middle East and Asia. Global feedstock price disparities, including for ethylene, have also increased, creating arbitrage opportunities. Generally, the growth of capacity ahead of downstream production has underpinned the growth in exports, creating additional demand for shipping capacity. The majority of this capacity has been in the handysize sector.

The Market for Ammonia

Ammonia is predominantly used in the agricultural industry as a fertilizer. In the last decade, international seaborne trade of ammonia has grown faster than production due to the growth in supply from regions with more competitively priced feedstock. As such, production of ammonia is gravitating to areas that have large supplies of low cost natural gas, such as the Middle East.

Versatility and Supply of Gas Carriers

Liquefied gas carriers range in size from 500 to 86,000 cbm and in technical capabilities from fully-pressurized to fully-refrigerated, depending on the mix of pressure and refrigeration applied to cargoes. In general, the operating flexibility of a liquefied gas carrier is restricted at the lower and upper ends of the vessel-size spectrum by a combination of technical and commercial features. The most flexible vessels are those in the handysize sector in which we operate due to their combination of pressure and refrigeration capabilities, which allows them to access each of the LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia markets.

As of September 30, 2013, the orderbook for liquefied gas carriers was equivalent to 21.3% of the existing fleet in capacity terms, far below the 32% peak seen in late 2007 and early 2008. In contrast to oil tankers and drybulk carriers, the number of shipyards with liquefied gas carrier building experience is quite limited and, as such, a sudden influx of supply beyond what is already on order before 2015 is unlikely. In the handysize sector, there are 88 vessels in the world fleet and 19 vessels on order for delivery by 2015 as of September 30, 2013. Almost 24% of the fleet capacity in the handysize sector is more than 20 years old.

Business Opportunities

We believe the following global trends create significant opportunities for us:

 

  n  

Emergence of the United States as a major LPG exporter . The recent growth in shale oil and gas production has transformed the United States from being a net importer to a net exporter of LPG. During 2012, the United States became the second largest exporter of seaborne LPG, only surpassed by Qatar, and in early 2013, U.S. monthly exports were more than double the long-term average for the period of 2002 through 2012. Natural gas liquids constitute on average approximately 40% of the gas stream in liquid-rich oil and gas fields such as the Utica and Marcellus shales. Natural gas liquids

 

 

5


Table of Contents
 

primarily consist of propane, butane and ethane and have higher market value compared to natural gas. The excess supply of these liquids in markets such as the United States has created arbitrage opportunities and heightened demand in international consuming markets through attractive pricing. For example, average propane prices in the U.S. Gulf Coast for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, were approximately 37% and 42% less than the average propane price for such period in Algeria and Saudi Arabia, respectively, which we believe will create increased investment opportunities in growing LPG seaborne transportation on which we intend to capitalize.

 

  n  

Increasing supply of international LPG requiring transport . Over the last 18 months, the expansion of existing LNG facilities and the construction of major new LNG production facilities around the world have added to LPG production and trade volumes, following a period of project delays and stalled start-ups due to the global economic downturn. We expect recent expansions in international crude oil refining capacity to lead to increased production of LPG as a by-product. We also expect LPG production from natural gas processing to continue to increase as new, more stringent regulations restricting the flaring and venting of natural gas continue to be implemented across the globe. We believe that handysize vessels such as those in our fleet and smaller vessels will benefit from increased LPG production, particularly in the United States, the former Soviet Republics, North and West Coast Africa, the Caribbean and Latin America, and from growth in intra-regional and coastal trade to ports that larger vessels cannot easily access or that lack the fully-refrigerated loading and/or storage infrastructure that larger vessels require.

 

  n  

Growing demand for seaborne transportation of petrochemicals. We believe that growth in production at petrochemical facilities, demand for alternative feedstocks due to the rise in crude oil prices and regional supply imbalances create arbitrage opportunities that have a positive impact on trade flows from a ton-mile perspective. These arbitrage opportunities generate demand for seaborne liquefied gas carriers to transport petrochemical gas cargoes under voyage charters. Voyage charter rates for petrochemical gas cargoes are often higher than time charter rates for liquefied gas cargoes, with voyage charter rates for ethylene historically commanding an additional premium over the rates for other petrochemical gas cargoes. We believe that the balanced employment of our vessels and the fact that they are among the largest vessels in the world capable of carrying certain petrochemical gases, including ethylene, provide us with available and well-suited tonnage to benefit from these trends.

 

  n  

Evolving U.S. petrochemical market dynamics. The development of U.S. shale oil and gas resources has also created an abundance of ethane resulting in a decrease in average U.S. ethane spot price from approximately $526 per metric ton for the year ended December 31, 2008 to approximately $161 per metric ton for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, providing the U.S. petrochemical industry with attractively priced domestic feedstock for the production of petrochemicals and ethylene. As a result, U.S. petrochemicals and ethylene are increasingly competitively priced in the global marketplace, and a number of new projects have been announced to expand U.S. ethylene cracking capacity. We expect these trends to lead to continued growth in U.S. exports of petrochemical and ethylene cargoes. We believe that we are well positioned to benefit from this export growth as our fleet currently consists of the five largest, and by March 2015 we expect that it will consist of ten of the largest, ethylene-capable liquefied gas carriers in the world.

 

  n  

Rising global demand for alternative fuels. The increase in global demand for LPG has also been supported by the substitution of alternative fuels as they become more attractive in light of concerns over the environmental impact of crude oil and the safety of nuclear power following the accident at the Fukushima, Japan nuclear power plants. We believe demand for LPG will also increase due to the introduction of various initiatives to encourage the use of cleaner fuels around the world. We believe the ability of our fleet to transport LPG to smaller ports around the world provides us with a competitive advantage as global demand for alternative fuels increases.

 

  n  

Increased ton-mile demand through backhaul and triangulation opportunities. The shale oil and gas development in the United States, the establishment of LNG and LPG production facilities in the Middle East and other oil and gas producing regions and the growth of petrochemical facilities in

 

 

6


Table of Contents
 

various countries around the globe have not only increased the supply of liquefied gases available for export but also changed the trade flows between regions. As one region develops as a major export hub for one type of liquefied gas, it is likely to also grow into a major importer of another. Drewry believes the increased distances between the projected major exporting and importing regions of liquefied gases and the evolution of trade patterns will result in additional backhaul and triangulation opportunities as well as growing ton-mile demand. We have in the past and will continue to benefit from these emerging longer-haul liquefied gas trading patterns, as the versatility of our fleet enables us to carry a wide range of liquefied gases across multiple markets while providing our partners and customers with economies of scale.

Our Competitive Strengths

Our competitive strengths include the following:

 

  n  

We own and operate the world’s largest handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet. With 23 owned vessels and an additional eight vessels to be delivered to us in the next 25 months, we are and expect to continue to be the owner and operator of the world’s largest handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet. Of these eight vessels to be delivered to us, four are fully financed and four are expected to be financed through the proceeds of this offering and borrowings under future credit facilities. See “Use of Proceeds.” Furthermore, we are also the owner and operator of the world’s largest fleets of both semi-refrigerated and ethylene-capable semi-refrigerated handysize vessels. We believe that our fleet’s cargo carriage flexibility and long-haul capabilities provide us with competitive advantages in pursuing emerging growth opportunities, particularly in petrochemical and ethylene transportation.

 

  n  

Our highly versatile fleet allows us to enhance utilization and profitability. Our fleet is capable of cost effectively transporting a wide range of liquefied gases including, in the case of five of our current vessels and five of our newbuildings, ethylene and ethane. We believe that the diversity of our fleet, consisting of semi-refrigerated, fully-refrigerated and ethylene-capable vessels, allows us to match appropriate tonnage to a customer’s particular need. In addition, our ability to transport the broadest set of liquefied gases subject to seaborne transportation affords us greater opportunities for backhaul and triangulation, thereby enhancing our utilization and profitability. Furthermore, we believe our vessels are highly versatile in terms of cargo breadth, ease and speed of loading and discharging cargoes and adaptability for route scheduling and available port infrastructure. During the economic downturn in 2008, when demand for seaborne LPG transportation was appreciably reduced, our vessels took advantage of their ability to carry a broad range of petrochemicals, and thereby maintained an average annual utilization rate across the total fleet of more than 96%.

 

  n  

We have a modern, fuel efficient fleet. Our owned vessels had an average age of 6.4 years, as compared to an average age for the world handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet of 11.6 years as of September 30, 2013. The average age, fuel efficiency and technical capabilities of our fleet will be further enhanced by the delivery of our eight newbuildings. We believe that owning a modern fleet reduces off-hire time and maintenance, operating and drydocking costs and helps to ensure safety and environmental protection. In addition, our eight newbuilding vessels have been designed to maximize their fuel efficiency by incorporating advanced Eco-design technological improvements to reduce fuel consumption, such as electronically controlled engines, more efficient hull forms, energy efficient propellers, decreased water resistance and the capability of converting the vessels to use LNG as fuel. We believe that owning fuel-efficient vessels assists us in capturing additional business opportunities and enhances our operating performance by reducing voyage costs and allowing us to adhere to increasingly stringent environmental standards required by certain customers and ports.

 

  n  

We have an experienced operating team. Our vessels are some of the more complex vessel types on the water today, carrying the full range of LPG, petrochemical and ammonia cargoes. These cargoes can be loaded at significantly differing temperatures and require experience to understand the technical complexities of the vessel’s cooling capacity and pressure limitations to ensure efficient and safe handling and transportation. We believe the experience of our operating team and the network of

 

 

7


Table of Contents
 

industry relationships we have established with charterers, traders, brokers, shipyards and other constituents of the liquefied gas industry are not easily replicable by potential new entries and provide us with a sustainable competitive advantage.

 

  n  

We have a track record of and visible built-in growth. Since joining our company, our management team has successfully grown our fleet from five operating vessels to the world’s largest handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet with 23 owned vessels as of the date of this prospectus. In addition, our fleet will continue to expand, as we have contracted to take delivery of eight newbuildings over the next 25 months and have an option to build one additional handysize newbuilding vessel for delivery by early 2016. The growth of our fleet was the primary contributor to our increasing revenues, net income and EBITDA by 65.1%, 63.7% and 60.3%, respectively, from 2011 to 2012. We expect our revenues and EBITDA to continue to grow as we take delivery of the additional vessels, and we believe that the expertise of our management team will allow us to capitalize on further growth opportunities in the future, including investment opportunities we believe to be complementary to our core handysize liquefied gas carrier business.

 

  n  

We have the financial flexibility to selectively pursue expansion opportunities. We believe that our liquidity and moderate leverage following this offering will give us the financial flexibility to pursue further newbuildings, including the 2015 newbuildings and, if the option is exercised, the option newbuilding, potential future acquisitions and complementary investment opportunities as we deem prudent based on prevailing market conditions. We have already fully financed through a combination of debt and equity the construction of the 2014 newbuildings. As of September 30, 2013, after giving effect to our anticipated proceeds from this offering, and deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, but before our application thereof as set forth under the heading “Use of Proceeds,” we would have $182.3 million of cash on hand, based on an assumed public offering price of $18.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and $563.8 million principal amount of outstanding indebtedness. See “Capitalization.”

Our Business Strategies

Our objective is to enhance shareholder value by executing the following business strategies:

 

  n  

Capitalize on the increasing demand for seaborne transportation of LPG and petrochemicals. We own and operate the world’s largest handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet, in both the number as well as capacity of semi-refrigerated vessels within the handysize segment. We intend to use our vessels to further pursue the anticipated increases in liquefied gas transportation opportunities globally, and in particular, those that we expect to result directly and indirectly from the growth in U.S. shale oil and gas and associated liquids. We believe we were the first liquefied gas carrier operator to export propane from the U.S. East Coast and presently have six vessels dedicated to transporting products derived from U.S. shale oil and gas, including the vessels operating under a COA with Sunoco Logistics through the first quarter of 2014. We believe that we are strongly positioned to increase our presence in this emerging market.

 

  n  

Maintain a flexible, customer-driven chartering strategy. We will seek to enhance our returns through a flexible vessel employment strategy that combines a base of time charters and COAs with more opportunistic, high-rate voyage charters. In addition, we will seek to further strengthen our relationships with existing customers and expand our client base by providing companies with liquefied gas transportation solutions in the form and duration they require. We believe that our customer-driven employment strategy and high-quality operations position us to be the transportation partner of choice for our customers. In addition, by employing a portion of our fleet in the spot market, we maintain a regular dialogue with charterers and brokers that help us identify higher rate opportunities as well as longer-term trends that may benefit us. We believe that this flexible chartering strategy will enable us to maintain a base of relatively stable and predictable revenues, position us to capitalize on favorable market opportunities and allow us to proactively respond to our customers’ needs.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
  n  

Capitalize on backhaul and triangulation opportunities in the petrochemical market. We believe that the versatility of our fleet, in particular our ethylene-capable and semi-refrigerated vessels, enhances our ability to pursue current and emerging backhaul and triangulation opportunities as new trade routes develop, thereby maximizing utilization and enhancing profitability. To further capitalize on such opportunities, we are seeking to expand our leading ethylene-capable liquefied gas carrier position through the acquisition of our eight semi-refrigerated newbuildings, five of which will be ethylene-capable. We intend to seek opportunities to improve our financial results and maximize the utilization of our vessels by transporting both LPG and petrochemicals during vessel repositioning voyages and between time charters.

 

  n  

Maintain reputation for operational excellence. We believe that we have established a track record in the industry of operational excellence based on our significant experience in the operation and ownership of high-specification liquefied gas carriers. We will endeavor to adhere to the highest standards with regard to reliability, safety and operational excellence as we execute our growth plans. We intend to continue outsourcing the technical and crewing management of our fleet in the near term to our technical managers. We believe outsourcing our technical and crewing management to our technical managers has historically allowed us to consistently maintain high-quality and skilled, professional crews while at the same time growing our substantive in-house expertise in these areas. As our fleet grows, we will regularly evaluate opportunities to enhance the quality and cost efficiency of managing our vessels.

 

  n  

Selectively grow and expand our operations. We intend to maintain our market position by growing our fleet through newbuildings and selective acquisitions of modern, high-quality vessels, as well as opportunistically expanding our business through the investment in complementary assets, including ventures that expand the types of cargo we carry and/or involve receiving, storing, partially mixing and distributing liquefied gas cargoes, should such opportunities arise. In addition, we will seek to leverage the experience of our operating team to selectively tailor the capabilities of our existing and/or future vessels and related investments to provide our partners and customers with integrated liquefied gas transportation solutions in new and evolving markets. Furthermore, although we currently operate vessels in the handysize segment, we will opportunistically evaluate acquisitions of vessels in other capacity ranges.

 

  n  

Maintain a strong balance sheet with moderate leverage. We have a strong balance sheet and, after this offering, expect to have a debt to capitalization ratio of 45.0% and ample liquidity with cash on hand of $182.3 million, based on our anticipated proceeds from this offering assuming a public offering price of $18.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, but before our application thereof as set forth under the heading “Use of Proceeds.” We will seek to maintain modest leverage in the future by prudently financing our growth with a balanced mix of cash from operations, debt financings and proceeds from future equity offerings. We believe that maintaining a strong balance sheet will continue to provide us with the flexibility to capitalize on vessel purchases and related investment opportunities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, based on prevailing conditions and our outlook for the liquefied gas carrier market, we might consider incurring further indebtedness in the future to enhance returns to our shareholders.

Risk Factors

We face a number of risks associated with our business and industry and must overcome a variety of challenges to utilize our strengths and implement our business strategy. These risks include, among others, the capital-intensive nature of our business; the cyclical nature of charter rates for liquefied gas carriers; partial dependence on spot charters; political, governmental and economic instability; expanding customer relationships; and the availability of financing on favorable terms, if at all.

This is not a comprehensive list of risks to which we are subject, and you should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus prior to investing in shares of our common stock. In particular, we urge you to carefully consider the risk factors set forth in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We had less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, which means that we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the “JOBS Act.” An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

  n  

the ability to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in the registration statement of its initial public offering;

 

  n  

exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of the company’s internal control over financial reporting;

 

  n  

exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards applicable to public companies until such standards are also applicable to private companies; and

 

  n  

exemption from compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the “PCAOB,” requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and financial statements.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenues, have more than $700 million in market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of these reduced burdens. For as long as we take advantage of the reduced reporting obligations, the information that we provide shareholders may be different than information provided by other public companies. We have elected to “opt out” of the extended transition period relating to the exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised financial accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards is irrevocable.

Our Relationship with WL Ross & Co. LLC

Following the closing of this offering, over 45.9% (or 42.8% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full) of our common stock will be owned by investment funds affiliated with WLR. WLR has restructured more than $300 billion of liabilities in North America and other parts of the world. The firm maintains offices in New York City and has become the sponsor of more than $9.0 billion of alternative investment partnerships on behalf of major U.S., European and Japanese institutional investors.

Corporate Information

We were formed in 1997 as an Isle of Man public limited company and subsequently redomiciled in 2008 in the Republic of the Marshall Islands. Our representative offices are located at 21 Palmer Street, London SW1H 0AD, United Kingdom, Tel +44 (0)20 7340 4850 and 399 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022, United States, Tel +1 (212) 355-5893. Our website is located at http://www.navigatorgas.com.

We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus. Please read “Where You Can Find Additional Information” for an explanation of our reporting requirements as a foreign private issuer.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Shares of common stock offered by us

8,330,000 shares.

 

Shares of common stock offered by the selling shareholders

2,970,000 shares, or 4,665,000 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full.

 

Option to purchase additional shares

The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to 1,695,000 additional shares of common stock.

 

Shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering (1)

54,626,765 shares.

 

Ownership after offering

Upon completion of this offering, the WLR Group, our executive officers, directors and affiliated entities will own approximately 53.0% of our outstanding common stock, or 49.9% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, and will as a result have significant control over our affairs.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of our common stock in this offering of $136.3 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming an initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund the equity portion, or approximately $72.7 million, due under our purchase obligations for the 2015 newbuildings and the remainder for general corporate purposes, including if the newbuilding option is exercised, to fund $17.6 million of the approximately $44.0 million required to purchase the option newbuilding. We currently expect the remaining $109.1 million and $26.4 million of the purchase prices for the 2015 newbuildings and option newbuilding, respectively, to be financed under future credit facilities. The actual amount of the equity portion and debt portion under our purchase obligations could be impacted by the availability of debt financing on favorable terms.

 

  We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the selling shareholders. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Principal and Selling Shareholders.”

 

Dividends

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the near term. In addition, the agreements governing our indebtedness place certain restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Exchange listing

We have been approved to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, or “NYSE,” under the symbol “NVGS.”

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Risk factors

Investment in our common stock involves substantial risks. You should read this prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus before investing in our common stock.

Unless expressly indicated or the context requires otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase an additional 1,695,000 shares of common stock from the selling shareholders.

(1) The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after our initial public offering gives effect to a 3-for-1 stock split that was effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend and the effectiveness of our amended and restated articles of incorporation and includes: (i) 46,296,765 shares of our common stock outstanding as of November 5, 2013, and (ii) the 8,330,000 shares of common stock offered by us in connection with this offering, and excludes 3,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following table presents historical information as follows:

 

  n  

The summary historical financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and should be read together with and qualified in its entirety by reference to such audited consolidated financial statements.

 

  n  

The summary historical financial data as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, and 2013, have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto and, in our opinion, except as described below, have been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited financial statements and include all adjustments consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this information.

The following table should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The summary historical financial data reflects the earnings per share and dividends per share impact of our 3-for-1 stock split that was effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend.

 

 

 

                                                           
     NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS  
     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
 
           2011                  2012                  2012                  2013        
                   (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands, except per share data, fleet data and average daily results)  

Income Statement Data:

           

Operating revenue

   $   88,875       $ 146,716       $ 106,488       $ 167,031   

Operating expenses:

           

Address and brokerage commissions

     2,664         4,234         3,161         3,926   

Voyage expenses

     17,661         27,791         21,314         35,905   

Charter-in costs

     344         11,288         7,095         4,975   

Vessel operating expenses

     22,939         32,826         24,270         37,905   

Depreciation and amortization

     18,678         24,180         17,845         25,807   

General and administrative costs

     4,232         5,273         3,717         4,622   

Other corporate expenses

     1,166         1,402         1,084         2,928   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     67,684         106,994         78,486         116,068   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

   $ 21,191       $ 39,722       $ 28,002       $ 50,963   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest expense

     2,433         8,671         5,911         20,495   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   $ 18,758       $ 31,051       $ 22,091       $ 30,468   

Income taxes

     108         515         377         365   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 18,650       $ 30,536       $ 21,714       $ 30,103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

           

Basic and diluted

   $ 0.60       $ 0.82       $ 0.59       $ 0.67   

Dividends per share:

           

Basic and diluted

   $ 0.31       $ 0.06       $ 0.07       $   

EBITDA (1)

   $ 39,869       $ 63,902       $ 45,847       $ 76,770   

 

 

13


Table of Contents
     NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS  
     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,     NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
 
           2011                 2012               2012             2013      
                 (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands, except per share data, fleet data and average daily results)  

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 26,734      $ 140,870      $ 37,173      $ 46,013   

Total assets

     524,793        832,254        671,647        1,143,136   

Total liabilities

     152,765        384,431        232,911        589,660   

Total shareholders’ equity

     372,028        447,823        438,737        553,476   

Fleet Data:

        

Weighted average number of vessels (2)

     8.3        12.7        12.3        18.2   

Ownership days (3)

     3,033        4,663        3,375        4,981   

Available days (4)

     3,033        4,663        3,375        4,867   

Operating days (5)

     2,955        4,641        3,355        4,563   

Fleet utilization (6)

     97.4     99.5     99.4     93.7

Average Daily Results:

        

Time charter equivalent rate (7)

   $ 24,098      $ 25,627      $ 25,391      $ 28,728   

Daily vessel operating expenses (8)

   $ 7,632      $ 7,916      $ 7,980      $ 7,897   

 

 

(1)  

EBITDA represents net income before net interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA does not represent and should not be considered as an alternative to consolidated net income or cash generated from operations, as determined by U.S. GAAP, and our calculation of EBITDA may not be comparable to that reported by other companies. EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under U.S. GAAP.

EBITDA is included herein because it is a basis upon which we assess our financial performance and because we believe that it presents useful information to investors regarding a company’s ability to service and/or incur indebtedness and it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry.

EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

  n  

EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

  n  

EBITDA does not recognize the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

  n  

EBITDA ignores changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; and

 

  n  

other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, EBITDA should not be considered a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business.

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

 

 

     NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS  
     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,  
         2011              2012                  2012                      2013          
                   (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands)  

Net income

   $ 18,650       $ 30,536       $ 21,714       $ 30,103   

Net interest expense

     2,433         8,671         5,911         20,495   

Income taxes

     108         515         377         365   

Depreciation and amortization

     18,678         24,180         17,845         25,807   

EBITDA

   $ 39,869       $ 63,902       $ 45,847       $ 76,770   

 

 

 

 

14


Table of Contents
(2)  

We calculate the weighted average number of vessels during a period by dividing the number of total ownership days during that period by the number of calendar days during that period.

(3)  

We define ownership days as the aggregate number of days in a period that each vessel in our fleet has been owned by us. Ownership days are an indicator of the size of our fleet over a period and affect both the amount of revenue and the amount of expenses that we record during a period.

(4)  

We define available days as ownership days less aggregate off-hire days associated with scheduled maintenance, which includes major repairs, drydockings, vessel upgrades or special or intermediate surveys. We use available days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period that our vessels should be capable of generating revenues.

(5)  

We define operating days as available days less the aggregate number of days that our vessels are off-hire for any reason other than scheduled maintenance. We use operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period that our vessels actually generate revenues.

(6)    

We calculate fleet utilization by dividing the number of operating days during a period by the number of available days during that period. An increase in non-scheduled off-hire days would reduce our operating days, and therefore, our fleet utilization. We use fleet utilization to measure our ability to efficiently find suitable employment for our vessels.

(7)  

Time charter equivalent rate, or “TCE rate,” is a measure of the average daily revenue performance of a vessel. TCE rate is a shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare period-to-period changes in a shipping company’s performance despite changes in the mix of charter types (i.e., time charters, voyage charters and COAs) under which the vessels may be employed between the periods. Our method of calculating TCE rate is to divide operating revenue (net of voyage expenses) by operating days for the relevant time period.

(8)  

Daily vessel operating expenses are calculated by dividing vessel operating expenses by ownership days (excluding ownership days for chartered-in vessels) for the relevant time period.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following risk factors together with all of the other information included in this prospectus in evaluating an investment in our common stock. If any of the following risks were actually to occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

Charter rates for liquefied gas carriers are cyclical in nature.

The international liquefied gas carrier market is cyclical with attendant volatility in terms of profitability, charter rates and vessel values. The degree of charter rate volatility among different types of liquefied gas carriers has varied widely. Because many factors influencing the supply of, and demand for, vessel capacity are unpredictable, the timing, direction and degree of changes in the international liquefied gas carrier market are also unpredictable.

Future growth in the demand for our services will depend on changes in supply and demand, economic growth in the world economy and demand for liquefied gas product transportation relative to changes in worldwide fleet capacity. Adverse economic, political, social or other developments, including the return of the turmoil in the global financial system and economic crisis, could have a material adverse effect on world economic growth and thus on our business and results of operations.

The charter rates we receive will be dependent upon, among other things:

 

  n  

changes in the supply of vessel capacity for the seaborne transportation of liquefied gases, which is influenced by the following factors:

 

  n  

the number of newbuilding deliveries and the ability of shipyards to deliver newbuildings by contracted delivery dates and capacity levels of shipyards;

 

  n  

the scrapping rate of older vessels;

 

  n  

port and canal congestion; and

 

  n  

the number of vessels that are out of service, including due to vessel casualties.

 

  n  

changes in the level of demand for seaborne transportation of liquefied gases, which is influenced by the following factors:

 

  n  

the level of production of liquefied gases in net export regions such as Russia, North America, the Middle East and Africa;

 

  n  

the level of demand for liquefied gases in net import regions such as Asia, Europe, Latin America and India;

 

  n  

the level of internal demand for petrochemicals to supply integrated petrochemical facilities in net export regions;

 

  n  

a reduction in global or general industrial activity specifically in the plastics and chemical industry;

 

  n  

the prices of alternative fuels;

 

  n  

increases in the cost of petroleum and natural gas from which liquefied gases are derived;

 

  n  

prevailing global and regional economic conditions;

 

  n  

political changes and armed conflicts in the regions traveled by our vessels and the regions where the cargoes we carry are produced or consumed that interrupt production, trade routes or consumption of liquefied gases and the products made therefrom;

 

  n  

developments in international trade;

 

  n  

the distances between exporting and importing regions over which liquefied gases are to be moved by sea;

 

  n  

infrastructure to support seaborne liquefied gases, including pipelines, railways and terminals;

 

  n  

the availability of alternative transportation means;

 

  n  

changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns;

 

16


Table of Contents
  n  

changes in liquefied gas carrier prices; and

 

  n  

changes in environmental and other regulations that may limit the production or consumption of liquefied gases or the useful lives of vessels.

Adverse changes in any of the foregoing factors could have an adverse effect on our revenues, profitability, liquidity, cash flow and financial position.

We are partially dependent on voyage charters in the spot market, and any decrease in spot charter rates in the future may adversely affect our earnings.

We currently operate a fleet of 24 vessels, including one chartered-in vessel. Of those, nine vessels are employed in the spot market, exposing us to fluctuations in spot market charter rates.

We may employ additional vessels that we may acquire or charter-in the future in the spot market, including the eight newbuildings to be acquired for delivery by December 2015. Although spot chartering is common in our industry, the spot market may fluctuate significantly. The successful operation of our vessels in the competitive spot market depends upon, among other things, obtaining profitable spot charters and minimizing, to the extent possible, time spent waiting for charters and time spent traveling in ballast and to pick up cargo. The spot market is very volatile, and there have been periods when spot rates have declined below the operating cost of vessels. If future spot charter rates decline, we may be unable to operate our vessels trading in the spot market profitably or meet our obligations, including payments on indebtedness. Furthermore, as charter rates for spot charters are fixed for a single voyage which may last up to several weeks, during periods in which spot charter rates are rising, we will generally experience delays in realizing the benefits from such increases.

We may be unable to charter our vessels at attractive rates, which would have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Payments under our charters represent substantially all of our operating cash flow. Our time charters expire on a regular basis. Furthermore, we anticipate receiving at least eight new vessels by December 2015 as a result of our acquisition of the newbuildings, none of which are currently subject to charters. If demand for liquefied gas carriers has declined at the time that our charters expire or vessels are received, we may not be able to charter our vessels at favorable rates or at all. In addition, while longer-term charters would become more attractive to us at a time when charter rates are declining, our customers may not want to enter into longer-term charters in such an environment. As a result, if our charters expire or vessels are received at a time when charter rates are declining, we may have to accept charters with lower rates or shorter terms than would be desirable. Furthermore, we may be unable to charter our vessels immediately after the expiration of their charters or after their receipt, resulting in periods of non-utilization for our vessels. Our inability to charter our vessels at favorable rates or terms or at all would adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results. Please read “Business—Our Fleet.”

If the demand for liquefied gases and the seaborne transportation of liquefied gases does not continue to grow, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

Our growth depends on continued growth in world and regional demand for liquefied gases and the seaborne transportation of liquefied gases, each of which could be adversely affected by a number of factors, such as:

 

  n  

increases in the demand for industrial and residential natural gas in areas linked by pipelines to producing areas, or the conversion of existing non-gas pipelines to natural gas pipelines in those markets;

 

  n  

increases in demand for chemical feedstocks in net exporting regions;

 

  n  

decreases in the consumption of petrochemical gases;

 

  n  

decreases in the consumption of LPG due to increases in its price relative to other energy sources or other factors making consumption of liquefied gas less attractive;

 

  n  

the availability of competing, alternative energy sources, transportation fuels or propulsion systems;

 

  n  

decreases in demand for liquefied gases resulting from changes in feedstock capabilities of petrochemical plants in net importing regions;

 

  n  

changes in the relative values of hydrocarbon and liquefied gases;

 

  n  

a reduction in global industrial activity, especially in the plastics and petrochemical industries, particularly in regions with high demand growth for liquefied gas, such as Asia;

 

17


Table of Contents
  n  

adverse global or regional economic or political conditions, particularly in liquefied gas exporting or importing regions, which could reduce liquefied gas shipping or energy consumption;

 

  n  

changes in governmental regulations, such as the elimination of economic incentives or initiatives designed to encourage the use of liquefied gases over other fuel sources; or

 

  n  

decreases in the capacity of petrochemical plants and crude oil refineries worldwide or the failure of anticipated new capacity to come online.

Reduced demand for liquefied gases and the seaborne transportation of liquefied gases would have a material adverse effect on our future growth and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The expected growth in the supply of petrochemical gases, including ethylene, available for seaborne transport may not materialize, which would deprive us of the opportunity to obtain premium charters for petrochemical cargoes.

Charter rates for petrochemical gas cargoes are often higher than those for LPG, with charter rates for ethylene historically commanding an additional premium. While we believe that growth in production at petrochemical production facilities and regional supply and pricing imbalances will create opportunities for us to transport petrochemical gas cargoes, including ethylene, factors that are beyond our control may cause the supply of petrochemical gases available for seaborne transport to remain constant or even decline. For example, a significant portion of any increased production of petrochemicals in export regions may be used to supply local facilities that use petrochemicals as a feedstock rather than exported via seaborne trade. If the supply of petrochemical gases available for seaborne transport does not increase, we will not have the opportunity to obtain the premium charter rates associated with petrochemical gas cargoes, including ethylene, and our expectations regarding the growth of our business may not be met.

The market values of our vessels may fluctuate significantly. This could cause us to incur a loss, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The market value of liquefied gas carriers fluctuates. While the market values of our vessels have increased since the recent economic slowdown, they still remain below the historic high levels prior to the economic slowdown. In addition, they are subject to the potential significant fluctuations depending on a number of factors including: general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry, prevailing charter rates, competition from other shipping companies, other modes of transportation, other types, sizes and age of vessels, applicable governmental regulations and the cost of newbuildings.

In addition, when vessel prices are considered to be low, companies not usually involved in shipping may make speculative vessel orders, thereby increasing the supply of vessel capacity, satisfying demand sooner and potentially suppressing charter rates.

Also, if the book value of a vessel is impaired due to unfavorable market conditions or a vessel is sold at a price below its book value, we would incur a loss that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. Please read “The International Liquefied Gas Shipping Industry” for information concerning historical prices of liquefied gas carriers.

Over the long term, we will be required to make substantial capital expenditures to preserve the operating capacity of, and to grow, our fleet.

We must make substantial capital expenditures over the long term to maintain the operating capacity and expansion of our fleet in order to preserve our capital base.

We estimate that drydocking expenditures can cost up to $2.0 million per vessel per drydocking, although these expenditures could vary significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year and could increase as a result of changes in:

 

  n  

the location and required repositioning of the vessel;

 

  n  

the cost of labor and materials;

 

  n  

customer requirements;

 

18


Table of Contents
  n  

the size of our fleet;

 

  n  

the cost of replacement vessels;

 

  n  

length of charters;

 

  n  

governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards relating to safety, security or the environment; and

 

  n  

competitive standards.

Furthermore, we intend to make substantial capital expenditures to increase the size of our fleet. As of September 30, 2013, the remaining payment for the final A.P. Møller vessel was approximately $38.7 million. We have since taken delivery of this vessel and made the full payment to A.P. Møller. In addition, we have agreed to purchase the four 2014 newbuildings from Jiangnan for $50.0 million per vessel and the four 2015 newbuildings from Jiangnan for an average of $45.5 million per vessel, for an aggregate of $381.2 million. As of September 30, 2013, we had made aggregate payments to Jiangnan of $43.7 million. We also have an option to build one additional newbuilding for delivery from Jiangnan in early 2016 at $44.0 million.

We have fully financed the construction of the 2014 newbuildings through a combination of debt and equity financings. We plan to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering together with future credit facilities to fund the construction of the 2015 newbuildings and, if the option is exercised, the option newbuilding.

Our ability to obtain bank financing or to access the capital markets for future debt or equity offerings in order to finance the expansion of our fleet may be limited by our financial condition at the time of any such financing or offering as well as by adverse market conditions resulting from, among other things, general economic conditions and contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control. Our failure to obtain the funds for future capital expenditures could limit our ability to expand our fleet. Even if we are successful in obtaining necessary funds, the terms of such financings may significantly increase our interest expense and financial leverage and issuing additional equity securities may result in significant shareholder dilution. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditional Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity and Cash Needs.”

We may be unable to make, or realize the expected benefits from, acquisitions and the failure to successfully implement our growth strategy through acquisitions could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our growth strategy includes selectively acquiring existing liquefied gas carriers or newbuildings and investing in complementary assets. Factors such as competition from other companies, many of which have significantly greater financial resources than we do, could reduce our acquisition and investment opportunities or cause us to pay higher prices.

Any existing vessel or newbuilding we acquire (including the 2014 newbuildings, the 2015 newbuildings and, if exercised, the option newbuilding) may not be profitable at or after the time of acquisition and may not generate cash flow sufficient to cover the cost of acquisition. Market conditions at the time of delivery of any newbuildings or vessels acquired free of charter may be such that charter rates are not favorable and the revenue generated by such vessels is not sufficient to cover their purchase prices.

In addition, our acquisition and investment growth strategy exposes us to risks that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results, including risks that we may:

 

  n  

fail to realize anticipated benefits of acquisitions, such as new customer relationships, cost savings or increased cash flow;

 

  n  

not be able to obtain charters at favorable rates or at all;

 

  n  

be unable to hire, train or retain qualified shore and seafaring personnel to manage and operate our growing business and fleet or engage a third-party technical manager to do the same;

 

  n  

fail to integrate investments of complementary assets or vessels in capacity ranges outside our current operations in a profitable manner;

 

  n  

not have adequate operating and financial systems in place as we implement our expansion plan;

 

19


Table of Contents
  n  

decrease our liquidity through the use of a significant portion of available cash or borrowing capacity to finance acquisitions;

 

  n  

significantly increase our interest expense or financial leverage if we incur additional debt to finance acquisitions;

 

  n  

incur or assume unanticipated liabilities, losses or costs associated with the business or vessels acquired; or

 

  n  

incur other significant charges, such as impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets, asset devaluation or restructuring charges.

Unlike newbuildings, existing vessels typically do not carry warranties as to their condition. While we inspect existing vessels prior to purchase, such an inspection would normally not provide us with as much knowledge of a vessel’s condition as we would possess if it had been built for us and operated by us during its life. Repairs and maintenance costs for existing vessels are difficult to predict and may be substantially higher than for vessels we have operated since they were built. These costs could decrease our cash flow and reduce our liquidity.

From time to time, we may selectively pursue new strategic acquisitions or ventures we believe complementary to our seaborne transportation services and any strategic transactions that are a departure from our historical operations could present unforeseen challenges and result in a competitive disadvantage relative to our more-established competitors.

We may pursue strategic acquisitions or investment opportunities we believe complementary to our core business of owning and operating handysize liquefied gas carriers and the transportation of LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia. Such ventures may include, but are not limited to, expanding the types of cargo we carry and/or ventures involved in the distribution, mixing and/or storage of liquefied gas cargoes. While we have general knowledge and experience in the seaborne transportation services industry, we have no meaningful operating history outside of the ownership and operation of handysize liquefied gas carriers and the transportation of LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia.

Any investments we pursue outside of our historical provision of seaborne transportation services could result in unforeseen operating difficulties and may require significant financial and managerial resources that would otherwise be available for the ongoing operation and growth of our fleet.

We may face several factors that could impair our ability to successfully execute these acquisitions or investments including, among others, the following:

 

  n  

delays in obtaining regulatory approvals, licenses or permits from different governmental or regulatory authorities, including environmental permits;

 

  n  

unexpected cost increases or shortages in the equipment, materials or labor required for the venture, which could cause the venture to become economically unfeasible; and

 

  n  

unforeseen engineering, design or environmental problems.

Any of these factors could delay any such acquisitions or investment opportunities and could increase our projected capital costs. If we are unable to successfully integrate acquisitions or investments into our historical business, any costs incurred in connection with these projects may not be recoverable. If we experience delays, cost overruns, or changes in market circumstances, we may not be able to demonstrate the commercial viability of such acquisitions or investment opportunities or achieve the intended economic benefits, which would materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Operations outside the United States expose us to political, governmental and economic instability, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Because our operations are primarily conducted outside of the United States, we may be affected by economic, political and governmental conditions in the countries where we engage in business or where our vessels are registered. Any disruption caused by these conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. We derive some of our revenues from transporting gas cargoes from, to and within politically unstable regions. Conflicts in these regions have included attacks on ships and other efforts to disrupt shipping. In addition, vessels operating in some of these regions have been subject to piracy. Hostilities or other political

 

20


Table of Contents

instability in regions where we operate or may operate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, tariffs, trade embargoes and other economic sanctions by the United States or other countries against countries where we engage in business as a result of terrorist attacks, hostilities or other events may limit trading activities with those countries, which could also harm our business. Finally, a government could requisition one or more of our vessels, which is most likely during a war or national emergency. Any such requisition would cause a loss of the vessel and would harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

The geopolitical risks associated with chartering vessels to Indonesian and Venezuelan state-owned corporations are significant and could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

PT Pertamina (Persero), or “Pertamina,” is a state-owned corporation of the Republic of Indonesia. Pertamina currently employs three of our vessels. Petróleos de Venezuela S.A., or “PDVSA,” is a state-owned corporation of the Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela. PDVSA currently employs two of our vessels. Collectively, our charters with Pertamina and PDVSA generated approximately 10.9% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our vessels that are chartered to Pertamina and PDVSA are subject to various risks, including (i) loss of revenue, property or equipment as a result of expropriation, nationalization, changes in laws, exchange controls, war, insurrection, civil unrest, strikes or other political risks, (ii) being subject to foreign laws and legal systems and the exclusive jurisdiction of Indonesian or Venezuelan courts or tribunals and (iii) the unilateral renegotiation of contracts and changes in laws and policies governing the operations of foreign companies in Indonesia or Venezuela. In addition, if a contract dispute arises it may be difficult for us to enforce our contractual rights against either Pertamina or PDVSA, as it may claim sovereign immunity against judgments from foreign courts. As a result, we are subject to significant economic uncertainty associated with doing business with state-owned corporations. We cannot predict how government policies may change under the current or any future Indonesian or Venezuelan administration, and future government policies could have a substantial adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We depend to a significant degree upon third-party managers to provide technical management services for our fleet.

We subcontract the majority of the technical management of our fleet, including crewing, maintenance and repair, to third-party technical managers, BSSM and NMM. Our technical managers, in turn, contract with one or more manning agents for the provision of crews for our vessels. Although we have subcontracted the technical management of portions of our fleet to BSSM since 2001 and NMM since 2009, our agreements with them are subject to annual renewal and may be terminated by us or our technical managers with three months’ notice. The loss of services of one or both of our technical managers or a failure to perform their obligations could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. Although we may have rights against our technical managers if they were to default on their obligations, shareholders will have no recourse against our technical managers. In addition, if we were to lose the services of one or both of our technical managers, we may not be able to find replacement technical managers on terms as favorable as those currently in place.

The ability of our technical managers to continue providing services for our benefit will depend in part on their financial strength. Circumstances beyond our control could impair our technical managers’ financial strength. Because our technical managers are privately held, it is unlikely that information about their financial strength will be available. As a result, we might have little advance warning of problems that affect our technical managers, even though those problems could have a material adverse effect on us. Our inability to replace our technical managers or to successfully take over and perform the technical management of the vessels being managed by our technical managers would materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

An increase in fuel prices may adversely affect our charter rates for time charters and our cost structure for voyage charters and COAs.

The price and supply of bunker fuel are unpredictable and fluctuate based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil, actions by members of the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns and regulations. The price of bunker fuel has increased substantially, primarily as a result of increases in the price of crude oil and changing refinery industry dynamics. A significant portion of our revenues are generated by time charters, the terms of which require our customers to incur the cost of bunker fuel. However, our customers may be less willing to enter into charters under which they bear the

 

21


Table of Contents

full risk of bunker fuel price increases or may shorten the periods for which they are willing to make such commitments. Under voyage charters and COAs, we bear the cost of bunker fuel used to power our vessels. A substantial increase in bunker fuel prices would correspondingly increase our voyage expenses under any of our voyages charters or COAs, which may adversely affect our profitability. A substantial increase in the cost of bunker fuel may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The required drydocking of our vessels could have a more significant adverse impact on our revenues than we anticipate, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The drydocking of our vessels requires significant capital expenditures and results in loss of revenue while our vessels are off-hire. Any significant increase in the number of days of off-hire due to such drydocking or in the costs of any repairs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. Although we do not anticipate that more than one vessel will be out of service at any given time, we may underestimate the time required to drydock our vessels, or unanticipated problems may arise.

Our operating costs are likely to increase in the future as our vessels age, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

In general, the cost of maintaining a vessel in good operating condition increases with the age of the vessel. As our vessels age, we will incur increased costs. Older vessels are typically less fuel-efficient and more costly to maintain than newer vessels due to improvements in engine technology. Cargo insurance rates increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers. Governmental regulations, including environmental, safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may also require expenditures for alterations, or the addition of new equipment, to our vessels to comply. These laws or regulations may also restrict the type of activities in which our vessels may engage or limit their operation in certain geographic regions. We cannot assure you that, as our vessels age, market conditions will justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their expected useful lives.

The loss or inability to operate any of our vessels would result in a significant loss of revenues and cash flow which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We do not carry loss of hire insurance. If, at any time, we cannot operate any of our vessels due to loss of the vessel, mechanical problems, lack of seafarers to crew a vessel, prolonged drydocking periods, loss of certification, the loss of any charter or otherwise, our business, financial condition and operating results will be materially adversely affected. In the worst case, we may not receive any revenues from any loss vessel, but we may be required to pay expenses necessary to maintain the vessel in proper operating condition.

An economic downturn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Future adverse economic conditions may lead to a decline in our customers’ operations or ability to pay for our services, which could result in decreased demand for our vessels. There has historically been a strong link between the development of the world economy and demand for energy, including liquefied gases. The world economy is currently facing a number of challenges. As a result of the credit crisis in Europe, in particular in Greece, Italy, Ireland, Portugal and Spain, the European Commission created the European Financial Stability Facility, or the “EFSF,” and the European Financial Stability Mechanism, or the “EFSM,” to provide funding to Eurozone countries in financial difficulties that seek such support. In March 2011, the European Council agreed on the need for Eurozone countries to establish a permanent stability mechanism, the European Stability Mechanism, or the “ESM,” which will be activated by mutual agreement, to assume the role of the EFSF and the EFSM in providing external financial assistance to Eurozone countries after June 2013. Despite these measures, concerns persist regarding the debt burden of certain Eurozone countries and their ability to meet future financial obligations and the overall stability of the euro. An extended period of adverse development in the outlook for European countries could reduce the overall demand for liquefied gases and have a negative impact on our customers. These potential developments, or market perceptions concerning these and related issues, could affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Furthermore, a future economic slowdown could have an impact on our customers and/or suppliers including, among other things, causing them to fail to meet their obligations to us. Similarly, a future economic slowdown could affect lenders participating in our secured term loan facilities, making them unable to fulfill their commitments and

 

22


Table of Contents

obligations to us. Any reductions in activity owing to such conditions or failure by our customers, suppliers or lenders to meet their contractual obligations to us could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Due to our lack of diversification, adverse developments in the seaborne liquefied gas transportation business could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We rely exclusively on the cash flow generated from vessels that operate in the seaborne liquefied gas transportation business. Unlike many other shipping companies, which have vessels that can carry drybulk, crude oil and oil products, we depend exclusively on the transport of LPG, petrochemicals and ammonia. Due to our lack of diversification, an adverse development in the international liquefied gas shipping industry would have a significantly greater impact on our business, financial condition and operating results than it would if we maintained more diverse assets or lines of business.

Maritime claimants could arrest our vessels, which could interrupt our cash flow.

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against that vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lienholder may enforce its lien by arresting a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt our cash flow and require us to pay large sums to have the arrest lifted.

In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel that is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could try to assert “sister ship” liability against all of the vessels in our fleet for claims relating to only one of our ships. The arrest of any of our vessels would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may experience operational problems with vessels that reduce revenue and increase costs.

Liquefied gas carriers are complex vessels and their operation is technically challenging. Marine transportation operations are subject to mechanical risks and problems. Operational problems may lead to loss of revenue or higher than anticipated operating expenses or require additional capital expenditures. Any of these results could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

A shortage of qualified officers makes it more difficult to crew our vessels and increases our operating costs. If a shortage were to develop, it could impair our ability to operate and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our liquefied gas carriers require a technically skilled officer staff with specialized training. As the world liquefied gas carrier fleet and the LNG carrier fleet continue to grow, the demand for such technically skilled officers has increased and could lead to a shortage of such personnel. If our technical managers were to be unable to employ such technically skilled officers, they would not be able to adequately staff our vessels and effectively train crews. The development of a deficit in the supply of technically skilled officers or an inability of our technical managers to attract and retain such qualified officers could impair our ability to operate and increase the cost of crewing our vessels and, thus, materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Please read “Business—Crewing and Staff.”

Compliance with safety and other vessel requirements imposed by classification societies may be very costly and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and the Safety of Life at Sea Convention. Our vessels are currently enrolled with Germanischer Lloyd, Lloyd’s Register or Det Norske Veritas. All of our vessels have been awarded International Safety Management, or the “ISM Code,” certification.

As part of the certification process, a vessel must undergo annual surveys, intermediate surveys and special surveys. In lieu of a special survey, a vessel’s machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle, under which the machinery would be surveyed periodically over a five-year period. Twelve of the vessels in our existing fleet are on a planned maintenance system, or “PMS,” approval, and as such the classification society attends on-board once every year to verify that the maintenance of the on-board equipment is done correctly. The remaining ships are operating

 

23


Table of Contents

continuous management surveys. All of the vessels in our fleet have been qualified within its respective classification society for drydocking once every five years, subject to an intermediate underwater survey done using an approved diving company in the presence of a surveyor from the classification society. When gas carriers reach an age of 15 years, they must undergo hull / bottom surveys twice in each five-year cycle, with a maximum of 30 months between each underwater survey.

If any vessel does not maintain its class and/or fails any annual survey, intermediate survey or special survey, the vessel will be unable to trade between ports and will be unemployable. This would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our fleet includes sets of sister ships, which have identical specifications. As a result, any latent design or equipment defect discovered in one of our sister ships will likely affect all of the other vessels.

Our owned vessels consist of five sets of sister ships, ranging from two vessels to six vessels, and our newbuildings will be sister ships. The vessels in each set of sister ships were or will be built based on standard designs and are uniform in all material respects. Any latent design defects in one of the sister ships would likely affect all of its respective sister ships. We cannot assure you that latent defects will not be discovered in any of these vessels. In addition, all vessels that are sister ships have the same or similar equipment as all other such vessels. As a result, any equipment defect discovered in one vessel may affect one or all of the vessels that are sister ships with that vessel. Any disruptions in the operation of the vessels in our fleet, resulting from any such defects could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Delays in deliveries of newbuildings or acquired vessels, or deliveries of vessels with significant defects, could harm our operating results and lead to the termination of any related charters that may be entered into prior to their delivery.

The delivery of any of the newbuildings we have ordered or may order or of any vessels we agree to acquire in the future could be delayed, which would delay our receipt of revenues under any future charters we enter into for the vessels. In addition, under some of the charters we may enter into for these newbuildings, if our delivery of a vessel to the customer is delayed, we may be required to pay liquidated damages in amounts equal to or, under some charters, almost double the hire rate during the delay. For prolonged delays, the customer may terminate the time charter, resulting in loss of revenues. The delivery of any newbuilding with substantial defects could have similar consequences.

Our receipt of newbuildings could be delayed because of many factors, including:

 

  n  

quality or engineering problems;

 

  n  

changes in governmental regulations or maritime self-regulatory organization standards;

 

  n  

work stoppages or other labor disturbances at the shipyard;

 

  n  

bankruptcy or other financial crisis of the shipbuilder;

 

  n  

a backlog of orders at the shipyard;

 

  n  

political or economic disturbances in the locations where the vessels are being built;

 

  n  

weather interference or catastrophic event, such as a major earthquake or fire;

 

  n  

our requests for changes to the original vessel specifications;

 

  n  

shortages of, or delays in the receipt of necessary construction materials, such as steel;

 

  n  

our inability to finance the purchase of the vessels; or

 

  n  

our inability to obtain requisite permits or approvals.

We do not carry delay of delivery insurance to cover any losses that are not covered by delay penalties in our construction contracts. As a result, if delivery of a vessel is materially delayed, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

24


Table of Contents

Our growth depends on our ability to expand relationships with existing customers and obtain new customers, for which we will face substantial competition.

The process of obtaining new charters is highly competitive, generally involves an intensive screening process and competitive bids, and often extends for several months. Contracts are awarded based upon a variety of factors, including:

 

  n  

the operator’s industry relationships, experience and reputation for customer service, quality operations and safety;

 

  n  

the quality, experience and technical capability of the crew;

 

  n  

the operator’s relationships with shipyards and the ability to get suitable berths;

 

  n  

the operator’s construction management experience, including the ability to obtain on-time delivery of new vessels according to customer specifications;

 

  n  

the operator’s willingness to accept operational risks pursuant to the charter, such as allowing termination of the charter for force majeure events; and

 

  n  

the competitiveness of the bid in terms of overall price.

Our ability to obtain new customers will depend upon a number of factors, including our ability to:

 

  n  

successfully manage our liquidity and obtain the necessary financing to fund our growth;

 

  n  

attract, hire, train and retain qualified personnel and ship management companies to manage and operate our fleet;

 

  n  

identify and consummate desirable acquisitions, joint ventures or strategic alliances; and

 

  n  

identify and capitalize on opportunities in new markets.

We expect substantial competition for providing transportation services from a number of experienced companies. As a result, we may be unable to expand our relationships with existing customers or to obtain new customers on a profitable basis, if at all, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

The marine transportation industry is subject to substantial environmental and other regulations, which may limit our operations and increase our expenses.

Our operations are affected by extensive and changing environmental protection laws and other regulations and international treaties and conventions, including those relating to equipping and operating vessels and vessel safety. These regulations include the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or “OPA 90,” the U.S. Clean Water Act, the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002 and regulations of the IMO, including the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969, as from time to time amended and generally referred to as the CLC, the IMO International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1975, as from time to time amended and generally referred to as MARPOL, the International Convention for the Prevention of Marine Pollution of 1973, the IMO International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974, as from time to time amended and generally referred to as SOLAS, the IMO International Convention on Load Lines of 1966, as from time to time amended, and the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or the “ISM Code.” We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, substantial expenses in complying with these laws and regulations, including expenses for vessel modifications and changes in operating procedures. Additional laws and regulations may be adopted that could limit our ability to do business or further increase costs, which could harm our business. In addition, failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of operations. We may become subject to additional laws and regulations if we enter into new markets or trades.

In addition, we believe that the heightened environmental, quality and security concerns of the public, regulators, insurance underwriters and charterers will generally lead to additional regulatory requirements, including enhanced risk assessment and security requirements, greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels in the marine transportation markets and possibly restrictions on the emissions of greenhouse gases from the operation of vessels. These requirements are likely to add incremental costs to our operations and the failure to comply with these requirements may affect the ability of our vessels to obtain and, possibly, collect on insurance or to obtain the required certificates for entry into the different ports where we operate.

 

25


Table of Contents

Please read “Business—Environmental and Other Regulations” for a more detailed discussion on these topics.

Climate change and greenhouse gas restrictions may adversely impact our operations and markets.

Due to concern over the risk of climate change, a number of countries and the IMO have adopted, or are considering the adoption of, regulatory frameworks to reduce greenhouse gas emission from vessel emissions. These regulatory measures may include, among others, adoption of cap and trade regimes, carbon taxes, increased efficiency standards and incentives or mandates for renewable energy. Additionally, a treaty may be adopted in the future that includes restrictions on shipping emissions. Compliance with changes in laws and regulations relating to climate change could increase our costs of operating and maintaining our vessels and could require us to make significant financial expenditures that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

Adverse effects upon the oil and gas industry relating to climate change, including growing public concern about the environmental impact of climate change, may also have an effect on demand for our services. For example, increased regulation of greenhouse gases or other concerns relating to climate change may reduce the demand for oil and gas in the future or create greater incentives for use of alternative energy sources. Any long-term material adverse effect on the oil and gas industry could have a significant financial and operational adverse impact on our business that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

Marine transportation is inherently risky. An incident involving significant loss of product or environmental contamination by any of our vessels could adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.

Our vessels and their cargoes and the LPG and petrochemical production and terminal facilities that we service are at risk of being damaged or lost because of events such as:

 

  n  

marine disasters;

 

  n  

bad weather;

 

  n  

mechanical failures;

 

  n  

grounding, capsizing, fire, explosions and collisions;

 

  n  

piracy;

 

  n  

human error; and

 

  n  

war and terrorism.

An accident involving any of our vessels could result in any of the following:

 

  n  

death or injury to persons, loss of property or damage to the environment and natural resources;

 

  n  

delays in the delivery of cargo;

 

  n  

loss of revenues from time charters;

 

  n  

liabilities or costs to recover any spilled cargo and to restore the ecosystem where the spill occurred;

 

  n  

governmental fines, penalties or restrictions on conducting business;

 

  n  

higher insurance rates; and

 

  n  

damage to our reputation and customer relationships generally.

Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our operating results are subject to seasonal fluctuations.

We operate our vessels in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter rates. The liquefied gas carrier market is typically stronger in the fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of propane and butane for heating during the winter months in the Northern Hemisphere. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns in these months tend to disrupt vessel scheduling and supplies of certain commodities. While our time charters typically provide a uniform monthly fee over the term of the charter, to the extent any of our time charters expires during the relatively weaker fiscal quarters ending June 30 and September 30, we may have difficultly re-chartering those vessels at similar rates or at all.

 

26


Table of Contents

Competition from more technologically advanced liquefied gas carriers could reduce our charter hire income and the value of our vessels.

The charter rates and the value and operational life of a vessel are determined by a number of factors including the vessel’s efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency includes fuel economy, speed and the ability to be loaded and unloaded quickly. Flexibility includes the ability to enter ports, utilize related docking facilities and pass through canals and straits. Physical life is related to the original design and construction, maintenance and the impact of the stress of operations. If new liquefied gas carriers are built that are more efficient or flexible or have longer physical lives than our vessels, competition from these more technologically advanced liquefied gas carriers could adversely affect the charter rates we receive for our vessels once their current charters are terminated and the resale value of our vessels. As a result, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

Acts of piracy on any of our vessels or on ocean going vessels could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea and the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. If such piracy attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being named on the Joint War Committee Listed Areas, war-risk insurance premiums payable for such coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage might become more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including costs that may be incurred to the extent we employ on-board security guards, could increase in such circumstances. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost or unavailability of insurance for our vessels, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Terrorist attacks, increased hostilities, piracy or war could lead to further economic instability, increased costs and disruption of business.

Terrorist attacks may adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, ability to raise capital and future growth. Continuing hostilities in the Middle East may lead to additional armed conflicts or to further acts of terrorism and civil disturbance in the United States or elsewhere, which may contribute further to economic instability and disruption of production and distribution of LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia, which could result in reduced demand for our services.

Terrorist attacks on vessels, such as the October 2002 attack on the m.v. Limburg and the July 2010 attack allegedly by Al-Qaeda on the m. Star , both very large crude carriers not related to us, may in the future adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation. In addition, petrochemical production and terminal facilities and vessels that transport petrochemical products could be targets of future terrorist attacks. Any such attacks could lead to, among other things, bodily injury or loss of life, vessel or other property damage, increased vessel operational costs, including insurance costs, and the inability to transport gases to or from certain locations. Terrorist attacks, piracy, war or other events beyond our control that adversely affect the distribution, production or transportation of gases to be shipped by us could entitle customers to terminate our charters, which would harm our cash flow and business. In addition, the loss of a vessel as a result of terrorism or piracy would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our insurance may be insufficient to cover losses that may occur to our vessels or result from our operations.

The operation of liquefied gas carriers is inherently risky. We may not be able to adequately insure against all risks, and any particular claim may not be paid by insurance. None of our vessels are insured against loss of revenues resulting from vessel off-hire time. Any claims covered by insurance would be subject to deductibles, and since it is possible that a large number of claims may be brought, the aggregate amount of these deductibles could be material. Certain insurance coverage is maintained through mutual protection and indemnity associations, and as a member of such associations we may be required to make additional payments over and above budgeted premiums if the member claims exceed association reserves.

We may be unable to procure adequate insurance coverage at commercially reasonable rates in the future. For example, more stringent environmental regulations have led in the past to increased costs for, and in the future may result in the lack of availability of, insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution. The costs arising

 

27


Table of Contents

from a catastrophic spill or marine disaster could exceed the insurance coverage. Changes in the insurance markets attributable to terrorist attacks or piracy may also make certain types of insurance more expensive or more difficult to obtain. In addition, the insurance may be voidable by the insurers as a result of certain actions, such as vessels failing to maintain certification with applicable maritime self-regulatory organizations. Any uninsured or underinsured loss could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Restrictive covenants in our secured term loan facilities, and any future debt facilities will impose, financial and other restrictions on us.

The secured term loan facilities impose, and any future debt facility will impose, operating and financial restrictions on us. The restrictions in the existing secured term loan facilities may limit our ability to, among other things:

 

  n  

pay dividends out of operating revenues generated by the vessels securing indebtedness under the facility, redeem any shares or make any other payment to our equity holders, if there is a default any secured term loan facility;

 

  n  

incur additional indebtedness, including through the issuance of guarantees;

 

  n  

create liens on our assets;

 

  n  

sell our vessels;

 

  n  

merge or consolidate with, or transfer all or substantially all our assets to, another person;

 

  n  

change the flag, class or management of our vessels; and

 

  n  

enter into a new line of business.

The secured term loan facilities require us to maintain various financial ratios. These include requirements that we maintain specified maximum ratios of net debt to total capitalization, that we maintain specified minimum levels of cash and cash equivalents (including undrawn lines of credit with maturities greater than 12 months), that we maintain specified minimum ratios of consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (consolidated EBITDA), to consolidated interest expense and that we maintain specified minimum levels of collateral coverage. If at any time the aggregate fair market value of (i) the vessels subject to a mortgage in favor of our lenders and (ii) the value of any additional collateral we grant to the lenders is less than 135% of the outstanding principal amount under the secured term loan facilities and any commitments to borrow additional funds, our lenders may require us to provide additional collateral. Upon notice from our lenders that additional collateral is required, we will have 30 days to either provide collateral that is acceptable to the lenders, cancel remaining commitments to lend and/or prepay outstanding debt in an amount to maintain the minimum collateral coverage ratio. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Secured Term Loan Facilities—Financial Covenants.” The failure to comply with such covenants would cause an event of default that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. We expect to be in compliance with these covenants after giving effect to the offering and the application of the proceeds thereof, although we cannot assure you that we will be.

Because of these covenants, we may need to seek permission from our lenders in order to engage in some corporate actions. Our lenders’ interests may be different from ours, and we may not be able to obtain our lenders’ permission when needed. This may limit our ability to finance our future operations and make acquisitions or pursue business opportunities. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Secured Term Loan Facilities.”

The secured term loan facilities are reducing facilities. The required repayments under the secured term loan facilities may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Loans under the secured term loan facilities are subject to quarterly repayments beginning three months after the initial borrowing date or delivery dates of the newbuildings, as applicable. If at such time we have not made alternative financing arrangements or generate substantial cash flows, any such repayments and our declining borrowing availability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may not be able to borrow further amounts under the secured term loan facilities, which we may need to fund the acquisition of the remaining newbuildings that we have agreed to purchase.

Our ability to borrow further amounts under the secured term loan facilities will be subject to satisfaction of certain customary conditions precedent and compliance with terms and conditions included in the loan documents. To the

 

28


Table of Contents

extent that we are not able to satisfy these requirements, including as a result of a decline in the value of our vessels, we may be required to repay a portion of our existing debt or provide additional collateral and we may not be able to borrow further amounts under the secured term loan facilities. If we are unable to borrow further amounts under the secured term loan facilities, we may be unable to fund the acquisition of the newbuildings or vessel acquisitions that we have agreed to purchase, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The derivative contracts we may enter into to hedge our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates could result in higher than market interest rates and reductions in our shareholders’ equity, as well as charges against our income.

We may enter into interest rate swaps for purposes of managing our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates applicable to indebtedness under our secured term loan facilities which were advanced at floating rates based on LIBOR. Our hedging strategies, however, may not be effective and we may incur substantial losses if interest rates move materially differently from our expectations.

To the extent our future derivative contracts may not qualify for treatment as hedges for accounting purposes, we will recognize fluctuations in the fair value of such contracts in our statement of income. In addition, changes in the fair value of future derivative contracts, even those that qualify for treatment as hedges, will be recognized in “Other Comprehensive Income” on our balance sheet, and can affect compliance with the net worth covenant requirements in our secured term loan facilities. Our financial condition could also be materially adversely affected to the extent we do not hedge our exposure to interest rate fluctuations under our financing arrangements under which loans have been advanced at a floating rate based on LIBOR.

Any hedging activities we engage in may not effectively manage our interest rate exposure or have the desired impact on our financial conditions or results of operations.

Our business depends upon certain key employees.

Our future success depends to a significant extent upon our chairman, president and chief executive officer, David J. Butters, and certain members of our senior management. Mr. Butters has substantial experience in the shipping industry and he and others are crucial to the development of our business strategy and to the growth and development of our business. The loss of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our major shareholder may exert considerable influence on the outcome of matters on which our shareholders will be entitled to vote, and its interests may be different from yours.

After giving effect to this offering, the WLR Group, our principal shareholder, will own approximately 45.9% (or 42.8% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full) of our common stock. The WLR Group may exert considerable influence on the outcome of matters on which our shareholders are entitled to vote, including the election of our directors to our board of directors and other significant corporate actions. The interests of the WLR Group may be different from your interests.

We are a holding company, and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations.

We are a holding company and our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. We have no significant assets other than the equity interests in our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to satisfy our financial obligations depends on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. The ability of a subsidiary to make these distributions could be affected by a claim or other action by a third party, including a creditor, or by the Republic of the Marshall Islands law, which regulates the payment of dividends by companies. In addition, under the secured term loan facilities, Navigator Gas L.L.C., our wholly-owned subsidiary, and our vessel-owning subsidiaries that are parties to the secured term loan facilities may not make distributions to us out of operating revenues from vessels securing indebtedness thereunder, redeem any shares or make any other payment to our shareholders if an event of default has occurred and is continuing. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Secured Term Loan Facilities.” The inability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

29


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $5.62 per share.

The assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus) exceeds our pro forma net tangible book value of $12.38 per share. Based on the assumed initial public offering price, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $5.62 per share. Shareholders may experience additional dilution if we issue common stock in the future. As a result of this dilution, shareholders may receive significantly less than the full purchase price they paid for the shares in the event of a liquidation. Please read “Dilution.”

We may issue additional equity securities without your approval, which would dilute your ownership interests.

We may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or equity-linked securities without the approval of our shareholders, subject to certain limited approval requirements of the NYSE. In particular, we may finance all or a portion of the acquisition price of future vessels, including newbuildings, that we agree to purchase through the issuance of additional shares of common stock. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation, which became effective on November 5, 2013, authorize us to issue 400,000,000 shares of common stock, of which 54,626,765 shares will be outstanding upon the closing of this offering. The issuance by us of additional shares of common stock or other equity or equity-linked securities of equal or senior rank will have the following effects:

 

  n  

our shareholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;

 

  n  

the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding share may be diminished; and

 

  n  

the market price of the common stock may decline.

Future sales of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of our shares of common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, may depress the market price for our common stock. These sales could also impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of our equity securities in the future. At the closing of this offering, the WLR Group, our principal shareholder, will own approximately 45.9% (or 42.8% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full) of our common stock. In the future, the WLR Group may elect to sell large numbers of shares from time to time. The number of shares available for sale in the public market will be limited by restrictions applicable under securities laws and agreements that the WLR Group, we and our executive officers and directors have entered or will enter into with the underwriters of this offering. Subject to certain exceptions, these agreements generally restrict the WLR Group, us and our executive officers and directors from directly or indirectly offering, selling, pledging, hedging or otherwise disposing of our equity securities or any security that is convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our equity securities and from engaging in certain other transactions relating to such securities for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension, without the prior written consent of each of Jefferies LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. However, Jefferies LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may, in their sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the expiration of the lock-up period, release all or any portion of the securities subject to these agreements.

There is no existing market for our common stock, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. While we understand that transactions in our securities have been reported in the pink sheets, we do not know the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development of a trading market in our common stock or how liquid that market might be. You may not be able to resell your shares of common stock at or above the initial public offering price. Additionally, the lack of liquidity may result in wide bid-ask spreads, contribute to significant fluctuations in the market price of our common stock and limit the number of investors who are able to buy our common stock.

We have no current plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates.

We have no current plans to declare dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in us will be if you sell your shares of common stock at a price greater than you paid for it. There is no guarantee that the market price of our common stock will ever exceed the price that you pay in this offering.

 

30


Table of Contents

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” as described under “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.” We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

The obligations associated with being a public company will require significant resources and management attention.

As a public company in the United States, we will incur legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not previously incur. We will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act,” and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the listing requirements of the NYSE and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Exchange Act requires that we file annual and current reports with respect to our business, financial condition and results of operations. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert management’s attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. In addition, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These additional obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative costs and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could be adversely affected.

For as long as we are an “emerging growth company” under the recently enacted JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.” Furthermore, after the date we are no longer an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will only be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting depending on our market capitalization. Even if our management concludes that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may still decline to attest to our management’s assessment or may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, in connection with the implementation of the necessary procedures and practices related to internal control

 

31


Table of Contents

over financial reporting, we may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. Failure to comply with Section 404 could subject us to regulatory scrutiny and sanctions, impair our ability to raise revenue, cause investors to lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and negatively affect our share price.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

We are a “foreign private issuer,” as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, or the “Securities Act,” and therefore, we are not required to comply with all the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and related rules and regulations. Under Rule 405, the determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter and, accordingly, the next determination will be made with respect to us on December 31, 2013.

In the future, we would lose our foreign private issuer status if a majority of our shareholders, directors or management are U.S. citizens or residents and we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we will be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the “SEC,” which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. For example, the annual report on Form 10-K requires domestic issuers to disclose executive compensation information on an individual basis with specific disclosure regarding the domestic compensation philosophy, objectives, annual total compensation (base salary, bonus, equity compensation) and potential payments in connection with change in control, retirement, death or disability, while the annual report on Form 20-F permits foreign private issuers to disclose compensation information on an aggregate basis. We will also have to mandatorily comply with U.S. federal proxy requirements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will become subject to the short-swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. We may also be required to modify certain of our policies to comply with good governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers. Such conversion and modifications will involve additional costs. In addition, we may lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on U.S. stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers.

We are incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-developed body of corporate law.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, or the “BCA.” The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. However, there have been few judicial cases in the Republic of the Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA. The rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under the Republic of the Marshall Islands law are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in certain U.S. jurisdictions. Shareholder rights may differ as well. While the BCA does specifically incorporate the non-statutory law, or judicial case law, of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction.

Because we are a Marshall Islands corporation, it may be difficult to serve us with legal process or enforce judgments against us, our directors or our management.

We are a Marshall Islands corporation, and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. A majority of our directors and officers are non-residents of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of these non-residents are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States if you believe that your rights have been infringed under securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and of other jurisdictions may prevent or restrict you from enforcing a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers.

 

32


Table of Contents

Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, our counsel as to the Republic of the Marshall Islands law, has advised us that there is substantial doubt that the courts of the Republic of the Marshall Islands would (1) enter judgments in original actions brought in those courts predicated on U.S. federal or state securities laws; or (2) recognize or enforce against us or any of our officers, directors or experts, judgments of courts of the United States predicated on U.S. federal or state securities laws. For more information regarding the relevant laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, please read “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” immediately following the table of contents.

We are a Marshall Islands corporation, have limited operations in the United States and maintain limited assets in the United States. Consequently, in the event of any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding involving us, bankruptcy laws other than those of the United States could apply. The Republic of the Marshall Islands does not have a bankruptcy statute or general statutory mechanism for insolvency proceedings. If we become a debtor under U.S. bankruptcy law, bankruptcy courts in the United States may seek to assert jurisdiction over all of our assets, wherever located, including property situated in other countries. There can be no assurance, however, that we would become a debtor in the United States, or that a U.S. bankruptcy court would be entitled to, or accept, jurisdiction over such a bankruptcy case, or that courts in other countries that have jurisdiction over us and our operations would recognize a U.S. bankruptcy court’s jurisdiction if any other bankruptcy court would determine it had jurisdiction. These factors may delay or prevent us from entering bankruptcy in the United States and may affect the ability of our shareholders to receive any recovery following our bankruptcy.

Provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws may have anti-takeover effects.

Several provisions of our articles of incorporation, which are summarized below, may have anti-takeover effects. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, lessen our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire our company. However, these anti-takeover provisions could also discourage, delay or prevent the merger or acquisition of our company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise that a shareholder may consider in its best interest and the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

Blank Check Preferred Stock . Under the terms of our articles of incorporation our board of directors has the authority, without any further vote or action by our shareholders, to issue up to 40,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock. Our board could authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could dilute the voting power or rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us or the removal of our management and may harm the market price of our common stock.

Election of Directors . Our articles of incorporation provide that directors will be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his or her death, resignation, removal or the earlier termination of his or her term of office. Our articles of incorporation do not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Our bylaws require shareholders to provide advance written notice of nominations for the election of directors. These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals and Director Nominations . Our bylaws provide that, with a few exceptions, shareholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual meeting of shareholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary. Generally, to be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive office not less than 90 days or more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders. Our bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a shareholder’s notice. These provisions may impede a shareholder’s ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of shareholders or make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of shareholders.

Limited Actions by Shareholders. Our bylaws provide that only the board of directors may call special meetings of our shareholders and the business transacted at the special meeting is limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

 

33


Table of Contents

Tax Risks

In addition to the following risk factors, please read “Business—Taxation of the Company,” “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” and “Non-United States Tax Considerations” for a more complete discussion of the expected material U.S. federal and non-U.S. income tax considerations relating to us and the ownership and disposition of our common stock.

We will be subject to taxes.

We and our subsidiaries may be subject to tax in the jurisdictions in which we are organized or operate. In computing our tax obligation in these jurisdictions, we are required to take various tax accounting and reporting positions on matters that are not entirely free from doubt and for which we have not received rulings from the governing authorities. Upon review of these positions the applicable authorities may disagree with our positions. A successful challenge by a tax authority could result in additional tax imposed on us or our subsidiaries. In addition, changes in our operations or ownership could result in additional tax being imposed on us or our subsidiaries in jurisdictions in which operations are conducted.

U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company,” which could have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders.

A non-U.S. entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes if at least 75.0% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of “passive income” or at least 50.0% of the average value of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, “passive income.” For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, gains from the sale or exchange of investment property, and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties that are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income.” U.S. shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC, and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their interests in the PFIC.

Based on our current and projected method of operation, and an opinion of our U.S. counsel, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., we believe that we will not be a PFIC for our current taxable year, and we expect that we will not be treated as a PFIC for any future taxable year. We have received an opinion of our U.S. counsel in support of this position that concludes that the income our subsidiaries earn from our present time-chartering and voyage-chartering activities and COAs should not constitute passive income for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. In addition, we have represented to our U.S. counsel that we expect that more than 25.0% of our gross income for our current taxable year and each future year will arise from such activities or other income that our U.S. counsel has opined does not constitute passive income, and more than 50.0% of the average value of our assets for each such year will be held for the production of such non-passive income. Assuming the composition of our income and assets is consistent with these expectations, and assuming the accuracy of other representations we have made to our U.S. counsel for purposes of their opinion, our U.S. counsel is of the opinion that we should not be a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future year. This opinion is based and its accuracy is conditioned on representations, valuations and projections provided by us regarding our assets, income and charters to our U.S. counsel. While we believe these representations, valuations and projections to be accurate, the shipping market is volatile and no assurance can be given that they will continue to be accurate at any time in the future.

Moreover, there are legal uncertainties involved in determining whether the income derived from time-chartering activities constitutes rental income or income derived from the performance of services. In Tidewater Inc. v. United States, 565 F.3d 299 (5th Cir. 2009), the Fifth Circuit held that income derived from certain time-chartering activities should be treated as rental income rather than services income for purposes of a provision of the Code relating to foreign sales corporations. In that case, the Fifth Circuit did not address the definition of passive income or the PFIC rules; however, the reasoning of the case could have implications as to how the income from a time charter would be classified under such rules. If the reasoning of this case were extended to the PFIC context, the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time-chartering activities may be treated as rental income, and we would likely be treated as a PFIC. In published guidance, the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, stated that it disagreed with the holding in Tidewater, and specified that time charters similar to those at issue in the case should

 

34


Table of Contents

be treated as service contracts. We have not sought, and we do not expect to seek, an IRS ruling on the treatment of income generated from our time-chartering activities, and the opinion of our counsel is not binding on the IRS or any court. As a result, the IRS or a court could disagree with our position. No assurance can be given that this result will not occur. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid, to the extent possible, being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure you that the nature of our operations will not change in the future, or that we will not be a PFIC in the future. If the IRS were to find that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year (and regardless of whether we remain a PFIC for any subsequent taxable year), our U.S. shareholders would face adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences” for a more detailed discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders if we are treated as a PFIC.

 

35


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statements included in this prospectus concerning plans and objectives of management for future operations or economic performance, or assumptions related thereto, including our financial forecast, contain forward-looking statements. In addition, we and our representatives may from time to time make other oral or written statements that are also forward-looking statements. Such statements include, in particular, statements about our plans, strategies, business prospects, changes and trends in our business and the markets in which we operate as described in this prospectus. In some cases, you can identify the forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “forecast,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “propose,” “potential,” “continue,” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this prospectus. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to:

 

  n  

future operating or financial results;

 

  n  

pending acquisitions, business strategy and expected capital spending;

 

  n  

operating expenses, availability of crew, number of off-hire days, drydocking requirements and insurance costs;

 

  n  

general market conditions and shipping market trends, including charter rates and factors affecting supply and demand;

 

  n  

our financial condition and liquidity, including our ability to obtain additional financing in the future to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions and other corporate activities;

 

  n  

estimated future capital expenditures needed to preserve our capital base;

 

  n  

our expectations about the receipt of our eight newbuildings and, if exercised, our option newbuilding, and the timing of the receipt thereof;

 

  n  

our expectations about the availability of vessels to purchase, the time that it may take to construct new vessels, or the useful lives of our vessels;

 

  n  

our continued ability to enter into long-term, fixed-rate time charters with our customers;

 

  n  

changes in governmental rules and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities;

 

  n  

potential liability from future litigation;

 

  n  

our expectations relating to the payment of dividends; and

 

  n  

other factors discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

We expressly disclaim any obligation to update or revise any of these forward-looking statements, whether because of future events, new information, a change in our views or expectations, or otherwise. We make no prediction or statement about the performance of our common stock.

 

36


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the near term. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the growth of our business. We may, however, adopt in the future a policy to make cash dividends. Our future dividend policy is within the discretion of our board of directors. Any determination to pay or not pay cash dividends will depend upon then-existing conditions, including our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, investment opportunities, statutory and contractual restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

37


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of our common stock in this offering of $136.3 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming an initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund the equity portion, or approximately $72.7 million, due under our purchase obligations for the 2015 newbuildings and the remainder for general corporate purposes, including if the newbuilding option is exercised, to fund $17.6 million of the approximately $44.0 million required to purchase the option newbuilding. We currently expect the remaining $109.1 million and $26.4 million of the purchase prices for the 2015 newbuildings and option newbuilding, respectively, to be financed under future credit facilities. The actual amount of the equity portion and debt portion under our purchase obligations could be impacted by the availability of debt financing on favorable terms.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling shareholders. We have agreed to pay certain expenses incurred by the selling shareholders related to this offering, which we estimate to be approximately $250,000.

 

38


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table shows our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of September 30, 2013, on an:

 

  n  

actual basis; and

 

  n  

as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of 8,330,000 shares by us in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our receipt of the anticipated proceeds therefrom, after underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, but before our anticipated application thereof as set forth under the heading “Use of Proceeds,”

each giving effect to a 3-for-1 stock split that was effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend and the effectiveness of our amended and restated articles of incorporation which became effective on November 5, 2013.

This table is derived from, and should be read together with, the historical consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also read this table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

 

 

     AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2013  
     ACTUAL     AS ADJUSTED  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 46,013        $182,323   (1)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

    

Secured term loan facilities, current portion

     58,682        58,682   

Secured term loan facilities, net of current portion

     380,110        380,110   

9% Senior unsecured bond issue

     125,000        125,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 563,792      $ 563,792   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

    

Common stock at $0.01 par value per share, actual—400,000,000 shares authorized, 46,296,765 shares issued and outstanding; as adjusted—400,000,000 shares authorized, 54,626,765 shares issued and outstanding

     463        546   

Additional paid-in capital

     427,862        564,088   (1)  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     (123     (123

Retained earnings

     125,275        125,275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 553,477      $ 689,786   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 1,117,269      $ 1,253,578   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Cash and cash equivalents and additional paid-in capital on an as adjusted basis reflects our anticipated proceeds from this offering, after $13.6 million of underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, but before our anticipated application thereof as set forth under the heading “Use of Proceeds.”

 

39


Table of Contents

DILUTION

After giving effect to the sale of 11,300,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed offering price of $18.00 per share, our pro forma net tangible book value at September 30, 2013, would have been $676.3 million, or $12.38 per share. This represents an immediate dilution of net tangible book value of $5.62 per share to investors in this offering. The following table illustrates the pro forma as adjusted per share dilution to new investors who purchase common stock in this offering:

 

 

 

Initial public offering price per share

      $ 18.00   

Net tangible book value per share at September 30, 2013

   $ 11.66      

Increase per share attributable to new investors

     0.72      
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

        12.38   
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

      $ 5.62   
     

 

 

 

 

 

Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our tangible net worth, which consists of total assets less deferred finance costs less total liabilities, by the number of shares outstanding. Dilution is determined by subtracting the net tangible book value per share after this offering from the assumed initial public offering price per share.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share would not affect our net tangible book value, would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value per share as adjusted by $0.14 per share and would increase (decrease) the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $0.86 per share, assuming no other change to the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 2013, the differences between the number of shares issued as a result of this offering, the total amount paid by existing shareholders and the average price per share to be paid by investors in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share.

 

 

 

     SHARES     TOTAL CONSIDERATION     AVERAGE
PRICE PER
SHARE
 
     NUMBER      PERCENT     AMOUNT      PERCENT    
                  (Dollars in thousands)        

Existing shareholders

     15,000,000         64.3   $ 137,500         47.8   $ 9.17   

New investors

     8,330,000         35.7     149,940         52.2     18.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

     23,330,000         100.0   $ 287,440         100.0   $ 12.32   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

The number of shares held by existing shareholders in the immediately preceding table is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2013 after giving effect to the 3-for-1 stock split that was effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend, and excludes:

 

  n  

30,000,000 shares of our common stock issued pursuant to the creditors’ committee plan approved in connection with our company’s emergence from bankruptcy on August 9, 2006;

 

  n  

1,296,765 restricted shares of our common stock outstanding under our 2008 Restricted Stock Plan; and

 

  n  

3,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

 

40


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following table presents historical information as follows:

 

  n  

The selected historical financial data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and should be read together with and qualified in its entirety by reference to such audited consolidated financial statements.

 

  n  

The selected historical financial data as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013, have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto and, in our opinion, except as described below, have been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited financial statements and include all adjustments consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this information.

The following table should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The selected historical financial data reflects the earnings per share and dividends per share impact of our 3-for-1 stock split that was effected in the form of a stock dividend on October 29, 2013.

 

 

 

     NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS  
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
     NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
 
           2011                  2012                  2012                  2013        
                   (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands, except per share data, fleet data and
average daily results)
 

Income Statement Data:

           

Operating revenue

   $   88,875       $ 146,716       $ 106,488       $ 167,031   

Operating expenses:

           

Address and brokerage commissions

     2,664         4,234         3,161         3,926   

Voyage expenses

     17,661         27,791         21,314         35,905   

Charter-in costs

     344         11,288         7,095         4,975   

Vessel operating expenses

     22,939         32,826         24,270         37,905   

Depreciation and amortization

     18,678         24,180         17,845         25,807   

General and administrative costs

     4,232         5,273         3,717         4,622   

Other corporate expenses

     1,166         1,402         1,084         2,928   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     67,684         106,994         78,486         116,068   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

   $ 21,191       $ 39,722       $ 28,002       $ 50,963   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest expense

     2,433         8,671         5,911         20,495   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   $ 18,758       $ 31,051       $ 22,091       $ 30,468   

Income taxes

     108         515         377         365   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 18,650       $ 30,536       $ 21,714       $ 30,103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

           

Basic and diluted

   $ 0.60       $ 0.82       $ 0.59       $ 0.67   

Dividends per share:

           

Basic and diluted

   $ 0.31       $ 0.06       $ 0.07       $ ——   

EBITDA  (1)

   $ 39,869       $ 63,902       $ 45,847       $ 76,770   

 

 

 

 

41


Table of Contents

 

 

     NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS  
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
 
     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                 (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands, except per share data, fleet data and average
daily results)
 

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 26,734      $ 140,870      $ 37,173      $ 46,013   

Total assets

     524,793        832,254        671,647        1,143,136   

Total liabilities

     152,765        384,431        232,911        589,660   

Total shareholders’ equity

     372,028        447,823        438,737        553,476   

Fleet Data:

        

Weighted average number of vessels (2)

     8.3        12.7        12.3        18.2   

Ownership days (3)

     3,033        4,663        3,375        4,981   

Available days (4)

     3,033        4,663        3,375        4,867   

Operating days (5)

     2,955        4,641        3,355        4,563   

Fleet utilization (6)

     97.4     99.5     99.4     93.7

Average Daily Results:

        

Time charter equivalent rate (7)

   $ 24,098      $ 25,627      $ 25,391      $ 28,728   

Daily vessel operating expenses (8)

   $ 7,632      $ 7,916      $ 7,980      $ 7,897   

 

 

(1)    

EBITDA represents net income before net interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA does not represent and should not be considered as an alternative to consolidated net income or cash generated from operations, as determined by U.S. GAAP, and our calculation of EBITDA may not be comparable to that reported by other companies. EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under U.S. GAAP.

EBITDA is included herein because it is a basis upon which we assess our financial performance and because we believe that it presents useful information to investors regarding a company’s ability to service and/or incur indebtedness and it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry.

EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

  n  

EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

  n  

EBITDA does not recognize the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

  n  

EBITDA ignores changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; and

 

  n  

other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, EBITDA should not be considered a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business.

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

 

 

     NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS  
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
     NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
 
     2011      2012      2012      2013  
                   (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands)  

Net income

   $ 18,650       $ 30,536       $ 21,714       $ 30,103   

Net interest expense

     2,433         8,671         5,911         20,495   

Income taxes

     108         515         377         365   

Depreciation and amortization

     18,678         24,180         17,845         25,807   

EBITDA

   $ 39,869       $ 63,902       $ 45,847       $ 76,770   

 

 

 

42


Table of Contents
(2)    

We calculate the weighted average number of vessels during a period by dividing the number of total ownership days during that period by the number of calendar days during that period.

(3)    

We define ownership days as the aggregate number of days in a period that each vessel in our fleet has been owned by us. Ownership days are an indicator of the size of our fleet over a period and affect both the amount of revenue and the amount of expenses that we record during a period.

(4)    

We define available days as ownership days less aggregate off-hire days associated with scheduled maintenance, which includes major repairs, drydockings, vessel upgrades or special or intermediate surveys. We use available days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period that our vessels should be capable of generating revenues.

(5)    

We define operating days as available days less the aggregate number of days that our vessels are off-hire for any reason other than scheduled maintenance. We use operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period that our vessels actually generate revenues.

(6)    

We calculate fleet utilization by dividing the number of operating days during a period by the number of available days during that period. An increase in non-scheduled off-hire days would reduce our operating days, and therefore, our fleet utilization. We use fleet utilization to measure our ability to efficiently find suitable employment for our vessels.

(7)    

TCE rate is a measure of the average daily revenue performance of a vessel. TCE rate is a shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare period-to-period changes in a shipping company’s performance despite changes in the mix of charter types (i.e., time charters, voyage charters and COAs) under which the vessels may be employed between the periods. Our method of calculating TCE rate is to divide operating revenue (net of voyage expenses) by operating days for the relevant time period.

(8)    

Daily vessel operating expenses are calculated by dividing vessel operating expenses by ownership days (excluding ownership days for chartered-in vessels) for the relevant time period.

 

43


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, those financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the following information. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or “U.S. GAAP,” and are presented in U.S. Dollars unless otherwise indicated. Any amounts converted from another non-U.S. currency to U.S. Dollars in this prospectus were converted at the rate applicable at the relevant date, or the average rate during the applicable period.

Overview

We are the owner and operator of the world’s largest fleet of handysize liquefied gas carriers. We provide international and regional seaborne transportation services of liquefied petroleum gas, or “LPG,” petrochemical gases and ammonia for energy companies, industrial users and commodity traders. These gases are transported in liquefied form, by applying cooling and/or pressure, to reduce volume by up to 900 times depending on the cargo, making their transportation more efficient and economical.

We employ our vessels through a combination of time charters, voyage charters and contracts of affreightment, or “COAs.” Our fleet consists of 31 semi- or fully-refrigerated handysize liquefied gas carriers, which we define as liquefied gas carriers between 15,000 and 24,999 cbm, including eight newbuilding vessels scheduled for delivery by December 2015. In addition, we have an option to build one further handysize newbuilding vessel for delivery by early 2016 and currently operate an additional semi-refrigerated handysize liquefied gas carrier under a time charter-in through December 2014. As of September 30, 2013, we operated 23 vessels, including our chartered-in vessel, of which 15 were employed under time charters and eight were employed in the spot market. We have since taken delivery of an additional vessel, which we have chartered out through October 2014. Our operated vessels earned an average time charter equivalent rate of approximately $873,800 per vessel per calendar month ($28,728 per day) during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to approximately $779,500 per vessel per calendar month ($25,627 per day) for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Our largest customers by revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012, include three companies that currently time charter a total of eight of our 24 operated vessels: PT Pertamina (Persero), the Indonesian state-owned producer of hydrocarbons; Tomza Group, a Mexican LPG distribution company that distributes LPG to the Mexican and Central American markets; and Petróleos de Venezuela S.A., the Venezuelan state-owned integrated oil and petrochemical company. For the year ended December 31, 2012, these customers accounted for approximately 36.6% of our revenue in the aggregate. In the past, we have chartered vessels to a range of trading, shipping and other customers on both time charter and voyage charter bases, including Kolmar Group AG, a petroleum and petrochemicals trading company; Trafigura Limited, an international commodities trading and logistics company; the Vitol Group, an independent energy trading company; Marubeni Corporation, an international general trading company; Mitsubishi Corporation, a leading global chemical company; and Petredec Ltd., a leading LPG trading company.

The trends and changing dynamics in global supply and trade of LPG and certain petrochemicals described in “The International Liquified Gas Shipping Industry” have resulted in an increase in demand for our transportation services. This increase in demand is among the primary motivating factors for the significant increase in our fleet size and resulting increase in total revenue. We expect additional changes in global supply and trade of LPG and certain petrochemicals will continue to increase the demand for our transportation services. For example, the increase in LPG produced in the United States, particularly from shale gas, has resulted in increased seaborne LPG transportation from the United States. We currently have nine vessels transporting U.S. LPG, compared to none two years ago. We expect continued worldwide LPG production growth and market developments, including continuing changes in seaborne trade routes, to support increased growth of our fleet and increased revenue. Similarly, regional imbalances in petrochemical supply and consumption have resulted in our increased petrochemical voyages. We

 

44


Table of Contents

expect these regional imbalances will increase and change as producers react to changing supply of feedstock. For example, we expect increased ethylene production in the U.S. Gulf Coast in response to relatively inexpensive ethane prices driven by U.S. shale gas to result in increased demand for ethylene export to other regions.

We expect our largest shareholder, the WLR Group, will own 45.9% (or 42.8% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full) of our outstanding shares of common stock after the completion of this offering. Based on the WLR Group’s significant ownership interest in us it may be able to exert considerable influence on the outcome of matters on which our shareholders are entitled to vote, including the election of directors to our board of directors and other significant corporate actions.

Vessel Contracts

We generate revenue by providing seaborne transportation services to customers pursuant to the following three types of contractual relationships:

Time Charters. A time charter is a contract under which a vessel is chartered for a defined period of time at a fixed daily or monthly rate. Under time charters, we are responsible for providing crewing and other vessel operating services, the cost of which is intended to be covered by the fixed rate, while the customer is responsible for substantially all of the voyage expenses, including any bunker fuel consumption, port expenses and canal tolls. LPG is typically transported under a time charter arrangement, generally with a term of twelve months. However, five of our 14 current time charters were for terms exceeding twelve months, with three having initial terms of five years and two having initial terms of ten years. For the year ended December 31, 2012, approximately 61.4% of our revenue was generated pursuant to time charters.

Voyage Charters. A voyage charter is a contract, typically for shorter intervals, for transportation of a specified cargo between two or more designated ports. This type of charter is priced on a current or “spot” market rate, typically on a price per ton of product carried rather than a daily or monthly rate. Under voyage charters, we are responsible for all of the voyage expenses in addition to providing the crewing and other vessel operating services. Petrochemical gases have typically been transported pursuant to voyage charters, as the seaborne transportation requirements of petrochemical product traders have historically resulted from a particular product arbitrage at a point in time. For the year ended December 31, 2012, approximately 16.1% of our revenue was generated pursuant to voyage charters.

Contracts of Affreightment. A contract of affreightment, or “COA,” is a contract to carry specified quantities of cargo, usually over prescribed shipping routes, at a fixed price per ton basis (often subject to fuel price or other adjustments) over a defined period of time. As such, a COA essentially consists of a number of voyage charters to carry a specified amount of cargo over a specified time period ( i.e. , the term of the COA), which can span for months to potentially years. Similar to a voyage charter, we are typically responsible for all voyage expenses in addition to providing all crewing and other vessel operating services when trading under a COA. For the year ended December 31, 2012, approximately 22.5% of our revenue was generated pursuant to COAs.

Vessels operating on time charters and longer-term COAs provide more predictable cash flows, but can potentially yield lower profit margins than vessels operating in the spot charter market during periods of favorable market conditions. Accordingly, as a result of a portion of our fleet being committed on time charters and COAs, we will be unable to take full advantage of improving charter rates to the same extent as we would if our liquefied gas carriers were employed only on spot charters. Conversely, vessels operating in the spot charter market generate revenue that is less predictable, but they may enable us to capture increased profit margins during periods of improving charter rates. However, operating in the spot charter market exposes us to the risks of declining liquefied gas carrier charter rates and relatively lower utilization rates as compared to time charters and certain COAs, which may have a materially adverse impact on our financial performance. Notwithstanding these risks, we believe that providing liquefied gas transportation services in the spot charter market is important to us, as it provides us with greater insight into market trends and opportunities.

We believe that the size and versatility of our fleet, which enables us to carry the broadest set of liquefied gases subject to seaborne transportation across a diverse range of conditions and geographies, together with our track record of operational excellence, positions us as the partner of choice for many companies requiring handysize

 

45


Table of Contents

liquefied gas transportation and distribution solutions. In addition, we believe that the versatility of our fleet affords us with backhaul and triangulation opportunities not available to many of our competitors, thereby providing us with opportunities to increase utilization and profitability. We seek to enhance our returns through a flexible, customer-driven chartering strategy that combines a base of time charters and COAs with more opportunistic, higher-rate voyage charters.

Important Financial and Operational Terms and Concepts

We use a variety of financial and operational terms and concepts in the evaluation of our business and operations. These include the following:

Operating Revenue. Our operating revenue includes revenue from time charters, voyage charters and COAs. Operating revenue is affected by charter rates and the number of days a vessel operates. Rates for voyage charters are more volatile as they are typically tied to prevailing market rates at the time of the voyage. Historically, voyage charters have usually represented a minority of our annual operating revenue, which is consistent with our vessel employment strategy for the near future.

Address and Brokerage Commissions. Address and brokerage commissions are costs remitted to either the shipping brokers or charterers for placing business with our vessels and are calculated as a percentage of chartering income.

Voyage Expenses. Voyage expenses are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including any bunker fuel consumption, port expenses and canal tolls. Voyage expenses are typically paid by the shipowner under voyage charters and COAs and by the charterer under time charters. Accordingly, we generally only incur voyage expenses when performing voyage charters and COAs or during repositioning voyages between time charters for which no cargo is available. The gross revenue received by the shipowner under voyage charters and COAs are generally higher than those received under comparable time charters so as to compensate the shipowner for bearing all voyage expenses. As a result, our operating revenue and voyage expenses may vary significantly depending on our mix of time charters, voyage charters and COAs.

Charter-in Costs. Charter-in costs represent charter hire costs incurred by us for non-owned vessels that we charter into our fleet. While it is not a focus of our operational strategy, we may opportunistically charter-in vessels if we either have a need for a vessel to perform a specific undertaking or consider the charter rate requested by a vessel owner to be sufficiently attractive.

Vessel Operating Expenses. Vessel operating expenses are expenses that are not unique to a specific voyage. Vessel operating expenses are typically paid by the shipowner under each of our charter types. Vessel operating expenses include crew wages and related costs, the cost of insurance, expenses relating to repairs and maintenance, the cost of spares and consumable stores, tonnage taxes and other miscellaneous expenses. Our vessel operating expenses will increase with the expansion of our fleet. Other factors that are beyond our control may also cause these expenses to increase, including developments relating to market prices for insurance and crewing costs.

In connection with providing us with technical management for our fleet, NMM and BSSM currently receive crewing and technical management fees of approximately $200,000 per vessel per year in the aggregate, which fees are considered to be vessel operating expenses. Our technical and crew management agreements have terms through December 31, 2013, and thereafter continue until terminated on at least three months’ notice by either party, subject to certain exceptions. See “Business—Technical Management of Fleet.”

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense consists of:

 

  n  

charges related to the depreciation of the historical cost of our fleet (or the revalued amount), less the estimated residual value of our vessels, calculated on a straight-line basis over their useful life, which is estimated to be 30 years; and

 

  n  

charges related to the amortization of capitalized drydocking expenditures relating to our fleet over the period between drydockings.

 

46


Table of Contents

General Administration Costs. General administration costs principally consist of the costs incurred in operating our London representative office, which manages our chartering, operations, accounting and administrative functions and oversees the technical management of our vessels; our New York representative office; and certain costs and expenses attributable to our board of directors. Please read “Business—Commercial Management of the Fleet.” Following this offering, we will incur additional expenses as a result of being a publicly-traded corporation, including costs associated with annual reports to shareholders and SEC filings, investor relations and NYSE annual listing fees. We may also grant equity compensation that would result in an expense to us, which may result in an increase in expenses. Please read “Management—2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan.”

Other Corporation Expenses. Other corporation expenses consist of our advisors’ services, including ongoing audit, taxation, legal and corporate services.

Drydocking. We must periodically drydock each of our vessels for any major repairs and maintenance, for inspection of the underwater parts of the vessel, that cannot be performed while the vessels are operating and for any modifications to comply with industry certification or governmental requirements. We are required to drydock a vessel once every five years until it reaches 15 years of age, after which we are required to drydock the applicable vessel every two and one-half to three years.

We capitalize costs associated with the drydockings as “built in overhauls” in accordance with U.S. GAAP and amortize these costs on a straight-line basis over the period between drydockings. Costs incurred during the drydocking period which relate to routine repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. The number of drydockings undertaken in a given period and the nature of the work performed determine the level of drydocking expenditures.

Ownership Days. We define ownership days as the aggregate number of days in a period that each vessel in our fleet has been owned by us. Ownership days include the number of days in a period in which we have possession of a chartered-in vessel. Ownership days are an indicator of the size of our fleet over a period and affect both the amount of revenue and the amount of expenses that we record during a period.

Available Days. We define available days as ownership days less aggregate off-hire days associated with major scheduled maintenance, which principally include drydockings, special or intermediate surveys, vessel upgrades or major repairs. We use available days to measure the number of days in a period that our operated vessels should be capable of generating revenues.

Operating Days. We define operating days as available days less the aggregate number of days that our operated vessels are not generating revenue, which include idle days and off-hire days for any reason other than major scheduled maintenance. We use operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period that our operated vessels actually generate revenues.

Fleet Utilization. We define fleet utilization as the total number of operating days in a period divided by the total number of available days during that period.

Time Charter Equivalent Rate. Time charter equivalent rate, or “TCE rate,” is a measure which converts voyage charter and COA revenues to a time charter comparable, by deducting voyage expenses (which are incurred by the charterer in the case of time charters) from voyage revenue. TCE rate is a standard shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare the performance of different charter types ( i.e. , time charters, voyage charters and COAs) and to enable a period-to-period comparison in performance despite changes in the mix of charter types under which the vessels may be employed between the periods. Our method of calculating TCE rate is to divide operating revenue for a voyage charter or COA (net of voyage expenses) by the relevant time period of that charter.

Daily Vessel Operating Expenses. Daily vessel operating expenses are calculated by dividing vessel operating expenses by ownership days (excluding ownership days attributable to chartered-in vessels) for the relevant time period.

 

47


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Factors Affecting Comparability

You should consider the following factors when evaluating our historical financial performance and assessing our future prospects:

 

  n  

We have been and are significantly increasing our fleet size. Our historical financial performance and future prospects have been and will be significantly impacted by the increasing size of our fleet.

 

  n  

Historical Fleet Size . Our historical financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, reflect the results of operations of a weighted average fleet size of 8.3 vessels, with nine vessels owned at year end. During 2012, we took delivery of Navigator Libra , Navigator Pegasus and Navigator Phoenix and chartered-in two additional vessels, the Maple 3 and the Arctic Gas (a chartered-in vessel from July 2012 through January 2013), bringing our total fleet size to 14 by year end and resulting in a weighted average fleet size of 12.7 vessels for the year. In addition, in November 2012, we entered into sales and purchase agreements with affiliates of A.P. Møller pursuant to which it agreed to sell to us its entire fleet of 11 handysize liquefied gas carriers. We took delivery of 10 of the A.P. Møller vessels in the first nine months of 2013.

 

  n  

Future Fleet Size. We have taken delivery of all 11 of the A.P. Møller vessels as of the date hereof. In addition, we have entered into agreements to acquire eight newbuilding handysize liquefied gas carriers, with four to be delivered in 2014 and four in 2015, and have an option for one handysize newbuilding vessel. Furthermore, the time charter relating to our chartered-in vessel currently terminates in December 2014, after which such vessel will no longer contribute to our results of operations unless we extend the charter-in relationship.

Given the variability in operating vessels in our fleet, our historical financial statements reflect, and in the future will reflect, significantly different levels of ownership and operating days as well as different levels of voyage expenses, vessel operating expenses, interest expense and other related costs.

 

  n  

We will incur additional general administration costs and other corporation expenses. We will incur additional costs as a result of being a publicly-traded corporation, including costs associated with annual reports to shareholders and SEC filings, investor relations and NYSE annual listing fees. We may also grant equity compensation that would result in an expense to us, which may result in an increase in expenses. Please read “Management—2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan.”

 

  n  

We will have different financing arrangements . We have entered into secured term loan facilities and issued senior unsecured notes to finance the acquisitions of vessels and the construction of newbuildings. Please read “—Secured Term Loan Facilities” and “—Senior Unsecured Bond Offering.”

 

48


Table of Contents

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012

The following table compares our operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013:

 

 

 

     NINE MONTHS
ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
2012
    NINE MONTHS
ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
2013
    PERCENTAGE
CHANGE
 
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Operating revenue

   $ 106,488      $ 167,031        56.9

Operating expenses:

      

Address and brokerage commissions

     3,161        3,926        24.2

Voyage expenses

     21,314        35,905        68.5

Charter-in costs

     7,095        4,975        (29.9)

Vessel operating expenses

     24,270        37,905        56.2

Depreciation and amortization

     17,845        25,807        44.6

General administration costs

     3,717        4,622        24.3

Other corporate expenses

     1,084        2,928        170.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

   $ 78,486      $ 116,068        47.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating income

   $ 28,002      $ 50,963        82.0

Interest expense

     (5,946     (20,553     245.7

Interest income

     35        58        65.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income before income taxes

   $ 22,091      $ 30,468        37.9

Income taxes

     (377     (365     (3.2)
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income

   $ 21,714      $ 30,103        38.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

Operating Revenue. Operating revenue increased by 56.9% to $167.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, from $106.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. This increase was primarily due to:

 

  n  

an increase in operating revenue of approximately $37.6 million attributable to an increase in the weighted average number of vessels by 6.0, or 48.2%, and a corresponding increase in vessel ownership days by 1,606 days, or 47.6%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2012;

 

  n  

an increase in operating revenue of approximately $16.1 million attributable to an improved monthly charter rate, which rose to an average of approximately $873,800 per vessel per calendar month ($28,728 per day) for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, as compared to an average of approximately $772,310 per vessel per calendar month ($25,391 per day) for the nine months ended September 30, 2012;

 

  n  

a decrease in operating revenue of approximately $7.9 million attributable to a reduction in fleet utilization from 99.4% during the first nine months of 2012 to 93.7% during the first nine months of 2013 primarily as a result of increased idle time as well as repositioning the additional vessels entering our fleet during the nine months ended September 30, 2013; and

 

  n  

an increase in operating revenue of approximately $14.6 million relating to a relative increase in the proportion of voyage charters to time charters during an increasing spot market rate environment.

 

49


Table of Contents

The following table presents selected operating data for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, and 2012, which we believe are useful in understanding our operating revenue:

 

 

 

     NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2012
    NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2013
 

Fleet Data:

    

Weighted average number of vessels

     12.3        18.2   

Ownership days

     3,375        4,981   

Available days

     3,375        4,867   

Operating days

     3,355        4,563   

Fleet utilization

     99.4     93.7

Average daily time charter equivalent rate

   $ 25,391      $ 28,728   

 

 

As a result of acquisitions between September 30, 2012 and September 30, 2013, we increased our weighted average number of vessels from 12.3 to 18.2 during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, as compared to the comparable period in 2012. As a result, during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we had 4,563 operating days, an increase of 1,208 days when compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Our fleet utilization for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, decreased by 5.7% to 93.7% from our fleet utilization of 99.4% for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, primarily as a result of increased idle time as well as repositioning the additional vessels entering our fleet in the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

The average TCE rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, was approximately $873,800 per vessel per calendar month or $28,728 per vessel per day, $3,337 per vessel per day higher than the average TCE rate of $25,391 per vessel per day ($772,310 per vessel per calendar month) in the nine months ended September 30, 2012. This was primarily due to higher demand for the handysize vessels during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

Address and Brokerage Commissions. Address and brokerage commissions increased by 21.9% to $3.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, from $3.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

Voyage Expenses. Voyage expenses increased by 68.5% to $35.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, from $21.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. This increase was primarily due to the increase in our fleet size and a relative increase in the proportion of voyage charters to time charters.

Charter-in Costs. Charter-in costs decreased by 29.9% to $5.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, from $7.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. This decrease is primarily related to chartering in two vessels during 2012, against only one vessel for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

Vessel Operating Expenses. Vessel operating expenses increased by 56.2% to $37.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, from $24.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Vessel operating expenses decreased by $85 per day, or 1.1%, to $7,897 per vessel per day for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to $7,980 per vessel per day for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. These decreases were primarily due to our additional vessels being younger, and therefore less expensive to maintain, than our vessels owned in 2012.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense increased by 44.6% to $25.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, from $17.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. This increase was primarily due to an increase in our fleet size. Depreciation and amortization expense included amortization of capitalized drydocking costs of $2.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, and $1.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

Other Operating Results

General and Administration Costs . General and administration costs increased by 24.3% to $4.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, from $3.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, primarily due to additional costs attributable to enlarged operations associated with fleet expansion.

Other Corporate Expenses. Other corporate expenses increased by 170.1% to $2.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, from $1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. This increase was primarily due to project feasibility costs incurred associated with the evaluation of a terminal development opportunity, complementary to our core activities.

 

50


Table of Contents

Interest Expense . Interest expense increased to $20.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, from $5.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. This increase was primarily due to:

 

  n  

$9.1 million of increased interest expense attributable to our issuance of $125.0 million of 9.0% senior unsecured bonds in December 2012;

 

  n  

$3.9 million of increased interest expense for our entry into an additional secured term loan facility in February 2013 to facilitate the acquisition of the vessels from A.P. Møller; and

 

  n  

$1.3 million of increased interest expense attributable to refinancing a previous revolving credit facility at an increased interest rate.

Interest Income . Interest income increased to $58,325 for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, from $35,636 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase in interest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, was primarily due to interest generated on unapplied proceeds of our senior unsecured bond issuance, maintaining an increased working capital cash balance associated with a larger fleet size and as required to comply with minimum liquidity covenants under our debt instruments.

Income Taxes . Income tax relates to taxes on our subsidiaries incorporated in the United Kingdom and Singapore. Our United Kingdom subsidiary earns management and other fees from fellow subsidiary companies, and our Singaporean subsidiary earned interest payments from Indonesia, where the main corporate tax rates are 24% and 17%, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we incurred taxes of $365,662 as compared to taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 of $376,705.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

The following table compares our operating results for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2011
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2012
    PERCENTAGE
CHANGE
 
     (In thousands, except percents)  

Operating revenue

   $ 88,875      $ 146,716        65.1

Operating expenses:

      

Address and brokerage commissions

     2,664        4,234        58.9

Voyage expenses

     17,661        27,791        57.4

Charter-in costs

     344        11,288        3181.4

Vessel operating expenses

     22,939        32,826        43.1

Depreciation and amortization

     18,678        24,180        29.5

General and administrative costs

     4,232        5,273        24.6

Other corporate expenses

     1,166        1,402        20.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

   $ 67,684      $ 106,994        58.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating income

   $ 21,191      $ 39,722        87.4

Interest expense

     (2,442     (8,736     257.7

Interest income

     9        65        622.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income before income taxes

   $ 18,758      $ 31,051        65.5

Income taxes

     108        515        376.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income

   $ 18,650      $ 30,536        63.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

Operating Revenue. Operating revenue increased by 65.1% to $146.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $88.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to:

 

  n  

an increase in operating revenue of approximately $38.3 million attributable to an increase in the weighted average number of vessels by 4.4, or 53.8%, and a corresponding increase in ownership days by 1,630 days, or 53.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011;

 

51


Table of Contents
  n  

an increase in operating revenue of approximately $6.9 million attributable to an improved monthly charter rate, which rose to a weighted average of approximately $779,500 per vessel per calendar month ($25,627 per day) for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to an average of approximately $733,000 per vessel per calendar month ($24,098 per day) for the year ended December 31, 2011;

 

  n  

an increase in operating revenue of approximately $2.5 million attributable to an increase in the fleet utilization from 97.4% during 2011, to 99.5% during 2012; and

 

  n  

an increase in operating revenue of approximately $10.1 million relating to a relative increase in the proportion of voyage charters to time charters during an increasing spot market rate environment.

The following table presents selected operating data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, which we believe are useful in understanding our operating revenue:

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2011
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Fleet Data:

    

Weighted average number of vessels

     8.3        12.7   

Ownership days

     3,033        4,663   

Available days

     3,033        4,663   

Operating days

     2,955        4,641   

Fleet utilization

     97.4     99.5

Average daily time charter equivalent rate

   $ 24,098      $ 25,627   

 

 

As a result of vessel acquisitions, newbuilding deliveries and chartered-in vessels, we increased our weighted average number of vessels from 8.3 to 12.7 during the years ended December 31, 2012, as compared to 2011. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we had 4,663 available days, an increase of 1 , 630 days when compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. This was due to the additional vessels joining the fleet, both throughout 2012 and the second half of 2011. Our fleet utilization for the year ended December 31, 2012, increased by 2.1% to 99.5% from our fleet utilization of 97.4% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

The average TCE rate for the year ended December 31, 2012, was approximately $779,500 per vessel per calendar month ($25,627 per vessel per day), $1,529 per vessel per day higher than the average TCE rate of approximately $733,000 per vessel per calendar month ($24,098 per vessel per day) achieved in the year ended December 31, 2011. This was primarily due to an increased demand for the transportation of LPG, particularly due to the continued development of U.S. shale gas.

Address and Brokerage Commissions. Address and brokerage commissions increased by 58.9% to $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Commission costs increased as a result of increased charter revenue due to the increased size of our fleet.

Voyage Expenses. Voyage expenses increased by 57.4% to $27.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $17.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily due to the increase in our fleet size and a relative increase in the proportion of voyage charters to time charters.

Charter-in Costs. Charter-in costs increased to $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to approximately $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as a result of our entry into our charter-in arrangements in December 2011 and July 2012.

Vessel Operating Expenses. Vessel operating expenses increased by 43.1% to $32.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Vessel operating expenses increased by $284 per day, or 3.7%, to $7,916 per day for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $7,632 per day for the year ended December 31, 2011. These increases were primarily due to our increased fleet size and rising costs for crew, as well as greater costs for repair and maintenance due to the increased age of certain of our vessels.

 

52


Table of Contents

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense increased 29.5% to $24.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $18.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily due to an increase in our fleet size. Depreciation and amortization expense included amortization of capitalized drydocking costs of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, and $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Other Operating Results

General and Administration Costs . General and administration costs increased by 24.6% to $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to increasing the operational capacity of our representative office in London necessitated by fleet expansion.

Interest Expense . Interest expense increased to $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily due to:

 

  n  

$7.5 million of increased interest expense attributable to additional debt incurred to finance our newbuildings and secondhand vessel purchases; and

 

  n  

$1.2 million of increased interest expense attributable to the refinancing of $90 million of a previous revolving credit facility that had an interest cost of U.S. LIBOR plus 3.25%.

Interest Income. Interest income increased to $64,590 for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $8,978 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in interest income for the year ended December 31, 2012, was primarily due to maintaining an increased working capital cash balance associated with a larger fleet size and to comply with minimum liquidity covenants under our debt instruments.

Income Taxes. Income tax relates to taxes on our subsidiaries incorporated in the United Kingdom and Singapore and withholding tax from charter hire in Indonesia. Our United Kingdom subsidiary earns management and other fees from fellow subsidiary companies, and our Singapore subsidiary receives interest payments from Indonesia, where the main corporate tax rates are 24% and 17%, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we incurred taxes of $515,123 as compared to taxes for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $107,501.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity and Cash Needs

Our primary uses of funds have been capital expenditures for the acquisition and construction of vessels, voyage expenses, vessel operating expenses, general and administrative costs, expenditures incurred in connection with ensuring that our vessels comply with international and regulatory standards, financing expenses and repayments of bank loans. Our primary sources of funds have been cash from operations, equity investments from existing shareholders, bank borrowings and a bond placement. We are required to maintain certain minimum liquidity amounts in order to comply with our various debt instruments. Please see “—Secured Term Loan Facilities.”

In addition to operating expenses, our medium-term and long-term liquidity needs primarily relate to potential future acquisitions. Pursuant to our purchase and sale agreements with A.P. Møller, in addition to the 10% deposit that we put into escrow at the signing of the purchase and sale agreements, we were required to remit payment to A.P. Møller at the time of delivery of each of the 11 vessels, resulting in an aggregate payment of $470 million. As of September 30, 2013, we had made payments to A.P. Møller in an aggregate amount of $431.3 million. In addition, we have agreed to purchase the four 2014 newbuildings from Jiangnan for $50.0 million per vessel and the four 2015 newbuildings from Jiangnan for an average of $45.5 million per vessel, for an aggregate of $381.2 million. As of September 30, 2013, we had made additional payments to Jiangnan of $43.7 million. We also have an option to build the option newbuilding from Jiangnan in early 2016 for $44.0 million.

We expect to finance the remaining purchase prices of the 2014 newbuildings through previously issued equity and borrowings under our current senior term loan facilities. We expect to finance the purchase price of the 2015 newbuildings, the option newbuilding and any additional future acquisitions either through the net proceeds from this offering, internally generated funds, debt financings, the issuance of additional equity securities or a combination of these forms of financing. We anticipate that our primary sources of funds for our long-term liquidity needs will be from cash from operations and/or debt or equity financings. We believe that these sources of funds will be sufficient to meet our liquidity needs for the foreseeable future.

 

53


Table of Contents

Ongoing Capital Expenditures. Liquefied gas transportation is a capital-intensive business, requiring significant investment to maintain an efficient fleet and to stay in regulatory compliance.

We are required to drydock a vessel once every five years until it reaches 15 years of age, after which we are required to drydock the applicable vessel every two and one-half to three years. Drydocking each vessel takes approximately 20-30 days. Drydocking days generally include approximately 5-10 days of travel time to and from the drydocking shipyard and approximately 15-20 days of actual drydocking time.

We spend significant amounts for scheduled drydocking (including the cost of classification society surveys) of each of our vessels. As our vessels age and our fleet expands, our drydocking expenses will increase. We estimate the current cost of the five-year drydocking of one of our vessels is approximately $650,000, the ten-year drydocking cost is approximately $1.2 million and the 15-year drydocking cost is approximately $1.5 million. Ongoing costs for compliance with environmental regulations are primarily included as part of our drydocking and classification society survey costs, with a balance included as a component of our operating expenses. We are not aware of any regulatory changes or environmental liabilities that we expect to have a material impact on our current or future results of operations. Please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Over the long term, we will be required to make substantial capital expenditures to preserve the operating capacity and expansion of our fleet.”

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents provided by (used in) operating, financing and investing activities for the periods presented:

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
 
     2011     2012     2012     2013  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 44,982      $ 54,962      $ 38,601      $ 54,618   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (85,577     (202,789     (145,485     (411,696

Net cash provided by financing activities

     51,086        261,963        117,322        262,221   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     10,491        114,136        10,438        (94,857

 

 

Operating Cash Flows. Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012, increased to $55.0 million from $45.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of 22.2%. This $10.0 million increase in net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012, was primarily due to increased net revenue as a result of fleet growth, offset by adverse movements in working capital.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, increased to $54.6 million, from $38.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, an increase of 41.5%. This $16.0 million increase in net cash provided by operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, was primarily due to increases in net revenue referred to above, offset by payments for the drydocking of Navigator Aries and Navigator Plut o and by movements in working capital.

Net cash flow from operating activities depends upon the timing and amount of drydocking expenditures, repairs and maintenance activity, acquisitions and dispositions, foreign currency rates, changes in interest rates, fluctuations in working capital balances and spot market charter rates.

Investing Cash Flows. Net cash used in investing activities of $(202.8) million for the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily consists of $100.5 million for the acquisition of Navigator Pegasus and Navigator Phoenix , $24.9 million for the final installment payments on Navigator Libra , $47.0 million as a deposit to A.P. Møller for the acquisition of their 11 handysize vessels, $20 million installment payment for the four 2014 newbuildings and the placement of $10.0 million on a six-month deposit with a large financial institution in order to generate interest on cash withheld from operations to comply with the minimum liquidity requirements under our debt instruments. Net cash used in investing activities of $(85.6) million for the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily consists of payments to the shipyard relating to the construction of Navigator Leo , which was delivered in September 2011, and Navigator Libra , which was delivered in February 2012.

 

54


Table of Contents

Net cash used in investing activities of $(411.7) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, primarily represents $386.9 million for the acquisition of ten of the 11 A.P. Møller vessels, a further $23.8 million installment payment on two of the four 2014 newbuildings and an initial installment payment on three of the four 2015 newbuildings. Net cash used in investing activities of $(145.5) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, primarily consists of $100.5 million for the acquisition of Navigator Pegasus and Navigator Phoenix , $24.7 million for the final installment payments on Navigator Libra and $20.0 million initial installment payments for the four 2014 newbuildings.

Financing Cash Flows. Net cash provided by financing activities was $262.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, consisting of $206.5 million in proceeds from secured term loan facilities, $125.0 million from proceeds of a bond placement and $46.9 million from the issuance of common stock to the WLR Group, offset by $107.6 million in loan repayments, financing costs of $6.4 million and a dividend payment of $2.4 million. Net cash provided by financing activities was $51.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, consisting of $52.6 million of borrowings under a secured term loan facility and $15.3 million from the issuance of common stock, partially offset by $7.1 million in loan repayments and a dividend payment of $9.6 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $262.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, consisting of $218.7 million from the acquisition secured loan facility, $75.0 million from the issuance of common stock to the WLR Group, partially offset by $23.1 million in loan repayments, $6.8 million in costs associated with the acquisition and newbuilding secured loan facilities and $1.4 million in costs associated with the planned stock issue. Net cash provided by financing activities was $117.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, consisting of $46.9 million from the issuance of common stock and $176.5 million in proceeds from secured term loan facilities, partially offset by $100.9 million in loan refinancing and repayments and a dividend payment of $2.4 million.

Secured Term Loan Facilities

General. Navigator Gas L.L.C., our wholly-owned subsidiary, and certain of our vessel-owning subsidiaries have entered into a series of secured term loan facilities beginning in April 2011, or the “April 2011 secured term loan facility,” in April 2012, or the “April 2012 secured term loan facility,” in February 2013, or the “February 2013 secured term loan facility,” and in April 2013, or the “April 2013 secured term loan facility.” Collectively, we refer to the debt thereunder as our “secured term loan facilities.” Proceeds of the loans under our secured term loan facilities may be used to finance newbuildings, acquisitions and for general corporate purposes. The full commitment amounts have been drawn under both the April 2011 secured term loan facility and the April 2012 secured term loan facility. As of September 30, 2013, we had available a total of $51.3 million to be drawn under the February 2013 secured term loan facility. The full $120.0 million remained available under the April 2013 secured term loan facility is available to be drawn and fund the 2014 newbuilding vessels. We are the guarantor under each of the secured term loan facilities.

Fees and Interest. We paid arrangement and agency fees at the time of the closing of our secured term loan facilities. Agency fees are due annually. Interest on amounts drawn is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus a bank margin, for interest periods of one, three or six months or longer if agreed by all lenders.

Term and Facility Limits

April 2011 Secured Term Loan Facility. The April 2011 secured term loan facility has a term of six years with a maximum principal amount of $80.0 million. The April 2011 secured term loan facility is a delayed draw facility with an availability period that ended December 27, 2012. The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels must be no less than 130% of the aggregate outstanding borrowings under the facility. Interest on amounts drawn is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus 300 basis points per annum.

April 2012 Secured Term Loan Facility. The April 2012 secured term loan facility has a term of five years with a maximum principal amount of up to $180.0 million. The April 2012 secured term loan facility is a delayed draw facility with an availability period that ended December 31, 2012. The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels must be no less than 135% of the aggregate outstanding borrowings under the facility. Interest on amounts drawn is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus 337.5 basis points per annum.

 

55


Table of Contents

February 2013 Secured Term Loan Facility. The February 2013 secured term loan facility has a term of five years with a maximum principal amount of up to the lesser of (i) $270.0 million and (ii) 60% of the fair market value of the collateral vessels. The February 2013 secured term loan facility is a delayed draw facility with an availability period ending December 31, 2013. Advances under the February 2013 secured term loan facility are upon the delivery of the A.P. Møller vessels, provided that no advance may occur after the end of the availability period. The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels must be no less than 135% of the aggregate outstanding borrowings under the facility. Interest on amounts drawn is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus 350 basis points per annum.

April 2013 Secured Term Loan Facility. The April 2013 secured term loan facility has a term of six years from the loan drawdown date with a maximum principal amount of up to $120.0 million. The April 2013 secured term loan facility is a delayed draw facility with the last availability period ending June 8, 2015. Proceeds of the loans under the April 2013 secured term loan facility will be used to finance our four newbuilding vessels, scheduled for delivery in 2014. The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels must be no less than 135% of the aggregate outstanding borrowings under the facility. Interest on amounts drawn is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus 350 basis points per annum.

Prepayments/Repayments. The borrowers may voluntarily prepay indebtedness under our secured term loan facilities at any time, without premium or penalty, in whole or in part upon prior written notice to the facility agent, subject to customary compensation for LIBOR breakage costs. The borrowers may not reborrow any amount that has been so prepaid.

The loans will be subject to quarterly amortization repayments beginning three months after the initial borrowing date or delivery dates of the newbuildings, as applicable. Any remaining outstanding principal amount must be repaid on the expiration date of the facilities.

The borrowers are also required to deliver semi-annual compliance certificates, which include valuations of the vessels securing the applicable facility from an independent ship broker. Upon delivery of the valuation, if the market value of the collateral vessels is less than 130% of the outstanding indebtedness under the April 2011 facility or 135% of the outstanding indebtedness under the other facilities, the borrowers must either provide additional collateral or repay any amount in excess of 130% or 135% of the market value of the collateral vessels.

Financial Covenants. The secured term loan facilities contain financial covenants requiring the borrowers, among other things, to ensure that:

 

  n  

the ratio of Net Debt to Total Capitalization (each as defined in the applicable secured term loan facility) is no greater than 0.60 to 1.00;

 

  n  

the borrowers have liquidity (including undrawn available lines of credit with a maturity exceeding 12 months) of no less than (i) between $10.0 million and $25 million, as applicable, or (ii) 5% of Net Debt or total debt, as applicable, whichever is greater;

 

  n  

the ratio of EBITDA to Interest Expense (each as defined in the applicable secured term loan facility), on a trailing four quarter basis, is no less than 3.00 to 1.00;

 

  n  

the borrower must maintain a minimum ratio of shareholder equity to total assets of 30%; and

 

  n  

the current assets of the borrower must exceed the current liabilities (excluding current liabilities attributable to the senior unsecured bonds or the senior term loans) at all times.

Restrictive Covenants. The secured term loan facilities provide that the borrowers may not pay dividends to us out of operating revenues generated by the vessels securing the indebtedness if an event of default has occurred or is continuing. The secured term loan facilities also limit the borrowers from, among other things, incurring indebtedness or entering into mergers and divestitures. The secured term loan facilities also contain general covenants that will require the borrowers to maintain adequate insurance coverage and to maintain their vessels. In addition, the secured term loan facilities include customary events of default, including those relating to a failure to pay principal or interest, a breach of covenant, representation and warranty, a cross-default to other indebtedness and non-compliance with security documents.

 

56


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2013, we were in compliance with all covenants under the secured term loan facilities, including with respect to the aggregate fair market value of our collateral vessels.

Senior Unsecured Bonds

General . On December 18, 2012, we issued senior unsecured bonds in an aggregate principal amount of $125.0 million with Norsk Tillitsmann ASA as the bond trustee. The proceeds of the senior unsecured bonds were used (i) in part to finance the acquisition of the A.P. Møller vessels and (ii) for general corporate purposes. The senior unsecured bonds are governed by Norwegian law and listed on the Nordic ABM which is operated and organized by Oslo Børs ASA.

Interest . Interest on the senior unsecured bonds is payable at a fixed rate of 9.0% per annum, calculated on a 360-day year basis. Interest is payable semi-annually on June 18 and December 18 of each year.

Maturity . The senior unsecured bonds mature in full on December 18, 2017.

Optional Redemption . We may redeem the senior unsecured bonds, in whole or in part, beginning December 18, 2015. Senior unsecured bonds redeemed from December 18, 2015 to December 17, 2016, shall be redeemed at 104% of par, senior unsecured bonds redeemed from December 18, 2016 to June 17, 2017, shall be redeemed at 102% of par and senior unsecured bonds redeemed from June 18, 2017, to the day prior to the maturity date, shall be redeemed at 101% of par.

Additionally, upon the occurrence of a “Change of Control Event” (as defined in the senior unsecured bond agreement), the holders of senior unsecured bonds have an option to force the issuer to repay such holder’s outstanding bonds at 101% of par.

Financial Covenants . The senior unsecured bond agreement contains financial covenants requiring us, among other things, to ensure that:

 

  n  

we and our subsidiaries maintain a minimum liquidity of no less than the greater of (i) $12.5 million and (ii) 5% of Total Interest-Bearing Debt (as defined in the senior unsecured bond agreement);

 

  n  

we and our subsidiaries maintain a positive working capital amount;

 

  n  

we and our subsidiaries maintain an Interest Coverage Ratio (as defined in the senior unsecured bond agreement) of not less than 3.0;

 

  n  

we and our subsidiaries maintain an Equity Ratio (as defined in the senior unsecured bond agreement) of at least 30%; and

 

  n  

on and after June 30, 2013, we and our subsidiaries ensure that the sum of the market value of (i) our vessels plus (ii) any amounts in any escrow account in favor of the bond trustee are at least 120% of the Total Interest-Bearing Debt.

Our compliance with the covenants listed above is measured as of the end of each fiscal quarter, except for the final ratio, which is measured semi-annually beginning on June 30, 2013.

Restrictive Covenants . The senior unsecured bond agreement provides that we may not declare any dividends or other distributions to our equity holders until after December 31, 2013, except for payments in respect of services rendered or transactions in the ordinary course in an amount not to exceed $2.0 million. Following December 31, 2013, we may declare dividends so long as such dividends do not exceed 50% of our consolidated net profits after taxes and we have an Equity Ratio of 35% after giving pro forma effect to such distribution. The senior unsecured bond agreement also limits us and our subsidiaries from, among other things, incurring additional indebtedness, entering into mergers and divestitures, engaging in transactions with affiliates or incurring any additional liens. In addition, the senior unsecured bond agreement includes customary events of default, including those relating to a failure to pay principal or interest, a breach of covenant, false representation and warranty, a cross-default to other indebtedness, the occurrence of a material adverse effect, or our insolvency or dissolution.

As of September 30, 2013, we were in compliance with all covenants under our senior unsecured bond agreement.

 

57


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Contingencies

The contractual obligations schedule set forth below summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012.

 

 

 

    2013     2014     2015     2016     THEREAFTER     TOTAL  
    (In thousands)  

Vessels to be acquired from
A.P. Møller
(1)

  $ 423,000       $      $      $      $      $ 423,000    

Vessels under construction  (2)

    19,940        159,520                             179,460   

Charter-in vessels

    7,200        8,400                             15,600   

Secured term loan facilities and 9% senior unsecured bond issue

    26,843        26,843        26,843        26,843        260,864        368,236   

Office leases

    747        747        747        747        2,820        5,808   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

  $ 477,730      $ 195,510      $ 27,590      $ 27,590      $ 263,684      $ 992,104   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)    

As of September 30, 2013, remaining payments owed to A.P. Møller were $38.7 million.

(2)    

After December 31, 2012, we contracted to purchase the 2015 newbuildings, which obligates us to pay $18.2 million in 2013, $18.2 million in 2014 and $145.4 million in 2015.

As part of our growth strategy, we will continue to consider strategic opportunities, including the acquisition of additional vessels. We may choose to pursue such opportunities through internal growth or joint ventures or business acquisitions. We intend to finance any future acquisitions through various sources of capital, including credit facilities, debt borrowings and the issuance of additional shares of common stock.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We currently do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Critical Accounting Estimates

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make estimates in the application of our accounting policies based on our best assumptions, judgments and opinions. On a regular basis, management reviews the accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our consolidated financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with U.S. GAAP. However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such differences could be material. Accounting estimates and assumptions discussed in this section are those that we consider to be the most critical to an understanding of our financial statements because they inherently involve significant judgments and uncertainties. For a further description of our material accounting policies, please read Note 2 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to the audited historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Revenue Recognition. We employ our vessels under time charters, voyage charters or COAs. With time charters, we receive a fixed charter rate per on-hire day and revenue is recognized on an accrual basis and is recorded over the term of the charter as service is provided. In the case of voyage charters, the vessel is contracted for a voyage between two or several ports, and we are paid for the cargo transported. Revenue from COAs is recognized on the same basis as revenue from voyage charters, as they are essentially a series of consecutive voyage charters.

On April 1, 2013, we changed our method of accounting for revenue recognition on voyage charters. Previously, we determined that a voyage commenced with loading and completed at the point of discharge. We now recognize revenue on a discharge-to-discharge basis in determining percentage of completion for all voyage charters, but do not begin recognizing revenue until a charter has been agreed to by the customer and us, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port for its next voyage.

We adopted this new policy as we consider the decision to undertake a specific voyage is highly dependent on the vessel’s prior discharge port and the part of the voyage to the load port is a necessary part of the overall profitability of that voyage. We believe that given the significant increase in the number of vessels in operation and consequently the number of voyage charters undertaken, our results could be materially distorted by excluding the proportion of the revenue in sailing to the next load port.

 

58


Table of Contents

Vessels in Operation. The cost of our vessels (excluding the estimated initial built-in overhaul cost) less their estimated residual value is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the vessels’ estimated useful lives. We estimate the useful life of each of our vessels to be 30 years from the date the vessel was originally delivered from the shipyard. The actual life of a vessel, however, may be different, with a life less than 30 years resulting in an increase in the quarterly depreciation and potentially resulting in an impairment loss. The estimated residual value is based on the steel value of the tonnage for each vessel.

Impairment of Vessels. We review our vessels for impairment when events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the vessel may not be recoverable. We may recognize an impairment loss when the sum of the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest) of a vessel over its estimated remaining useful life is less than its carrying amount. If we determine that a vessel’s undiscounted cash flows are less than its carrying value, we record an impairment loss equal to the amount by which its carrying amount exceeds its fair value. The new lower cost basis would result in a lower annual depreciation than before the impairment.

Considerations in making such an impairment evaluation include comparison of current carrying value to anticipated future operating cash flows, expectations with respect to future operations and other relevant factors. The estimates and assumptions regarding expected cash flows require considerable judgment and are based upon historical experience, financial forecasts and industry trends and conditions. We are not aware of any indicators of impairment nor any regulatory changes or environmental liabilities that we anticipate will have a material impact on our current or future operations.

As of December 31, 2012, the aggregate carrying value of our 12 vessels in operation at that date was $587 million. We determined the aggregate undiscounted cash flows of our 12 vessels in operation as of December 31, 2012, to be $1,611 million. The undiscounted future cash flows used to establish value were determined by applying various assumptions regarding future revenues, operating expenses and scrap values. These assumptions are based on historical trends as well as future expectations. Specifically, in estimating future charter rates, management took into consideration estimated daily TCE rates for each vessel class over the estimated remaining lives of each of the vessels. The estimated daily TCE rates used were based on the trailing 10-year historical average one-year time charter rates. Recognizing that rates tend to be cyclical, and subject to significant volatility based on factors beyond our control, management believes the use of estimates based on the 10-year historical average rates calculated as of the reporting date to be reasonable. Estimated outflows for operating expenses are based on historical costs. Estimates of a residual value are consistent with scrap rates used in management’s evaluation of scrap value.

Although management believes that the assumptions used to evaluate potential impairment are reasonable and appropriate at the time they were made, such assumptions are highly subjective and likely to change, possibly materially, in the future. A 10% reduction in the estimated vessel TCE rate used in connection with our calculations would result in a $218 million decrease in the aggregate undiscounted cash flows of our 12 vessels in operation as of December 31, 2012. The realized rates applicable to our vessels for the period ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 exceeded the estimated vessel TCE rate by 8.9% and 19.0%, respectively. A 10% increase in estimated vessel operating expenses used in connection with our calculations would result in $60 million decrease in the aggregate undiscounted cash flows of our 12 vessels in operation as of December 31, 2012.

Vessel Market Values. In “—Impairment of Vessels,” we discuss our policy for assessing impairment of the carrying values of our vessels. The charter-free market value ( i.e. , disregarding the charter contracts attached to each of the vessels) of certain vessels in many segments of the worldwide oceangoing vessel fleet have experienced volatility over the past several years. Therefore, there is a risk that the sale value of certain of our vessels could decline below those vessels’ carrying value, even though we would not impair those vessels’ carrying value under our accounting impairment policy, due to our belief that future undiscounted cash flows expected to be earned by such vessels over their operating lives would exceed such vessels’ carrying amounts.

However, with respect to the class of vessels we own, we believe that relative to the worldwide oceangoing vessel fleet, the market for the sale of our vessels is particularly illiquid, difficult to observe and, therefore, speculative, given the extremely limited secondary sales data. We obtain shipbroker appraisals of our vessels principally for the purposes of covenant compliance ( e.g. , loan to value ratio). These appraisals are generally performed without

 

59


Table of Contents

examination of the vessel and without an attempt to market a vessel, and no consideration is given to whether a group of vessels could be sold for higher valuation than on an individual basis. Given the lack of secondary sales data available for our vessels, these appraisals have been used by us as an approximation of our vessels’ market values. However, because these appraisals are primarily prepared for the purposes of valuing collateral and the lack of comparable market transactions, they are prepared on a charter-free basis predominantly based on depreciated replacement cost, which, we believe significantly discounts the value of our vessels. As a result, we believe that the ultimate value that could be obtained from the sale of any one of our vessels to a willing third party would likely, and in many cases meaningfully, exceed the vessel’s appraised value, especially if we were given adequate time to market the vessel.

In order to provide an illustration of the estimated charter-free market values of our vessels relative to their respective carrying values, the table set forth below indicates whether the estimated market value (based on the most recent broker appraisals we had received relating to such vessels) of each of our owned vessel, as of September 30, 2013, was above or below its carrying value.

 

 

 

OPERATING VESSEL

   YEAR
BUILT
     VESSEL
SIZE
(cbm)
     CARRYING
VALUE

(in millions)
     APPRAISED VALUE
RELATIVE TO
CARRYING VALUE
 

Navigator Magellan

     1998         20,700       $ 28.5         Below   

Navigator Mariner

     2000         20,700         32.7         Below   

Navigator Mars

     2000         22,085         42.0         Below   

Navigator Neptune

     2000         22,085             42.1         Below   

Navigator Pluto

     2000         22,085         42.8         Below   

Navigator Saturn

     2000         22,085         42.1         Below   

Navigator Venus

     2000         22,085         42.0         Below   

Navigator Aries

     2008         20,750         53.4         Below   

Navigator Gemini

     2009         20,750         52.5         Below   

Navigator Pegasus

     2009         22,200         47.6         Below   

Navigator Phoenix

     2009         22,200         47.7         Below   

Navigator Scorpio

     2009         20,750         47.2         Below   

Navigator Taurus

     2009         20,750         53.6         Below   

Navigator Virgo

     2009         20,750         47.6         Below   

Navigator Leo

     2011         20,600         51.7         Below   

Navigator Libra

     2012         20,600         52.0         Below   

Navigator Capricorn

     2009         20,750         45.2         Above   

Navigator Grace

     2010         22,500         42.5         Above   

Navigator Galaxy

     2011         22,500         44.7         Above   

Navigator Genesis

     2011         22,500         44.8         Above   

Navigator Global

     2011         22,500         45.0         Above   

Navigator Gusto

     2011         22,500         44.8         Above   

 

 

The appraised value of our 16 vessels for which appraised value was below carrying value as of September 30, 2013 was $650.0 million and the aggregate carrying value of those 16 vessels was $725.5 million, resulting in those vessels having an aggregate appraised value of $75.5 million below their aggregate carrying value. We did not impair any vessels as of September 30, 2013 due to U.S. GAAP impairment accounting standards as future undiscounted cash flows expected to be earned by such vessels over their operating lives would exceed these vessels’ carrying amounts.

Drydocking Costs and Vessel Damage. Each of our vessels is required to be drydocked every five years until it reaches 15 years of age, after which each vessel is required to be drydocked every two and one-half to three years for any major repairs and maintenance and for inspection of the underwater parts of the vessel, which cannot be performed while the vessel is operating. We capitalize costs associated with the drydockings as “built in overhauls” in accordance with U.S. GAAP and amortize these costs on a straight-line basis over the period between drydockings.

We expense estimated costs to repair vessel damage that exists at the balance sheet date.

Amortization of capitalized drydocking expenditures requires us to estimate the period until the next drydocking. While we typically drydock each vessel every two and one-half to five years, we may drydock the vessels on a more

 

60


Table of Contents

frequent basis. If we change our estimate of the next drydock date, we will adjust our annual amortization of drydocking expenditures. Amortization of drydockings is included in our depreciation and amortization expense.

Share-based Compensation . Certain employees receive grants of our restricted stock in accordance with the 2008 Restricted Stock Plan (see Note 11 for more details regarding the plan and amounts of grants awarded). The fair value of our restricted stock is calculated by multiplying the number of shares by the fair value per share at the grant date.

The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. An independent valuation firm was consulted to determine an appropriate methodology for valuing the Company’s restricted stock at the plan’s inception in 2008. Prior to the March 2013 and April 2013 grants described below, the Company exclusively used this established methodology and monitored its appropriateness at each grant date. This methodology calculated the fair value of the restricted stock, by utilizing a weighted average combination of an income approach, a market approach and a cost approach, by using assumptions which were based on our management’s significant judgment.

Significant assumptions made during the valuation processes of grants prior to March 2013 were the illiquidity discounts applied in our cost and income approaches and the EBITDA multiples used in our income approach. Our cost method also utilized the estimated value of our fleet, which was determined by external broker assessments at or close to the restricted stock valuation date. Although there is a very low volume of transactions of our shares on the over-the-counter market, our market approach took into account actual then-recent trades of our shares in the open market. The valuations were prepared by us on a contemporaneous basis.

In February 2013, we issued 7,500,000 shares on a post-split basis to affiliates of WL Ross & Co. LLC and others in a negotiated transaction for $10.00 per share on a post-split basis. Given the growth of our Company between 2008 and March 2013 and the contemporaneous nature of the transaction with WL Ross & Co. LLC and others, we believe it is appropriate that the price per share at which grants were made in March 2013 and April 2013 should equal the negotiated price per share with WL Ross & Co. LLC. Due to the existence of this transaction, we did not believe it to be necessary or cost effective to engage an independent valuation specialist to provide a valuation in connection with such grants.

We have granted restricted shares at the following grant date fair values since September 30, 2012:

 

 

 

GRANT DATE

   NUMBER OF
RESTRICTED
SHARES
GRANTED
     FAIR VALUE PER
SHARE AT
GRANT DATE
     AGGREGATE
FAIR VALUE
OF SHARES
GRANTED
 

March 2013

     60,000       $ 10.00       $ 600,000   

April 2013

     42,117       $ 10.00       $ 421,170   

 

 

Although we believe that the price used in the contemporaneous issuance to WL Ross & Co. LLC and others of $10.00 per share was the best evidence to support the $10.00 per share values of our March 2013 and April 2013 restricted share grants, in order to support this determination at the time of grant, we also applied our 2008 valuation methodology. In using such methodology, we applied an illiquidity discount of 20.0% and an EBITDA multiple of 8.5x, which resulted in a fair value per share of $10.01 on a post-split basis. If we had applied an illiquidity discount of 15% in using such methodology, the resulting fair value per share would have been approximately $10.63 on a post-split basis. Because the number of restricted shares granted in March and April 2013 was in the aggregate less than 0.25% of the shares outstanding prior to such grants, if we underestimated the fair market value per share by $0.63, the added compensation expense would be less than $65,000. The effect on compensation expense for each $1.00 of hypothetical estimation of fair market value would be approximately $100,000.

The difference between the fair values of the March 2013 and April 2013 grants (each of which vest in 2016) and the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (based on the midpoint of the range set forth on the

 

61


Table of Contents

cover of this prospectus) is primarily attributable to three factors: (i) the absence of any plan to proceed with an initial public offering at the time of the March 2013 and April 2013 grants, (ii) the changes in the financial condition, results of operation and prospects of our company resulting in large part from the financing and successful operational implementation of the A.P. Møller transaction and (iii) favorable changes in the condition of the equity capital markets.

In March and April of 2013, we were not planning to pursue in the near term an initial public offering. The lack of such a plan was in part based on the fact that we were in the midst of implementing what we perceived would be, and what has been, a transformative event in our history, namely the A.P. Møller transaction. By nearly doubling the number of vessels in our fleet, the A.P. Møller transaction has provided us with enhanced fleet diversity, economies of scale and greater optionality. As of March and April 2013, only three and four of the A.P. Møller vessels, respectively, had been received by us and deployed under charter. Since April 2013, an additional seven A.P. Møller vessels have been received and deployed under charter by us. Accordingly, in March and April 2013, our ability to integrate the A.P. Møller vessels into our operations and realize the benefits we expected from the transaction had not been established. We expect to continue to benefit from the A.P. Møller transaction as we receive the remaining vessel and have results of operations reflecting the full period of A.P. Møller vessel results.

Foreign Currency Transactions. Substantially all of our cash receipts are in U.S. Dollars. Our disbursements, however, are in the currency invoiced by the supplier. We remit funds in the various currencies invoiced. We convert the non-U.S. Dollar invoices received and their subsequent payments into U.S. Dollars when the transactions occur. The movement in exchange rates between these two dates is transferred to an exchange difference account and is expensed each month.

Our payments due to our technical managers pursuant to our crewing management agreements are denominated in U.S. Dollars, subject to adjustment based on the U.S. Dollar/Euro exchange rate. A significant portion of the payments we make to our technical managers are used by them to pay the officers on-board our vessels.

Compliance with New Accounting Standards

We have elected to “opt out” of the extended transition period relating to the exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards under the JOBS Act and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised financial accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards is irrevocable.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or “FASB,” issued Accounting Standards Update, or “ASU,” No. 2013-02 Comprehensive Income (Topic 220)—Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (February 2013). The amendments do not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements. These amendments require an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition the entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional details about those amounts.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates and foreign currency fluctuations, as well as inflation. We may in the future use interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risks, but will not use these financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

 

62


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk

Historically, we have been subject to limited market risks relating to changes in interest rates because we did not have significant amounts of floating rate debt outstanding. Navigator Gas L.L.C., our wholly-owned subsidiary, and certain of our vessel-owning subsidiaries are parties to secured term loan facilities that bear interest at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 300 to 350 basis points. A variation in LIBOR of 100 basis points would result in a variation of $10,000 in annual interest paid on each $1.0 million of indebtedness outstanding under the secured term loan facilities. See “—Secured Term Loan Facilities.”

We invest our cash and marketable securities in financial instruments with original maturities of no more than six months within the parameters of our investment policy and guidelines.

We do not currently use interest rate swaps to manage the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows, but we may elect to do so in the future.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

Our primary economic environment is the international shipping market. This market utilizes the U.S. Dollar as its functional currency. Consequently, virtually all of our revenues are in U.S. Dollars. Our expenses, however, are in the currency invoiced by each supplier, and we remit funds in the various currencies invoiced. We incur some vessel operating expenses and general and administrative costs in foreign currencies. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, approximately $2.9 million, or 12%, and $4.4 million, or 13%, respectively, of vessel operating costs and general and administrative costs were denominated in non-U.S. Dollar currency, principally the British Pound Sterling and the Euro. A hypothetical 10% decrease in the value of the U.S. Dollar relative to the values of the British Pound Sterling and the Euro realized during the year ended December 31, 2012, would have increased our vessel operating costs during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, by approximately $0.4 million, and our general and administrative costs by $0.3 million. We have not entered into any hedging transactions to mitigate our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk.

Inflation

Certain of our operating expenses, including crewing, insurance and drydocking costs, are subject to fluctuations as a result of market forces. Crewing costs in particular have risen over the past number of years as a result of a shortage of trained crews. Please read “Risk Factors—A shortage of qualified officers makes it more difficult to crew our vessels and is increasing our operating costs. If this shortage were to continue or worsen, it may impair out ability to operate and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results” and “Business—Crewing and Staff.” Inflationary pressures on bunker (fuel and oil) costs could have a material effect on our future operations if the number of vessel employment contracts for voyage charters or COAs increases. In the case of the 15 of our 24 vessels that are time-chartered to third parties, it is the charterers who pay for the fuel. If our vessels are employed under voyage charters or COAs, freight rates are generally sensitive to the price of fuel. However, a sharp rise in bunker prices may have a temporary negative effect on our results since freight rates generally adjust only after prices settle at a higher level. Please read “Risk Factors—Rising bunker fuel prices may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results to the extent that we enter into voyage charters and COAs.”

Seasonality

Liquefied gases are primarily used for industrial and domestic heating, as a chemical and refinery feedstock, as a transportation fuel and in agriculture. The liquefied gas carrier market is typically stronger in the fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of propane and butane for heating during the winter months. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns in these months tend to disrupt vessel scheduling and the supply of certain commodities. As a result, demand for our vessels may be stronger in our fiscal quarters ending December 31 and March 31 and relatively weaker during our fiscal quarters ending June 30 and September 30, although 12-month time charter rates tend to smooth these short-term fluctuations. To the extent any of our time charters expire during the relatively weaker fiscal quarters ending June 30 and September 30, it may not be possible to re-charter our vessels at similar rates. As a result, we may have to accept lesser rates or experience off-hire time for our vessels, which may adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results. Please read “Business—Our Fleet.”

 

63


Table of Contents

THE INTERNATIONAL LIQUEFIED GAS SHIPPING INDUSTRY

All the information and data presented in this section, including the analysis of the various sectors of the international liquefied gas shipping industry has been provided by Drewry. Drewry has advised that the statistical and graphical information contained herein is drawn from its database and other sources. In connection therewith, Drewry has advised that: (a) certain information in Drewry’s database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments; (b) the information in the databases of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from the information in Drewry’s database; (c) while Drewry has taken care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believes it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures. We believe that, notwithstanding any such qualification by Drewry, the industry data provided by Drewry is accurate in all material respects.

Summary

A liquefied gas carrier is a generic term used to describe a vessel that can carry:

 

  n  

LPG, such as propane and butane;

 

  n  

petrochemical gases, such as ethylene, propylene, butadiene and vinyl chloride monomer, or VCM; or

 

  n  

ammonia.

LPG is a clean and efficient source of energy and is a viable alternative to other less environmentally friendly carbon fuels. Petrochemical gases are a building block for a large range of plastic-based products, while ammonia is an important part of the fertilizer chain, which supports agricultural development and sustains world population growth.

In normal ambient temperatures, LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia are in a gaseous state. These gases are transported in liquefied form, under cooling temperatures and/or pressure, which can reduce volume by up to 900 times depending on the cargo, making transportation more efficient and economical.

In 2012, approximately 63 million tons of LPG, 18 million tons of petrochemical gases and 18 million tons of ammonia were transported by sea. Seaborne transportation of LPG and petrochemicals, the two product classes principally transported by Navigator Holdings, has increased at compound annual growth rates, or CAGRs, of 2.9% and 4.4%, respectively, from 2002 through 2012, and 7.3% and 3.3% from 2009 through 2012. The recent growth in seaborne LPG transportation has resulted primarily from the advent of shale gas in the United States. The demand for seaborne transportation of these liquefied gases is expected to continue to grow due to evolving energy and petrochemical market dynamics, particularly as a result of increasing U.S. shale oil and gas development, as seaborne transportation is often the only, or the most cost effective, way to transport liquefied gases between major exporting and importing markets. Over the last 18 months, the expansion of existing LNG facilities and the construction of new LNG production facilities around the world have added to LPG production and trade volumes, following a period of project delays and stalled start-ups due to the global economic downturn.

LPG has historically been a supply-driven industry, as LPG is a by-product of gas processing, LNG production and crude oil refining. From 2002 through 2012, worldwide production of LPG increased at a CAGR of 2.6%. Over this same period seaborne trade in LPG increased at a CAGR of 2.9%, with the slightly higher growth rate relative to total production growth being the result of geographical shifts in the location of production and strong demand among key importers.

Petrochemical gases are derived from the cracking of petroleum feedstocks, such as ethane, LPG or naphtha or their derivatives. The major petrochemical gases transported by sea are ethylene, butadiene, propylene and VCM. These products are key building blocks for a wide range of materials used in industrial and consumer applications. Ammonia is an inorganic chemical, and up to 90% of all production is currently used in the manufacture of fertilizers. The supply and consumption of ammonia are influenced by production costs and pricing levels of both feedstocks and finished products.

The dynamics of global supply and trade of LPG and certain petrochemicals such as ethylene are being altered by the advent of shale gas in the United States. Rapid exploitation of U.S. shale gas reserves has boosted LPG production, which, in conjunction with competitive gas prices, has paved the way for increased U.S. LPG and

 

64


Table of Contents

petrochemical exports and rising demand for shipping capacity. For example, in 2012, the United States became a net exporter of LPG, and in early 2013 total exports were nearly 10 million barrels a month, more than double the average from 2002 through 2012.

Charter rates and vessel values are influenced by the supply and demand for seaborne gas cargo carrying capacity and are consequently volatile. The supply of gas carrier capacity is primarily a function of the size of the existing world fleet, the number of newbuildings being delivered and the scrapping of older vessels. As of September 30, 2013, there were 1,268 liquefied gas carriers with an aggregate capacity of 20.8 million cbm. An additional 22 and 100 carriers of 0.5 million cbm and 3.9 million cbm, respectively, are on order for delivery by the end of 2013 and between 2014 and 2017, respectively. The orderbook for liquefied gas carriers as of September 30, 2013 was equivalent to 21.3% of the existing fleet in capacity terms, which is well below its 32% peak seen in late 2007 and early 2008. In contrast to oil tankers and drybulk carriers, the number of shipyards with liquefied gas carrier experience is quite limited, and as such, a sudden influx of supply beyond what is already on order before 2015 is unlikely. In the 15,000–24,999 cbm size range in which Navigator Holdings currently operates, known as the handysize sector, as of September 30, 2013, there were 88 vessels in the world fleet and 19 vessels on order for delivery by 2015. As of September 30, 2013, almost 24% of the fleet capacity in the handysize sector was more than 20 years old.

There are three basic types of liquefied gas carriers, though only a subset of ships can carry each of LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia. In general, the operating flexibility of a liquefied gas carrier is restricted at the lower and upper ends of the vessel-size spectrum by a combination of technical and commercial features. The most flexible ships are those in the handysize sector. Ships of this type have access to all three markets—LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia—and hence possess the greatest trading versatility.

Liquefied gas carriers operate under time charters, contracts of affreightment and on the spot market. Time charter rates for most sizes of liquefied gas carriers peaked during the period from 2006 through 2008 and then declined from 2009 through 2011. Since 2011, there has been a gradual and sustained recovery in charter rates, as rising vessel demand has led to a much tighter market balance. In September 2013, one-year time charter rates for Very Large Liquefied Gas carriers averaged approximately $1,035,000 per month, while rates for handysize semi-refrigerated ships averaged approximately $910,000 per month.

Secondhand values for modern, semi-refrigerated ships have held up well, even when the market was at its weakest from 2009 through 2011, in part because newbuilding prices have been steady since 2010 and freight rates have improved. While there is limited liquidity in the secondhand market, modern semi-refrigerated ships have attracted a premium due to their trading flexibility.

Products and Uses

LPG . LPG cargoes are typically propane and butane (including n-Butane and i-Butane). The primary uses of LPG are in residential and commercial heating and cooking applications, as a feedstock for the production of petrochemicals, industrial use and as fuel for transportation. Global production of LPG in 2012 was 275 million tons, of which 63 million tons was transported by sea in liquefied gas carriers.

 

65


Table of Contents

Main Uses of LPG (1)

 

LOGO

 

(1)  

Based on 2011 consumption data

Petrochemical Gases . Ethylene, propylene and butadiene are significant members of the olefins family used in the manufacture of a large number of intermediate chemicals and finished products. Ethylene is polymerised into high density polyethylene, or HDPE, low density polyethylene, or LDPE, and linear density polyethylene, or LLDPE, which in turn are used to make plastic packaging, bottles, containers and household hardware. Ethylene can also be turned into ethylene glycol for use in anti-freeze. Ethylene is also used with benzene in the manufacturing of polystyrene. Propylene is polymerised into polypropylene used in the manufacturing of moulded components for cars and domestic appliances, carpet fibers, cable sheathing, piping, coatings and containers. Butadiene is combined with styrene to produce styrene butadiene rubber, or SBR, used in tire manufacturing. It is also used in making acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene, or ABS, resin, which has applications in car fittings, packaging and sports equipment. VCM is a chlorinated gas, which is used principally in the manufacturing of plastics. VCM is used to produce polyvinyl chloride, or PVC, which is formed into a wide variety of plastic products. Global production of petrochemical gases was approximately 300 million tons in 2012, of which 18 million tons were moved by sea.

Ammonia . Ammonia is produced by the synthesis of gas and a hydrocarbon. Production is heavily influenced by the availability of natural gas, and up to 90% of ammonia is currently used in fertilizer production, with the principal end products being ammonium sulphate, ammonium nitrate, urea (dry) and ammonium nitrate solution. It can also be used for nitric acid, explosives, nylon fibre, acrylic and urethane plastics. Demand for ammonia is driven by population growth and food consumption. Global production was approximately 170 million tons in 2012, of which approximately 18 million tons were moved by sea.

The Liquefied Gas Industry

LPG is found naturally in oil and gas fields and is extracted from wells and shale deposits along with other hydrocarbon products. It is extracted from crude oil at oil refineries and from natural gas at gas processing facilities. Approximately two-thirds of global LPG supply comes from crude oil and natural gas streams (including the production of LNG) with the balance coming from the refining of crude oil. Once produced, LPG must be consumed locally, exported, flared or vented, although flaring has been reduced globally by a number of government initiatives designed to reduce greenhouse gas emissions.

 

66


Table of Contents

The LPG and Petrochemical Gas Supply Chain

 

LOGO

Petrochemicals such as ethylene and propylene are by-products of the cracking of petroleum feedstocks such as ethane, LPG or naphtha and their derivatives. Typical yields for cracker feedstocks are shown below.

Indicative Yields of Cracker Feedstocks

 

 

 

     H2 & FUEL GAS     ETHYLENE     PROPYLENE     BUTADIENE     BENZENE     TOLUENE     OTHERS  

Ethane

     17     78     3     2                   1

Propane

     32     40     26     1                   1

Normal Butane

     22     40     34     2                   2

Natural Gasoline

     20     32     24     4     4     4     13

Heavy Naphtha

     18     24     20     4     2     2     31

 

 

The LPG Industry

LPG Production. Worldwide production of LPG grew at a CAGR of 2.6% from 2002 through 2012, increasing from 217 million tons in 2002 to 280 million tons in 2012. Historically, the Middle East has been the dominant global supplier of LPG. Production in the Middle East has increased over the last decade, primarily as result of the development of the Qatari North Gas Field. In 2012, total Middle Eastern LPG production amounted to just over 65 million tons, equivalent to 23% of global output.

 

67


Table of Contents

World LPG Production

(Million Tons)

 

 

 

    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012*     CAGR
02-12
    CAGR
09-12
 

North America

    64.6        62.8        64.5        61.4        61.8        62.9        63.0        58.1        59.7        61.5        64.6        0.0     3.6

South America

    22.8        23.2        24.0        24.7        24.3        23.9        23.9        23.2        23.2        24.6        24.8        0.8     2.2

Europe (Including FSU)

    36.7        40.0        40.3        41.0        40.5        40.5        42.9        42.5        46.1        44.2        45.1        2.1     2.0

Middle East

    36.0        37.0        38.3        39.7        45.0        44.1        49.5        45.9        55.4        63.8        65.4        6.2     12.5

Africa

    15.4        15.1        15.1        15.6        15.7        16.4        16.1        17.0        17.2        18.6        19.1        2.2     4.0

Asia Pacific

    41.8        43.5        45.2        48.2        50.7        53.7        52.9        53.3        58.3        58.9        60.7        3.8     4.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    217.3        221.6        227.4        230.6        238.0        241.5        248.3        240.0        260.0        271.5        279.8        2.6     5.2

 

 

*Provisional

However, the supremacy of the Middle East is now being challenged by the United States, where development of shale gas deposits has led to a steady increase in natural gas production and LPG supplies. U.S. production of LPG has recovered from a recent market low in 2009 of 41.9 million tons to a provisional 48.2 million tons in 2012, an increase of 15%.

Principal LPG Producers

(Million Tons)

 

 

 

    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012*     CAGR
02-12
    CAGR
09-12
 

China

    11.6        12.6        14.0        15.3        17.5        19.4        18.6        19.1        20.2        21.8        22.0        6.6     4.8

Qatar

    1.6        1.8        1.9        2.2        2.9        3.2        5.7        6.0        6.6        13.6        14.3        24.7     33.7

Russia

    7.0        8.6        8.8        9.4        10.4        10.9        10.9        11.7        12.0        12.8        13.3        6.7     4.5

Saudi Arabia

    17.6        17.9        18.6        19.0        21.9        21.0        23.3        24.6        26.4        27.2        27.9        4.7     4.2

USA

    46.8        44.5        45.9        43.7        43.9        45.6        46.8        41.9        43.4        44.9        48.2        0.3     4.8

Others

    132.7        136.2        138.2        141.1        141.6        141.5        143.1        136.7        151.4        151.2        154.0        1.5     4.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    217.3        221.6        227.4        230.6        238.0        241.5        248.3        240.0        260.0        271.5        279.8        2.6     5.2

 

 

*Provisional

LPG is a by-product of oil and gas extraction, the availability of which has historically been limited by the flaring of natural gas at the wellhead. However, increasing restrictions across the globe on flaring natural gas have resulted in, and are anticipated to continue to result in, the increased transportation or storage of by-products such as LPG. The expanding development of U.S. shale oil and gas resources has resulted in an abundance of LPG that exceeds current U.S. domestic needs and, given the scarcity and cost of storage infrastructure, is expected to be increasingly exported. This LPG available for export from the United States, together with LPG associated with large LNG export projects in international oil and gas producing regions, is expected to create supply-driven growth of LPG seaborne transportation and arbitrage opportunities due to regional price differentials.

LPG Consumption . Historically, consumption of LPG has been largely supply-driven. However, LPG, which produces virtually no sulphur emissions, is a relatively clean source of energy when compared with other carbon fuels. As such, demand side variables are beginning to have a positive impact on the market, leading to increased consumption of LPG in residential and commercial applications, especially in regions such as Asia.

 

68


Table of Contents

World LPG Consumption

(Million Tons)

 

 

 

    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012*     CAGR
02-12
    CAGR
09-12
 

North America

    57.4        56.1        58.2        56.9        58.4        59.6        61.8        61.2        54.1        57.6        58.7        0.2     -1.4

South America

    20.5        20.6        21.5        21.3        21.9        22.0        21.7        21.5        29.5        28.8        29.6        3.8     11.3

Europe (Including FSU)

    37.7        38.9        39.8        41.7        41.6        43.6        43.6        43.2        41.8        43.2        44.5        1.7     1.0

Middle East

    30.0        30.3        30.1        31.3        30.4        31.7        31.8        32.0        29.5        28.8        29.6        -0.1     -2.5

Africa

    14.3        13.6        14.0        14.5        15.0        15.6        16.3        16.4        14.8        14.4        14.9        0.4     -3.1

Asia Pacific

    59.5        58.2        60.3        59.0        60.5        61.6        63.9        64.2        83.7        86.3        89.8        4.2     11.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    208.9        210.0        216.8        220.4        228.0        234.3        240.4        238.4        253.4        259.0        267.1        2.5     3.9

 

 

*Provisional

Asian countries (especially emerging economies) represent the fastest growing market for LPG, in part because the penetration of LPG use in a large number of these countries remains relatively low. Indian consumption of LPG grew at a CAGR of 6.7% from 2002 through 2012, while Chinese consumption over the same period grew at a CAGR of 3.9%. An expanding domestic consumer base and rising commercial use are the main factors driving demand in these markets. In some Asian markets, such as Indonesia, government initiatives to encourage the use of LPG has increased consumption. In contrast to natural gas, LPG requires little or no permanent infrastructure for distribution and this is one of the reasons why it is attractive for many developing markets.

In contrast, LPG consumption in developed economies such as the United States and Japan has contracted over the last decade. Increased domestic use of natural gas in the United States and Japan and in particular shale gas in the United States has decreased local consumption of LPG. In the industrial and petrochemical markets, demand remains sensitive to price, although rising crude oil prices relative to other feedstocks helped to underpin increased demand for LPG from the petrochemical sector.

Principal LPG Consumers

(Million Tons)

 

 

 

    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012*     CAGR
02-12
    CAGR
09-12
 

China

    16.4        18.0        20.2        21.0        21.6        21.8        21.5        23.2        22.4        24.0        24.0        3.9     1.2

India

    8.2        9.0        9.9        10.0        10.5        11.3        11.8        12.7        14.0        15.1        15.6        6.7     7.0

Japan

    18.5        18.2        17.7        18.6        18.2        18.2        17.7        16.4        16.1        16.8        16.9        -0.9     1.0

Saudi Arabia

    15.8        14.9        6.2        5.9        8.5        9.2        11.1        12.1        17.5        19.6        20.0        2.4     18.4

USA

    52.3        50.8        52.7        51.3        52.2        53.5        55.6        54.1        50.2        49.5        50.0        -0.4     -2.6

Others

    97.7        99.1        110.1        113.7        117.0        120.3        122.7        119.9        133.1        134.0        140.7        3.7     5.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    208.9        210.0        216.8        220.4        228.0        234.3        240.4        238.4        253.4        259.0        267.1        2.5     3.9

 

 

*Provisional

Petrochemicals

Trends in the production and consumption of petrochemical gases are driven by changes in world GDP and industrial production and patterns of consumer spending. Petrochemical gas production is also affected by the cost of feedstocks and the location of new refinery and cracking capacity. In 2012, total worldwide consumption of petrochemical gases amounted to 240 million tons, of which 18 million tons, or 7.5%, was transported by sea. From 2002 through 2012, worldwide consumption of petrochemical gases increased at a CAGR of 2.5%.

 

69


Table of Contents

World Consumption of Petrochemical Gases

(Million Tons)

 

LOGO

*Provisional

Seaborne trade volumes in petrochemical gases have increased for much of the last decade in part because of the growth in refining and cracking capacity in the Middle East and Asia. Generally, the growth of capacity ahead of downstream production has underpinned the growth in exports, creating additional demand for shipping capacity. The majority of this capacity has been in the handysize sector.

In the United States, the growth in gas and liquids from shale has not only increased the availability of feedstocks, but also made U.S. domestic feedstocks more competitively priced. As a result, U.S. production of petrochemical gases has increased, idle capacity has been reactivated and development plans for new capacity have emerged. As with LPG, price differentials between the United States and other markets have opened up the possibility of arbitrage trades.

The demand for seaborne transportation of petrochemical gases is expected to increase due to industrial users seeking alternative feedstocks given the rise in crude oil prices, expanding global manufacturing and cracking capacity, particularly in the Middle East and Asia, and shifting regional supply imbalances in certain petrochemicals.

Ammonia

Worldwide production of ammonia in 2012 is provisionally estimated at close to 165 million tons, with seaborne trade at just over 18 million tons, equivalent to 11% of production. In the last decade, international seaborne trade in ammonia has grown faster than production due to the growth in supply from regions with more competitively priced feedstock. Production of ammonia is gravitating to areas that have large supplies of low cost natural gas such as the Middle East.

 

70


Table of Contents

Shale Gas and the LPG Market

Shale gas is natural gas extracted from shale formations which are found in various locations throughout the world. When extracted it consists of on average approximately 60% dry natural gas and 40% natural gas liquids.

U.S. Shale Gas Composition

 

LOGO

In the United States, shale plays have become an increasingly important source of natural gas and have led to significant increases in domestic gas production. In 2005, U.S. gas production was equivalent to 511 billion cbm, but by 2012 it had risen to 717 billion cbm, an increase of 40%.

U.S. Daily Oil and Annual Gas Production

 

LOGO

Rising domestic production of natural gas has also resulted in increased supplies of LPG and ethane. U.S. natural gas production is now approximately 2.5 million barrels per day as compared to approximately 1.5 million barrels per day in 2005.

 

71


Table of Contents

U.S. Natural Gas Plant Field Production

(Thousands of Barrels per Day)

 

LOGO

U.S. LPG production has been on an upward trend since 2008. In September 2013, the United States was producing approximately 2.2 million barrels of LPG per day as compared to approximately 2.0 million barrels per day in 2008.

U.S. LPG Production

(Thousands of Barrels per Day)

 

LOGO

This production growth has resulted in U.S. LPG import volumes decreasing and export volumes increasing. As a result, the United States has transitioned from being a net importer to a net exporter of LPG, something which has arisen directly as a consequence of the development of domestic shale gas reserves.

 

72


Table of Contents

U.S. LPG Exports and Imports

(Thousands of Barrels)

 

LOGO

Incremental U.S. production of LPG and other natural gas liquids from shale gas have the potential to push U.S. exports of LPG higher, in part because competitive pricing opens up the potential for arbitrage trades. Future export potential is also being supported by the growth of domestic terminal capacity and based on current development activities shown in the next two tables, U.S. LPG export terminal capacity is expected to increase five fold between 2012-2015.

U.S. LPG Export Terminal Projects

 

 

 

LOCATION

 

OWNER

  PROJECT DESCRIPTION   TIMING   EXPORT CAPACITY
        CURRENT
CAPACITY
(BPD)
    EXPECTED
CAPACITY
BY 2015

(BPD)

Marcus Hook, Pennsylvania

 

MarkWest/

Sunoco Logistics

  Capacity to export ethane
and propane
  Operational in
2014
    70,000

Houston Ship Channel, Texas

  Enterprise   Propane export terminal   4Q12, expanded
by 2015
    115,000      300,000

Houston Ship Channel, Texas

 

Targa

  Additional capacity to
ship in refrigerated
vessels and increase
propane export capacity
  3Q13, expanded
by 2014
    35,000      166,700

Gulf Coast

  Enterprise   New facility on the Gulf
Coast (Louisiana or
Texas) with capability to
serve Very Large Gas
Carriers
  Operational in
2015
    208,000

Corpus Christi, Texas

  OxyChem   Capability to load Very
Large Gas Carriers
  Operational in
2014
    Not announced

 

 

 

 

73


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

In addition, increasing LPG supplies in the United States have reduced domestic gas prices to the point that they are now highly competitive with the prices offered by other major LPG exporters.

LPG Prices

(U.S. $ per Ton)

 

LOGO

 

74


Table of Contents

Feedstock Costs

(U.S. $ per ton)

 

LOGO

The increased production of natural gas liquids from U.S. shale plays has also resulted in the pricing of natural gas liquids such as ethane and propane being driven towards a pricing structure more heavily influenced by natural gas prices as opposed to a more crude oil-based pricing experienced in most other regions. For example, the average spot price for ethane in the U.S. Gulf coast has dropped from approximately $526 per metric ton for the year ended December 31, 2008 to approximately $161 per metric ton for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, a decrease of approximately 69%. Accordingly, U.S. ethylene production costs have fallen to levels where the United States can now compete with Middle Eastern suppliers, resulting in new projects to expand U.S. ethylene cracking capacity. These developments have adversely impacted high cost naphtha-based ethylene producers in Europe and Asia and are expected to result in additional seaborne transportation of ethylene from the United States as U.S. cracking capacity increases. Furthermore, given the price disparity in feedstocks, European petrochemical producers are finding it increasingly attractive to source U.S. LPG and ethane, which in turn has created new arbitrage opportunities.

Additionally, the expansion of LNG projects around the world has and will continue to increase LPG production and trade. Large scale LNG projects are underway around the world, although these projects often require long lead times and are subject to delay. Increased production of LNG will lead to further growth in LPG supplies, as LPG is a produced in association with LNG.

Seaborne Trade in LPG, Petrochemical Gases & Ammonia

World seaborne trade in LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia, on a combined basis, grew at a CAGR of 3.2% from 2002 through 2012, from 72.6 to 99.5 million tons. Over this period, the growth in trade was slightly higher than the growth in production due to:

 

  n  

strong demand growth in key importing regions;

 

  n  

reduced flaring;

 

  n  

changes in production regions; and

 

  n  

limitations of alternative modes of transportation.

 

75


Table of Contents

World Seaborne Trade in LPG, Petrochemical Gases & Ammonia

(Million Tons)

 

 

 

    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012*     CAGR
02-12
    CAGR
09-12
 

LPG

    47.6        51.5        53.6        54.5        55.4        53.8        52.5        51.4        53.2        61.8        63.4        2.9     7.3

Ammonia

    13.5        14.6        14.9        16.4        16.8        17.6        16.6        15.4        17.0        17.6        18.4        3.1     6.2

Ethylene

    4.1        4.6        5.0        5.3        4.9        6.0        5.8        5.5        5.7        5.9        6.0        3.8     2.9

Butadiene

    1.0        1.1        1.3        1.4        1.4        1.5        1.5        1.7        1.8        2.0        2.1        7.4     7.5

Proplyene

    3.8        4.6        4.8        4.5        4.8        5.4        4.9        5.5        6.0        5.9        6.1        4.7     3.6

VCM

    2.5        2.9        3.3        3.2        3.2        3.0        3.2        3.4        3.6        3.4        3.5        3.5     1.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Petchem Gas

    11.5        13.2        14.5        14.3        14.3        16.0        15.4        16.0        17.1        17.2        17.7        4.4     3.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liquefied Gases

    72.6        79.3        83.0        85.2        86.5        87.4        84.5        82.8        87.3        96.6        99.5        3.2     6.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% Change (Year-over-Year)

      9.2     4.6     2.7     1.5     1.0     -3.3     -2.0     5.4     10.7     3.0    

 

 

*Provisional

Seaborne trade in LPG grew at a CAGR of 3.2% from 2002 through 2012, although as the above figures indicate a large portion of that growth has occurred since 2009.

The Middle East is the largest exporter of LPG, and Asia is the largest destination for Middle Eastern exports. Japan, South Korea and India are the main importers in Asia, with Europe being the other major importer.

Major Seaborne Importers of LPG

(Million Tons)

 

 

 

     2002      2003      2004      2005      2006      2007      2008      2009      2010      2011      2012*      CAGR
02-12
    CAGR
09-12
 

Japan

     14.0         14.1         13.9         13.7         14.5         13.8         13.6         12.2         12.1         12.5         13.2         -0.6     2.5

EU27

     6.2         5.9         7.2         8.0         9.6         9.6         8.6         8.4         9.6         11.2         10.1         5.0     6.5

South Korea

     4.7         4.3         4.0         4.2         4.6         5.0         5.5         5.7         6.0         6.9         6.1         2.5     2.0

India

     0.6         1.5         1.9         2.4         2.2         2.5         2.6         2.2         2.7         4.5         5.3         24.7     33.4

China

     6.3         6.4         6.4         6.1         5.4         4.1         2.7         3.6         3.6         3.7         2.6         -8.5     -10.6

Others

     15.9         19.3         20.1         20.0         19.1         18.8         19.5         19.2         19.1         23.1         24.1         4.3     7.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     47.6         51.5         53.6         54.5         55.4         53.8         52.5         51.4         53.2         61.8         61.3         2.6     6.1

 

 

*Provisional

 

76


Table of Contents

Major Seaborne Exporters of LPG

(Million Tons)

 

 

 

     2002      2003      2004      2005      2006      2007      2008      2009      2010      2011      2012      CAGR
02-12%
    CAGR
09-12%
 

Qatar

     0.8         1.3         1.6         1.6         2.3         3.3         4.4         5.3         7.2         9.0         9.1         26.9     19.7

USA

     2.7         2.3         1.6         1.9         2.3         2.7         2.8         4.8         5.9         6.5         8.9         12.7     22.9

UAE

     5.6         6.0         6.0         6.1         6.7         5.7         5.1         5.4         5.5         7.4         8.6         4.5     17.0

Algeria

     5.7         5.9         4.7         5.4         5.0         5.6         5.0         4.4         3.9         4.4         5.9         0.4     10.2

Saudi Arabia

     8.1         9.2         12.7         11.2         10.2         9.1         8.5         6.7         5.6         6.0         5.8         -3.2     -4.6

Kuwait

     2.7         2.6         3.1         2.9         3.5         3.2         3.4         3.2         3.0         4.0         4.4         4.9     11.3

Canada

     5.9         5.4         4.7         4.5         4.2         3.9         4.0         3.5         3.1         3.0         3.0         -6.5     -5.1

Norway

     2.3         2.9         2.4         3.6         3.7         3.7         2.9         2.4         2.4         3.2         3.0         2.9     7.3

Iran

     1.0         1.4         1.3         1.3         2.4         2.7         2.2         2.5         3.1         3.4         2.5         9.6     0.3

Australia

     1.7         1.6         1.9         2.3         2.4         2.4         2.0         2.3         2.2         2.0         1.2         -3.2     -19.2

Others

     11.3         12.8         13.4         13.7         12.6         11.4         12.1         10.9         11.2         12.8         11.0         -0.3     0.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     47.6         51.5         53.6         54.5         55.4         53.8         52.5         51.4         53.2         61.8         63.4         2.9     7.3

 

 

Currently, the main exporters of LPG are the producers in the Middle East - Qatar, the U.A.E., Saudi Arabia and Kuwait -, the United States and Algeria. The United States is now the second largest exporter of LPG in the world, and in 2013 is expected to be the largest exporter in the world. U.S. exports of LPG have largely been exported to Atlantic basin markets. However, the completion of the Panama Canal expansion could result in decreased shipping costs for exports to Asia. From 2009 through 2012, U.S. exports of LPG grew at a CAGR of approximately 22.9%,providing further evidence of the positive impact of shale gas on the U.S. LPG export market.

Exports of petrochemical gases from 2002 through 2012 have grown at a CAGR of 4.4% to 17.7 million tons. The volume of product moved by sea remains relatively small in relation to global petrochemical gas production. However, changes in the location of major petrochemical production in the last decade have generally had a beneficial impact on trade volumes. Equally, differences in feedstock costs have opened up arbitrage opportunities.

Increases in seaborne trade have led to rising demand for liquefied gas carrier capacity. When measured in ton-miles, liquefied gas carrier demand grew at a CAGR of 2.8% from 2002 through 2012, to 307.3 billion ton-miles. The growth in demand was slightly less than the growth in trade as changes in geographical pattern of trade reduced average voyage lengths by a small amount.

World Seaborne Trade in LPG, Petrochemical Gases & Ammonia

(Billion Ton-miles)

 

 

 

    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012*     CAGR
02-12
    CAGR
09-12
 

LPG

    183.3        196.2        211.3        203.1        212.6        200.7        198.2        201.0        205.8        225.6        229.2        2.3     4.5

Ammonia

    33.3        39.0        40.0        43.9        44.3        48.5        45.7        39.8        42.9        47.6        50.0        4.1     7.9

Ethylene

    5.5        5.1        5.7        5.8        4.6        7.0        8.6        7.6        7.6        9.2        9.3        5.3     7.0

Butadiene

    2.4        2.7        3.8        3.5        3.4        2.9        3.6        4.6        5.3        5.8        6.2        10.2     10.5

Proplyene

    4.9        6.5        6.1        6.4        5.4        6.9        5.3        6.3        7.0        7.4        7.6        4.5     6.6

VCM

    3.8        4.4        5.3        3.9        4.0        4.2        4.3        4.8        5.5        5.0        5.0        2.7     1.5

Total
Petchem Gas

    16.6        18.7        20.9        19.6        17.4        20.9        21.8        23.3        25.5        27.3        28.1        5.4     6.5

Total Liquefied Gases

    233.2        253.9        272.2        266.6        274.2        270.1        265.7        264.0        274.1        300.6        307.3        2.8     5.2

% Change (Year-over-Year)

      8.9     7.2     -2.1     2.9     -1.5     -1.6     -0.7     3.8     9.7     2.2    

 

 

*Provisional

 

77


Table of Contents

By sector, from 2002 through 2012, ton-mile demand in LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia grew by CAGRs of 2.3%, 5.4% and 4.1%, respectively. Ammonia demand grew strongly because ammonia production has shifted to locations with low cost natural gas, while petrochemicals have benefited from the development of new export capacity.

Liquefied Gas Carrier Supply

Ship Types

There are three basic types of liquefied gas carriers:

 

  n  

Fully-pressurised (pr) vessels , which rely solely on pressure (up to 18 bar to liquefy cargoes at ambient temperatures). These are the smallest liquefied gas carriers and range in size up to 11,500 cbm.

 

  n  

Semi-refrigerated (s/r) vessels , which liquefy their cargoes under a combination of pressure and refrigeration to temperatures down to minus 48° Celsius and pressure up to 9 bar. Certain semi-refrigerated carriers are able to cool cargoes further to minus 104° Celsius and are designated as ethylene carriers. Ships of this type range in size from 5,000 to 25,000 cbm.

 

  n  

Fully-refrigerated (f/r) vessels carry liquefied cargoes at their boiling temperatures, which is minus 48° Celsius for propane. Ships in this category range in size from 15,000 to 80,000+ cbm.

Types of Liquefied Gas Carriers

 

LOGO

 

78


Table of Contents

Not all liquefied gas carriers can carry all types of liquefied gases for a combination of technical and commercial reasons. For example, some charters will not allow shipment of LPG on vessels that have shipped ammonia on their prior journey. Additionally, carriage of VCM and ethylene requires specific design and containment features. The table below illustrates vessel types and cargo carrying requirements.

Liquefied Gas Carriers—Cargo Carrying Requirements

 

LOGO

 

(1)    

Not propylene

Amid the technicalities, the general observations are:

 

  n  

LPG and ammonia are transported in large volumes in fully-refrigerated ships operating on long haul routes;

 

  n  

Petrochemical gases are carried mainly in semi-refrigerated or fully-pressurised vessels, with a subset of specialized semi-refrigerated vessels carrying ethylene, which requires a cooling temperature of minus 104° Celsius, and ethane, which requires minus 82° Celsius; and

 

  n  

Smaller vessels transport LPG, petrochemical gases and, to a lesser extent, ammonia over short-haul routes.

Generally, operating flexibility is reduced at the lower and upper ends of the vessel size spectrum, and semi-refrigerated ships with the ability to both cool and sustain pressure have access to all cargo types (including, in certain instances, ethylene and ethane) and therefore the greatest operating versatility.

Fleet Categories

Within the liquefied gas carrier fleet there are six main vessel size categories.

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet Categories

 

 

 

CLASS

  

SIZE

  

TYPE

   CARGO CARRYING CAPABILITY
         LPG    PETROCHEMICAL    AMMONIA
         GASES          

Very Large

   60,000+ cbm    Fully-Refrigerated    Yes      

Large

   40,000-59,999 cbm    Fully-Refrigerated    Yes       Yes

Medium

   25,000-39,999 cbm    Fully-Refrigerated    Yes       Yes

Handysize

   15,000-24,999 cbm    Semi-Refrigerated    Yes    Yes    Yes
      Fully-Refrigerated    Yes       Yes

Small

   5,000-14,999 cbm    Semi-Refigerated    Yes    Yes   
      Pressurised    Yes      

Very Small

   <4,999 cbm    Pressurised    Yes      

 

 

 

79


Table of Contents

60,000+ cbm

Ships in this category are all fully-refrigerated and are employed on long-haul LPG trade routes from the Middle East and the United States to Asia and, to a lesser extent Europe, and from West and North Africa to Atlantic destinations.

40,000-59,999 cbm

Ships in this category are all fully-refrigerated and carry both LPG and ammonia. Key LPG routes are from West Africa to Europe and the United States and from North Africa to Europe. The main ammonia long-haul routes are from the Black Sea to the United States and Asia.

25,000-39,999 cbm

Most ships in this size range are fully-refrigerated and operate on LPG routes from the Middle East to India and the Mediterranean, some intra-North European trades and from North Africa. These ships also carry ammonia from the Middle East and within Asia and the U.S./Caribbean region.

15,000-24,999 cbm

The ships within this sector (the handysize sector) are predominantly semi-refrigerated, and carry either LPG, petrochemical gases or ammonia. Of all the size classes, ships within this sector have the widest trading profile by cargo type. The main routes for LPG include intra-Europe, intra Caribbean, intra Mediterranean, United States to Latin America and from the Middle East to India. The main routes for petrochemicals include Mediterranean to US Gulf and Asia, Europe to US Gulf and Asia, as well as Middle East to Europe and Asia. U.S. exports of ethylene are expected to increase as a result of the availability of cheaper ethane (and, accordingly, ethylene) and as ethane cracking capacity increases.

5,000-14,999 cbm

The majority of ships in this category operate in the LPG and petrochemical gas trades. The key LPG routes are within Europe and from Europe to Africa, while the key petrochemical gas routes are from the Middle East to Asia, within Asia and intra-European routes.

< 4,999 cbm

The ships in this sector are predominantly pressurised and are primarily employed on short-haul and intra-regional trades. Key areas of employment include Europe, the Caribbean, the Mediterranean and Asia.

The Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet

As of September 30, 2013, the total liquefied gas carrier fleet consisted of 1,268 ships with a combined capacity of 20.8 million cbm.

The Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet—September 2013

 

 

 

SIZE RANGE CBM

   NO.    000 CBM

<4,999

   667    1,558

5,000-14,999

   282    2,065

15,000-24,999

   88    1,783

25,000-39,999

   59    2,068

40,000-59,999

   19    1,107

60,000+

   153    12,261
  

 

  

 

Total

   1,268    20,844

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

The steady increases in seaborne trade and ship demand in the last decade have led to growth in the overall fleet size. From 2002 through September 2013, fleet capacity increased by approximately 71%, while the average size of vessel in the fleet has grown from 13,100 cbm in 2002 to 16,400 cbm in September 2013.

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet Development

 

LOGO

Included within the total liquefied gas carrier fleet are a limited number of ships that can carry ethylene. In total, in September 2013, the ethylene-capable fleet consisted of 149 ships with a combined capacity of 1.18 million cbm. The average vessel size in this fleet is 7,900 cbm. The current orderbook consists of 29 ships with a combined capacity of 420,000 cbm, equivalent to 35.5% of the existing ethylene capable fleet.

The Ethylene Capable Fleet and Orderbook—September 2013

 

 

 

     EXISTING FLEET    ORDERBOOK    ORDERBOOK % OF FLEET

SIZE RANGE CBM

   NO.    000 CBM    NO.    000 CBM        NO.            CBM    

<4,999

   37    117    2    9    5.4    8.1

5,000-14,999

   97    785    15    171    15.5    21.8

15,000-24,999

   15    279    12    239    80.0    85.7
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Total

   149    1,181    29    420    19.5    35.5

 

 

 

81


Table of Contents

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet Age Profile

As of September 30, 2013, the average age of the liquefied gas carrier fleet was 15.9 years. However, this is skewed by the fact that the average age of the fleet in the under 4,999 cbm class is 20.4 years. In other sectors the fleet is younger—in the handysize sector for example, it is 11.6 years.

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet—Average Age by Sector—September 2013

 

 

 

SIZE RANGE CBM

   AVERAGE AGE (YRS)

<4,999

   20.4

5,000-14,999

   11.1

15,000-24,999

   11.6

25,000-39,999

   10.3

40,000-59,999

   11.5

60,000+

   10.3

Average Age—Total Fleet

   15.9

 

 

The age profile of the liquefied gas fleet is mixed, with fleet categories having a combination of both old and new tonnage. Vessels in excess of 25 years of age are approaching the end of their useful trading lives.

Age Profile of the Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet—September 2013

(% of Capacity)

 

 

 

SIZE RANGE CBM

  <5 YRS   5-9 YRS   10-14 YRS     15-19 YRS     20-24 YRS     25-29 YRS     30 YRS +     TOTAL   % OF FLEET
20 YRS +

<4,999

  17.3   12.0     9.5        17.0        21.3        6.1        16.7      100.0   44.2

5,000-14,999

  28.2   19.8     18.6        13.6        6.8        6.5        6.6      100.0   19.9

15,000-24,999

  35.9   16.8     13.2        9.7        14.1        1.3        8.9      100.0   24.3

25,000-39,999

  27.1   33.3     8.8        15.3        14.3        1.2             100.0   15.5

40,000-59,999

  16.3   37.7     21.4               20.7               3.9      100.0   24.6

60,000+

  23.3   34.2     17.0        5.2        16.5        2.0        1.9      100.0   20.3

 

 

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet—New Orders and the Orderbook

Changes in fleet supply are a function of deliveries of new ships from the orderbook and the removal of existing vessels through scrapping and, in limited cases, by total losses.

The volume of liquefied gas carrier new orders in the last decade have, to some extent, mirrored the trend in freight rates and vessel earnings. Hence, high levels of new ordering were seen between 2005-2008, but thereafter new orders dropped significantly in 2009-2010 due to weak market conditions. New ordering picked up in 2011 and 2012, and this trend has continued in the first nine months of 2013.

 

82


Table of Contents

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet—New Orders Placed

(Thousands of cbm)

 

LOGO

 

(1)  

January to September 2013

Given that new orders are placed and ships are delivered on a regular basis, the size of the total orderbook is subject to continuous change. The chart below shows how the total orderbook has changed from 2002 through 2012. In September 2013, the total LPG fleet orderbook was 122 vessels with a combined capacity of approximately 4.4 million cbm.

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet Total Orderbook

(As of September 30, 2013)

 

LOGO

 

83


Table of Contents

All vessels on order have a scheduled delivery date, and a further 22 liquefied gas carriers with a combined capacity of 0.5 million cbm are scheduled to be delivered in the remainder of 2013. In 2014, total deliveries are scheduled to be 53 ships with a combined capacity of 1.5 million cbm. In 2015, new deliveries are scheduled to be 43 ships with a combined capacity of 2.2 million cbm. However, thereafter the volume of new deliveries will drop quite significantly, assuming no significant new ordering. The liquefied gas carrier fleet orderbook by scheduled date of delivery, as of September 2013, is shown in the table below.

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet Orderbook by Delivery Schedule—September 2013

 

 

 

       2013      2014      2015      2016      2017      TOTAL  

SIZE RANGE CBM

   NO.      000 CBM      NO.      000 CBM      NO.      000 CBM      NO.      000 CBM      NO.      000 CBM      NO.      000 CBM  

<4,999

     6         18         11         41                                                         17         59   

5,000-14,999

     9         89         16         141         8         64                                         33         295   

15,000-24,999

                     10         206         9         188                                         19         394   

25,000-39,999

     3         111         5         184         3         115         2         77         2         77         15         564   

40,000-59,999

                                     2         120                                         2         120   

60,000+

     4         330         11         915         21         1,759                                         36         3,004   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     22         548         53         1,488         43         2,246         2         77         2         77         122         4,436   

 

 

A useful measure of future supply is the relationship between the size of the orderbook and the size of the fleet at any given point in time. The chart below shows how this relationship has changed from 2002 through 2012 for the liquefied gas carrier fleet as a whole and for the handysize sector specifically. As can be seen, at their peak in 2007 and 2008, the orderbook for both the total fleet and the handysize sector was in excess of 30% of existing supply, indicating pending over-supply. However, due to a combination of lower levels of new orders and deliveries, the orderbook to existing fleet ratio is now equivalent to 21% of the total fleet and 22% for the handysize sector in September 2013.

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet—Orderbook to Existing Fleet

(Orderbook as % of Existing Fleet, Based on Capacity)

 

LOGO

 

84


Table of Contents

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet Demolition

Demolition or scrapping is largely a function of vessel age and the state of the freight market, as all ships have finite lives. Strong freight rates tend to encourage further trading and decrease scrapping activity. The converse applies as freight markets weaken. Accordingly, there was a marked increase in scrapping activity from 2007 through 2011, which largely coincided with the downturn in the freight market. However, demolition levels declined significantly in 2012 and have remained at low levels in 2013.

Liquefied Gas Carrier Vessel Demolition

(Thousand cbm)

 

LOGO

 

(1)    

January to September

There are no specific restrictions or regulations which govern the age at which vessels cease to operate, although some charterers and port authorities may have their own requirements with regard to maximum age.

 

85


Table of Contents

Liquefied Gas Carrier Owners

There are approximately 400 owners of liquefied gas carriers, with a significant number of owners of just one or two ships. However, there is some concentration of ownership within certain sectors, as illustrated in the table below.

The Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet (1) —September 2013

 

 

 

      <4,999 CBM     5,000-14,999 CBM     15,000-24,999 CBM     25,000-39,999 CBM     40,000-59,999 CBM     60,000+ CBM     TOTAL  

OWNERS

  NO.     000 CBM     NO.     000 CBM     NO.     000 CBM     NO.     000 CBM     NO.     000 CBM     NO.     000 CBM     NO.     000 CBM  

BW Gas

                                1        25                      5        290        13        1,064        19        1,380   

Skibs. Solvang

                  2        25        5        83                      6        358        4        316        17        783   

Naftomar Shpg & Trad

                  11        99        9        179        1        39                      5        395        26        711   

Petredec S.A.M.

    1        4        5        42        3        62                                    6        485        15        592   

Navigator Holdings  (2)

                                23        497                                                  23        497   

Iino Kaiun Kaisha

    14        26        1        5                      1        35                      4        322        20        388   

Benelux Overseas

    1        3        7        69        2        37                                    3        232        13        341   

Hartmann Schiff.

    9        37        13        87                      3        106                                    25        230   

Ultragas ApS

    7        28        7        52        3        62        1        37                                    18        179   

StealthGas Inc.

    13        47        19        111                                                                32        159   

Schulte Group

    3        11        6        48        4        74                                                  13        133   

Lauritzen Kosan

    12        45        11        78                                                                23        123   

Sloman Neptun Schiff

    6        22        10        69        1        21                                                  17        112   

Anthony Veder

    6        22        12        75                                                                18        97   

Nippon Gas Line

    12        25                                                                              12        25   

Others

    583        1,289        178        1,305        37        744        53        1,851        8        459        120        9,446        979        15,094   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    667        1,558        282        2,065        88        1,784        59        2,068        19        1,107        153        12,261        1,268        20,844   

 

 

(1)  

Includes ethylene ships, but excludes ships on order

(2)  

Includes one vessel Navigator Holdings is contracted to acquire from A.P.Møller after September 30, 2013

The Handysize Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet (1) —September 2013

 

 

 

       EXISTING FLEET      ON ORDER      TOTAL  

OWNER

   NO      000 CBM      NO      000 CBM      NO      000 CBM  

Navigator Holdings (2)(3)

     23         497         8         172         31         669   

Naftomar Shpg & Trad

     9         179                         9         179   

Skibs. Solvang

     5         83                         5         83   

Schulte Group

     4         74                         4         74   

Ultragas ApS

     3         62         4         88         7         150   

Petredec S.A.M.

     3         62                         3         62   

Benelux Overseas

     2         37                         2         37   

BW Gas

     1         25                         1         25   

Sloman Neptun Schiff

     1         21                         1         21   

Others

     37         744         7         134         44         878   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     88         1,784         19         394         107         2,178   

 

 

 

(1)    

Includes ethylene ships

(2)    

Includes one vessel Navigator Holdings is contracted to acquire from A.P.Møller after September 30, 2013

(3)    

Includes one newbuilding Navigator Holdings contracted to acquire after September 30, 2013

 

86


Table of Contents

The ethylene capable fleet is also spread among a number of different owners, with only one company, Navigator Holdings, owning more than 100,000 cbm of capacity.

The Ethylene Capable Fleet—September 2013

 

 

 

    EXISTING FLEET              

OWNERS

  <4,999     5,000-14,999     15,000-24,999     TOTAL     ORDERBOOK     FLEET & ORDERBOOK  
    NO     CBM     NO     CBM     NO     CBM     NO     CBM     NO     CBM         NO         CBM  

Navigator Holdings

                                5        110,425        5        110,425        5        105,000        10        215,425   

Skibs. Solvang

                  2        25,320        4        68,000        6        93,320                      6        93,320   

Harpain Shipping

                  2        20,936        4        68,536        6        89,472                      6        89,472   

Norgas Carriers

                  9        77,646                      9        77,646                      9        77,646   

Hartmann Schiffahrts

    4        16,909        8        59,020                      12        75,929                      12        75,929   

Anthony Veder

    1        4,202        11        68,928                      12        73,130        2        9,400        14        82,530   

Lauritzen Kosan

                  6        48,276                      6        48,276                      6        48,276   

Synergas

    4        16,080        4        31,285                      8        47,365                      8        47,365   

Sloman Neptun Schiff

                  6        42,384                      6        42,384        2        24,000        8        66,384   

Daiichi Tanker

    3        9,208        2        12,978                      5        22,186                      5        22,186   

Others

    25        70,249        47        398,562        2        32,000        74        500,811        20        281,102        94        781,913   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    37        116,648        97        785,335        15        278,961        149        1,180,944        29        419,502        178        1,600,446   

 

 

The Liquefied Gas Carrier Charter Market and Freight Rates

Liquefied gas carriers are employed in the market through a number of different chartering options. The general terms typically found in these types of contracts are described below.

 

  n  

Time Charter . A charter under which the vessel owner is paid charter hire on a per-day basis for a specified period of time. Typically, the shipowner receives semi-monthly charter hire payments on a U.S. dollar-per-day basis and is responsible for providing the crew and paying vessel operating expenses while the charterer is responsible for paying the voyage expenses, such as port, canal and fuel costs and additional voyage insurance.

 

  n  

Spot Charter . A spot charter generally refers to a voyage charter or a trip charter, which generally last from 10 days to three months. Under both types of spot charters, the shipowner would pay for vessel operating expenses, which include crew wages and related costs, the cost of insurance, expenses relating to repairs and maintenance, the cost of spares and consumable stores, tonnage taxes and other miscellaneous expenses. The shipowner would also be responsible for each vessel’s intermediate and special survey costs.

 

  n  

Contract of Affreightment . A contract of affreightment, or COA, relates to the carriage of multiple cargoes over the same route and enables the COA holder to nominate different vessels to perform the individual voyages. Essentially, it constitutes a series of voyage charters to carry a specified amount of cargo during the term of the COA, which usually spans a number of years. The entire vessel’s operating expenses, voyage expenses and capital costs are borne by the shipowner. Freight normally is agreed on a U.S. dollar-per-ton basis.

 

  n  

Bareboat Charter . A bareboat charter involves the use of a vessel usually over longer periods of time ranging over several years. In this case, all voyage related costs, mainly vessel fuel and port dues, as well as all vessel operating expenses, such as day-to-day operations, maintenance, crewing and insurance, are for the charterer’s account. The owner of the vessel receives monthly charter hire payments on a U.S. dollar per day basis and is responsible only for the payment of capital costs related to the vessel. A bareboat charter is also known as a “demise charter” or a “time charter by demise.”

 

87


Table of Contents

Charter (or hire) rates paid for liquefied gas carriers are generally a function of the underlying balance between vessel supply and demand. In practice, charter rates have passed through cyclical phases and changes in vessel supply and demand have created a pattern of rate “peaks” and “troughs,” which can be seen from the chart below. Generally, spot charter rates will be more volatile than time charter rates, as they reflect short-term movements in demand and market sentiment.

In the time charter market, rates vary depending on the length of the charter period as well as vessel specific factors, such as age, speed and fuel consumption. Generally, short-term time charter rates are higher than long-term charter rates. The market benchmark tends to be a 12-month time charter rate, based on a modern vessel.

Liquefied Gas Carriers—One Year Time Charter Rates

(U.S.$ per Calendar Month)

 

LOGO

Liquefied Gas Carriers—One Year Time Charter Rates

(U.S.$ per Calendar Month)

 

 

 

     AVERAGE      CURRENT      LOW      HIGH  
     JAN 02-SEP 13      SEP-13      JAN 02-SEP 13      JAN 02-SEP 13  

12,000-15,000 cbm s/r

     587,000         665,000         390,000         750,000   

20,000-25,000 cbm s/r

     820,000         910,000         540,000         1,095,000   

22,000-25,000 cbm f/r

     644,000         750,000         440,000         950,000   

52,000 cbm f/r

     730,500         810,000         380,000         1,150,000   

82,000 cbm f/r

     810,500         1,035,000         460,000         1,325,000   

 

 

Vessel Prices

Newbuilding prices are determined by a number of factors, including the underlying balance between shipyard output and newbuilding demand, raw material costs, freight markets and exchange rates.

From 2003 through 2007, high levels of new ordering were recorded across all sectors of shipping, and as a result, newbuilding prices increased significantly. However, as freight markets declined in the second half of 2008, and new ordering declined rapidly, newbuilding prices started to weaken and prices remained low at the beginning of 2013. However, since then there is some evidence to suggest that newbuilding prices have bottomed out and have started to rise.

 

88


Table of Contents

Newbuilding Prices

(U.S.$ in Millions)

 

LOGO

Secondhand values for modern semi-refrigerated vessels have remained quite firm even during the market downturn in 2009-2011. Ships of this type attract a premium when compared with fully-refrigerated vessels of the same size due to their ability to carry all three types of cargo.

Secondhand Prices (1)

(U.S.$ in Millions)

 

LOGO

 

(1)    

Based on ten year old vessel

 

89


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are the owner and operator of the world’s largest fleet of handysize liquefied gas carriers. We provide international and regional seaborne transportation services of liquefied petroleum gas, or “LPG,” petrochemical gases and ammonia for energy companies, industrial users and commodity traders. These gases are transported in liquefied form, by applying cooling and/or pressure, reduce volume by up to 900 times depending on the cargo, making their transportation more efficient and economical. The demand for seaborne transportation of these liquefied gases will continue to grow due to evolving energy and petrochemical market dynamics, particularly as a result of increasing U.S. shale oil and gas development, as seaborne transportation is often the only, or the most cost effective, manner of transporting gases between major exporting and importing markets, according to Drewry.

Our fleet consists of 31 semi- or fully-refrigerated handysize liquefied gas carriers, which we define as liquefied gas carriers between 15,000 and 24,999 cbm, including eight newbuilding vessels scheduled for delivery by December 2015. In addition, we have an option to build one further handysize newbuilding vessel for delivery by early 2016 and currently operate an additional semi-refrigerated handysize liquefied gas carrier under a time charter-in through December 2014. Vessels in our fleet are capable of loading, discharging and carrying cargoes across a range of temperatures from ambient to minus 104° Celsius and pressures from 1 bar to 6.4 bars. Our handysize liquefied gas carriers can accommodate medium- and long-haul routes that may be uneconomical for smaller vessels and can call at ports that are unable to support larger vessels due to limited onshore capacity, absence of fully-refrigerated loading infrastructure and/or vessel size restrictions. In addition, five of our vessels are the largest ethylene-capable vessels in the world, meaning vessels capable of transporting and distributing ethylene and ethane cargoes, and five of our eight newbuildings will be among the largest ethylene-capable vessels in the world. Finally, each of our newbuildings will be an Eco-design vessels incorporating advanced fuel efficiency and emission-reducing technologies, including the capability of conversion to the use of liquefied natural gas, or “LNG,” as fuel. We believe that owning fuel-efficient vessels enhances our returns as it allows us to meet charterers’ increasingly stringent environmental requirements and to fully capitalize on the fuel savings under our voyage charters and contracts of affreightment, or “COAs.”

We believe that the size and versatility of our fleet, which enable us to carry the broadest set of liquefied gases subject to seaborne transportation across a diverse range of conditions and geographies, together with our track record of operational excellence, position us as the partner of choice for many companies requiring handysize liquefied gas transportation and distribution solutions. In addition, we believe that the versatility of our fleet affords us with backhaul and triangulation opportunities not available to many of our competitors, thereby providing us with opportunities to increase utilization and profitability. We seek to enhance our returns through a flexible, customer-driven chartering strategy that combines a base of time charters and COAs with more opportunistic, higher-rate voyage charters.

We carry LPG for major international energy companies, state-owned utilities and reputable commodities traders. LPG, which consists of propane and butane, is a relatively clean alternative energy source with more than 1,000 applications, including as a heating, cooking and transportation fuel and as a petrochemical and refinery feedstock. LPG is a by-product of oil refining and gas extraction, the availability of which has historically been limited by the flaring of natural gas at the wellhead. However, increasing restrictions across the globe against flaring natural gas have resulted in, and are anticipated to continue to result in, the increased transportation or storage of by-products such as LPG. The expanding development of U.S. shale oil and gas resources has resulted in an abundance of LPG that exceeds current U.S. domestic needs and, given the scarcity and cost of storage infrastructure, Drewry believes U.S. LPG will be increasingly exported. This LPG available for export from the United States, together with LPG associated with large LNG export projects in international oil and gas producing regions, is expected to create supply-driven growth of seaborne LPG transportation and to promote arbitrage opportunities due to regional price differentials, according to Drewry.

We also carry petrochemical gases for numerous industrial users. Petrochemical gases, including ethylene, propylene, butadiene and vinyl chloride monomer, are derived from the cracking of petroleum feedstocks such as ethane, LPG and naptha and are primarily used as raw materials in various industrial processes, like the manufacture of plastics and rubber, with a wide application of end uses. The demand for seaborne transportation of petrochemical gases will increase due to industrial users seeking alternative feedstocks given the rise in crude oil

 

90


Table of Contents

prices, expanding global manufacturing and cracking capacity, particularly in the Middle East and Asia, and shifting regional supply imbalances in certain petrochemicals, according to Drewry. Our vessels are also capable of carrying ammonia, which is mainly used in the agricultural industry as a fertilizer. The ability of our fleet to carry the broadest range of petrochemical cargoes among liquefied gas carrier fleets, as well as serve ports with vessel size restrictions and/or limited infrastructure, has allowed us to enhance our fleet utilization and profitability, including through greater backhaul and triangulation opportunities.

Our management team has significant experience growing leading energy, logistics and maritime companies. Since our management team joined our company in 2006, we have successfully grown our fleet from five to 23 vessels on-the-water as of the date of this prospectus, and we expect to grow to 31 vessels on-the-water by December 2015. The growth of our fleet and successful management of our operations have enabled us to establish a track record of growing revenues and improving profitability over recent years despite the volatility in the shipping industry and world economy. We intend to leverage the expertise of our management to further grow our company as we look to capitalize on existing and future opportunities in the liquefied gas transportation and complementary sectors. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, and the year ended December 31, 2012, we reported net income of $30.1 million and $30.5 million, respectively, EBITDA of $76.8 million and $63.9 million, respectively and operating revenue of $167.0 million and $146.7 million, respectively, an increase over the comparable period in the previous year of 38.6%, 63.7%, 67.4%, 60.3%, 56.9% and 65.1%, respectively. Please see “—Summary Historical Financial and Operating Data” for a reconciliation of EBITDA to net income.

We are growing our fleet to capitalize on existing and anticipated opportunities in the liquefied gas transportation and distribution market. In November 2012, we entered into sales and purchase agreements with affiliates of A.P. Møller pursuant to which A.P. Møller Mærsk Group, or “A.P. Møller,” agreed to sell to us its entire fleet of 11 handysize liquefied gas carriers, or the “A.P. Møller vessels,” all of which have been acquired and delivered as of the date of this prospectus. We have also entered into agreements with Jiangnan Shipyard (Group) Co. Ltd., or “Jiangnan,” in China to build five 21,000 cbm semi-refrigerated ethylene-capable liquefied gas carriers and three 22,000 cbm semi-refrigerated liquefied gas carriers and have an option to build an additional 22,000 cbm semi-refrigerated liquefied gas carrier. Our 2014 newbuildings are scheduled for delivery between April and October of 2014, our 2015 newbuildings are scheduled for delivery between March and December of 2015, and the option newbuilding would be delivered in early 2016 if the option were exercised. We have fully financed the construction of the 2014 newbuildings through a combination of debt and equity financings. We plan to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering together with future credit facilities to fund the construction of the 2015 newbuildings and, if the option is exercised, the option newbuilding.

Our Competitive Strengths

Our competitive strengths include the following:

 

  n  

We own and operate the world’s largest handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet . With 23 owned vessels and an additional eight vessels to be delivered to us in the next 25 months, we are and expect to continue to be the owner and operator of the world’s largest handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet. Of these eight vessels to be delivered to us, four are fully financed and four are expected to be financed through the proceeds of this offering and borrowings under future credit facilities. See “Use of Proceeds.” Furthermore, we are also the owner and operator of the world’s largest fleets of both semi-refrigerated and ethylene-capable semi-refrigerated handysize vessels. We believe that our fleet’s cargo carriage flexibility and long-haul capabilities provide us with competitive advantages in pursuing emerging growth opportunities, particularly in petrochemical and ethylene transportation.

 

  n  

Our highly versatile fleet allows us to enhance utilization and profitability . Our fleet is capable of cost effectively transporting a wide range of liquefied gases including, in the case of five of our current vessels and five of our newbuildings, ethylene and ethane. We believe that the diversity of our fleet, consisting of semi-refrigerated, fully-refrigerated and ethylene-capable vessels, allows us to match appropriate tonnage to a customer’s particular need. In addition, our ability to transport the broadest set of liquefied gases subject to seaborne transportation affords us greater opportunities for backhaul and triangulation, thereby enhancing our utilization and profitability. Furthermore, we believe our vessels are highly versatile in terms of cargo breadth, ease and speed of loading and discharging cargoes and adaptability for route scheduling and available port

 

91


Table of Contents
 

infrastructure. During the economic downturn in 2008, when demand for seaborne LPG transportation was appreciably reduced, our vessels took advantage of their ability to carry a broad range of petrochemicals, and thereby maintained an average annual utilization rate across the total fleet of more than 96%.

 

  n  

We have a modern, fuel efficient fleet. Our owned vessels had an average age of 6.4 years, as compared to an average age for the world handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet of 11.6 years as of September 30, 2013. The average age, fuel efficiency and technical capabilities of our fleet will be further enhanced by the delivery of our eight newbuildings. We believe that owning a modern fleet reduces off-hire time and maintenance, operating and drydocking costs and helps to ensure safety and environmental protection. In addition, our eight newbuilding vessels have been designed to maximize their fuel efficiency by incorporating advanced Eco-design technological improvements to reduce fuel consumption, such as electronically controlled engines, more efficient hull forms, energy efficient propellers, decreased water resistance and the capability of converting the vessels to use LNG as fuel. We believe that owning fuel-efficient vessels assists us in capturing additional business opportunities and enhances our operating performance by reducing voyage costs and allowing us to adhere to increasingly stringent environmental standards required by certain customers and ports.

 

  n  

We have an experienced operating team . Our vessels are some of the more complex vessel types on the water today, carrying the full range of LPG, petrochemical and ammonia cargoes. These cargoes can be loaded at significantly differing temperatures and require experience to understand the technical complexities of the vessel’s cooling capacity and pressure limitations to ensure efficient and safe handling and transportation. We believe the experience of our operating team and the network of industry relationships we have established with charterers, traders, brokers, shipyards and other constituents of the liquefied gas industry are not easily replicable by potential new entries and provide us with a sustainable competitive advantage.

 

  n  

We have a track record of and visible built-in growth . Since joining our company, our management team has successfully grown our fleet from five operating vessels to the world’s largest handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet with 23 owned vessels as of the date of this prospectus. In addition, our fleet will continue to expand, as we have contracted to take delivery of eight newbuildings over the next 25 months and have an option to build one additional handysize newbuilding vessels for delivery by early 2016. The growth of our fleet was the primary contributor to our increasing revenues, net income and EBITDA by 65.1%, 63.7% and 60.3%, respectively, from 2011 to 2012. We expect our revenues and EBITDA to continue to grow as we take delivery of the additional vessels, and we believe that the expertise of our management team will allow us to capitalize on further growth opportunities in the future, including investment opportunities we believe to be complementary to our core handysize liquefied gas carrier business.

 

  n  

We have the financial flexibility to selectively pursue expansion opportunities . We believe that our liquidity and moderate leverage following this offering will give us the financial flexibility to pursue further newbuildings, including the 2015 newbuildings and, if the option is exercised, the option newbuilding, potential future acquisitions and complementary investment opportunities as we deem prudent based on prevailing market conditions. We have already fully financed through a combination of debt and equity the construction of the 2014 newbuildings. As of September 30, 2013, giving effect to our anticipated proceeds from this offering and, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, but before our application thereof as set forth under the heading “Use of Proceeds,” we would have $182.3 million of cash on hand, based on an assumed public offering price of $18.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and $563.8 million principal amount of outstanding indebtedness. See “Capitalization.”

Our Business Strategies

Our objective is to enhance shareholder value by executing the following business strategies:

 

  n  

Capitalize on the increasing demand for seaborne transportation of LPG and petrochemicals . We own and operate the world’s largest handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet, in both the number as well as capacity of semi-refrigerated vessels within the handysize segment. We intend to use our vessels to further pursue the anticipated increases in liquefied gas transportation opportunities globally, and in particular, those that we expect will result directly and indirectly from the growth in U.S. shale oil and gas and associated liquids.

 

92


Table of Contents
 

We believe we were the first liquefied gas carrier operator to export propane from the U.S. East Coast and presently have six vessels dedicated to transporting products derived from U.S. shale oil and gas, including the vessels operating under a COA with Sunoco Logistics through the first quarter of 2014. We believe that we are strongly positioned to increase our presence in this emerging market.

 

  n  

Maintain a flexible, customer-driven chartering strategy . We will seek to enhance our returns through a flexible vessel employment strategy that combines a base of time charters and COAs with more opportunistic, high-rate voyage charters. In addition, we will seek to further strengthen our relationships with existing customers and expand our client base by providing companies with liquefied gas transportation solutions in the form and duration they require. We believe that our customer-driven employment strategy and high-quality operations position us to be the transportation partner of choice for our customers. In addition, by employing a portion of our fleet in the spot market, we maintain a regular dialogue with charterers and brokers that help us identify higher rate opportunities as well as longer-term trends that may benefit us. We believe that this flexible chartering strategy will enable us to maintain a base of relatively stable and predictable revenues, position us to capitalize on favorable market opportunities and allow us to proactively respond to our customers’ needs.

 

  n  

Capitalize on backhaul and triangulation opportunities in the petrochemical market . We believe that the versatility of our fleet, in particular our ethylene-capable and semi-refrigerated vessels, enhances our ability to pursue current and emerging backhaul and triangulation opportunities as new trade routes develop, thereby maximizing utilization and enhancing profitability. To further capitalize on such opportunities, we are seeking to expand our leading ethylene-capable liquefied gas carrier position through the acquisition of our eight semi-refrigerated newbuildings, five of which will be ethylene-capable. We intend to seek opportunities to improve our financial results and maximize the utilization of our vessels by transporting both LPG and petrochemicals during vessel repositioning voyages and between time charters.

 

  n  

Maintain reputation for operational excellence . We believe we have established a track record in the industry of operational excellence based on our significant experience in the operation and ownership of high-specification liquefied gas carriers. We will endeavor to adhere to the highest standards with regard to reliability, safety and operational excellence as we execute our growth plans. We intend to continue outsourcing the technical and crewing management of our fleet in the near term to our technical managers. We believe outsourcing our technical and crewing management to our technical managers has historically allowed us to consistently maintain high-quality and skilled, professional crews while at the same time growing our substantive in-house expertise in these areas. As our fleet grows, we will regularly evaluate opportunities to enhance the quality and cost efficiency of managing our vessels.

 

  n  

Selectively grow and expand our operations . We intend to maintain our market position by growing our fleet through newbuildings and selective acquisitions of modern, high-quality vessels, as well as opportunistically expanding our business through the investment in complementary assets, including ventures that expand the types of cargo we carry and/or involve receiving, storing, partially mixing and distributing liquefied gas cargoes, should such opportunities arise. In addition, we will seek to leverage the experience of our operating team to selectively tailor the capabilities of our existing and/or future vessels and related investments to provide our partners and customers with integrated liquefied gas transportation solutions in new and evolving markets. Furthermore, although we currently operate vessels in the handysize segment, we will opportunistically evaluate acquisitions of vessels in other capacity ranges.

 

  n  

Maintain a strong balance sheet with moderate leverage . We have a strong balance sheet and, after this offering, expect to have a debt to capitalization ratio of 45.0% and ample liquidity with cash on hand of $182.3 million, based on our anticipated proceeds from this offering assuming a public offering price of $18.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, but before our application thereof as set forth under the heading “Use of Proceeds.” We will seek to maintain modest leverage in the future by prudently financing our growth with a balanced mix of cash from operations, debt financings and proceeds from future equity offerings. We believe that maintaining a strong balance sheet will continue to provide us with the flexibility to capitalize on vessel purchases and related investment opportunities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, based on prevailing conditions and our outlook for the liquefied gas carrier market, we might consider incurring further indebtedness in the future to enhance returns to our shareholders.

 

93


Table of Contents

Our History

Navigator Holdings Ltd. was formed in 1997 as an Isle of Man public limited company for the purpose of building and operating a fleet of five semi-refrigerated, ethylene-capable liquefied gas carriers. In January 2003, the previous owners and management filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York. On August 9, 2006, the Company emerged from bankruptcy. As part of the plan of reorganization, the bondholders received all of the equity interests in the Company. Lehman Brothers Inc. became our principal shareholder, holding an approximate 44.1% ownership interest (subsequently reduced to 33%). In October 2012, the ownership interests held by Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. were acquired by our principal shareholder, the WLR Group, which subsequently increased its ownership to 60.6% of our common stock. Please see “Principal and Selling Shareholders” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

In March 2008, we redomiciled in the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

Our Fleet

Our owned vessels had an average age of 6.4 years, as compared to an average age for the world handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet of 11.6 years as of September 30, 2013. We believe that owning a modern fleet reduces off-hire time and maintenance, operating and drydocking costs and helps ensure safety and environmental protection.

The following table sets forth our owned vessels as of October 31, 2013:

 

 

 

OPERATING VESSEL (1)

   YEAR BUILT      VESSEL SIZE
(CBM)
     ETHYLENE-
CAPABLE
     EMPLOYMENT STATUS    CHARTER
EXPIRATION DATE

Semi-refrigerated

              

Navigator Mars

     2000         22,085       ü         Spot market   

Navigator Neptune

     2000         22,085       ü         Time charter    January 2014

Navigator Pluto

     2000         22,085       ü         Time charter    September 2015

Navigator Saturn

     2000         22,085       ü         Spot market   

Navigator Venus

     2000         22,085       ü         Time charter    March 2014

Navigator Magellan (2)

     1998         20,700          Time charter    March 2014

Navigator Aries

     2008         20,750          Time charter    September 2014

Navigator Capricorn (2)

     2008         20,750          Spot market   

Navigator Gemini

     2009         20,750          Time charter    March 2014

Navigator Pegasus

     2009         22,200          Time charter    March 2014

Navigator Phoenix

     2009         22,200          Time charter    May 2014

Navigator Scorpio (2)

     2009         20,750          Spot market   

Navigator Taurus

     2009         20,750          Spot market   

Navigator Leo (3)

     2011         20,600          Spot market   

Navigator Libra (3)

     2012         20,600          Spot market   

Navigator Virgo (2)

     2009         20,750          Time charter    December 2013

Navigator Mariner (2)

     2000         20,700          Time charter    February 2014

Fully-refrigerated

              

Navigator Grace (2)

     2010         22,500          Time charter    February 2014

Navigator Galaxy (2)

     2011         22,500          Time charter    September 2014

Navigator Genesis (2)

     2011         22,500          Spot market   

Navigator Global (2)

     2011         22,500          Time charter    October 2018

Navigator Gusto (2)

     2011         22,500          Spot market   

Navigator Glory (2)

     2010         22,500          Time charter    October 2014

 

 

(1)  

Excludes the Maple 3 , a semi-refrigerated vessel operated by us pursuant to a time charter-in from Maple 3 Inc. through December 2014.

(2)  

Vessel acquired in connection with the A.P. Møller acquisition described below.

(3)  

The Navigator Leo and Navigator Libra are under time charters through 2023 commencing in December 2013.

 

94


Table of Contents

The following table presents certain information concerning our newbuildings, excluding the option newbuilding.

 

 

 

NEWBUILDING VESSEL

   YEAR
BUILT
     VESSEL SIZE
(CBM)
     ETHYLENE-CAPABLE      ANTICIPATED DELIVERY

Semi-refrigerated

           

Navigator Atlas

     2014         21,000       ü         April 2014

Navigator Europa

     2014         21,000       ü         June 2014

Navigator Oberon

     2014         21,000       ü         August 2014

Navigator Triton

     2014         21,000       ü         October 2014

Navigator Umbrio

     2015         21,000       ü         March 2015

Hull 2554 (1)

     2015         22,000          June 2015

Hull 2555 (1)

     2015         22,000          August 2015

Hull 2556 (1)

     2015         22,000          December 2015

 

 

(1)    

To be named upon delivery.

Our operations in Indonesia are subject, among other things, to the Indonesian Shipping Act. That law generally provides that in order for certain vessels involved in Indonesian cabotage to obtain the requested licenses, the owners must either be wholly Indonesian owned or have a majority Indonesian shareholding. Navigator Pluto and Navigator Aries , which are chartered to Pertamina, the Indonesian state-owned producer of hydrocarbons, are owned by PT Navigator Khalulistiwa, an Indonesian limited liability company, or “PTNK.” PTNK is a joint venture of which 49% of the voting and dividend rights are owned by a subsidiary though ultimately controlled at the shareholder level by a subsidiary of Navigator Holdings, and 51% of such rights are owned by Indonesian limited liability companies. The joint venture agreement for PTNK provides that certain actions relating to the joint venture or the vessels require the prior written approval of Navigator Holdings’ subsidiary, which may be withheld only on reasonable grounds and in good faith. PTNK is accounted for as a consolidated subsidiary in our financial statements.

The average monthly time charter rate for our 14 vessels operating under time charters as of September 30, 2013 was approximately $867,400 per calendar month. Our current monthly charter rates range from approximately $623,500 to approximately $1,003,750. These time charter rates are the gross monthly charter rates before payment of address and brokerage commissions to shipbrokers. Address and brokerage commissions typically range between 1.0% and 5.0% of the gross monthly charter rate. On average, we pay a 2.35% address and brokerage commission with respect to our current time charters.

Our Customers

We provide seaborne transportation and distribution services for LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia to:

 

  n  

Oil Companies, such as PT Pertamina (Persero), or “Pertamina,” the Indonesian state-owned producer of hydrocarbons and petrochemicals; Petróleos de Venezuela S.A., or “PDVSA,” the Venezuelan state-owned integrated oil and petrochemical company; Sonatrach, the national oil and gas company of Algeria; and Total SA, a leading oil and gas company.

 

  n  

Chemical Companies, such as Mitsubishi and Ineos Group, Ltd., leading global chemical companies.

 

  n  

Energy Trading Companies, such as Kolmar Group AG, a petroleum and petrochemicals trading company; Tomza Group, a Mexican LPG distribution company that distributes LPG to the Mexican and Central American markets; Trafigura Limited, an international commodities trading and logistics company; the Vitol Group, an independent energy trading company; Marubeni Corporation, an international general trading company; and Petredec Ltd., a leading LPG trading company.

 

95


Table of Contents

In 2012, an aggregate of 59.1% of our revenues were derived from voyage charters with Kolmar and time charters with Pertamina, PDVSA and Tomza Group. The following table sets forth the percentage of our total revenues derived from our customers for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

 

 

     PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL REVENUES  
     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  

CUSTOMER

   2011     2012  

Kolmar

     17.3     22.5

Pertamina

     25.3     14.3

Tomza Group

     17.8     11.4

PDVSA

     8.6     10.9

Other customers

     31.0     40.9

 

 

Vessel Employment

Our chartering strategy is to combine a base of time charters and COAs with more opportunistic, higher-rate voyage charters. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we generated a significant portion of our revenues through time charters. As we grow our fleet, we expect a growing proportion of revenue will be derived under voyage charters and COAs. As of September 30, 2013, we operated 23 vessels, including our chartered-in vessel, of which 15 were employed under time charters and eight were employed in the spot market. We have since taken delivery of an additional vessel which we have employed on a 12-month time charter

Our voyage charters during 2012 included significant seaborne transportation of petrochemicals. Our semi-refrigerated vessels are highly versatile in that they, unlike fully-refrigerated vessels, can accommodate LPG, petrochemicals and ammonia at ambient as well as fully-refrigerated temperatures. LPG transported on spot voyage contracts during the 12 months of 2012 amounted to 50,595 metric tons, and petrochemicals carried, including ethylene, propylene and butadiene, totaled 186,780 metric tons. Typical routes for petrochemical voyages were from the Mediterranean Sea and Northwest Europe to South Korea, China and Southeast Asia.

Time Charter

A time charter is a contract under which a vessel is chartered for a defined period of time at a fixed daily or monthly rate. Under time charters, we are responsible for providing crewing and other vessel operating services, the cost of which is intended to be covered by the fixed rate, while the customer is responsible for substantially all of the voyage expenses, including any bunker fuel consumption, port expenses and canal tolls.

Initial Term. The initial term for a time charter commences upon the vessel’s delivery to the customer. Under the terms of our charters, the customer may redeliver the vessel to us up to 15 to 30 days earlier or up to 15 to 30 days later than the respective charter expiration dates, upon advance notice to us.

Hire Rate.  The hire rate refers to the basic payment by the customer for the use of the vessel. Under our time charters, the hire rate is payable monthly in advance, in U.S. Dollars, as specified in the charter.

Hire payments may be reduced if the vessel does not perform to certain of its specifications, such as if the average vessel speed falls below a guaranteed speed or the amount of fuel consumed to power the vessel under normal circumstances exceeds a guaranteed amount.

Off-hire.  Under our time charters, when the vessel is “off-hire” (or not available for service), the customer generally is not required to pay the hire rate, and the shipowner is responsible for all costs. Prolonged off-hire may lead to vessel substitution or termination of the time charter. A vessel generally will be deemed off-hire if there is a loss of time due to, among other things:

 

  n  

operational deficiencies; drydocking for repairs, maintenance or inspection; equipment breakdowns; or delays due to accidents, strikes, certain vessel detentions or similar problems; or

 

  n  

our failure to maintain the vessel in compliance with its specifications and contractual standards or to provide the required crew.

 

96


Table of Contents

Management and Maintenance. Under our time charters, we are responsible for providing for the technical management of the vessel and for maintaining the vessel, periodic drydocking, cleaning and painting and performing work required by regulations. Currently, we work together with our technical managers, BSSM and NMM, to arrange for these services to be provided for all of our vessels. Please read “—Technical Management of the Fleet” for a description of the material terms of the technical management agreements with BSSM and NMM.

Termination. Each of our time charters terminates automatically upon loss of the applicable vessel. In addition, we are generally entitled to suspend performance (but with the continuing accrual to our benefit of hire payments and default interest) under most of the time charters if the customer defaults in its payment obligations. Under most of the time charters, either party may also terminate the charter in the event of war in specified countries or in locations that would significantly disrupt the free trade of the vessel.

Voyage Charter/COA

A voyage charter is a contract, typically for shorter intervals, for transportation of a specified cargo between two or more designated ports. A COA essentially constitutes a number of voyage charters to carry a specified amount of cargo during a specified time period. A voyage charter is priced on a current or “spot” market rate, typically on a price per ton of product carried rather than a daily or monthly rate. Under voyage charters, we are responsible for all of the voyage expenses in addition to providing the crewing and other vessel operating services.

Term: Our voyage charters are typically for periods ranging from 10 days to three months.

Freight Rate. The freight rate refers to the basic payment by the customer for the use of the vessel or movement of cargo. Under our voyage charters, the freight rate is payable upon discharge, in U.S. Dollars, as specified in the charter.

Management, Maintenance and Voyage Expenses. Under our voyage charters, we are responsible for providing for the technical management of the vessel and for maintaining the vessel, periodic drydocking, cleaning and painting and performing work required by regulations. Currently, we work together with our technical managers, BSSM and NMM, to arrange for these services to be provided for all of our vessels. Please read “—Technical Management of the Fleet” for a description of the material terms of the technical management agreements with BSSM and NMM.

We are also responsible for all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including any bunker fuel consumption, port expenses and canal tolls.

Termination. Each of our voyage charters terminates automatically upon the completion of the voyage.

Classification and Inspections

Every seagoing vessel must be “classed” by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is “in class,” signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel’s country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned.

The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and inspections that are required by the regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned.

For maintenance of the class, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull and machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed as follows:

Annual Surveys. For seagoing ships, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and machinery, including the electrical plant, and where applicable, on special equipment classed at intervals of 12 months from the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.

Intermediate Surveys. Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys may be carried out on the occasion of the second or third annual survey.

 

97


Table of Contents

Class Renewal Surveys. Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out on the ship’s hull and machinery, including the electrical plant, and on any special equipment classed at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. During the special survey, the vessel is thoroughly examined, including audio-gauging to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would prescribe steel renewals. On vessels which are over 15 years old, substantial amounts of funds may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey, a shipowner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel’s hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five-year cycle. At an owner’s application, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal.

Commercial Management of the Fleet

We perform commercial management of our vessels in-house through our manager and wholly-owned subsidiary, Navigator Gas L.L.C., under the terms of 23 individual management contracts between Navigator Gas L.L.C. and each of our vessel-owning subsidiaries. Commercial management includes the chartering of vessels and accounting services. Navigator Gas L.L.C. in turn has appointed its wholly-owned subsidiary, NGT Services (UK) Limited, as its agent. NGT Services (UK) Limited has a current in-house staff of 19 personnel, which we believe is sufficient to manage the commercial and administrative operations of our current fleet.

Technical Management of the Fleet

General

We currently outsource the technical management of our vessels to BSSM and NMM, third-party technical management companies, under the terms of standard ship management agreements, or the “technical management agreements.” We refer to BSSM and NMM herein as our “technical managers.”

BSSM was formed in 2008 through the combination of four ship management companies owned by the Schulte Group into one integrated maritime services company. NMM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Stena AB Gothenburg, formed in 1983 and located in Clydebank, Scotland. Each of our technical managers involved in the management of a wide range of vessels, with BSSM having over 650 vessels under management and NMM having over 70 vessels under management. Our technical managers have fully-owned crew recruitment agencies in major crew recruitment countries, are active in all aspects of technical, marine and crewing activities, and are each accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 standards. We believe our technical managers manage all of their vessels in a safe and proper manner in accordance with owners’ requirements, design parameters, flag state and class requirements, charter party requirements and the international safety management code.

We believe our vessels are operated in a manner intended to protect the safety and health of employees, the general public and the environment. We actively manage the risks inherent in our business and are committed to eliminating incidents that threaten safety and the integrity of the vessels, such as groundings, fires, collisions and petroleum spills. We are also committed to reducing emissions and waste generation.

Technical Management Services

Under the terms of our ship management agreements with our technical managers, and under our supervision, our technical managers are responsible for the day-to-day activities of our fleet and are required to, among other things:

 

  n  

provide competent personnel to supervise the maintenance and general efficiency of our vessels;

 

  n  

arrange and supervise the maintenance, drydockings, repairs, alterations and upkeep of our vessels to the standards required by us and in accordance with all requirements and recommendations of our vessels’ classification society and applicable national and international regulations;

 

  n  

ensure that our vessels comply with the law of their flag state;

 

  n  

arrange the supply of necessary stores, spares and lubricating oil for our vessels;

 

  n  

appoint such surveyors and technical consultants as they may consider from time to time necessary;

 

  n  

operate the vessels in accordance with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code;

 

98


Table of Contents
  n  

develop, implement and maintain a safety management system in accordance with the ISM Code;

 

  n  

arrange the sampling and testing of bunkers; and

 

  n  

install plan maintenance system software on-board our vessels.

In the event that our technical managers pay certain expenses attributable to us, we have agreed to indemnify our technical managers against such expenses. In the event that our technical managers (or any of their related companies) is sued as a result of a breach or alleged breach of an obligation of ours to a third party, we have agreed to defend our technical managers (or their related companies) and indemnify our technical managers (and their related companies) against certain expenses incurred in their defense.

Fees and Expenses

As consideration for providing us with management for our fleet, our managers currently receive a management fee of approximately $200,000 per vessel per year, payable in equal monthly installments in advance. We pay for any expenses incurred in connection with purchasing spare parts for our vessels.

We carry insurance coverage consistent with industry standards for certain matters, but we cannot assure you that our insurance will be adequate to cover all extraordinary costs and expenses. Please read “—Insurance and Risk Management.”

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any costs and expenses are caused solely by our technical manager’s negligence or willful default, our technical managers will be responsible for them subject to certain limitations. Our technical managers are insured against claims of errors and omissions by third parties.

Term and Termination Rights

The ship management agreements automatically renew on their termination dates unless terminated by either party with three months’ prior written notice. Our technical managers may also terminate any of the ship management agreements immediately upon written termination notice to us if:

 

  n  

they do not receive amounts payable by us under the agreement within the time period specified for payment thereof, or if the vessels are repossessed by any vessel mortgagees; or

 

  n  

after notice to us of the default and a reasonable amount of time to remedy, we fail to:

 

  n  

comply with our obligation to indemnify them for any expenses attributable to us or defend them (and their related companies) against any third party claims based on a breach or alleged breach of an obligation of ours to a third party; or

 

  n  

cease the employment of our vessels in the transportation of contraband, blockage running, or in an unlawful trade, or on a voyage that in their reasonable opinion is unduly hazardous or improper.

If, for any reason under our technical managers’ control, our technical managers fail to provide the services agreed upon under the terms of the management agreements or they fail to provide for the satisfaction of all requirements of the law of the vessels’ flag state or the ISM Code, we may terminate the agreements immediately upon written notice of termination to our technical managers, as applicable, if, after notice to our technical managers of the default and a reasonable amount of time to remedy, they fail to remedy the default to our satisfaction.

The technical management agreements will automatically terminate (i) if the vessels are sold, are requisitioned, become a total loss or are declared as a constructive, compromised or arranged total loss, (ii) in the event of our winding up, dissolution, bankruptcy or the appointment of a receiver, or (iii) if we suspend payments, cease to carry on business or make any special arrangement with our creditors.

Under the terms of the BSSM ship management agreement, either we or BSSM may terminate the BSSM ship management agreement by giving three months’ notice. Under the terms of the NMM ship management agreement, in the event that the technical management agreement is terminated for any reason other than by reason of default by NMM or the loss, sale or other disposition of the vessels, we are obligated to continue to pay the management fee for three calendar months from the termination date.

 

99


Table of Contents

Crewing and Staff

We have entered into crew management agreements with our technical managers for each of our vessels. Under the terms of the crew management agreements, our technical managers are responsible for arranging crews for our fleet and are required to, among other things:

 

  n  

select and supply a suitably qualified crew for each vessel in our fleet;

 

  n  

pay all crew wages and salaries;

 

  n  

ensure that the applicable requirements of the laws of our vessels’ flag states are satisfied in respect of the rank, qualification and certification of the crew;

 

  n  

pay the costs of obtaining all documentation necessary for the crew’s employment, such as vaccination certificates, passports, visas and licenses; and

 

  n  

pay all costs and expenses of transportation of the crews to and from the vessels while traveling.

Unless two months’ prior written notice of termination is given, the agreements are automatically extended. Crewing costs could be higher due to increased demand for qualified officers as a result of the high number of newbuildings we expect to become operational over the next five years. Please read “Risk Factors—A shortage of qualified officers makes it more difficult to crew our vessels and is increasing our operating costs. If this shortage continues or worsens, it may further impair our ability to operate and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.”

We believe that the crewing arrangements ensure that our vessels are crewed with qualified seamen that have the licenses required by international regulations and conventions. As of September 30, 2013, we had approximately 750 seagoing staff.

Insurance and Risk Management

The operation of any ocean going vessel carries an inherent risk of catastrophic marine disasters, death or injury of persons and property losses caused by adverse weather conditions, mechanical failures, human error, war, terrorism, piracy and other circumstances or events. The occurrence of any of these events may result in loss of revenues or increased costs. While we believe that our present insurance coverage is adequate, not all risks can be insured, and there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid, or that we will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates.

Hull and Machinery

We carry “hull and machinery” insurance for each of our vessels, which insures against the risk of actual or constructive total loss of our vessels. Hull and machinery insurance covers loss of, or damage to a vessel due to marine perils such as collisions, grounding and weather. Each vessel in our existing fleet is covered for up to $80 million, with deductibles of $100,000.

War Risks Insurance

We also carry insurance policies covering war risks (including piracy and terrorism). Each vessel in our existing fleet is covered for up to $80 million, with no deductible. When our vessels travel into certain hostile regions, we are required to notify our war risk insurance carrier and pay an additional premium of approximately $2,000 per breach, generally up to seven days. These additional premiums are generally paid by the charterers pursuant to the terms of our time charter agreements and are paid by us under the terms of our voyage charter and COA agreements.

Protection and Indemnity Insurance Associations

We also carry “protection and indemnity” insurance for each of the vessels in our existing fleet to protect against most of the accident-related risks involved in the conduct of our business. Protection and indemnity insurance is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or “P&I Associations,” and covers our third-party liabilities in connection with our shipping activities. This includes third-party liability and other related expenses of injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, loss of or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances, and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal. Each of the vessels in our existing fleet is entered in the Standard Steamship Owners’ Protection & Indemnity Association (Bermuda) Limited, or “The Standard Club,” or the Britannia Steam Ship Insurance Association Limited, or “Britannia,” both P&I Associations which are members of The International Group of P&I Clubs, or “The International Group.”

 

100


Table of Contents

The Standard Club and Britannia each insure approximately 70 million gross tons and of shipping from all parts of the world and from all sectors of the shipping industry. The Standard Club and Britannia each have entered into pooling agreements to reinsure the respective association’s liabilities. Each P&I Association currently bears the first $7 million of each claim. The excess of each claim over $9 million up to $70 million is shared by the P&I Associations under the pooling agreement. The excess of each claim over $70 million is shared by the members of The International Group under a reinsurance contract, which provides coverage of up to $3 billion per claim. Claims which exceed $3.07 billion are pooled between The International Group by way of “overspill” up to approximately $5.5 billion, which represents the current coverage limit per vessel per incident. Our current protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution is limited to $1 billion per vessel per incident, with the following per vessel per incident deductibles: $22,000 for fixed and floating objects claims, $50,000 for collisions, $7,500 for cargo damage and $4,500 for all other incidents. As a member of both The Standard Club and Britannia, each of which is a member of The International Group, we are subject to calls payable to the associations based on our claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual associations, and members of the pool of P&I Associations comprising The International Group.

Risk Management

Together with our technical managers, we use in our operations a risk management program that includes, among other things, computer-aided risk analysis tools, root cause analysis programs, maintenance and condition-based assessment programs, a seafarers competence training program, seafarers workshops and seminars, as well as membership in emergency response organizations.

Environmental and Other Regulation

General

Governmental and international agencies extensively regulate the ownership and operation of our vessels. These regulations include international conventions and national, state and local laws and regulations in the countries where our vessels now or, in the future, will operate or where our vessels are registered. We cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these regulations, or the impact that these regulations will have on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. Various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies require us to obtain permits, licenses and certificates for the operation of our vessels.

Although we believe that we are substantially in compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and have all permits, licenses and certificates required for our vessels, future non-compliance or failure to maintain necessary permits or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or temporarily suspend operation of one or more of our vessels. A variety of governmental and private entities inspect our vessels on both a scheduled and unscheduled basis. These entities, each of which may have unique requirements and each of which conducts frequent inspections, include local port authorities, such as the U.S. Coast Guard, harbor master or equivalent, classification societies, flag state, or the administration of the country of registry and charterers. We expect that our vessels will also be subject to inspection by these governmental and private entities on both a scheduled and unscheduled basis.

We believe that the heightened levels of environmental and quality concerns among insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers have led to greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels and may accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the industry. Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for tankers that conform to the stricter environmental standards. We will be required to maintain operating standards for all of our vessels that emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with applicable local, national and international environmental laws and regulations. We intend to assure that the operation of our vessels will be in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that our vessels will have all material permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations necessary for the conduct of our operations. However, because such laws and regulations are frequently changed and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. In addition, a future serious marine incident that results in significant oil pollution or otherwise causes significant adverse environmental impact could result in additional legislation or regulation that could negatively affect our results of operations or financial condition.

 

101


Table of Contents

NMM is operating in compliance with the International Standards Organization, or “ISO,” Environmental Standard for the management of the significant environmental aspects associated with the ownership and operation of a fleet of drybulk carriers and vessels. NMM and BSSM have received their ISO 9001 certification (quality management systems), the ISO 14001 Environmental Standard, and the ISO 50001 (energy efficiency). The ISO 14001 certification requires that we commit managerial resources to act on our environmental policy through an effective management system.

International Maritime Regulations

The International Maritime Organization, or the “IMO,” is the United Nations’ agency that provides international regulations governing shipping and international maritime trade. The requirements contained in the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or the “ISM Code,” promulgated by the IMO, govern our operations. Among other requirements, the ISM Code requires the party with operational control of a vessel to develop an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a policy for safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and also describing procedures for responding to emergencies. Our Ship Managers each hold a Document of Compliance under the ISM Code for operation of Gas Carriers.

Vessels that transport gas, including vessels, are also subject to regulation under the International Gas Carrier Code, or the “IGC Code,” published by the IMO. The IGC Code provides a standard for the safe carriage of LNG and certain other liquid gases by prescribing the design and construction standards of vessels involved in such carriage. Compliance with the IGC Code must be evidenced by a Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Liquefied Gases of Bulk. Each of our vessels is in compliance with the IGC Code and each of our newbuilding/conversion contracts requires that the vessel receive certification that it is in compliance with applicable regulations before it is delivered. Non-compliance with the IGC Code or other applicable IMO regulations may subject a shipowner or a bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports.

The IMO also promulgates ongoing amendments to the international convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974 and its protocol of 1988, otherwise known as SOLAS. SOLAS provides rules for the construction of and equipment required for commercial vessels and includes regulations for safe operation. It requires the provision of lifeboats and other life-saving appliances, requires the use of the Global Maritime Distress and Safety System which is an international radio equipment and watchkeeping standard, afloat and at shore stations, and relates to the Treaty on the Standards of Training and Certification of Watchkeeping Officers, or “STCW,” also promulgated by the IMO. Flag states that have ratified SOLAS and STCW generally employ the classification societies, which have incorporated SOLAS and STCW requirements into their class rules, to undertake surveys to confirm compliance.

SOLAS and other IMO regulations concerning safety, including those relating to treaties on training of shipboard personnel, lifesaving appliances, radio equipment and the global maritime distress and safety system, are applicable to our operations. Non-compliance with these types of IMO regulations may subject us to increased liability or penalties, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to or detention in some ports. For example, the U.S. Coast Guard and European Union authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports.

In the wake of increased worldwide security concerns, the IMO amended SOLAS and added “The International Security Code for Ports and Ships,” or the “ISPS Code,” as a new chapter to that convention. The objective of the ISPS Code, which came into effect on July 1, 2004, is to detect security threats and take preventive measures against security incidents affecting ships or port facilities. NMM has developed Security Plans, appointed and trained Ship and Office Security Officers and all of our vessels have been certified to meet the ISPS Code. See “—Vessel Security Regulations” for a more detailed discussion about these requirements.

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulation may have on our operations.

 

102


Table of Contents

Air Emissions

The International Convention for the Prevention of Marine Pollution from Ships, or “MARPOL,” is the principal international convention negotiated by the IMO governing marine pollution prevention and response. MARPOL imposes environmental standards on the shipping industry relating to oil spills, management of garbage, the handling and disposal of noxious liquids, sewage and air emissions. MARPOL 73/78 Annex VI “Regulations for the prevention of Air Pollution,” or “Annex VI,” entered into force on May 19, 2005, and applies to all ships, fixed and floating drilling rigs and other floating platforms. Annex VI sets limits on sulfur oxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from ship exhausts, emissions of volatile compounds from cargo tanks, incineration of specific substances, and prohibits deliberate emissions of ozone depleting substances. Annex VI also includes a global cap on sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions. The certification requirements for Annex VI depend on size of the vessel and time of periodical classification survey. Ships weighing more than 400 gross tons and engaged in international voyages involving countries that have ratified the conventions, or ships flying the flag of those countries, are required to have an International Air Pollution Certificate, or an “IAPP Certificate.” Annex VI came into force in the United States on January 8, 2009. As of the current date, all our ships delivered or drydocked since May 19, 2005, have all been issued with IAPP Certificates.

In March 2006, the IMO amended Annex I to MARPOL, including a new regulation relating to oil fuel tank protection, which became effective August 1, 2007. The new regulation applies to various ships delivered on or after August 1, 2010. It includes requirements for the protected location of the fuel tanks, performance standards for accidental oil fuel outflow, a tank capacity limit and certain other maintenance, inspection and engineering standards. IMO regulations also require owners and operators of vessels to adopt Ship Oil Pollution Emergency Plans. Periodic training and drills for response personnel and for vessels and their crews are required.

On July 1, 2010, amendments proposed by the United States, Norway and other IMO member states to Annex VI to the MARPOL Convention took effect that require progressively stricter limitations on sulfur emissions from ships. In Emission Control Areas, or “ECAs,” limitations on sulfur emissions require that fuels contain no more than 1% sulfur. Beginning on January 1, 2012, fuel used to power ships may contain no more than 3.5% sulfur. This cap will then decrease progressively until it reaches 0.5% by January 1, 2020. The amendments all establish new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for new marine engines, depending on their date of installation. The European directive 2005/33/EU, which is effective from January 1, 2010, bans the use of fuel oils containing more than 0.1% sulfur by mass by any merchant vessel while at berth in any EU country. Our vessels have achieved compliance, where necessary, by purchasing and utilizing fuel that meets the low sulfur requirements.

Additionally, more stringent emission standards could apply in coastal areas designated as ECAs, such as the United States and Canadian coastal areas designated by the IMO’s Marine Environment Protection Committee, as discussed in “—Clean Air Act” below. U.S. air emissions standards are now equivalent to these amended Annex VI requirements, and once these amendments become effective, we may incur costs to comply with these revised standards. Additional or new conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could require the installation of expensive emission control systems.

Ballast Water Management Convention

The IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for oil pollution in international waters and the territorial waters of the signatory to such conventions. For example, the IMO adopted an International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments, or the “BWM Convention,” in February 2004. The BWM Convention’s implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements (beginning in 2009), to be replaced in time with a requirement for mandatory ballast water treatment. The BWM Convention will not become effective until 12 months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world’s merchant shipping. Though this has not occurred to date, the IMO has passed a resolution encouraging the ratification of the Convention and calling upon those countries that have already ratified to encourage the installation of ballast water management systems on new ships. As referenced below, the U.S. Coast Guard issued new ballast water management rules on March 23, 2012, and the EPA issued a new Vessel General Permit in March 2013 that contains numeric technology-based ballast water effluent limitations. Under the requirements of the convention for units with ballast water capacity more than 5,000 cubic meters that were constructed in 2011 or before, ballast

 

103


Table of Contents

water management exchange or treatment will be accepted until 2016. From 2016 (or not later than the first intermediate or renewal survey after 2016), only ballast water treatment will be accepted by the Convention. Installation of ballast water treatments systems will be needed on all our vessels to comply with the Convention and United States regulations discussed below. Given that ballast water treatment technologies are still at the developmental stage, at this time the additional costs of complying with these rules are unclear, but current estimates suggest that additional costs will be in the range of $500,000 per vessel.

Bunkers Convention/CLC State Certificate

The International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution 2001, or the “Bunker Convention,” entered into force in State Parties to the Convention on November 21, 2008. The Convention provides a liability, compensation and compulsory insurance system for the victims of oil pollution damage caused by spills of bunker oil. The Convention requires the ship owner liable to pay compensation for pollution damage (including the cost of preventive measures) caused in the territory, including the territorial sea of a State Party, as well as its economic zone or equivalent area. Registered owners of any sea going vessel and seaborne craft over 1,000 gross tonnage, of any type whatsoever, and registered in a State Party, or entering or leaving a port in the territory of a State Party, will be required to maintain insurance which meets the requirements of the Convention and to obtain a certificate issued by a State Party attesting that such insurance is in force. The State issued certificate must be carried on-board at all times.

Although the United States is not a party to these conventions, many countries have ratified and follow the liability plan adopted by the IMO and set out in the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969, as amended in 2000, or the “CLC.” Under this convention and depending on whether the country in which the damage results is a party to the 1992 Protocol to the CLC, a vessel’s registered owner is strictly liable for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil, subject to certain complete defenses. The limited liability protections are forfeited under the CLC where the spill is caused by the owner’s actual fault and under the 1992 Protocol where the spill is caused by the owner’s intentional or reckless conduct. Vessels trading to states that are parties to these conventions must provide evidence of insurance covering the liability of the owner. In jurisdictions where the CLC has not been adopted, various legislative schemes or common law govern, and liability is imposed either on the basis of fault or on a strict—liability basis

P&I Clubs in the International Group issue the required Bunkers Convention “Blue Cards” to provide evidence that there is in place insurance meeting the liability requirements. All of our vessels have received “Blue Cards” from their P&I Club and are in possession of a CLC State-issued certificate attesting that the required insurance coverage is in force.

Anti-Fouling Requirements

In 2001, the IMO adopted the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships, or the “Anti-fouling Convention.” The Anti-fouling Convention, which entered into force on September 17, 2008, prohibits the use of organotin compound coatings to prevent the attachment of mollusks and other sea life to the hulls of vessels after September 1, 2003. Vessels of over 400 gross tons engaged in international voyages must obtain an International Anti-fouling System Certificate and undergo a survey before the vessel is put into service or when the anti-fouling systems are altered or replaced. Our managers have obtained Anti-fouling System Certificates for all of our vessels and we do not believe that maintaining such certificates will have an adverse financial impact on the operation of our vessels.

Compliance Enforcement

The flag state, as defined by the United Nations Convention on Law of the Sea, has overall responsibility for the implementation and enforcement of international maritime regulations for all ships granted the right to fly its flag. The “Shipping Industry Guidelines on Flag State Performance” evaluates flag states based on factors such as sufficiency of infrastructure, ratification of international maritime treaties, implementation and enforcement of international maritime regulations, supervision of surveys, casualty investigations, and participation at IMO meetings.

Non-compliance with the ISM Code and other IMO regulations may subject the vessel owner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports. The U.S. Coast Guard and European Union authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code by the applicable deadlines will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports, respectively.

 

104


Table of Contents

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations might have on our operations.

U.S. Environmental Regulation of Our Vessels

Our vessels operating in U.S. waters now or, in the future, will be subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to protection of the environment. In some cases, these laws and regulations require us to obtain governmental permits and authorizations before we may conduct certain activities. These environmental laws and regulations may impose substantial penalties for noncompliance and substantial liabilities for pollution. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties. As with the industry generally, our operations will entail risks in these areas, and compliance with these laws and regulations, which may be subject to frequent revisions and reinterpretation, increases our overall cost of business.

Oil Pollution Act of 1990

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or “OPA 90,” established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for environmental protection and cleanup of oil spills. OPA 90 affects all owners and operators whose vessels trade with the United States or its territories or possessions, or whose vessels operate in the waters of the United States, which include the U.S. territorial waters and the two hundred nautical mile exclusive economic zone of the United States. OPA 90 may affect us because we carry oil as fuel and lubricants for our engines, and the discharge of these could cause an environmental hazard. Under OPA 90, vessel operators, including vessel owners, managers and bareboat or “demise” charterers, are “responsible parties” who are all liable regardless of fault, individually and as a group, for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from oil spills from their vessels. These “responsible parties” would not be liable if the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war. The other damages aside from clean-up and containment costs are defined broadly to include:

 

  n  

natural resource damages and related assessment costs;

 

  n  

real and personal property damages;

 

  n  

net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, profits or earnings capacity;

 

  n  

net cost of public services necessitated by a spill response, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards; and

 

  n  

loss of subsistence use of natural resources.

Effective July 31, 2009, the U.S. Coast Guard adjusted the limits of OPA liability to the greater of $2,000 per gross ton or $17.088 million for any double-hull tanker that is over 3,000 gross tons (subject to possible adjustment for inflation) (relevant to the Alma Maritime carriers). These limits of liability do not apply, however, where the incident is caused by violation of applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulations, or by the responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. These limits likewise do not apply if the responsible party fails or refuses to report the incident or to cooperate and assist in connection with the substance removal activities. This limit is subject to possible adjustment for inflation. OPA 90 specifically permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, and some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for discharge of pollutants within their waters. In some cases, states, which have enacted their own legislation, have not yet issued implementing regulations defining shipowners’ responsibilities under these laws. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with OPA 90 and all applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels call.

OPA 90 requires owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the U.S. Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the limit of their potential strict liability under OPA 90. Under the regulations, evidence of financial responsibility may be demonstrated by insurance, surety bond, self-insurance or guaranty. Under OPA 90 regulations, an owner or operator of more than one vessel is required to demonstrate evidence of financial responsibility for the entire fleet in an amount equal only to the financial responsibility requirement of the vessel having the greatest maximum liability under OPA 90. Each of our shipowning subsidiaries that has vessels trading in U.S. waters has applied for, and obtained from the U.S. Coast Guard National Pollution Funds Center, three-year certificates of financial responsibility, or “COFRs,” supported by guarantees which we purchased from an insurance based provider. We believe that we will be able to continue to obtain the requisite guarantees and that we will continue to be granted COFRs from the U.S. Coast Guard for each of our vessels that is required to have one.

 

105


Table of Contents

In response to the BP Deepwater Horizon oil spill, the U.S. Congress has considered a number of bills that could potentially increase or even eliminate the limits of liability under OPA 90. Compliance with any new requirements of OPA 90 may substantially impact our cost of operations or require us to incur additional expenses to comply with any new regulatory initiatives or statutes. Additional legislation or regulation applicable to the operation of our vessels that may be implemented in the future as a result of the 2010 BP Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico could adversely affect our business and ability to make distributions to our shareholders.

Clean Water Act

The United States Clean Water Act, “or CWA,” prohibits the discharge of oil or hazardous substances in United States navigable waters unless authorized by a permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA. The EPA has enacted rules governing the regulation of ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the normal operation of vessels within U.S. waters. The rules require commercial vessels 79 feet in length or longer (other than commercial fishing vessels), or “Regulated Vessels,” are required to obtain a CWA permit regulating and authorizing such normal discharges. This permit, which the EPA has designated as the Vessel General Permit for Discharges Incidental to the Normal Operation of Vessels, “or VGP,” incorporates the current U.S. Coast Guard requirements for ballast water management as well as supplemental ballast water requirements, and includes limits applicable to 26 specific discharge streams, such as deck runoff, bilge water and gray water. For each discharge type, among other things, the VGP establishes effluent limits pertaining to the constituents found in the effluent, including best management practices, or “BMPs,” designed to decrease the amount of constituents entering the waste stream. Unlike land-based discharges, which are deemed acceptable by meeting certain EPA-imposed numerical effluent limits, each of the 26 VGP discharge limits is deemed to be met when a Regulated Vessel carries out the BMPs pertinent to that specific discharge stream. The VGP imposes additional requirements on certain Regulated Vessel types that emit discharges unique to those vessels. Administrative provisions, such as inspection, monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting requirements, are also included for all Regulated Vessels.

U.S. Ballast Water Regulation

In the United States, two federal agencies regulate ballast water discharges, the EPA, through the VGP and the U.S. Coast Guard, through approved ballast water management systems, or “BWMS.” On March 28, 2013, the EPA published a new VGP to replace the existing VGP when it expires in December 2013. The new VGP includes numeric effluent limits for ballast water expressed as the maximum concentration of living organisms in ballast water, as opposed to the current “Best Management Practices” requirements. The new VGP also imposes a variety of changes for non-ballast water discharges including more stringent BMPs for discharges of oil-to-sea interfaces in an effort to reduce the toxicity of oil leaked into U.S. waters. For certain existing vessels, the EPA has adopted a staggered implementation schedule to require vessels to meet the ballast water effluent limitations by the first drydocking after January 1, 2014 or January 1, 2016, depending on the vessel size. Vessels that are constructed after December 1, 2013, are subject to the ballast water numeric effluent limitations immediately upon the effective date of the new VGP.

On March 23, 2012, the U.S. Coast Guard issued a final rule establishing standards for the allowable concentration of living organisms in ballast water discharged in U.S. waters and requiring the phase-in of Coast Guard approved BWMS. The rule went into effect on June 20, 2012, and adopts ballast water discharge standards for vessels calling on U.S. ports and intending to discharge ballast water equivalent to those set in IMO’s BWM Convention. The final rule requires that ballast water discharge have no more than 10 living organisms per milliliter for organisms between 10 and 50 micrometers in size. For organisms larger than 50 micrometers, the discharge can have 10 living organisms per cubic meter of discharge. The U.S. Coast Guard will review the practicability of implementing a more stringent ballast water discharge standard and publish the results no later than January 1, 2016. The rule requires installation of Coast Guard approved BWMS by new vessels constructed on or after December 1, 2013, and existing vessels as of their first drydocking after January 1, 2016. If Coast Guard type approved technologies are not available by a vessel’s compliance date, the vessel may request an extension to the deadline from the U.S. Coast Guard.

 

106


Table of Contents

Clean Air Act

The U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970, as amended, or the “CAA,” requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants. Our vessels are subject to vapor control and recovery requirements for certain cargoes when loading, unloading, ballasting, cleaning and conducting other operations in regulated port areas and emission standards for so—called “Category 3” marine diesel engines operating in U.S. waters. The marine diesel engine emission standards are currently limited to new engines beginning with the 2004 model year. On April 30, 2010, the EPA promulgated final emission standards for Category 3 marine diesel engines equivalent to those adopted in the amendments to Annex VI to MARPOL. The emission standards apply in two stages: near-term standards for newly-built engines will apply from 2011, and long-term standards requiring an 80% reduction in nitrogen dioxides, or “NOx,” will apply from 2016. In May 2013, the EPA issued a proposed amendment to its marine diesel engine requirements that would temporarily allow marine equipment manufacturers to use allowances if a compliant marine engine is not available. Compliance with these standards may cause us to incur costs to install control equipment on our vessels in the future.

European Union Regulations

The European Union has also adopted legislation that would: (1) ban manifestly sub-standard vessels (defined as those over 15 years old that have been detained by port authorities at least twice in a six month period) from European waters and create an obligation of port states to inspect vessels posing a high risk to maritime safety or the marine environment; and (2) provide the European Union with greater authority and control over classification societies, including the ability to seek to suspend or revoke the authority of negligent societies.

The European Union has implemented regulations requiring vessels to use reduced sulfur content fuel for their main and auxiliary engines. The EU Directive 2005/EC/33 (amending Directive 1999/32/EC) introduced parallel requirements in the European Union to those in MARPOL Annex VI in respect of the sulfur content of marine fuels. In addition, it has introduced a 0.1% maximum sulfur requirement for fuel used by ships at berth in EU ports, effective January 1, 2010.

In 2005, the European Union adopted a directive on ship-source pollution, imposing criminal sanctions for intentional, reckless or negligent pollution discharges by ships. The directive could result in criminal liability for pollution from vessels in waters of European countries that adopt implementing legislation. Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or fines and increased civil liability claims. We cannot predict what regulations, if any, may be adopted by the European Union or any other country or authority.

Regulation of Greenhouse Gas Emissions

In February 2005, the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, or the “Kyoto Protocol,” entered into force. Pursuant to the Kyoto Protocol, adopting countries are required to implement national programs to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases. In December 2009, more than 27 nations, including the United States and China, signed the Copenhagen Accord, which includes a non-binding commitment to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The IMO is evaluating various mandatory measures to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from international shipping, which may include market-based instruments or a carbon tax. The European Commission is currently considering possible European action to introduce monitoring, reporting and verification of greenhouse gas emissions from maritime transport as a first step towards measures to reduce these emissions. In the United States, the EPA issued a final finding that greenhouse gases threaten public health and safety, and has promulgated regulations that regulate the emission of greenhouse gases, but not from ships. The EPA may decide in the future to regulate greenhouse gas emissions from ships. Other federal and state regulations relating to the control of greenhouse gas emissions may follow, including climate change initiatives that have recently been considered in the U.S. Congress. Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, the European Union, the United States, or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level , that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

 

107


Table of Contents

Safety Requirements

The IMO has adopted the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, or “SOLAS Convention,” and the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966, or “LL Convention,” which impose a variety of standards to regulate design and operational features of ships. SOLAS Convention and LL Convention standards are revised periodically. All of our vessels are in compliance with SOLAS Convention and LL Convention standards.

Chapter IX of SOLAS, the requirements contained in the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or the “ISM Code,” promulgated by the IMO, also affects our operations. The ISM Code requires the party with operational control of a vessel to develop and maintain an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and describing procedures for responding to emergencies.

The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel’s management with code requirements for a safety management system. No vessel can obtain a certificate unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by each flag state, under the ISM Code. NMM has obtained documents of compliance and safety management certificates for all of our vessels for which certificates are required by the IMO.

The International Labour Organization, or “ILO,” is a specialized agency of the United Nations with headquarters in Geneva, Switzerland. The ILO has adopted the Maritime Labor Convention 2006 (MLC 2006) to improve safety on-board merchant vessels. A Maritime Labor Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labor Compliance will be required to ensure compliance with the MLC 2006 for all ships above 500 gross tons in international trade. On August 20, 2012, the required number of countries ratified the MCL 2006 and it is expected to come into force on August 20, 2013. MLC 2006 will require us to develop new procedures to ensure full compliance with its requirements.

Vessel Security Regulations

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security. On November 25, 2002, the Maritime Transportation Act of 2002, or “MTSA,” came into effect. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the U.S. Coast Guard issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. The new chapter became effective in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, most of which are contained in the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code, or the “ISPS Code.” The ISPS Code is designed to protect ports and international shipping against terrorism. After July 1, 2004, to trade internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel’s flag state.

Among the various requirements are:

 

  n  

on-board installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped ships and shore stations, including information on a ship’s identity, position, course, speed and navigational status;

 

  n  

on-board installation of ship security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore;

 

  n  

the development of vessel security plans;

 

  n  

ship identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel’s hull;

 

  n  

a continuous synopsis record kept on-board showing a vessel’s history including, the name of the ship and of the state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, the date on which the ship was registered with that state, the ship’s identification number, the port at which the ship is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and

 

  n  

compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

 

108


Table of Contents

The U.S. Coast Guard regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. vessels from obtaining U.S. Coast Guard-approved MTSA vessel security plans provided such vessels have on-board an International Ship Security Certificate, or “ISSC,” that attests to the vessel’s compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS Code.

Our vessel managers have developed Security Plans, appointed and trained Ship and Office Security Officers and each of our vessels in our fleet complies with the requirements of the ISPS Code, SOLAS and the MTSA.

Other Regulation

Our vessels may also become subject to the International Convention on Liability and Compensation for Damage in Connection with the Carriage of Hazardous and Noxious Substances by Sea, 1996 as amended by the Protocol to the HNS Convention, adopted in April 2010, or the “2010 HNS Protocol,” and collectively, the “2010 HNS Convention,” if it is entered into force. The Convention creates a regime of liability and compensation for damage from hazardous and noxious substances, or “HNS.” The 2010 HNS Convention sets up a two-tier system of compensation composed of compulsory insurance taken out by shipowners and an HNS Fund which comes into play when the insurance is insufficient to satisfy a claim or does not cover the incident. Under the 2010 HNS Convention, if damage is caused by bulk HNS, claims for compensation will first be sought from the shipowner up to a maximum of 100 million Special Drawing Rights, or “SDR,” which was equivalent to $152.2 million U.S. dollars as of August 16, 2013. SDRs are supplementary, foreign exchange reserve assets created and maintained by the International Monetary Fund, or “IMF,” based upon a basket of currencies (consisting of the euro, Japanese yen, pound sterling and U.S. dollar). SDRs are not a currency, but instead represent a claim to currency held by IMF member countries for which SDRs may be exchanged. Monetary values and limits in many international maritime treaties are expressed in terms of SDRs. As of August 16, 2013, the exchange rate was 1 SDR equal to 1.522 U.S. dollars. If the damage is caused by packaged HNS or by both bulk and packaged HNS, the maximum liability is 115 million SDR (equivalent to $175.03 million U.S. dollars as of August 16, 2013). Once the limit is reached, compensation will be paid from the HNS Fund up to a maximum of 250 million SDR (equivalent to $380.5 million U.S. dollars as of August 16, 2013). The 2010 HNS Convention has not been ratified by a sufficient number of countries to enter into force, and we cannot estimate the costs that may be needed to comply with any such requirements that may be adopted with any certainty at this time.

In-House Inspections

NMM and BSSM carry out inspections of the ships on a regular basis; both at sea and while the vessels are in port, while we carry out inspection and ship audits to verify conformity with manager’s reports. The results of these inspections, which are conducted both in port and underway, result in a report containing recommendations for improvements to the overall condition of the vessel, maintenance, safety and crew welfare. Based in part on these evaluations, we create and implement a program of continual maintenance for our vessels and their systems.

Competition

The supply of liquefied gas carrier capacity is primarily a function of the size of the existing world fleet, the number of newbuildings being delivered and the scrapping of older vessels. As of September 30, 2013, there were 1,268 liquefied gas carriers with an aggregate capacity of 20.8 million cbm. A further 22 and 100 carriers of 0.5 million cbm and 3.9 million cbm were on order for delivery by the end of 2013 and between 2014 and 2017, respectively. The orderbook for liquefied gas carriers is currently equivalent to 21.3% of the existing fleet in capacity terms. This is close to its long-term average and below the 32% peak seen in late 2007 and early 2008. In contrast to oil tankers and drybulk carriers, the number of shipyards with liquefied gas carrier experience is quite limited, and as such, a sudden influx of supply beyond what is already on order before 2015 is unlikely. In the handysize sector in which we operate, there are 88 vessels in the world fleet with 19 vessels on order for delivery by 2015 as of September 30, 2013. Almost 24% of the fleet capacity in the handysize sector is more than 20 years old.

Our existing fleet had an average age of 6.4 years as of September 30, 2013, and we believe that our relatively young fleet positions us well to compete in terms of our vessels meeting the operational needs of charterers. We own and operate the largest fleet in our size segment, which, in our view, enhances our position relative to that of our competitors.

There are approximately 400 owners of liquefied gas carriers, with a significant number of owners of just one or two vessels. The top ten owners control approximately 25% of the fleet in capacity terms.

 

109


Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2013, there were 15 major owners with liquefied gas carriers in the handysize size segment in service and on order. We are the largest owner by combined capacity of fleet and orderbook in the handysize segment with 496,925 cbm in our fleet and 172,000 cbm on order as of October 31, 2013. In second place, Naftomar Shipping and Trading Inc. has nine vessels in service (179,000 cbm) and Skips. Solvang is the third largest in the size range, with five trading vessels in the fleet (83,000 cbm) and zero vessels on order as of September 30, 2013. See “The International Liquefied Gas Shipping Industry.”

Properties

Other than our vessels, we do not own any material property. We lease office space for our representative offices in London and New York. The lease term for our representative office in London is for a period 10 years with a mutual break option in March 2017, which is the fifth anniversary from the lease commencement date. The total rent per year is approximately $515,000. The initial lease term for our representative office in New York is five years ending June 30, 2017. The total rent per year is approximately $231,990.

Employees

We have 22 employees. We consider our employee relations to be good. Our crewing and technical managers provide crews for our vessels under separate crew management agreements.

Legal Proceedings

We expect that in the future we will be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. These claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. We are not aware of any legal proceedings or claims that we believe will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on us.

Exchange Controls

Under the Republic of the Marshall Islands law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of distributions, interest or other payments to non-resident shareholders.

Taxation of the Company

Certain of our subsidiaries are subject to taxation in the jurisdictions in which they are organized, conduct business or own assets. We intend that our business and the business of our subsidiaries will be conducted and operated in a manner designed to minimize the tax imposed on us and our subsidiaries. However, we cannot assure this result as tax laws in these or other jurisdictions may change or we may enter into new business transactions relating to such jurisdictions, which could affect our tax liability.

U.S. Taxation

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and is the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., our U.S. counsel, insofar as it contains legal conclusions with respect to matters of U.S. federal income tax law. The opinion of our counsel is dependent on the accuracy of factual representations made by us to them, including descriptions of our operations contained herein. This discussion is based upon provisions of the Code, existing final and temporary regulations thereunder, or “Treasury Regulations,” and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences described below. In addition, the opinion of our U.S. counsel is not binding on the IRS or any court. The following discussion does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us.

Status as a Corporation. We are treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As such, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on our income to the extent it is from U.S. sources or is otherwise effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States as discussed below, unless such income is exempt from tax under Section 883 of the Code.

 

110


Table of Contents

Taxation of Operating Income. We expect that substantially all of our gross income will be attributable to the transportation of LPGs and petrochemicals and related products. Gross income that is attributable to transportation that either begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States, or “U.S. Source International Transportation Income,” is considered to be 50.0% derived from sources within the United States and may be subject to U.S. federal income tax as described below. Gross income attributable to transportation that both begins and ends in the United States, or “U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income,” is considered to be 100.0% derived from sources within the United States and generally is subject to U.S. federal income tax. Gross income attributable to transportation exclusively between non-U.S. destinations is considered to be 100.0% derived from sources outside the United States and generally is not subject to U.S. federal income tax. We are not permitted by law to engage in transportation that gives rise to U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income. However, certain of our activities give rise to U.S. Source International Transportation Income, and we expect to increase our operations in the United States, which would result in an increase in the amount of U.S. Source International Transportation Income, all of which could be subject to U.S. federal income taxation unless the exemption from U.S. taxation under Section 883 of the Code, or the “Section 883 Exemption,” applies.

The Section 883 Exemption. In general, the Section 883 Exemption provides that if a non-U.S. corporation satisfies the requirements of Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, or the “Section 883 Regulations,” it will not be subject to the net basis and branch profits taxes or the 4.0% gross basis tax described below on its U.S. Source International Transportation Income. The Section 883 Exemption applies only to U.S. Source International Transportation Income and does not apply to U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income.

To qualify for the Section 883 Exemption, a non-U.S. corporation must, among other things, be organized in a jurisdiction outside the United States that grants an equivalent exemption from tax to corporations organized in the United States with respect to the types of U.S. Source International Transportation Income that the corporation earns, or an “Equivalent Exemption”; meet one of three ownership tests described in the Section 883 Regulations, or the “Ownership Test”; and meet certain substantiation, reporting and other requirements, or the “Substantiation Requirements.”

We are a Marshall Islands corporation. The U.S. Treasury Department has recognized the Republic of the Marshall Islands as a jurisdiction that grants an Equivalent Exemption. We also believe that we will be able to satisfy the Substantiation Requirements. However, we do not believe we will meet the Ownership Test and therefore we believe that we will not qualify for the Section 883 Exemption and our U.S. Source International Transportation Income will not be exempt from U.S. federal income taxation.

The Net Basis Tax and Branch Profits Tax. If we earn U.S. Source International Transportation Income, as we expect, and the Section 883 Exemption does not apply, the U.S. source portion of such income may be treated as effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, or “Effectively Connected Income,” if we have a fixed place of business in the United States involved in the earning of U.S. Source International Transportation Income and substantially all of our U.S. Source International Transportation Income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation or, in the case of vessel leasing income, is attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States. In addition, if we earn other types of income within the territorial seas of the United States, such income may be treated as Effectively Connected Income.

Based on our current and projected methods of operation, and an opinion of counsel, we do not believe that any of our U.S. Source International Transportation Income will be treated as Effectively Connected Income. We have represented to our U.S. counsel that we expect that substantially all of our U.S. Source International Transportation Income in the current year and in future years will not arise from regularly scheduled transportation or vessel leasing. Assuming our activities are consistent with our expectations, and assuming the accuracy of other representations we have made to our U.S. counsel, our U.S. counsel is of the opinion that none of our U.S. Source International Transportation Income should be treated as Effectively Connected Income. However, there is no assurance that we will not earn income pursuant to regularly scheduled transportation or bareboat charters attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States (or earn income from other activities within the territorial seas of the United States) in the future, which would result in such income being treated as Effectively Connected Income.

 

111


Table of Contents

Any income we earn that is treated as Effectively Connected Income, net of applicable deductions, would be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax (generally at a rate of 35.0%). In addition, a 30.0% branch profits tax could be imposed on any income we earn that is treated as Effectively Connected Income, as determined after allowance for certain adjustments, and on certain interest paid or deemed paid by us in connection with the conduct of our U.S. trade or business.

On the sale of a vessel that has produced Effectively Connected Income, we could be subject to the net basis U.S. federal corporate income tax as well as branch profits tax with respect to the gain recognized up to the amount of certain prior deductions for depreciation that reduced Effectively Connected Income. Otherwise, we would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on the sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under U.S. federal income tax principles. In general, a sale of vessel will be considered to occur outside of the United States for this purpose if title to the vessel, and risk of loss with respect to the vessel, pass to the buyer outside the United States. It is expected that any sale of a vessel by us will be considered to occur outside the United States.

The 4.0% Gross Basis Tax. If, as we expect, the Section 883 Exemption does not apply and the net basis tax does not apply, we will be subject to a 4.0% U.S. federal income tax on the U.S. source portion of our gross U.S. Source International Transportation Income, without benefit of deductions. Under the sourcing rules described above under “—U.S. Taxation—Taxation of Operating Income,” 50.0% of our U.S. Source International Transportation Income would be treated as being derived from U.S. sources.

Republic of the Marshall Islands Taxation

Based on the opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, our counsel as to matters of the law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, because we and our controlled affiliates do not, and do not expect to, conduct business or operations in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, neither we nor our controlled affiliates will be subject to income, capital gains, profits or other taxation under current Republic of the Marshall Islands law. As a result, distributions by our controlled affiliates to us will not be subject to Republic of the Marshall Islands taxation.

U.K. Taxation

NGT Services (UK) Limited, as a U.K. incorporated company, is subject to U.K. corporation tax on its worldwide income, subject to relief under any applicable double taxation agreement. If we and any of our controlled affiliates not incorporated in the U.K. ensure that our central management and control is exercised outside of the U.K., and we do not otherwise create a U.K. permanent establishment by carrying on business in the U.K., we should not become subject to U.K. corporation tax. Where a company’s central management and control is exercised is a question of fact to be decided in accordance with the particular circumstances of each company. Any distributions paid to us by NGT Services (UK) Limited will not be subject to U.K. taxation.

 

112


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors

Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our directors.

 

 

 

NAME

   AGE     

POSITION

David J. Butters

     73       Chairman of the Board of Directors

Dr. Heiko Fischer

     45       Director

David Kenwright

     65       Director

Spiros Milonas

     84       Director

Alexander Oetker

     38       Director

Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.

     75       Director

Florian Weidinger

     32       Director

 

 

Our board of directors are elected annually. Each director holds office until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his death, resignation, removal or the earlier termination of his term of office.

Officers are elected from time to time by vote of our board of directors and hold office until a successor is elected.

Biographical information with respect to each of our directors and our executive officers is set forth below. The business address for our directors and executive officers is 399 Park Avenue, 38 th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

David J. Butters . David J. Butters has served as president, chief executive officer and chairman of the Board since September 2008. Prior to September 2008, Mr. Butters served as a managing director of Lehman Brothers Inc., a subsidiary of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., where he had been employed for more than 37 years. Mr. Butters is currently chairman of the board of directors and chairman of the compensation committee of GulfMark Offshore, Inc., a provider of marine support and transportation services to the oil and gas industry, a director of Weatherford International Ltd., an oilfield services company, and a director of Angelicoussis Shipping Group, Ltd.

Dr. Heiko Fischer . Dr. Heiko Fischer has been a member of the Board since December 2011. Dr. Fischer has been Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Management Board of Vtg Aktiengesellschaft, a German railroad logistics company traded on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, since May 1, 2004. He was a member of the Supervisory Board of Hapag-Lloyd AG, a German container shipping company. He is the Chairman of the Supervising Board of TRANSWAGGON-Gruppe and a member of the Supervising Board of Brueckenhaus Grundstueckgesellschaft m.b.h., Kommanditgesellschaft Brueckenhaus Grundstuecksgesellschaft m.b.h. & Co., TRANSWAGGON AG and Waggon Holding AG. Dr. Fischer graduated from the University of Albany with an MBA in 1992, and from Julius-Maximilian University in Wuerzburg, Germany with a PhD in Economic Sciences in 1995.

David Kenwright . David Kenwright has been a member of the Board since March 2007. Mr. Kenwright is a managing director of Achater Offshore Ltd. and chairman of the U.K. Emergency Response and Rescue Vessel Association Ltd., and previously a managing director of Gulf Offshore N.S. Ltd. for seven years. Mr. Kenwright is a Chartered Engineer and a Fellow of the Institute of Marine Engineering, Science and Technology.

Spiros Milonas . Spiros Milonas has been a member of the Board since August 2006. He is chairman and president of Ionian Management Inc., which oversees the Ionian Group, with interests in shipping, oil and gas and real estate. Mr. Milonas is a director of the New York Shipping Cooperation Committee, a member of Leadership 100, a member of the Board of Advisors of Atlantic Bank, and a recipient of the Ellis Island Medal of Honor Award. Mr. Milonas graduated from Athens University, School of Economics.

Alexander Oetker . Alexander Oetker has been a member of the Board since September 2006. Mr. Oetker is the founder and chief executive officer of AO Schiffahrt GmbH & Co., a bulk and container shipping company based in Hamburg, Germany. Before founding AO Schiffahrt, Mr. Oetker was employed as chartering manager of Hamburg Sued and was employed by Hutchinson Port Holdings in Hong Kong.

 

113


Table of Contents

Wilbur L. Ross, Jr . Wilbur L. Ross, Jr. has been a member of the Board since April 2012. Mr. Ross is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of WLR. Mr. Ross is currently a member of the board of directors of ArcelorMittal, a steel and mining company; Exco Resources Inc., a natural oil and gas company; International Textile Group, Inc., a global, diversified textile provider; Air Lease Corporation, an aircraft leasing company; Assured Guaranty Ltd., a holding company that provides credit protection products to the United States and international public finance, infrastructure and structured finance markets; The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland, a commercial bank operation in Ireland; BankUnited, Inc., a savings and loan holding company; Sun Bancorp, a bank holding company; Talmer Bancorp, a bank holding company and Plascar Participacoes SA, a manufacturer of automotive interiors. Mr. Ross formerly served as a member of the board of directors of International Coal Group from April 2005 to June 2011; Montpelier Re Holdings Ltd., a reinsurance company, from 2006 to March 2010; The Greenbrier Companies, a supplier of transportation equipment and services to the railroad industry, from June 2009 until January 2013 and Syms Corp., a retail store operator, from 2000 through 2007. Mr. Ross was Executive Managing Director of Rothschild Inc. for 24 years before acquiring that firm’s private equity partnerships in 2000. Mr. Ross holds an A.B. from Yale University and an M.B.A., with distinction, from Harvard Business School. Through the course of Mr. Ross’ career, he has served as a principal financial adviser to, investor in and director of various companies across the globe operating in diverse industries, and he has assisted in restructuring more than $300 billion of corporate liabilities.

Florian Weidinger . Florian Weidinger has been a member of the Board since March 2007. Mr. Weidinger previously worked as a vice president at Lehman Brothers’ principal investment division, Global Trading Strategies in London prior to becoming chief executive officer of Hansabay, a Singapore based fund management business. Mr. Weidinger holds a BSc from Cass Business School, City University, London, an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business and an MS in Environment and Resources from Stanford University.

Executive Officers

The following table provides information about our executive officers. NGT Services (UK) Limited, our wholly-owned subsidiary and commercial manager, will provide us with certain of our officers, including our chief financial officer and our chief operating officer. All references in this prospectus to “our officers” refer to our president and chief executive officer and those officers of NGT Services (UK) Limited who perform executive officer functions for our benefit.

 

 

 

NAME

   AGE     

POSITION

David J. Butters

     73       President and Chief Executive Officer

Niall Nolan

     50       Chief Financial Officer

Tommy Hjalmas

     46       Chief Operating Officer

Oeyvind Lindeman

     34       Chartering Manager

 

 

David J. Butters. David J. Butters was appointed president and chief executive officer of Navigator Holdings Ltd. in September 2008.

Niall Nolan. Niall Nolan was appointed chief financial officer of NGT Services (UK) Limited in August 2006. Prior to his appointment as chief financial officer, Mr. Nolan worked for Navigator Holdings as representative of the creditors committee during Navigator Holdings’ bankruptcy proceedings. Prior to that, Mr. Nolan was group finance director of Simon Group PLC, a U.K. public company. Mr. Nolan is a fellow of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants.

Tommy Hjalmas. Tommy Hjalmas was appointed chief operating officer of NGT Services (UK) Limited in November 2006. Prior to this, Mr. Hjalmas was employed for five years at Dorchester Maritime Limited, now known as BSSM, our technical manager. Mr. Hjalmas received his BSc in marine engineering from the University of Chalmers.

Oeyvind Lindeman. Oeyvind Lindeman was appointed Chartering Manager of NGT Services (UK) Limited in November 2007. Prior to this, Mr. Lindeman was employed for five years at A.P. Møller Mærsk, a gas transport company as charterer. Mr. Lindeman holds a BA with honours from the University of Strathclyde and an Executive MBA with distinction from Cass Business School.

 

114


Table of Contents

Compensation

Compensation of Management

Our officers receive compensation for the services they provide to us. Three of our four officers (Messrs. Nolan, Hjalmas and Lindeman) are remunerated in pounds sterling, while Mr. Butters is remunerated in U.S. dollars. For purposes of this Form F-1, all forms of compensation paid to our officers have been converted to U.S. dollars. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the aggregate cash compensation paid to all officers as a group was approximately $1,818,483. The cash compensation for each officer is comprised of base salary and bonus. Our officers are eligible to receive a discretionary annual cash bonus based on certain performance criteria determined by the compensation committee of our Board, or the “Compensation Committee,” and approved by our Board. Regardless of performance, the annual cash bonuses are paid at the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, subject to approval by our Board.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, we also granted a total of 80,298 shares (on a post-split basis) of restricted stock under the 2008 Restricted Stock Plan, or the “Plan,” (as described in further detail below under “—2008 Restricted Stock Plan”), all of which vest on the third anniversary of the grant date. 30,000 of these shares (on a post-split basis) were granted to members of the Board.

Messrs. Nolan, Hjalmas and Lindeman are eligible to participate in certain welfare benefit programs we offer, including life insurance, permanent health insurance, and private medical insurance. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the aggregate cost of the benefits described in the preceding sentence provided to Messrs. Nolan, Hjalmas and Lindeman was approximately $13,122. While Mr. Butters is not eligible to participate in the same welfare benefit programs as our other officers, he is entitled to reimbursement by us for the Medicare portion of the FICA tax withheld from his compensation. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we paid Mr. Butters an amount of $8,200 as Medicare reimbursement. Messrs. Nolan, Hjalmas and Lindeman are also eligible to participate in a personal pension plan, described below under “—Benefit Plans and Programs”.

Compensation of Directors

Officers who also serve as members of our Board do not receive additional compensation for their services as directors. Each non-employee director who serves as a member of our Board receives a fee of $50,000 per annum. In addition, the audit committee chairman and Compensation Committee chairman each receive an additional amount of $5,000 per annum while members of each committee receive a meeting fee of $1,500 for each committee meeting.

Non-employee directors may also be awarded equity incentive awards pursuant to our proposed equity incentive plan, which is described in further detail below under “—2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan.” The amount and terms of any equity incentive awards will be determined by our Compensation Committee, subject to approval by our Board. Each director will be fully indemnified by us for actions associated with being a director to the extent permitted under Marshall Islands law.

Equity Compensation Plans

2008 Restricted Stock Plan

During 2008, our Board adopted the Plan, which entitles our officers, employees, consultants and directors to receive grants of restricted stock of our common stock. The Plan is administered by the Board or a committee of the Board. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be delivered pursuant to awards granted under the Plan during the ten year term of the Plan is 9,000,000 shares (on a post-split basis).

Awards issued under the Plan are subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable award agreement. Awards may be subject to various restrictions on transferability, risk of forfeiture and other restrictions, if any, as the Board or applicable committee of the Board may impose, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), in such installments or otherwise. A holder of restricted stock awarded under the Plan shall have the same voting and dividend rights as our other shareholders in relation to the shares subject to the award.

As described above under “—Compensation of Management,” we granted a total of 48,798 shares (on a post-split basis) of restricted stock under the Plan to our officers during the year ended December 31, 2012. These awards of restricted stock will be settled in shares of our common stock and will all vest on the third anniversary of the applicable grant date.

 

115


Table of Contents

Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to freeze the Plan such that new awards will no longer be issued thereunder. However, any outstanding awards granted prior to the date the Plan is frozen shall continue to remain outstanding and extend beyond the date the Plan is frozen. Following the closing of this offering, future equity incentive awards shall be granted under our proposed equity incentive plan, which is described in further detail below under “—2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan.”

2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan

Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to adopt the Navigator Holdings Ltd. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan, or the “LTIP,” for our and our affiliates’ employees and directors as well as consultants who perform services for us. The following description of the LTIP is based on the form we anticipate adopting, but the LTIP remains subject to change and the following description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the final LTIP once adopted. The LTIP provides for the award of restricted stock, stock options, performance awards, annual incentive awards, restricted stock units, bonus stock awards, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalents, and other share-based awards.

Administration. We anticipate that the LTIP will be administered by the Compensation Committee, or the “Plan Administrator,” with certain decisions subject to approval of our Board. The Plan Administrator will have the authority to, among other things, designate participants under the LTIP, determine the type or types of awards to be granted to a participant, determine the number of shares of our common stock to be covered by awards, determine the terms and conditions applicable to awards and interpret and administer the LTIP. The Plan Administrator may terminate or amend the LTIP at any time with respect to any shares of our common stock for which a grant has not yet been made. The Plan Administrator also has the right to alter or amend the LTIP or any part of the plan from time to time, including increasing the number of shares of our common stock that may be granted, subject to shareholder approval as required by the exchange upon which our common stock is listed at that time. However, no change in any outstanding grant may be made that would materially reduce the benefits of the participant without the consent of the participant.

Number of Shares. Subject to adjustment in the event of any distribution, recapitalization, split, merger, consolidation or similar corporate event, the number of shares available for delivery pursuant to awards granted under the LTIP is 3,000,000 shares. There is no limit on the number of awards that may be granted and paid in cash. Shares subject to an award under the LTIP that are canceled, forfeited, exchanged, settled in cash or otherwise terminated, including withheld to satisfy exercise prices or tax withholding obligations, are available for delivery pursuant to other awards. The shares of our common stock to be delivered under the LTIP will be made available from authorized but unissued shares, shares held in treasury, or previously issued shares reacquired by us, including by purchase on the open market.

Restricted Shares. A restricted share grant is an award of common stock that vests over a period of time and that during such time is subject to forfeiture. The Plan Administrator may determine to make grants of restricted shares under the plan to participants containing such terms as the Plan Administrator shall determine. The Plan Administrator will determine the period over which restricted shares granted to participants will vest. The Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may base its determination upon the achievement of specified financial objectives. Dividends made on restricted shares may or may not be subjected to the same vesting provisions as the restricted shares.

Share Options. A share option is a right to purchase shares at a specified price during specified time periods. The LTIP will permit the grant of options covering our common stock. The Plan Administrator may make grants under the plan to participants containing such terms as the Plan Administrator shall determine. Share options will have an exercise price that may not be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Share options granted under the LTIP can be either incentive share options (within the meaning of section 422 of the Code), which have certain tax advantages for recipients, or non-qualified share options. Share options granted will become exercisable over a period determined by the Plan Administrator. No share option will have a term that exceeds ten years. The availability of share options is intended to furnish additional compensation to plan participants and to align their economic interests with those of common shareholders.

Performance Award. A performance award is a right to receive all or part of an award granted under the LTIP based upon performance criteria specified by the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator will determine the period over

 

116


Table of Contents

which certain specified company or individual goals or objectives must be met. The performance award may be paid in cash, shares of our common stock or other awards or property, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator.

Annual Incentive Award. An annual incentive award is a conditional right to receive a cash payment, shares or other award unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator, after the end of a specified year. The amount potentially payable will be based upon the achievement of performance goals established by the Plan Administrator.

Restricted Share Unit. A restricted share unit is a notional share that entitles the grantee to receive a share of common stock upon the vesting of the restricted share unit or, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, cash equivalent to the value of a share of common stock. The Plan Administrator may determine to make grants of restricted share units under the plan to participants containing such terms as the Plan Administrator shall determine. The Plan Administrator will determine the period over which restricted share units granted to participants will vest.

The Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may grant tandem dividend equivalent rights with respect to restricted share units that entitle the holder to receive cash equal to any cash dividends made on our common stock while the restricted share units are outstanding.

Bonus Shares. The Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may also grant to participants shares of common stock that are not subject to forfeiture. The Plan Administrator can grant bonus shares without requiring that the recipient pay any remuneration for the shares.

Share Appreciation Rights. The LTIP will permit the grant of share appreciation rights. A share appreciation right is an award that, upon exercise, entitles participants to receive the excess of the fair market value of our common stock on the exercise date over the grant price established for the share appreciation right on the date of grant. Such excess will be paid in cash or common stock. The Plan Administrator may determine to make grants of share appreciation rights under the plan to participants containing such terms as the Plan Administrator shall determine. Share appreciation rights will have a grant price that may not be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. In general, share appreciation rights granted will become exercisable over a period determined by the Plan Administrator.

Other Share-Based Awards. The Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may also grant to participants an award denominated or payable in, referenced to, or otherwise based on or related to the value of our common stock.

Tax Withholding . At our discretion, and subject to conditions that the Plan Administrator may impose, a participant’s minimum statutory tax withholding with respect to an award may be satisfied by withholding from any payment related to an award or by the withholding of shares issuable pursuant to the award based on the fair market value of the shares.

Anti-Dilution Adjustments . If any “equity restructuring” event occurs that could result in an additional compensation expense under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or “FASB ASC Topic 718,” if adjustments to awards with respect to such event were discretionary, the Plan Administrator will equitably adjust the number and type of shares covered by each outstanding award and the terms and conditions of such award to equitably reflect the restructuring event, and the Plan Administrator will adjust the number and type of shares with respect to which future awards may be granted. With respect to a similar event that would not result in a FASB ASC Topic 718 accounting charge if adjustment to awards were discretionary, the Plan Administrator shall have complete discretion to adjust awards in the manner it deems appropriate. In the event the Plan Administrator makes any adjustment in accordance with the foregoing provisions, a corresponding and proportionate adjustment shall be made with respect to the maximum number of shares available under the LTIP and the kind of shares or other securities available for grant under the LTIP. Furthermore, in the case of (i) a subdivision or consolidation of the common stock (by reclassification, split or reverse split or otherwise), (ii) a recapitalization, reclassification, or other change in our capital structure or (iii) any other reorganization, merger, combination, exchange or other relevant change in capitalization of our equity, then a corresponding and proportionate adjustment shall be made in accordance with the terms of the LTIP, as appropriate, with respect to the maximum number of shares available under the LTIP, the number of shares that may be acquired with respect to an award, and, if applicable, the exercise price of an award, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of awards as a result of such events.

 

117


Table of Contents

Change in Control . Upon a “change of control” (as defined in the LTIP), the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, (i) remove any forfeiture restrictions applicable to an award, (ii) accelerate the time of exercisability or vesting of an award, (iii) require awards to be surrendered in exchange for a cash payment, (iv) cancel unvested awards without payment or (v) make adjustments to awards as the Plan Administrator deems appropriate to reflect the change of control.

Termination of Employment or Service . The consequences of the termination of a grantee’s employment, consulting arrangement, or membership on the board of directors will be determined by the Plan Administrator in the terms of the relevant award agreement.

Benefit Plans and Programs

We sponsor a money purchase defined contribution plan, which we refer to as a personal pension plan, for all employees located in the U.K., including Messrs. Nolan, Hjalmas and Lindeman. Each employee is eligible to contribute up to 100% of his annual salary to their personal pension plan and we will match any such contribution up to 10% of the employee’s annual salary. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we paid approximately $64,383 in matching contributions to the personal pension plan for Messrs. Nolan, Hjalmas and Lindeman.

Board Practice

While we are not subject to a number of the NYSE’s corporate governance standards as a foreign private issuer, we intend to comply voluntarily with a number of those rules. For example, we will, and will undertake with the NYSE that we will, have a board of directors that will be comprised of a majority of independent directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

We will have an audit committee and a compensation committee comprised entirely of independent directors. In addition, our board of directors may, from time to time, designate one or more additional committees, which shall have the duties and powers granted to it by our board of directors.

Audit committee

Upon consummation of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Messrs. Weidinger and Kenwright, with Mr. Weidinger as chairman. Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Weidinger and Kenwright satisfy the independence standards established by the NYSE and that each qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined in Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC. We will appoint a third member of the audit committee within 12 months of the listing of our common stock on the NYSE. The audit committee will be responsible for, among other things, the hiring or termination of independent auditors; approving any non-audit work performed by such auditor; and assisting the board in monitoring the integrity of our financial statements, the independent accountant’s qualifications and independence, the performance of the independent accountants and our internal audit function and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements.

Compensation committee

Upon consummation of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Messrs. Weidinger, Fischer, Kenwright and Oetker with Mr. Kenwright as chairman. The compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things, developing and recommending to the board of directors compensation for board members; and overseeing compliance with any applicable compensation reporting requirements of the SEC and the NYSE.

 

118


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Investment Agreements

On November 10, 2011, we entered into that certain investment agreement with the WLR Group. Under the investment agreement, we agreed to issue and sell up to 7,500,000 shares of common stock in the aggregate at $8.33 per share (on a post-split basis). Pursuant to the investment agreement, on December 12, 2011, the WLR Group purchased 1,875,000 shares of common stock (on a post-split basis) and, on March 30, 2012, the WLR Group purchased 5,625,000 shares of common stock (on a post-split basis).

On February 15, 2013, we entered into that certain investment agreement with, among others, the WLR Group and David J. Butters. Under the investment agreement, we agreed to issue and sell up to 7,500,000 shares of common stock in the aggregate at $10.00 per share (on a post-split basis). Pursuant to the investment agreement, on February 25, 2013, the WLR Group, Mr. Butters and an unrelated third party purchased 6,499,998, 500,001 and 500,001 shares of our common stock, respectively (on a post-split basis).

Investor Rights Agreement

On November 5, 2013, we amended and restated our existing investor rights agreement with the WLR Group. Under the investor rights agreement, subject to certain exceptions, WLR has the right to designate two individuals to be nominated to our Board. If the WLR Group collectively owns less than 3,750,000 shares of common stock (on a post-split basis), WLR will be entitled to designate only one individual, and if the WLR Group collectively owns less than 937,500 shares of common stock (on a post-split basis), the right to designate an individual to be nominated to our Board will terminate. Messrs. Ross and Fischer are the designees of the WLR Group.

In addition, pursuant to the investor rights agreement, the WLR Group will have certain demand and “piggyback” registration rights. At any time for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, the WLR Group will be able to require us to effect a registration statement if certain conditions are met. If we propose to file a registration statement, the WLR Group generally may include all or some of its common stock in such registration statement.

Furthermore, pursuant to the investor rights agreement, we have agreed to reimburse the WLR Group for up to $250,000 of legal fees and expenses related to this offering.

Investor Restrictions Agreement

On August 9, 2012, we entered into an investor restrictions agreement with the WLR Group, pursuant to which the WLR Group agreed, until October 16, 2015, not to, among other things, acquire additional shares of common stock, subject to certain exceptions, or publicly propose to effect any tender offer or other transaction in which the common stock would be purchased or exchanged into cash or other property without the prior approval of our Board. The transactions contemplated by the investment agreement described above received the requisite approval of our Board under the investor restrictions agreement for all purposes.

Certain Relationships

We intend to establish an audit committee upon the closing of the offering in order to, among other things, conduct an appropriate review of all related party transactions for potential conflict of interest situations on an ongoing basis and to approve all such transactions. See “Management—Committees of the Board of Directors.”

 

119


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock that will be owned upon the consummation of the offering and the related transactions by:

 

  n  

each person known by us to be a beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of our common stock;

 

  n  

each of our directors;

 

  n  

each of our named executive officers;

 

  n  

all directors and executive officers as a group;

 

  n  

all U.S. record holders as a group; and

 

  n  

each selling shareholder.

The number of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership before the offering set forth below are based on our 46,296,765 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of November 5, 2013, after giving effect to the 3-for-1 stock split that we effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend. The number of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership after the offering are based on 54,626,765 shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding immediately after this offering. The number of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership after the offering are shown assuming no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock.

Except as otherwise indicated, the person or entities listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all of our shares of common stock beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable.

 

 

 

                  COMMON STOCK BENEFICIALLY OWNED  AFTER
THE OFFERING
 
  COMMON STOCK
  BENEFICIALLY OWNED PRIOR  
TO THE OFFERING
      ASSUMING
THE UNDERWRITERS’
OPTION IS NOT
EXERCISED
    ASSUMING
THE UNDERWRITERS’
OPTION IS EXERCISED
IN FULL
 

NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER

  SHARES (1)     PERCENT     SHARES
OFFERED
HEREBY
    SHARES  (1)     PERCENT     SHARES  (1)     PERCENT  

WLR Group  (2)

    28,040,508        60.6%        2,970,000        25,070,508        45.9%        23,375,508        42.8%   

David J. Butters (3)

    1,964,946        4.2%               1,964,946        3.6%        1,964,946        3.6%   

Spiros Milonas (4)

    1,663,257        3.6%               1,663,257        3.0%        1,663,257        3.0%   

Alexander Oetker

                                                

David Kenwright

    15,000        *               15,000        *        15,000        *   

Florian Weidinger

    15,000        *               15,000        *        15,000        *   

Dr. Heiko Fischer  (5)

    30,000        *               30,000        *        30,000        *   

Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.  (6)

    15,000        *               15,000        *        15,000        *   

Niall Nolan  (7)

    117,807        *               117,807        *        117,807        *   

Tommy Hjalmas

    39,546        *               39,546        *        39,546        *   

Oeyvind Lindeman

    19,689        *               19,689        *        19,689        *   

All executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons)

    3,880,245        8.4%          3,880,245        7.1%        3,880,245        7.1%   

All U.S. record holders as a group (26 holders)

    45,929,448        99.2%             

 

 

*    

Less than 1%.

(1)    

Unless otherwise indicated, all shares of common stock are owned directly by the named holder and such holder has sole power to vote and dispose of such shares. Unless otherwise noted, the address for each beneficial owner named above is: 399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

 

120


Table of Contents
(2)  

Represents 16,747,599 shares of common stock held directly by WLR Recovery Fund IV DSS AIV, L.P., 5,671,911 shares of common stock held directly by WLR Recovery Fund V DSS AIV, L.P., 5,499,999 shares of common stock held directly by WLR Select Co-Investment, L.P., 67,623 shares of common stock held directly by WLR IV Parallel ESC, L.P. and 53,376 shares of common stock held directly by WLR V Parallel ESC, L.P. (collectively, the “WLR Investors”). Wilbur L. Ross, Jr. is the chairman and chief executive officer of WLR, the chairman and president of Invesco Private Capital, Inc. and a director and shareholder of WLR Recovery Associates IV DSS AIV GP, Ltd., WLR Recovery Associates V DSS AIV GP, Ltd. and WLR Select Associates DSS GP, Ltd. Invesco Private Capital, Inc. is the managing member of Invesco WLR IV Associates LLC, which in turn is the general partner of WLR IV Parallel ESC, L.P. Invesco Private Capital, Inc. is also the managing member of Invesco WLR V Associates LLC, which in turn is the general partner of WLR V Parallel ESC, L.P. WLR Select Associates DSS GP, Ltd. is the general partner of WLR Select Associates DSS, L.P., which in turn is the general partner of WLR Select Co-Investment, L.P. WLR Recovery Associates IV DSS AIV GP, Ltd. is the general partner of WLR Recovery Associates IV DSS AIV, L.P., which in turn is the general partner of WLR Recovery Fund IV DSS AIV, L.P. WLR Recovery Associates V DSS AIV GP, Ltd. is the general partner of WLR Recovery Associates V DSS AIV, L.P., which in turn is the general partner of WLR Recovery Fund V DSS AIV, L.P. Mr. Ross is a member of the investment committee of each WLR Investors’ general partner, which has investment and voting control over the shares held or controlled by each of the WLR Investors. Mr. Ross is also a member of our Board. Mr. Ross disclaims beneficial ownership of all of the shares of common stock held or controlled by each of the WLR Investors except for his pecuniary interest therein. With the exception of Mr. Ross, whose address is 328 El Vedado Road, Palm Beach, Florida 33401, the address of each of the entities and persons identified in this note is c/o WL Ross & Co. LLC, 1166 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10036.

(3)    

Includes 150,000 shares of common stock that are owned by the spouse of Mr. Butters, for which he disclaims beneficial ownership.

(4)    

Includes 120,000 shares of common stock held in joint tenancy with right of survivorship with Antonia K Milonas.

(5)  

Represents shares of common stock held directly by Dr. Fischer. Dr. Fischer is a Board designee of WLR. Dr. Fischer disclaims beneficial ownership over the shares held or controlled by the WLR Group.

(6)    

Represents shares of common stock owned directly by Mr. Ross; does not include shares owned by the WLR Investors (see Note 2).

(7)    

Includes 54,000 shares of common stock that are owned by the spouse of Mr. Nolan, as to which he disclaims beneficial ownership.

 

121


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

The following is a description of the material terms of our articles of incorporation and bylaws that are currently in effect.

Purpose

Our purpose, as stated in our articles of incorporation, is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the BCA. Our articles of incorporation and bylaws do not impose any limitations on the ownership rights of our shareholders.

Authorized Capitalization

Under our articles of incorporation, our authorized share capital consists of 400,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which 46,296,765 shares were issued and outstanding as of November 5, 2013 (before giving effect to this offering) and 40,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which no shares were issued and outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. Upon consummation of this offering, we will have outstanding 54,626,765 shares of common stock and no shares of preferred stock. All of our shares are in registered form.

Common Stock

Each outstanding share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably all dividends, if any, declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for dividends. Please read “Dividend Policy.” Holders of common stock do not have conversion, redemption or preemptive rights to subscribe to any of our securities. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of any preferred stock which we may issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Our articles of incorporation authorize our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series, including:

 

  n  

the designation of the series;

 

  n  

the number of shares of the series, which our board may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase or decrease, but not below the number of shares then outstanding;

 

  n  

whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

 

  n  

the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;

 

  n  

the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

 

  n  

the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

 

  n  

the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of our company;

 

  n  

whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of our company or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates and any rate adjustments;

 

  n  

restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and

 

  n  

the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

Authorized but Unissued Share Capital

The BCA does not require shareholders’ approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE, which will apply so long as our common stock is quoted on the NYSE, require shareholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding number of our shares of common stock.

 

122


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a shareholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the common stock held by shareholders.

Election and Removal of Directors; Vacancies

Our articles of incorporation provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred shares, directors will be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his or her death, resignation, removal or the earlier termination of his or her term of office. Our articles of incorporation provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred shares, no director may be removed except both for cause and with the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares entitled to vote in the election of directors.

No Cumulative Voting

The BCA provides that shareholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our articles of incorporation provides otherwise. Our articles of incorporation do not provide for cumulative voting.

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals and Director Nominations

Our bylaws provide that, with a few exceptions, shareholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual meeting of shareholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary.

Generally, to be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive office not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders. Our bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a shareholder’s notice. These provisions may impede shareholders’ ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of shareholders or make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of shareholders.

Calling of Special Meetings of Shareholders

Our bylaws provide that special meetings of our shareholders may be called only by our board of directors.

Amendments to Our Bylaws

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws grant our board of directors the authority to amend and repeal our bylaws without a shareholder vote in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

“Blank Check” Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our articles of incorporation, our board of directors has authority, without any further vote or action by our shareholders, to issue preferred stock and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series. Our board of directors may issue preferred stock on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or the removal of our management.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the BCA, our shareholders have the right to dissent from various corporate actions, including certain mergers or consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of our assets not made in the usual course of our business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares, subject to exceptions. For example, the right of a dissenting shareholder to receive payment of the fair value of his shares is not available if for the shares of any class or series of stock, which shares at the record date fixed to determine the shareholders entitled to receive notice of and vote at the meeting of shareholders to act upon the agreement of merger or consolidation, were either (1) listed on a securities exchange or admitted for trading on an interdealer quotation system or (2) held of record by more than 2,000 holders. In the event of any further amendment of our articles of incorporation, a shareholder also has the right to dissent and receive payment for his or her shares if the amendment alters certain rights in respect of those shares. The dissenting shareholder must follow the procedures set forth in the BCA to receive payment. In the event that we and any dissenting shareholder fail to agree on a price for the shares, the BCA procedures involve, among

 

123


Table of Contents

other things, the institution of proceedings in the High Court of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or in any appropriate court in any jurisdiction in which the company’s shares are primarily traded on a local or national securities exchange. The value of the shares of the dissenting shareholder is fixed by the court after reference, if the court so elects, to the recommendations of a court-appointed appraiser.

Shareholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the BCA, any of our shareholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the shareholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares both at the time the derivative action is commenced and at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or that his shares devolved upon him by operation of law.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The BCA authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our articles of incorporation include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors and officers for monetary damages for actions taken as a director or officer to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Our articles of incorporation provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by law. We are also expressly authorized to advance certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees) to our directors and officers and carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our articles of incorporation may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors or officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Transfer Agent

The registrar and transfer agent for the common stock is the American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

Listing

We have been approved to have our common stock listed on the NYSE under the symbol “NVGS.”

 

124


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

After the sale of the common stock offered by this prospectus, the WLR Group will hold an aggregate of 25,070,508 shares (or 23,375,508 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) of common stock. The sale of these shares could have an adverse impact on the price of the common stock or on any trading market that may develop.

The common stock sold in this offering will generally be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. However, any shares of common stock held by an “affiliate” of ours may not be resold publicly except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or under an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 144 or otherwise. Rule 144 permits securities acquired by an affiliate of ours to be sold into the market in an amount that does not exceed, during any three-month period, the greater of:

 

  n  

1% of the total number of the class of securities outstanding; or

 

  n  

the average weekly reported trading volume of the common stock for the four calendar weeks prior to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to specific manner of sale provisions, holding period requirements, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of common stock for at least six months, would be entitled to sell those shares under Rule 144 without regard to the requirements of Rule 144 other than the current public information requirements. Once a non-affiliate has beneficially owned shares of common stock for at least a year, such non-affiliate may sell those shares without restriction.

Neither the BCA nor our articles of incorporation nor our bylaws restrict the number of shares of common stock that we may issue without a vote of the shareholders. Any issuance of additional shares of common stock or other equity securities would result in a corresponding decrease in the proportionate ownership interest in us represented by, and could adversely affect the cash distributions to and market price of, shares of common stock then outstanding. Please read “Description of Share Capital—Authorized but Unissued Share Capital.”

In certain circumstances, the WLR Group has the right to cause us to register under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws the offer and sale of any shares that they hold. These registration rights may allow such persons holding any shares to require registration of any of these shares and to include any of these shares in a registration by us of other shares, including shares offered by us or by any shareholder. In connection with any registration of this kind, we will indemnify each shareholder participating in the registration and its officers, directors and controlling persons from and against any liabilities under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws arising from the registration statement or prospectus. We will bear all costs and expenses incidental to any registration, excluding any applicable underwriting discounts, commissions, transfer taxes, expenses of counsel beyond a single law firm for the WLR Group paid for by the Company and any other expenses required by law to be paid for by the WLR Group. Except as described below, our affiliates may sell their shares in private transactions at any time, subject to compliance with applicable laws.

We, all of our directors and executive officers and the WLR Group have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell any shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to extension. Please read “Underwriting” for a description of these lock-up provisions.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and no prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, including shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of options that may be granted under any employee share option or employee share award plan of ours, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock. Please read “Risk Factors—Future sales of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.”

 

125


Table of Contents

CERTAIN MARSHALL ISLANDS COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS

Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. While the BCA also provides that it is to be interpreted according to the laws of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, there have been few, if any, court cases interpreting the BCA in the Republic of the Marshall Islands and we can not predict whether Republic of the Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as U.S. courts. Thus, you may have more difficulty in protecting your interests in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction which has developed a substantial body of case law. The following table provides a comparison between the statutory provisions of the BCA and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders’ rights.

 

MARSHALL ISLANDS

 

DELAWARE

SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS

n       Held at a time and place as designated or in the manner provided in the bylaws

 

n       May be held within or outside the Republic of the Marshall Islands

 

n       Notice:

 

n       Whenever shareholders are required or permitted to take action at a meeting, written notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, unless it is the annual meeting, indicate that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting

 

n       A copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given not less than 15 nor more than 60 days before the meeting

 

n       Held at such time or place as designated in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors

 

n       May be held within or outside Delaware

 

n       Notice:

 

n       Whenever shareholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, written notice shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which shareholders may be deemed to be present and vote at the meeting

 

n       Written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting

SHAREHOLDERS’ VOTING RIGHTS

n       Any action required or permitted to be taken by meeting of shareholders may be taken without meeting if consent is in writing and is signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote

 

n       Each shareholder entitled to vote may authorize another person to act for him by proxy

 

n       Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, a majority of shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum but in no event shall a quorum consist of fewer than one-third of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting

 

n       Except as otherwise required by the BCA or our articles of incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by holders of shares entitled to vote, and, except as required or permitted by the BCA or our articles of incorporation, any other corporate action shall be authorized by a majority of votes cast by holders of shares entitled to vote thereon

 

n       Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if consent is in writing and signed by the holders of outstanding stock having the number of votes necessary to authorize or take action at a meeting

 

n       Each shareholder entitled to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for each shareholder by proxy

 

n       The certificate of incorporation or bylaws may specify the number necessary to constitute a quorum but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares entitled to vote at the meeting shall constitute a quorum

 

126


Table of Contents

MARSHALL ISLANDS

 

DELAWARE

SHAREHOLDERS’ VOTING RIGHTS

n       The articles of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting

 

n       Unless otherwise specified in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares entitled to vote on the election of directors, and, in all other matters, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the shareholders

 

n       The certificate of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting

DIRECTORS

n       Board must consist of at least one member

 

n       Number of board members may be fixed by the by-laws, by the shareholders, or by action of the board under the specific provisions of a by-law

 

n       Number of board members may be changed by amendment of the by-laws, by the shareholders or by action of the board under specific provision of a by-law; however if the board is authorized to change the number of directors, it can only do so by a majority of the entire board

 

n       Board must consist of at least one member

 

n       Number of board members shall be fixed by the by-laws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by amendment of the certificate

DISSENTERS’ RIGHTS OF APPRAISAL

n       Shareholders have a right to dissent from a merger or consolidation or sale or exchange of all or substantially all assets not made in the usual and regular course of business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares, subject to exceptions

 

n       A holder of any adversely affected shares who does not vote on or consent in writing to an amendment to the articles of incorporation has the right to dissent and to receive payment for such shares if the amendment:

 

n       Alters or abolishes any preferential right of any outstanding shares having preferences; or

 

n       Creates, alters, or abolishes any provision or right in respect to the redemption of any outstanding shares; or

 

n       Alters or abolishes any preemptive right of such holder to acquire shares or other securities; or

 

n       Excludes or limits the right of such holder to vote on any matter, except as such right may be limited by the voting rights given to new shares then being authorized of any existing or new class

 

n       Appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of a corporation in a merger or consolidation, subject to exceptions

 

n       The certificate of incorporation may provide that appraisal rights are available for shares as a result of an amendment to the certificate of incorporation, any merger or consolidation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets

 

127


Table of Contents

MARSHALL ISLANDS

 

DELAWARE

SHAREHOLDERS’ DERIVATIVE ACTIONS

n       An action may be brought in the right of a corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, by a holder of shares or of a beneficial interest in such shares. It shall be made to appear that the plaintiff is such a holder at the time of bringing the action and that he was such a holder at the time of the transaction of which he complains, or that his shares or his interest therein devolved upon him by operation of law

 

n       Complaint shall set forth with particularity the efforts of the plaintiff to secure the initiation of such action by the board or the reasons for not making such effort

 

n       Such action shall not be discontinued, compromised or settled, without the approval of the High Court of the Republic of the Marshall Islands

 

n       Attorney’s fees may be awarded if the action is successful

 

n       Corporation may require a plaintiff bringing a derivative suit to give security for reasonable expenses if the plaintiff owns less than 5% of any class of stock and the shares have a value of $50,000 or less

 

n       In any derivative suit instituted by a shareholder or a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a shareholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such shareholder’s stock thereafter devolved upon such shareholder by operation of law

 

n       Delaware Court of Chancery Rule 23.1 governs the procedures for derivative actions by shareholders

 

128


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to prospective shareholders and, unless otherwise noted in the following discussion, is the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., our U.S. counsel, insofar as it relates to matters of U.S. federal income tax law and legal conclusions with respect to those matters. The opinion of our counsel is dependent on the accuracy of representations made by us to them, including descriptions of our operations contained herein.

This discussion is based upon provisions of the Code, Treasury Regulations, and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all as in effect on the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences of holding our common stock to vary substantially from the consequences described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we,” “our” or “us” are references to Navigator Holdings Ltd.

The following discussion applies only to beneficial owners of our common stock that own shares of common stock as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (i.e., generally for investment purposes) and is not intended to be applicable to all categories of investors, such as shareholders subject to special tax rules (e.g., financial institutions, insurance companies, broker-dealers, tax-exempt organizations, retirement plans or individual retirement accounts, or former citizens or long-term residents of the United States), to persons that will hold the shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to partnerships or their partners, or to persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. Dollar, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized below. If a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of its partners generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common stock, each prospective shareholder is encouraged to consult their own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of the partnership’s ownership of our common stock.

No ruling has been or will be requested from the IRS regarding any matter affecting us or prospective shareholders. The opinions and statements made herein may be challenged by the IRS and, if so challenged, may not be sustained upon review in a court. This discussion does not contain information regarding any U.S. state or local, estate, gift or alternative minimum tax considerations concerning the ownership or disposition of our common stock. This discussion does not comment on all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to particular shareholders in light of their individual circumstances, and each prospective shareholder is urged to consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local, and other tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our common stock.

Election to be Treated as a Corporation

We are treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, U.S. Holders (as defined below) will not be directly subject to U.S. federal income tax on our income, but rather will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on distributions received from us and dispositions of shares as described below.

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders

As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that owns (actually or constructively) less than 10.0% of our equity and that is:

 

  n  

an individual U.S. citizen or resident (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

 

  n  

a corporation (or other entity that is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States or its political subdivisions;

 

  n  

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

  n  

a trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

129


Table of Contents

Distributions

Subject to the discussion below of the rules applicable to PFICs, any distributions to a U.S. Holder made by us with respect to our common stock generally will constitute dividends to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its common stock and thereafter as capital gain. U.S. Holders that are corporations generally will not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to distributions they receive from us because we are not a U.S. corporation. Dividends received with respect to our common stock generally will be treated as “passive category income” for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Dividends received with respect to our common stock by a U.S. Holder that is an individual, trust or estate, or a “U.S. Individual Holder,” generally will be treated as “qualified dividend income,” which is taxable to such U.S. Individual Holder at preferential tax rates provided that: (i) our common stock is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the New York Stock Exchange on which we have been approved to list our common stock); (ii) we are not a PFIC for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which we do not believe we are, have been or will be, as discussed below under “—PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences”); (iii) the U.S. Individual Holder has owned the common stock for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common stock become ex-dividend (and has not entered into certain risk limiting transactions with respect to such common stock); and (iv) the U.S. Individual Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Because of the uncertainty of these matters, including whether we are or will be a PFIC, there is no assurance that any dividends paid on our common stock will be eligible for these preferential rates in the hands of a U.S. Individual Holder, and any dividends paid on our common stock that are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a U.S. Individual Holder.

Special rules may apply to any amounts received in respect of our common stock that are treated as “extraordinary dividends.” In general, an extraordinary dividend is a dividend with respect to a share of our common stock that is equal to or in excess of 10.0% of a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value upon the shareholder’s election) in such share. In addition, extraordinary dividends include dividends received within a one-year period that, in the aggregate, equal or exceed 20.0% of a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value). If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on shares of our common stock that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss recognized by a U.S. Individual Holder from the sale or exchange of such shares will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of such dividend.

Sale, Exchange or other Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion of PFICs below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such shares. The U.S. Holder’s initial tax basis in its common stock generally will be the U.S. Holder’s purchase price for the shares of common stock and that tax basis will be reduced (but not below zero) by the amount of any distributions on the shares that are treated as non-taxable returns of capital (as discussed above under “—Distributions”). Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. Certain U.S. Holders (including individuals) may be eligible for preferential rates of U.S. federal income tax in respect of long-term capital gains. A U.S. Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations. Such capital gain or loss generally will be treated as U.S.-source income or loss, as applicable, for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences

Adverse U.S. federal income tax rules apply to a U.S. Holder that owns an equity interest in a non-U.S. corporation that is classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, we will be treated as a PFIC if, for any taxable year in which the holder held our common stock, either:

 

  n  

at least 75.0% of our gross income (including the gross income of our vessel-owning subsidiaries) for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business), or

 

130


Table of Contents
  n  

at least 50.0% of the average value of the assets held by us (including the assets of our vessel-owning subsidiaries) during such taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.

Income earned, or treated as earned, by us in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income generally would constitute passive income unless we were treated as deriving our rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business under the applicable rules.

Based on our current and projected methods of operation, and an opinion of counsel, we do not believe that we are or will be a PFIC for our current or any future taxable year. We have received an opinion of our U.S. counsel, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., in support of this position that concludes that the income our subsidiaries earn from our present time-chartering and voyage-chartering activities and COAs should not constitute passive income for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. In addition, we have represented to our U.S. counsel that we expect that more than 25.0% of our gross income for our current taxable year and each future year will arise from such chartering activities, and more than 50.0% of the average value of our assets for each such year will be held for the production of such nonpassive income. Assuming the composition of our income and assets is consistent with these expectations, and assuming the accuracy of other representations we have made to our U.S. counsel for purposes of their opinion, our U.S. counsel is of the opinion that we should not be a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future year.

Our counsel has indicated to us that the conclusions described above are not free from doubt. While there is legal authority supporting our conclusions, including IRS pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters as services income, the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit, or the “Fifth Circuit,” held in Tidewater Inc. v. United States, 565 F.3d 299 (5th Cir. 2009) that income derived from certain marine time charter agreements should be treated as rental income rather than services income for purposes of a “foreign sales corporation” provision of the Code. In that case, the Fifth Circuit did not address the definition of passive income or the PFIC rules; however, the reasoning of the case could have implications as to how the income from a time charter would be classified under such rules. If the reasoning of this case were extended to the PFIC context, the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time-chartering activities may be treated as rental income, and we would likely be treated as a PFIC. The IRS has announced its nonacquiescence with the court’s holding in the Tidewater case and, at the same time, announced the position of the IRS that the marine time charter agreements at issue in that case should be treated as service contracts.

Distinguishing between arrangements treated as generating rental income and those treated as generating services income involves weighing and balancing competing factual considerations, and there is no legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing our specific method of operation. Conclusions in this area therefore remain matters of interpretation. We are not seeking a ruling from the IRS on the treatment of income generated from our time-chartering operations, and the opinion of our counsel is not binding on the IRS or any court. Thus, while we have received an opinion of counsel in support of our position, it is possible that the IRS or a court could disagree with this position and the opinion of our counsel. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure shareholders that the nature of our operations will not change in the future, notwithstanding our present expectations, and that we will not become a PFIC in any future taxable year.

As discussed more fully below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder would be subject to different taxation rules depending on whether the U.S. Holder makes an election to treat us as a “Qualified Electing Fund,” which we refer to as a “QEF election.” As an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder should be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common stock, as discussed below. In addition, if a U.S. Holder owns our common stock during any taxable year that we are a PFIC, such holder must file an annual report with the IRS.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a Timely QEF Election

A U.S. Holder that makes a timely QEF election, or an “Electing Holder,” must report for U.S. federal income tax purposes his pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain, if any, for our taxable years that end with or within his taxable year, regardless of whether or not the Electing Holder received distributions from us in that year. The Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of common stock will be increased to reflect taxed but undistributed earnings and profits. Distributions of earnings and profits that were previously taxed will result in a

 

131


Table of Contents

corresponding reduction in the Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of common stock and will not be taxed again once distributed. An Electing Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock. A U.S. Holder makes a QEF election with respect to any year that we are a PFIC by filing IRS Form 8621 with his U.S. federal income tax return. If, contrary to our expectations, we determine that we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, we will provide each U.S. Holder with the information necessary to make the QEF election described above. Although the QEF election is available with respect to subsidiaries, in the event we acquire or own a subsidiary in the future that is treated as a PFIC, no assurances can be made that we will be able to provide U.S. Holders with the necessary information to make the QEF election with respect to such subsidiary.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a “Mark-to-Market” Election

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as we anticipate, our common stock was treated as “marketable stock,” then, as an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder would be allowed to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common stock, provided the U.S. Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury Regulations. If that election is made, the U.S. Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the U.S. Holder’s shares of common stock at the end of the taxable year over the holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of common stock. The U.S. Holder also would be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares over the fair market value thereof at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its shares of common stock would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss recognized. Gain recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common stock would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included in income by the U.S. Holder. Because the mark-to-market election only applies to marketable stock, however, it would not apply to a U.S. Holder’s indirect interest in any of our subsidiaries that were determined to be PFICs.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely QEF or Mark-to-Market Election

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder who does not make either a QEF election or a “mark-to-market” election for that year, or a “Non-Electing Holder,” would be subject to special rules resulting in increased liability with respect to (i) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on our common stock in a taxable year in excess of 125.0% of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder’s holding period for the shares), and (ii) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the shares. Under these special rules:

 

  n  

the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder’s aggregate holding period for the common stock;

 

  n  

the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable year prior to the taxable year we were first treated as a PFIC with respect to the Non-Electing Holder would be taxed as ordinary income; and

 

  n  

the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayers for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

These penalties would not apply to a qualified pension, profit sharing or other retirement trust or other tax-exempt organization that did not borrow money or otherwise utilize leverage in connection with its acquisition of our common stock. If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and a Non-Electing Holder who is an individual dies while owning our common stock, such holder’s successor generally would not receive a step-up in tax basis with respect to the common stock.

 

132


Table of Contents

Medicare Tax on Net Investment Income

Certain U.S. Holders, including individuals, estates and trusts, will be subject to an additional 3.8% Medicare tax on, among other things, dividends and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of equity interests for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. For individuals, the additional Medicare tax applies to the lesser of (i) “net investment income” or (ii) the excess of “modified adjusted gross income” over $200,000 ($250,000 if married and filing jointly or $125,000 if married and filing separately). “Net investment income” generally equals the taxpayer’s gross investment income reduced by deductions that are allocable to such income. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the implications of the additional Medicare tax resulting from their ownership and disposition of our common stock.

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

A beneficial owner of our common stock (other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not a U.S. Holder is referred to as a Non-U.S. Holder. If you are a partner in a partnership (or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holding our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of the partnership’s ownership of our common stock.

Distributions

Distributions we pay to a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. If the Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business, our distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent they constitute income effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. trade or business. However, distributions paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that is engaged in a U.S. trade or business may be exempt from taxation under an income tax treaty if the income arising from the distribution is not attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder.

Disposition of Shares

In general, a Non-U.S. Holder is not subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain resulting from the disposition of our common stock provided the Non-U.S. Holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. A Non-U.S. Holder that is engaged in a U.S. trade or business will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the event the gain from the disposition of shares is effectively connected with the conduct of such U.S. trade or business (provided, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder entitled to the benefits of an income tax treaty with the United States, such gain also is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder). However, even if not engaged in a U.S. trade or business, individual Non-U.S. Holders may be subject to tax on gain resulting from the disposition of our common stock if they are present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year in which those shares are disposed and meet certain other requirements.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, payments to a non-corporate U.S. Holder of distributions or the proceeds of a disposition of common stock will be subject to information reporting. These payments to a non-corporate U.S. Holder also may be subject to backup withholding if the non-corporate U.S. Holder:

 

  n  

fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

 

  n  

is notified by the IRS that he has failed to report all interest or corporate distributions required to be reported on his U.S. federal income tax returns; or

 

  n  

in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

Non-U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying their status on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, a shareholder generally may obtain a credit for any amount withheld against its liability for U.S. federal income tax (and obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of such liability) by timely filing a U.S. federal income tax return with the IRS.

U.S. Holders purchasing more than $100,000 of our common stock in this offering generally will be required to file IRS Form 926 reporting such payment. For purposes of determining the total dollar value of common stock

 

133


Table of Contents

purchased by a U.S. Holder in this offering, shares purchased by certain related parties (including family members) are included. Substantial penalties may be imposed upon a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with this reporting obligation. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor as to the possible obligation to file IRS Form 926.

In addition, individual citizens or residents of the United States holding certain “foreign financial assets” (which generally includes stock and other securities issued by a foreign person unless held in an account maintained by certain financial institutions) that exceed certain thresholds (the lowest being holding foreign financial assets with an aggregate value in excess of: (1) $50,000 on the last day of the tax year or (2) $75,000 at any time during the tax year) are required to report information relating to such assets. Significant penalties may apply for failure to satisfy the reporting obligations described above. Prospective shareholders should consult their tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations, if any, that would result from their purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock.

 

134


Table of Contents

NON-U.S. TAX CONSIDERATIONS

Republic of the Marshall Islands Tax Consequences

The following is the opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, our counsel as to matters of the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and the current laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands applicable to persons who do not reside in, maintain offices in or engage in business in the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

Because we and our subsidiaries do not and do not expect to conduct business or operations in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and because all documentation related to this offering will be executed outside of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, under current Republic of the Marshall Islands law you will not be subject to Republic of the Marshall Islands taxation or withholding on distributions we make to you as a shareholder. In addition, you will not be subject to Republic of the Marshall Islands stamp, capital gains or other taxes on the purchase, ownership or disposition of common stock, and you will not be required by the Republic of the Marshall Islands to file a tax return relating to your ownership of common stock.

EACH PROSPECTIVE SHAREHOLDER IS URGED TO CONSULT HIS OWN TAX COUNSEL OR OTHER ADVISOR WITH REGARD TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF SHARE OWNERSHIP IN HIS PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES. FURTHER, IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF EACH SHAREHOLDER TO FILE ALL STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S., AS WELL AS U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX RETURNS, WHICH THE SHAREHOLDER IS REQUIRED TO FILE.

 

135


Table of Contents

OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

We estimate the expenses in connection with the issuance and distribution of our common stock in this offering, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, as follows:

 

 

 

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $ 31,801   

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority registration fee

     37,536   

NYSE listing fee

     150,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     1,400,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

     1,000,000   

Printing and engraving costs

     50,000   

Transfer agent fees and miscellaneous expenses

     250,000   

Miscellaneous

     215,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,134,337   
  

 

 

 

 

 

All amounts are estimated except the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee and the NYSE listing fee.

 

136


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, dated                     , 2013, among us, the selling shareholders and Jefferies LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, as the representatives of the underwriters named below, we and the selling shareholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us and the selling shareholders, the respective number of shares of common stock shown opposite its name below:

 

 

 

UNDERWRITER

   NUMBER OF
SHARES
 

Jefferies LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Evercore Group L.L.C.

  

Fearnley Securities AS

  

Global Hunter Securities, LLC

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     11,300,000   
  

 

 

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions and approval of certain legal matters by their counsel. The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters will purchase all of the shares of common stock if any of them are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. We and the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and certain of their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters have advised us that, following the completion of this offering, they currently intend to make a market in the common stock as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. However, the underwriters are not obligated to do so, and the underwriters may discontinue any market-making activities at any time without notice in their sole discretion. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for the common stock, that you will be able to sell any of the shares of common stock held by you at a particular time or that the prices that you receive when you sell will be favorable.

The underwriters are offering the common stock subject to their acceptance of the common stock from us and the selling shareholders and subject to prior sale. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commission and Expenses

The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the common stock to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers, which may include the underwriters, at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. The underwriters may allow, and certain dealers may reallow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $         per share to certain brokers and dealers. After the offering, the initial public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the representatives. No such reduction will change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

137


Table of Contents

The following table shows the public offering price, the underwriting discounts and commissions that we and the selling shareholders are to pay the underwriters and the proceeds, before expenses, to us and the selling shareholders in connection with this offering. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

 

 

     PER SHARE      TOTAL  
     WITHOUT
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
     WITH
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
     WITHOUT
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
     WITH
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

   $         $         $         $     

Proceeds to us, before expenses

   $         $         $         $     

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by the selling shareholders

   $         $         $         $     

Proceeds to the selling shareholders, before expenses

   $         $         $         $     

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us and the Selling Shareholders

   $         $         $         $     

 

 

The underwriting discounts and commission to be paid by us and the selling shareholders collectively represent         % of the total amount of the offering. We estimate expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $        . We have agreed to pay certain expenses incurred by the selling shareholders related to this offering, which we estimate to be approximately $250,000. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount up to $30,000.

The address of Jefferies LLC is 520 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022, and the address of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC is 1221 Avenue of the Americas, 34th Floor, New York, New York 10020.

Fearnley Securities AS is not a U.S. registered broker-dealer. To the extent that Fearnley Securities AS intends to effect sales of shares in the United States, it will do so through one or more U.S. registered broker-dealers in accordance with the applicable U.S. securities laws and regulations.

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the underwriters believe to be comparable to us, estimates of our business potential, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant.

We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which our common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to the offering or that an active trading market for the common stock will develop and continue after the offering.

Listing

We have been approved to have our common stock listed on the NYSE under the symbol “NVGS.”

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

The selling shareholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of 1,695,000 shares from them at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to specified conditions, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment as indicated in the table above.

 

138


Table of Contents

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our officers, directors, the selling shareholders and certain of our other shareholders have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

  n  

sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell (including any short sale), pledge, transfer, establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-l(h) under the Exchange Act, or

 

  n  

otherwise dispose of any common stock, options or warrants to acquire common stock, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into common stock currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially, or

 

  n  

publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of each of Jefferies LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC.

This restriction terminates after the close of trading of the common stock on and including the 180 th day after the date of this prospectus.

Jefferies LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may, in their sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the 180-day period release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. There are no existing agreements between the underwriters and any of our shareholders who will execute a lock-up agreement, providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.

Stabilization

The underwriters have advised us that they, pursuant to Regulation M under the Exchange Act, certain persons participating in the offering may engage in short sale transactions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions or the imposition of penalty bids in connection with this offering. These activities may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. Establishing short sales positions may involve either “covered” short sales or “naked” short sales.

“Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares of common stock or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares.

“Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the option to purchase additional shares of common stock. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

A stabilizing bid is a bid for the purchase of common stock on behalf of the underwriters for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock. A syndicate covering transaction is the bid for or the purchase of common stock on behalf of the underwriters to reduce a short position incurred by the underwriters in connection with the offering. Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriter’s purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. A penalty bid is an arrangement permitting the underwriters to reclaim the selling concession otherwise accruing to a syndicate member in connection with the offering if the common stock originally sold by such syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction and therefore have not been effectively placed by such syndicate member.

Neither we, the selling shareholders nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common

 

139


Table of Contents

stock. The underwriters are not obligated to engage in these activities and, if commenced, any of the activities may be discontinued at any time.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by e-mail or on the web sites or through online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters or their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares of common stock for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ web sites and any information contained in any other web site maintained by any of the underwriters is not part of this prospectus, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters and should not be relied upon by investors.

Other Activities and Relationships

The underwriter and certain of its affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriter and certain of its affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various commercial and investment banking and financial advisory services for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriter and certain of its affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments issued by us and our affiliates. If the underwriters or their respective affiliates have a lending relationship with us, they routinely hedge their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may hedge such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities or the securities of our affiliates, including potentially the common stock offered hereby. Any such short positions could adversely affect future trading prices of the common stock offered hereby. The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

The selling shareholders may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act with respect to our shares of common stock that they are offering for sale.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a “Relevant Member State,” an offer to the public of any shares of common stock which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

(a) to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters or the underwriters nominated by us for any such offer; or

 

140


Table of Contents
(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares of common stock shall require us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer shares of common stock to the public” in relation to the shares of common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe to the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Hong Kong

No securities have been offered or sold, and no securities may be offered or sold, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent; or to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong. No document, invitation or advertisement relating to the securities has been issued or may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance.

This prospectus has not been registered with the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong. Accordingly, this prospectus may not be issued, circulated or distributed in Hong Kong, and the securities may not be offered for subscription to members of the public in Hong Kong. Each person acquiring the securities will be required, and is deemed by the acquisition of the securities, to confirm that he is aware of the restriction on offers of the securities described in this prospectus and the relevant offering documents and that he is not acquiring, and has not been offered any securities in circumstances that contravene any such restrictions.

Japan

The offering has not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948 of Japan, as amended), or FIEL, and the Initial Purchaser will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means, unless otherwise provided herein, any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been and will not be lodged or registered with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or the invitation for subscription or purchase of the securities may not be issued, circulated or distributed, nor may the securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to the public or any member of the public in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the “SFA,” (ii) to a relevant person as defined under Section 275(2), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of any other applicable provision of the SFA.

 

141


Table of Contents

Where the securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined under Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor,

shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the Offer Shares under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

 

  (ii) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or

 

  (iii) where the transfer is by operation of law.

Switzerland

The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or “SIX,” or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, or “FINMA,” and the offer of securities has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or “CISA.” The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of securities.

United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the “Order,” and/or (ii) high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated (each such person being referred to as a “relevant person”).

This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

 

142


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of our common stock offered hereby and certain other legal matters with respect to the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands will be passed upon for us by our counsel as to Republic of the Marshall Islands law, Watson, Farley & Williams LLP. Certain other legal matters will be passed upon for us by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., New York, New York. Certain matters with respect to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.

 

143


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Navigator Holdings Ltd. as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report covering the December 31, 2011 and 2012 consolidated financial statements refers to a change in the method of accounting for revenue recognition of voyage charters effective April 1, 2013.

KPMG LLP is located at 15 Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5GL, United Kingdom.

The section in this prospectus entitled “The International Liquefied Gas Shipping Industry” has been reviewed by Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd., which has confirmed to us that it accurately describes the international liquefied gas carrier market, as indicated in the consent of Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd. filed as an exhibit to the registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act of which this prospectus is a part.

 

144


Table of Contents

CHANGES IN ACCOUNTANTS

Our financial statements were audited by MSPC Certified Public Accountants and Advisors, P.C., or “MSPC,” for the year ended December 31, 2011, and by Grassi & Co., CPAs, P.C., or “Grassi,” for the year ended December 31, 2012. MSPC and Grassi are each independent registered public accounting firms associated with Moore Stephens International Limited. On January 31, 2013, we released MSPC and engaged Grassi for the year ended December 31, 2012. The engagement of Grassi was approved by our board of directors.

At the time that MSPC and Grassi performed audit services for us, we were not a public company and were not subject to SEC regulations, including the requirement for our auditors to be a PCAOB registered accounting firm. In preparation for this offering, on June 12, 2013, we released Grassi and engaged KPMG LLP, an independent PCAOB registered public accounting firm, to re-audit our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012. These financial statements, including KPMG LLP’s audit report thereon, are included in this prospectus and in the registration statement. The engagement of KPMG LLP was approved by our board of directors.

Neither Grassi’s nor MSPC’s reports on the financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, contained an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, or was qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles. During such time period, there were no disagreements between us and either Grassi or MSPC on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure.

We have provided MSPC and Grassi each with a copy of the disclosure contained in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, which was received by each of MSPC and Grassi on October 17, 2013. MSPC and Grassi have each furnished a letter addressed to the SEC and each letter is filed as an exhibit to our registration statement stating agreement with the statements made in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

145


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 regarding the common stock. This prospectus does not contain all of the information found in the registration statement. For further information regarding us and the common stock offered in this prospectus, you may wish to review the full registration statement, including its exhibits. The registration statement, including the exhibits, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of this material can also be obtained upon written request from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or from the SEC’s web site on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov free of charge. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on public reference room.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance therewith, we will be required to file with the SEC annual reports on Form 20-F within four months of our fiscal year-end, and provide to the SEC other material information on Form 6-K. We intend to file our annual report on Form 20-F earlier than the SEC currently requires. These reports and other information may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC or obtained from the SEC’s website as provided above. We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website, which will be operational after this offering, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, certain rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, including the filing of quarterly reports or current reports on Form 8-K. However, we intend to furnish or make available to our shareholders annual reports containing our audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and make available to our shareholders quarterly reports containing our unaudited interim financial information for the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year.

 

146


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

  

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2013

     F-2   

Consolidated Statements of Income for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and September 30, 2013

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and September  30, 2013

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and September 30, 2013

     F-6   

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-11   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012

     F-12   

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012

     F-13   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December  31, 2012

     F-14   

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December  31, 2012

     F-15   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012

     F-16   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-17   

 

 

 

F-1


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31,
2012
    SEPTEMBER 30,
2013
 

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 140,870,317      $ 46,012,991   

Short-term investments

     10,000,000        10,000,000   

Accounts receivable, net

     3,873,849        10,004,873   

Accrued income

     6,729,551        6,547,995   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     5,079,652        5,354,325   

Inventories

     4,821,346        9,613,818   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     171,374,715        87,534,002   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vessels in operation, net

     586,660,699        992,474,830   

Deposit on vessel acquisitions

     47,000,000        4,300,000   

Vessels under construction

     20,110,888        44,873,140   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     497,362        459,470   

Deferred finance costs, net

     6,610,820        13,494,296   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 832,254,484      $ 1,143,135,738   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

    

Current liabilities

    

Current portion of secured term loan facilities

   $ 26,842,508      $ 58,682,224   

Accounts payable

     7,943,797        9,457,005   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     3,476,329        6,360,162   

Accrued interest

     1,891,763        6,752,922   

Deferred income

     2,883,352        3,297,323   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     43,037,749        84,549,636   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

    

Secured term loan facilities, net of current portion

     216,393,245        380,110,402   

9% Senior unsecured bond issue

     125,000,000        125,000,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     341,393,245        505,110,402   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

    

Shareholders’ equity

    

Common stock—$.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 46,296,765 shares issued and outstanding, (2012:38,694,648)  (1)

     386,946        462,966   

Additional paid-in capital

     352,379,033        427,861,592   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (114,507     (123,403

Retained earnings

     95,172,018        125,274,545   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     447,823,490        553,475,700   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 832,254,484      $ 1,143,135,738   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  

All share amounts (except par value per share amounts) have been retroactively restated to reflect the Company’s 3-for-1 stock split that was effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend.

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Income

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

     NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER  30,
 
     2012     2013  

Revenues

    

Operating revenue

   $ 106,488,310      $ 167,031,162   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

    

Address and brokerage commissions

     3,161,059        3,925,711   

Voyage expenses

     21,314,117        35,904,888   

Charter-in cost

     7,095,331        4,974,718   

Vessel operating expenses

     24,269,684        37,904,871   

Depreciation and amortization

     17,845,075        25,807,664   

General and administrative costs

     3,716,912        4,622,147   

Other corporate expenses

     1,084,448        2,927,698   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     78,486,626        116,067,697   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     28,001,684        50,963,465   

Other income/(expense)

    

Interest expense

     (5,946,133     (20,553,641

Interest income

     35,636        58,325   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     22,091,187        30,468,149   

Income taxes

     (376,705     (365,622
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 21,714,482      $ 30,102,527   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

    

Basic and diluted (1)

   $ 0.59      $ 0.67   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding:

    

Basic and diluted (1)

     36,824,994        44,751,186   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends per share:

    

Basic and diluted (1)

   $ 0.07      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  

All share amounts (except par value per share amounts) have been retroactively restated to reflect the Company’s 3-for-1 stock split that was effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend.

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

     NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
 
     2012      2013  

Net income

   $ 21,714,482       $ 30,102,527   

Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss):

     

Foreign currency translation (loss)/gain

     46,571         (8,896
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive Income

   $ 21,761,053       $ 30,093,631   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

     COMMON
STOCK AT
0.01 PAR
VALUE
     ADDITIONAL
PAID-IN CAPITAL
     ACCUMULATED
OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME (LOSS)
    RETAINED
EARNINGS
    TOTAL  

January 1, 2012

   $ 329,895       $ 304,789,577       $ (146,673   $ 67,055,392      $ 372,028,191   

Issuance of common stock

     56,250         46,793,497                       46,849,747   

Restricted shares issued February 22, 2012

     501                               501   

Restricted shares issued April 24, 2012

     300                               300   

Net income

                            30,535,845        30,535,845   

Dividends paid

                            (2,419,219     (2,419,219

Foreign currency translation

                     32,166               32,166   

Share-based compensation

             795,959                       795,959   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

     386,946         352,379,033         (114,507     95,172,018        447,823,490   

Issuance of common stock

     75,000         74,905,022                       74,980,022   

Restricted shares issued March 31, 2013

     600                               600   

Restricted shares issued April 7, 2013

     270                               270   

Restricted shares issued April 11, 2013

     150                               150   

Net income

                            30,102,527        30,102,527   

Foreign currency translation

                     (8,896            (8,896

Share-based compensation plan

             577,537                       577,537   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2013

   $ 462,966       $ 427,861,592       $ (123,403   $ 125,274,545      $ 553,475,700   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  

All share amounts (except par value per share amounts) have been retroactively restated to reflect the Company’s 3-for-1 stock split that was effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend.

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

     NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
 
     2012     2013  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net income

   $ 21,714,482      $ 30,102,527   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

    

Depreciation and amortization

     17,845,075        25,807,664   

Payment of drydocking costs

            (1,954,597

Share-based compensation

     514,269        578,557   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     776,428        1,432,742   

Unrealized foreign exchange

     41,819        (4,124

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable

     (3,910,542     (6,131,023

Inventories

     346,386        (4,792,472

Accrued income and prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (3,283,483     (93,116

Accounts payable and other liabilities

     4,556,835        9,672,170   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     38,601,269        54,618,328   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Payment to acquire vessels

     (100,538,753     (386,854,041

Payment for vessels under construction

     (44,832,038     (24,762,252

Purchase of other property, plant and equipment

     (114,466     (80,038

Release of short-term investments

            10,000,000   

Placement of short-term investments

            (10,000,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (145,485,257     (411,696,331
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from secured term loan facilities

     176,528,261        218,700,000   

Direct financing costs of secured term loan facilities

     (2,700,000     (6,785,568

Repayment of secured term loan facilities

     (100,939,289     (23,143,127

Issuance costs of 9% senior unsecured bond issue

            (113,645

Proceeds from issuance of stock

     46,875,000        75,000,000   

Issuance costs of stock

     (22,627     (19,978

Issuance costs of planned stock issue

            (1,417,005

Dividends paid

     (2,419,219       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     117,322,126        262,220,677   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     10,438,138        (94,857,326
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     26,734,435        140,870,317   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 37,172,573      $ 46,012,991   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Information

    

Total interest paid during the year, net of amounts capitalized

   $ 3,997,792      $ 14,259,742   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax paid during the year

   $ 100,598      $ 97,470   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

1. Basis of Presentation

In the opinion of the management of Navigator Holdings Ltd. (the “Company”), the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of September 30, 2013; the results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012; statement of stockholders equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012; and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012.

These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America for interim reporting. Also, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for complete financial statements. The results for the period ended September 30, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of results for the full 2013 fiscal year or any other future periods. It is recommended that these financial statements be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2012.

2. Revenue Recognition

The Company employs its vessels on time charters or voyage charters. With time charters, the Company receives a fixed charter hire per on-hire day, and revenue is recognized on an accrual basis and is recorded over the term of the charter as service is provided. In the case of voyage charters, the vessel is contracted for a voyage between two or more ports and the Company is paid for the cargo transported.

On April 1, 2013, the Company changed its method of accounting for revenue recognition on voyage charters. Previously, the Company determined that a voyage commenced with loading and completed at the point of discharge. The Company now recognizes revenue on a discharge-to-discharge basis in determining percentage of completion for all voyage charters, but does not begin recognizing revenue until a charter has been agreed to by the customer and the Company, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port for its next voyage. The Company has adopted this new policy as it considers the decision to undertake a specific voyage is highly dependent on the location of the vessel’s prior discharge port and the part of the voyage to the load port is a necessary part of the overall profitability of that voyage. Management believes that given the significant increase in the number of vessels in operation and consequently the number of voyage charters undertaken, the results of the Company could be materially distorted by excluding the proportion of the revenue in sailing to the next load port. The effect of this new accounting policy, since its adoption on April 1, 2013, has not been considered material. Its adoption has not resulted in a retrospective adjustment as of or for the years ended December 31, 2011 or 2012, or for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 or 2013, as the impact is not considered material.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

3. Vessels in Operation

 

 

 

     VESSEL      DRYDOCKING     TOTAL  

Cost

       

December 31, 2012

   $ 677,418,054       $ 10,364,236      $ 687,782,290   

Additions

     427,054,041         4,454,596        431,508,637   

Disposals

             (1,834,974     (1,834,974
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2013

   $ 1,104,472,095       $ 12,983,858      $ 1,117,455,953   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated Depreciation

       

December 31, 2012

   $ 95,425,485       $ 5,696,106      $ 101,121,591   

Charge for the period

     23,372,139         2,322,367        25,694,506   

Disposals

             (1,834,974     (1,834,974
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2013

   $ 118,797,624       $ 6,183,499      $ 124,981,123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Book Value

       

September 30, 2013

   $ 985,674,471       $ 6,800,359      $ 992,474,830   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

   $ 581,992,569       $ 4,668,130      $ 586,660,699   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The net book value of vessels that serve as collateral for the Company’s bank loans was $896,256,109 at September 30, 2013.

The accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows have been restated to reflect a change in the presentation of payments for drydocking costs from cash flows used in investing activities to cash flows used in operating activities.

4. Vessels Under Construction

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31,
2012
    SEPTEMBER 30,
2013
 

Vessels under construction at January 1

   $ 30,183,159      $ 20,110,888   

Payments to shipyard

     43,850,300        23,756,000   

Other payments including initial stores, capitalized interest and site costs

     1,080,801        1,006,252   

Transfer to vessels in operation

     (55,003,372       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vessels under construction period end

   $ 20,110,888      $ 44,873,140   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

5. Common Stock

An investment agreement with affiliates of WL Ross & Co. LLC (“WLR Group”), Mr. David Butters and a third party was entered into on February 15, 2013, to subscribe for shares of common stock with a value of $75,000,000. These shares were issued, and funds received by the Company, on February 25, 2013.

6. Share-Based Compensation

During 2008, the Company’s Board adopted the 2008 Restricted Stock Plan (the “Plan”), which entitles officers, employees, consultants and directors of the Company to receive grants of restricted stock of the Company’s common stock.

In 2012, the Company granted 39,198 shares to the Chief Executive of the Company and 11,100 shares to the officers and management of the Company, all of which were issued on February 22, 2012, with a weighted average estimated value of $7.59 per share. All of these shares vest on the third anniversary of the grant date. A further 15,000 shares each were granted to two Board members of the Company with a weighted average estimated value of $7.20 per share on April 24, 2012. These shares vest on the first anniversary of the grant date.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

In 2013, the Company granted 60,000 shares, with a weighted average estimated value of $10.00 per share, to the Chief Executive of the Company all of which were issued on March 31, 2013. On April 7, 2013 a further 27,117 shares were granted to the officers and management of the Company with a weighted average value of $10.00 per share and on April 11, 2013 a further 15,000 shares were granted to officers and management of the Company with a weighted average estimated value of $10.00. All these shares vest on the third anniversary of the grant date.

Using the straight-line method of expensing the restricted stock grants, the estimated fair value of the shares calculated at the date of grant is recognized as compensation costs in the Statement of Income over the vesting period. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company recognized $578,557 in share-based compensation costs (nine months ended September 30, 2012: $514,269). At September 30, 2013, there was a total of $1,096,513 unrecognized compensation costs relating to the expected future vesting of share-based awards (December 31, 2012: $653,908) which are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.78 years (December 31, 2012: 0.93 years).

The total fair value of shares vested during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and September 30, 2013 was $1,249,500 and $3,548,000 respectively.

Restricted share grant activity for the year ended December 31, 2012 and nine months ended September 30, 2013 was as follows:

 

 

 

     NUMBER OF
NON-VESTED
RESTRICTED
SHARES
    WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
GRANT DATE
FAIR VALUE
     WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
REMAINING
CONTRACTUAL
TERM
     AGGREGATE
INTRINSIC
VALUE
 

Balance as of January 1, 2012

     439,350      $ 5.37         

Granted

     80,298        7.44         

Vested

     (150,000     5.50         
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

     369,648      $ 5.76         0.93 years       $ 3,696,480   

Granted

     102,117        10.00         

Vested

     (258,000     5.26         
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2013

     213,765      $ 8.40         1.78 years       $ 3,516,434   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

The Company calculates the aggregate intrinsic value using the non-vested restricted shares multiplied by the estimated fair value per share at each reporting period for disclosure purposes only. To determine the estimated fair value per share, the Company’s methodology utilizes a weighted average combination of an income approach, a market approach and a cost approach. The methodology is also used by the Company when determining the estimated fair values of the restricted shares at the grant date. After giving effect to the 3-for-1 stock split that was effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend, the Company determined the estimated fair value per share to be $16.45.

7. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company occupies office space in London with a lease commencing in March 2012, for a period of ten years, with a mutual break clause after five years, and is paying approximately $515,000 (£321,850) per calendar year.

The Company also occupies property in New York paying approximately $231,990 per year. The lease is for a period of five years ending June 30, 2017.

The Company has chartered-in a vessel for a period ending in December 2014 at a fixed monthly rate commensurate with the market rate at the time of fixing the charter.

The Company entered into agreements during April 2012 to purchase up to four 21,000 cbm, semi-refrigerated ethylene-capable liquefied gas carriers which will be built at Jiangnan Shipyard (Group) Co. Ltd in China for an aggregate price of approximately $200,000,000. The first vessel is scheduled to be delivered in April 2014 followed by a vessel delivery each two months thereafter.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

The Company signed an agreement to purchase a fleet of eleven semi-refrigerated and fully-refrigerated handysize vessels from affiliates of A.P. Møller Maersk on November 14, 2012, for a total purchase price of $470,000,000, at which time the Company paid a 10% deposit. Three vessels were delivered in September 2013 giving a total of ten vessels acquired under the agreement as of September 30, 2013. The remaining vessel was delivered on October 22, 2013.

A loan facility agreement for $270,000,000 was entered into on February 12, 2013, between Navigator Gas L.L.C. and Nordea Bank Finland Plc London Branch, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB, DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch, ABN Amro Bank N.V. and HSH Nordbank AG, to assist with the financing of the acquisition of the A.P. Møller Maersk vessels. The Company drew down $147,150,000 from this facility during the second quarter of 2013. The Company drew down $71,550,000 from this facility during the third quarter of 2013 giving a cumulative drawdown on the facility of $218,700,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The term loan facility is a delayed draw facility with an availability period ending December 31, 2013 and a term of five years. Advances under the term loan facility are contingent upon the delivery of the A.P Møller vessels, provided that no advance may occur after the end of the availability period. The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels must be no less than 135% of the aggregate outstanding borrowings under the facility. Interest on amounts drawn is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus 350 basis points per annum. The principal will be repaid in instalments based on a schedule determined by lenders on each date that amounts are drawn under the facility.

A loan facility agreement for $120,000,000 was entered into on April 11, 2013, between Navigator Gas L.L.C. and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, The Export-Import Bank of China, HSH Nordbank AG and NIBC Bank N.V. to assist with the financing of the four newbuilding vessels being built in China and to be delivered in 2014. The term loan facility is a delayed draw facility with the last availability period ending June 8 2015 and a term of six years. The aggregate market value of the collateral vessels must be no less than 135% of the aggregate outstanding borrowings under the facility. Interest on amounts drawn under the facility is payable at a rate of U.S LIBOR plus 350 basis points per annum. The principal will be repaid in instalments based on a schedule determined by lenders on each date that amounts are drawn under the facility.

On July 18, 2013, the Company entered into agreements to construct one 21,000 cubic meter semi-refrigerated ethylene capable gas carrier and two 22,000 cubic meter semi-refrigerated liquefied gas carriers for a combined price of approximately $138,000,000. In addition, on October 22, 2013, the Company exercised one of its existing two options to construct a 22,000 cubic meter semi-refrigerated liquefied gas carriers at a cost of $44,000,000 each, with the second option being extended to December 2013. All four vessels will be constructed by Jiangnan Shipyard (Group) Co Ltd. in China, and are scheduled for delivery during 2015.

8. Subsequent events

On October 17, 2013, the Company filed a registration statement on Form F-1 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. (“SEC”) and announced that it is pursuing an initial public offering of its common stock. As of November 4, 2013, the registration statement on Form F-1 has not yet been declared effective by the SEC. The Company’s largest shareholder, the WLR Group, owned 60.6% of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock as of November 4, 2013 and is expected to continue to own a significant amount of the Company’s common stock following an offering. Based on the WLR Group’s significant ownership interest in the Company, it may be able to exert considerable influence on the outcome of matters on which the Company’s shareholders are entitled to vote, including the election of directors to its board of directors and other significant corporate actions.

On October 22, 2013, the Company announced that the Board of Directors of the Company has declared a 3-for-1 forward stock split of the Company’s issued and outstanding Common Stock, payable in the form of a stock dividend. Therefore, for each share held, a shareholder will receive a dividend of an additional two shares. The stock dividend will be payable on November 5, 2013 to shareholders of record at the close of business on October 29, 2013. Following this stock dividend, there will be 46,296,765 shares outstanding. All share amounts (except par value per share amounts) have been retroactively restated to reflect the Company’s 3-for-1 stock split that was effected as of October 29, 2013.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through November 4, 2013, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Navigator Holdings Ltd:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Navigator Holdings Ltd. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Navigator Holdings Ltd. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for revenue recognition of voyage charters effective April 1, 2013.

/s/ KPMG LLP

London, United Kingdom

July 18, 2013, except as to

note 10(b), which is as of November 4, 2013

 

F-11


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31,
2011
    DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 26,734,435      $ 140,870,317   

Short-term investments

            10,000,000   

Accounts receivable, net

     1,303,445        3,873,849   

Deferred income

     2,855,725        6,729,551   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     2,571,918        5,079,652   

Inventories

     4,448,830        4,821,346   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     37,914,353        171,374,715   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vessels in operation, net

     455,268,366        586,660,699   

Deposit on vessel acquisitions

            47,000,000   

Vessels under construction

     30,183,159        20,110,888   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     202,881        497,362   

Deferred finance costs, net

     1,224,375        6,610,820   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 524,793,134      $ 832,254,484   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

    

Current liabilities

    

Current portion of secured term loan facilities

   $ 14,827,696      $ 26,842,508   

Accounts payable

     4,351,463        7,943,797   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     2,087,847        5,368,092   

Deferred income

     1,968,225        2,883,352   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     23,235,231        43,037,749   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

    

Secured term loan facilities, net of current portion

     129,529,712        216,393,245   

9% Senior unsecured bond issue

            125,000,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     129,529,712        341,393,245   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

    

Shareholders’ equity

    

Common stock—$.01 par value;

    

60,000,000 shares authorized; 38,694,648 shares issued and outstanding (2011: 32,989,350) (1)

     329,893        386,946   

Additional paid-in capital

     304,789,579        352,379,003   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (146,673     (114,507

Retained earnings

     67,055,392        95,172,018   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     372,028,191        447,823,490   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 524,793,134      $ 832,254,484   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  

All share amounts (except par value per share amounts) have been retroactively restated to reflect the Company’s 3-for-1 stock split that was effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend, as described in Note 10(b) to these consolidated financial statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2011
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Revenues

    

Operating revenue

   $ 88,874,595      $ 146,716,403   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

    

Address and brokerage commissions

     2,664,461        4,233,794   

Voyage expenses

     17,660,991        27,790,816   

Charter-in costs

     343,710        11,287,831   

Vessel operating expenses

     22,938,934        32,826,651   

Depreciation and amortization

     18,677,574        24,179,633   

General and administrative costs

     4,232,103        5,273,540   

Other corporate expenses

     1,165,838        1,401,808   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     67,683,611        106,994,073   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     21,190,984        39,722,330   

Other income/(expense)

    

Interest expense

     (2,442,182     (8,735,952

Interest income

     8,978        64,590   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     18,757,780        31,050,968   

Income taxes

     (107,501     (515,123
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 18,650,279      $ 30,535,845   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

    

Basic and diluted (1)

   $ 0.60      $ 0.82   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding:

    

Basic and diluted (1)

     31,195,743        37,294,962   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends per share:

    

Basic and diluted (1)

   $ 0.31      $ 0.06   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  

All share amounts (except par value per share amounts) have been retroactively restated to reflect the Company’s 3-for-1 stock split that was effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend, as described in Note 10(b) to these consolidated financial statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2011
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Net income

   $ 18,650,279      $ 30,535,845   

Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss):

    

Foreign currency translation (loss)/gain

     (8,152     32,166   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive Income

   $ 18,642,127      $ 30,568,011   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

    COMMON
STOCK AT 0.01
PAR VALUE
    ADDITIONAL
PAID-IN
CAPITAL
    ACCUMULATED
OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME (LOSS)
    RETAINED
EARNINGS
    TOTAL  

January 1, 2011

  $ 310,530      $ 288,698,458      $ (138,521   $ 58,045,449      $ 346,915,916   

Issuance of common stock

    18,750        15,249,700                      15,268,450   

Restricted shares issued March 31, 2011

    157                             157   

Restricted shares issued April 10, 2011

    456                             456   

Net income

                         18,650,279        18,650,279   

Dividends paid

                         (9,640,336     (9,640,336

Foreign currency translation

                  (8,152            (8,152

Share-based compensation plan

           841,421                      841,421   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

    329,893        304,789,579        (146,673     67,055,392        372,028,191   

Issuance of common stock

    56,250        46,793,747                      46,849,747   

Restricted shares issued February 22, 2012

    503                             503   

Restricted shares issued April 24, 2012

    300                             300   

Net income

                         30,535,845        30,535,845   

Dividends paid

                         (2,419,219     (2,419,219

Foreign currency translation

                  32,166               32,166   

Share-based compensation plan

           795,957                      795,957   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

  $ 386,946      $ 352,379,033      $ (114,507   $ 95,172,018      $ 447,823,490   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  

All share amounts (except par value per share amounts) have been retroactively restated to reflect the Company’s 3-for-1 stock split that was effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend, as described in Note 10(b) to these consolidated financial statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2011
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net income

   $ 18,650,279      $ 30,535,845   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

    

Depreciation and amortization

     18,677,574        24,179,633   

Payment of drydocking costs

     (6,780       

Share-based compensation

     842,034        796,760   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     275,625        959,210   

Unrealized foreign exchange

     (11,031     27,489   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable

     2,115,829        (2,570,404

Inventories

     (855,116     (372,516

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     2,761,269        (6,381,560

Accounts payable and other liabilities

     2,532,954        7,787,706   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     44,982,637        54,962,163   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Payment to acquire vessels

            (147,454,659

Payment for vessels under construction

     (85,526,666     (44,931,101

Purchase of other property, plant and equipment

     (50,170     (403,739

Placement of short-term investments

            (10,000,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (85,576,836     (202,789,499
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from secured term loan facilities

     53,471,739        206,528,261   

Direct financing costs of secured term loan facilities

     (900,000     (2,700,000

Repayment of secured term loan facilities

     (7,114,331     (107,649,916

Proceeds from 9% senior unsecured bond

            125,000,000   

Issuance costs of 9% senior unsecured bond

            (3,645,655

Proceeds from issuance of stock

     15,625,000        46,875,000   

Issuance costs of stock

     (356,550     (25,253

Dividends paid

     (9,640,336     (2,419,219
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     51,085,522        261,963,218   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     10,491,323        114,135,882   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     16,243,112        26,734,435   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 26,734,435      $ 140,870,317   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Information

    

Total interest paid during the year, net of amounts capitalized

   $ 2,099,318      $ 6,166,338   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax paid during the year

   $ 73,361      $ 165,105   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2011 and 2012

1. Description of Business

Navigator Holdings Ltd., or the “Company,” the ultimate parent company of the Navigator Group of companies, is registered in the Republic of the Marshall Islands. The Company has a business of owning and operating a fleet of gas carriers. At December 31, 2012, the Company owned and operated twelve gas carriers, or the “Vessels,” having a cargo capacity of between 20,600 cbm and 22,100 cbm, all of which were semi-refrigerated and of those, five were capable of transporting ethylene.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries (See Note 7) and its Variable Interest Entities, or “VIE.” All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company consolidated 100% of one VIE, PT Navigator Khatulistiwa (“PTNK”) for which the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, i.e. it has, through its subsidiaries, a controlling financial interest in this entity. The subsidiaries own 49% of the VIE’s common stock, all of its secured debt and have voting control over it. The Company derives voting control through the PTNK joint venture agreement which states that one of the Company’s subsidiaries controls PTNK at the shareholder level and controls PTNK’s Board of Commissioners. The secured debt is collateralized with PTNK’s vessels and is held exclusively by a subsidiary of the Company. Therefore, all economic interests in the residual net assets reside with the Company as the rights of all additional benefits and absorbing of any losses are borne by the Company.

A VIE is an entity that in general does not have equity investors with voting rights or that has equity investors that do not provide sufficient financial resources for the entity to support its activities. A controlling financial interest in a VIE is present when a company has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and absorbs a majority of an entity’s expected losses, receives a majority of an entity’s expected residual returns, or both.

(b) Vessels in Operation

The cost of the vessels (excluding the estimated initial drydocking cost) less their estimated residual value is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the vessel’s estimated economic life. Management estimates the useful life of each of the Company’s vessels to be 30 years from the date of its original construction.

(c) Vessels Under Construction

Vessels under construction are stated at cost, which includes the cost of construction and other direct costs attributable to the construction. No provision for depreciation is made on construction in progress until such time as the relevant assets are completed and put into use.

(d) Impairment of Vessels

The Company reviews the carrying value of its vessels for impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable from the estimated future cash flows expected to result from its use and eventual disposition. In cases where undiscounted expected future cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized equal to an amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of assets.

(e) Drydocking Costs

Each vessel is required to be drydocked every 30 to 60 months for classification society surveys and inspections of, among other things, the underwater parts of the vessel. These works include, but are not limited to hull coatings, seawater valves, steelworks and piping works, propeller servicing and anchor chain winch calibrations, all of which cannot be performed while the vessels are operating. The Company capitalizes costs associated with the drydockings

 

F-17


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

in accordance with ASC Topic 360 “Fixed Assets” and amortizes these costs on a straight-line basis over the period to the next expected drydocking. Amortization of drydocking costs is included in depreciation and amortization in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Costs incurred during the drydocking period which relate to routine repairs and maintenance are expensed.

(f) Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers highly liquid investments, such as time deposits and certificates of deposit, with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased, to be cash equivalents. The Company has cash in a U.S. financial institution which is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the “FDIC,” for up to $250,000. At December 31, 2012 and throughout 2011 and 2012, the Company had balances in this financial institution in excess of the insured amount. The Company also maintains cash balances in foreign financial institutions which are not covered by the FDIC.

(g) Short-Term Investments

Short-term investments represent funds deposited on the money markets with an original maturity of more than three months when purchased. The Company records its short-term investments at fair value. Fair value is a market-based measurement that is determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or a liability. The fair value accounting standard establishes a three tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value:

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2—Include other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs which are supported by little or no market activity.

The fair value hierarchy also requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The Company’s short-term investments are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

(h) Accounts Receivable

The Company carries its accounts receivable at cost less an allowance for doubtful accounts. At December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Company evaluated its accounts receivable and established an allowance for doubtful accounts, based on a history of past write-offs, collections and current credit conditions. The Company does not generally charge interest on past-due accounts (unless the accounts are subject to legal action), and accounts are written off as uncollectible when all reasonable collection efforts have failed. Accounts are deemed past-due based on contractual terms.

(i) Inventories

Inventories include bunkers (fuel), for those vessels under voyage charter, and lubricants. Under a time charter, the cost of bunkers is borne by and remains the property of the charterer. Inventories are accounted for on a first in, first out basis and are valued at the lower of cost and market value.

(j) Deferred Finance Costs

Costs incurred in connection with obtaining secured term loan facilities and bonds are recorded as deferred financing costs and are amortized to interest expense over the estimated duration of the related debt. Such costs include fees paid to the lenders or on the lenders’ behalf and associated legal and other professional fees.

(k) Deferred Income

Deferred income is the balance of cash received in excess of revenue earned under a time charter or voyage charter arrangement as of the balance sheet date.

(l) Revenue Recognition

The Company employs its vessels on time charters or voyage charters. With time charters, the Company receives a fixed charter hire per on-hire day and revenue is recognized on an accrual basis and is recorded over the term of the

 

F-18


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

charter as service is provided. In the case of voyage charters, the vessel is contracted for a voyage between two or more ports and the Company is paid for the cargo transported.

On April 1, 2013, the Company changed its method of accounting for revenue recognition on voyage charters. Previously, the Company determined that a voyage commenced with loading and completed at the point of discharge. The Company now recognizes revenue on a discharge-to-discharge basis in determining percentage of completion for all voyage charters, but does not begin recognizing revenue until a charter has been agreed to by the customer and the Company, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port for its next voyage.

The Company has adopted this new policy as it considers the decision to undertake a specific voyage is highly dependent on the location of the vessel’s prior discharge port and the part of the voyage to the load port is a necessary part of the overall profitability of that voyage. Management believes that given the significant increase in the number of vessels in operation and consequently the number of voyage charters undertaken, the results of the Company could be materially distorted by excluding the proportion of the revenue in sailing to the next load port.

The adoption of this new accounting policy has not resulted in a retrospective adjustment as of or for the years ended December 31, 2011 or 2012, as the impact is not considered material.

(m) Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

The Company follows the provisions of ASC Topic 220 “Comprehensive Income”, which requires separate presentation of certain transactions, which are recorded directly as components of shareholders’ equity. Comprehensive income is comprised of net income and foreign currency translation gains and losses.

(n) Voyage Expenses and Vessel Operating Expenses

When the Company employs its vessels on time charter, it is responsible for all the operating expenses of the vessels, such as crew costs, stores, insurance, repairs and maintenance. In the case of voyage charters, the vessel is contracted only for a voyage between two or several ports, and the Company pays for all voyage expenses in addition to the vessel operating expenses. Voyage expenses consist mainly of in port expenses and bunker (fuel) consumption and are recognized as incurred.

(o) Repairs and Maintenance

All expenditures relating to routine maintenance and repairs are expensed when incurred.

(p) Insurance

The Company maintains hull and machinery insurance, war risk insurance, protection and indemnity insurance coverage, increased value insurance, demurrage and defense insurance coverage in amounts considered prudent to cover normal risks in the ordinary course of its operations. Premiums paid in advance to insurance companies are recognized as prepaid expenses and recorded as a vessel operating expense over the period covered by the insurance contract.

(q) Share-Based Compensation

The Company records as an expense in its financial statements the fair value of all equity-settled stock-based compensation awards. The terms and vesting schedules for share-based awards vary by type of grant. Generally, the awards vest subject to time-based (immediate to five years) service conditions. Compensation expense is recognized ratably over the service period.

(r) Accounting Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or “U.S. GAAP,” requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

(s) Foreign Currency Transactions

Substantially all of the Company’s cash receipts are in U.S. Dollars. The Company’s disbursements, however, are in the currency invoiced by the supplier. The Company remits funds in the various currencies invoiced. The non-U.S. Dollar invoices received and their subsequent payments are converted into U.S. Dollars when the transactions occur. The movement in exchange rates between these two dates is transferred to an exchange difference account and is expensed each month. The exchange risk resulting from these transactions is not material.

(t) Income Taxes

Navigator Holdings Ltd. and its Marshall Islands subsidiaries are not subject to taxation in the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

The Company has two subsidiaries incorporated in the United Kingdom where the base tax rate is 24% for the year ended December 31, 2012 (26% for the year ended December 31, 2011). One subsidiary earns management and other fees from fellow subsidiary companies, and for the year ended December 31, 2012, the estimated tax charge is $193,554 (2011: $107,501). The second subsidiary earned no income during 2012.

The Company considered the income tax disclosure requirements of ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes”, in regards to disclosing material unrecognized tax benefits; none were identified. The Company’s policy is to recognize accrued interest and penalties for unrecognized tax benefits as a component of tax expense. At December 31, 2011 and 2012, there were no accrued interest and penalties for unrecognized tax benefits.

(u) Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share of common stock, or “Basic EPS,” is computed by dividing the net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share of common stock, or “Diluted EPS,” are computed by dividing the net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock and dilutive share of common stock equivalents then outstanding. ASC Topic 260 requires presentation of both Basic EPS and Diluted EPS on the face of the Company’s Statement of Income.

Shares granted pursuant to the 2008 Restricted Stock Plan have been considered as outstanding since their respective grant dates for purposes of computing basic and diluted earnings per share.

(v) Segment Reporting

Although separate vessel financial information is available, Management internally evaluates the performance of the enterprise as a whole and not on the basis of separate business units or different types of charters. As a result, the Company has determined that it operates as one reportable segment. Since the Company’s vessels regularly move between countries in international waters over many trade routes, it is impractical to assign revenues or earnings from the transportation of international LPG products by geographic area.

(w) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The following accounting standard issued as of December 31, 2012, may affect the future financial reporting by Navigator Holdings Ltd.:

ASU (“ Accounting Standards Update No.”) 2013-02 Comprehensive Income (Topic 220)—Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (February 2013 )

The amendments do not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements. These amendments require an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, the entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional details about those amounts.

For public entities, the amendments are effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2012, and interim and annual periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted.

3. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The principal financial assets of the Company at December 31, 2011 and 2012 consist of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, and accounts receivable. The principal financial liabilities of the Company consist of accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities, secured term loan facilities and the 9% senior unsecured bond issue.

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents and accrued expenses and other liabilities are reasonable estimates of their fair value due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments.

The fair value of the Company’s secured term loan facilities approximates its carrying value due to the variable interest rates associated with the secured term loan facilities (Note 8) and is classified as a level three investment under the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of the 9% unsecured bond issue is deemed to approximate its carrying value due to the fact that the issuance of the bond occurred on December 18, 2012, close to the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

4. Accounts Receivable, Net

It is a condition of time charter parties that payments of hire are received monthly in advance. Voyage charter contracts require payment upon completion of each discharge, with subsequent demurrage claims payable on submission of invoices. At December 31, 2012, management has provided a provision for doubtful accounts of $302,024 relating to outstanding demurrage claims (2011: $62,531).

5. Vessels in Operation

 

 

 

     VESSEL      DRYDOCKING      TOTAL  

Cost

        

December 31, 2011

   $ 522,918,357       $ 9,405,902       $ 532,324,259   

Transfer in from vessels under construction

     54,503,372         500,000         55,003,372   

Additions

     99,996,325         458,334         100,454,659   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

   $ 677,418,054       $ 10,364,236       $ 687,782,290   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated Depreciation

        

December 31, 2011

   $ 73,465,967       $ 3,589,926       $ 77,055,893   

Charge for the period

     21,959,518         2,106,180         24,065,698   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

   $ 95,425,485       $ 5,696,106       $ 101,121,591   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Book Value

        

December 31, 2012

   $ 581,992,569       $ 4,668,130       $ 586,660,699   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

   $ 449,452,390       $ 5,815,976       $ 455,268,366   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

The net book value of vessels that serve as collateral for the Company’s bank loans (Note 8) was $488,858,551 at December 31, 2012.

The accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows have been restated to reflect a change in the presentation of payments for drydocking costs from cash flows used in investing activities to cash flows used in operating activities.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

6. Vessels Under Construction

 

 

 

     2011     2012  

Vessels under construction at January 1

   $      $ 30,183,159   

Payments to shipyard

     55,110,000        43,850,300   

Payments on novation of shipbuilding contracts

     26,775,900          

Other payments including initial stores, capitalized interest and site costs

     3,640,767        1,080,801   

Transfer to vessels in operation

     (55,343,508     (55,003,372
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vessels under construction at December 31

   $ 30,183,159      $ 20,110,888   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

In 2011, the Company entered into two agreements to novate ship building contracts from Latmar Holdings Corporation to the Company for the construction of two 20,600 cbm semi-refrigerated liquefied gas carriers at Hyundai Mipo Dockyard in South Korea. The first of the two vessels, Navigator Leo , was delivered to the Company on September 27, 2011. The second vessel, Navigator Libra , was delivered on February 9, 2012.

At December 31, 2012, the Company had committed to construct four 21,000 cbm ethylene-capable semi-refrigerated gas carriers at Jiangnan and has paid a deposit of $4,985,000 per vessel.

7. Group Subsidiaries

 

 

 

COMPANY NAME

   PERCENTAGE
OWNERSHIP
AS OF
DECEMBER 31,
2012
   

COUNTRY OF
INCORPORATION

  

COMPANY TYPE

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

     Marshall Islands    Holding company

- Navigator Gas US L.L.C.

     100   Delaware (USA)    Service company

- Navigator Gas L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Holding company

~ Navigator Gemini L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Leo L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Libra L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Mars L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Neptune L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Pegasus L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Phoenix L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Saturn L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Taurus L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Venus L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ NGT Services (UK) Ltd

     100   England    Service company

~ Falcon Funding PTE Ltd

     100   Singapore    Service company

~ Navigator Gas Invest Ltd

     100   England    Investment company

- PT Navigator Khatulistiwa

     49   Indonesia    Vessel-owning company

 

 

The VIE, PT Navigator Khatulistiwa had total assets and liabilities, as of December 31, 2012, of $101,289,872 and $69,652,399, respectively.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

8. Secured Term Loan Facilities

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31,
2011
     DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Due within one year

   $ 14,827,694       $ 26,842,508   

Due in two years

     87,864,730         26,842,508   

Due in three years

     5,642,508         26,842,508   

Due in four years

     4,447,587         26,842,508   

Due in five years

     3,864,732         135,865,721   

Due in more than five years

     27,710,157           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total secured term loan facilities

   $ 144,357,408       $ 243,235,753   

Less current portion

     14,827,696         26,842,508   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Secured term loan facilities

   $ 129,529,712       $ 216,393,245   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

The Company has an $80,000,000 secured term loan facility with Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB and Nordea Bank Finland Plc dated April 1, 2011. Interest is payable under the loan facility at USD LIBOR (0.3% for three month USD LIBOR at December 31, 2012) plus 3%, payable periodically. The Company also paid a commitment fee of 1.05% per annum based on any undrawn portion of the facility. The facility is divided into three parts: Tranche A of $16,000,000; Tranche B and Tranche C at $32,000,000 each. The loan was fully drawn in February 2012 when the balance of Tranche C was drawn down to finance the delivery installment of Navigator Libra and partly for general corporate purposes. At December 31, 2012, the total outstanding amount of the loan was $73,835,753, of which Tranche A is repayable by 17 quarterly amounts of $521,739 followed by a final payment of $4,521,742; Tranche B is repayable by 16 quarterly amounts of $444,444 followed by a final payment of $22,666,676; and Tranche C is repayable by 17 quarterly amounts of $444,444 followed by a final payment of $23,111,120.

This term loan facility is secured by first priority mortgages on each of Navigator Saturn , Navigator Leo and Navigator Libra as well as assignments of earnings and insurances on these secured vessels. The financial covenants, each as defined within the credit facility, are (a) the maintenance at all times of cash and cash equivalents (including undrawn available lines of credit with maturity exceeding 12 months) in an amount equal to or greater than (i) $10,000,000 and (ii) 5 per cent of the net indebtedness; (b) net debt to total capitalization ratio not to exceed 60%; (c) EBITDA to interest expense, on a trailing four-quarter basis, to be no less than 3:1; and (d) a loan to value maintenance of no less than 130%. At December 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with all covenants contained in this term loan. Pursuant to the terms of the term loan facility, the Company may not declare any dividends, redeem its shares or make any other payment to its shareholders other than a dividend of up to fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s consolidated net income may be declared or paid on a quarterly basis so long as the Company is in compliance with the financial covenants on a pro forma basis after declaring or paying such dividend and no event of default has occurred or will occur after declaration or payment of the dividend.

During the year, the Company entered into a $180,000,000 loan facility with Nordea Bank Finland Plc, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB and DVB Bank SE dated April 18, 2012, for the purpose of refinancing a $150,000,000 secured revolving credit facility dated July 31, 2008, as well as providing finance for the acquisition of two vessels from within our operating segment, Navigator Pegasus and Navigator Phoenix and for general corporate purposes. The deferred finance costs associated with the extinguishment of the previous $150,000,000 facility were written off in full.

Interest is payable under the loan facility at three-month USD LIBOR plus 3.375%, payable on a quarterly basis. The Company also pays a commitment fee of 1.35% per annum based on any undrawn portion of the loan facility.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

The loan facility is comprised of two tranches: Tranche A for $120,000,000 and Tranche B for $60,000,000. Tranche A is repayable in quarterly installments of $4,150,000 commencing on July 18, 2012 and Tranche B is repayable in quarterly installments of $1,150,000 commencing on July 27, 2012. Quarterly installments are payable until the maturity date of the loan which is April 18, 2017 when the loan becomes fully repayable. At December 31, 2012, the total outstanding amount of the loan was $169,400,000 which is repayable by 17 quarterly installments each of Tranche A and Tranche B followed by a final combined repayment of $79,300,000 on April 18, 2017.

This loan facility is secured by first priority mortgages on each of Navigator Gemini , Navigator Mars , Navigator Neptune , Navigator Pegasus , Navigator Phoenix , Navigator Taurus and Navigator Venus as well as assignments of earnings and insurances on these secured vessels. The financial covenants, each as defined within the credit facility, are (a) the maintenance at all times of cash and cash equivalents in an amount equal to or greater than (i) $12,500,000 and (ii) 5 per cent of the total indebtedness; (b) a ratio of EBITDA to interest expense of not less than 3.00:1.00; (c) maintain consolidated working capital of not less than $0; and (d) maintain a ratio of total shareholders’ equity to total assets of not less than 30 per cent. Pursuant to the terms of the term loan facility, the Company may not declare any dividends, redeem its shares or make any other payment to its shareholders other than a dividend of up to fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s consolidated net income may be declared or paid on a quarterly basis so long as the Company is in compliance with the financial covenants on a pro forma basis after declaring or paying such dividend and no event of default has occurred or will occur after declaration or payment of the dividend. At December 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with all covenants contained in this credit facility.

9. Senior Unsecured Bond

On December 18, 2012, the Company issued a $125,000,000 9% senior unsecured bond on the Oslo Markets. The bond will mature five years after the settlement date on December 18, 2017. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 18 and December 18.

The financial covenants, each as defined within the bond agreement, are (a) the issuer shall ensure that the Company and its subsidiaries, or collectively, the “Group,” maintains a minimum liquidity of the greater of (i) $12,500,000 and (ii) 5 per cent of total interest bearing debt; (b) the Group to maintain a positive working capital; (c) to maintain an interest coverage ratio of not less than 3.00:1.00; (d) maintain a Group equity ratio of minimum 30%; and (e) the issuer shall ensure that the aggregate market value of the Group’s vessels is at least 120% of the total interest bearing debt of the Group. Pursuant to the terms of the senior unsecured bonds, the Company may not declare any dividends, redeem its shares or make any other payment to its shareholders (other than in respect of services done in the ordinary course of business on market terms for an amount of up to $2,000,000 a year) prior to December 31, 2013. Thereafter, the Company may declare or pay a dividend of up to fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s consolidated net profits after taxes may be declared or paid on a quarterly basis so long as the Company is in compliance with an equity ratio of 35% after giving effect to the dividend. At December 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with all covenants contained in this credit facility.

10. Common Stock

(a) On November 10, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement with affiliates of WL Ross & Co. LLC to issue $62,500,000 of the Company’s common stock to provide additional capital resources for the Company’s growth program. 1,875,000 shares of common stock were issued in December 2011 followed by a further 5,625,000 shares in March 2012.

(b) The number of shares of common stock outstanding reflects a 3-for-1 stock split that was effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend. All references in these consolidated financial statements to the number of shares and per share amounts prior to the 3-for-1 stock split, which is payable in the form of a stock dividend, have been adjusted to reflect this stock split on a retroactive basis, unless otherwise noted.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

11. Share-Based Compensation

During 2008, the Company’s Board adopted the 2008 Restricted Stock Plan (the “Plan”), which entitles officers, employees, consultants and directors of the Company to receive grants of restricted stock of the Company’s common stock.

The Plan is administered by the Board or a committee of the Board. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be delivered pursuant to awards granted under the Plan during the ten-year term of the Plan is 9,000,000 shares of common stock.

A holder of restricted stock, awarded under the Plan, shall have the same voting and dividend rights as the Company’s other common shareholders in relation to those shares.

The fair value of the restricted stock grants and share-based compensation expense to be recognized over the vesting period is determined by multiplying the number of shares by the fair value per share at the grant date.

The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. In the absence of a public trading market with significant volume, our management exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of the date of each restricted stock issuance.

An independent valuation firm was consulted to determine an appropriate methodology for valuing the Company’s restricted stock at the plan’s inception in 2008. The Company continues to use this established methodology and monitors its appropriateness at each grant date. To calculate the fair value of the restricted stock, the Company utilizes a weighted average combination of an income approach, a market approach and a cost approach.

Significant assumptions made during the valuation process are illiquidity discounts used in our cost and income approaches and EBITDA multiples used in our income approach. Our cost method also utilizes the estimated value of the Company’s fleet, which is determined by the most recent broker assessments of the vessels in the fleet. Although there is a very low volume of transactions of the Company’s shares on the over-the-counter market, our market approach also takes account of actual recent trades of Company shares in the open market. The valuations were prepared by the Company on a contemporaneous basis.

Under the Plan, the Company granted 15,750 shares, with a weighted average value of $5.99 per share, to the Chief Executive of the Company on March 31, 2011, and on April 10, 2011, a further 45,600 shares were granted to the officers and management of the Company with a weighted average value of $6.53 per share. All these shares vest on the third anniversary of the grant date. During the year ended December 31, 2011, 199,998 shares of those awarded during 2008 vested.

In 2012, the Company granted 39,198 shares to the Chief Executive of the Company and 11,100 shares to the officers and management of the Company, all of which were issued on February 22, 2012, with a weighted average estimated value of $7.59 per share. All of these shares vest on the third anniversary of the grant date. A further 15,000 shares each were granted to two Board members of the Company with a weighted average estimated value of $7.20 per share on April 24, 2012. These shares vest on the first anniversary of the grant date.

Using the straight-line method of expensing the restricted stock grants, the estimated fair value of the shares calculated at the date of grant is recognized as compensation costs in the Statement of Income over the vesting period. During 2012, the Company recognized $796,760 in share-based compensation costs (2011: $842,034). At December 31, 2012, there was a total of $653,908 unrecognized compensation costs relating to the expected future vesting of share-based awards (2011: $853,082) which are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.93 years (2011: 1.42 years).

 

F-25


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 was $1,791,667 and $1,375,000, respectively.

Restricted share grant activity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 was as follows:

 

 

 

     NUMBER OF
NON-VESTED
RESTRICTED
SHARES
    WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
GRANT DATE
FAIR VALUE
     WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
REMAINING
CONTRACTUAL
TERM
     AGGREGATE
INTRINSIC VALUE
    

 

Balance as of January 1, 2011

     593,000      $ 5.11            

Granted

     61,350        6.39            

Vested

     (215,000     4.95            
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     439,350      $ 5.37         1.42 years       $ 3,661,250      

Granted

     80,298        7.44            

Vested

     (150,000     5.50            
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

     369,648      $ 5.76         0.93 years       $ 3,696,480      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company calculates the aggregate intrinsic value using the non-vested restricted shares multiplied by the estimated fair value per share at each reporting period for disclosure purposes only. To determine the estimated fair value per share, the Company’s methodology utilizes a weighted average combination of an income approach, a market approach and a cost approach. The methodology is also used by the Company when determining the estimated fair values of the restricted shares at the grant date. After giving effect to the 3-for-1 stock split that was effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend, the Company determined the estimated fair value per share to be $10.00.

12. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company occupies office space in London, the lease for which was entered into on March 30, 2012, for a period of ten years, with a mutual break clause after five years, and paying approximately $515,000 (£321,850) per calendar year.

The Company also occupies property in New York with the lease being renewed during the year and paying approximately $231,990 per year. The new lease is for a period of five years ending June 30, 2017.

The Company has chartered-in a vessel for a period ending in December 2014 at a fixed monthly rate commensurate with the market rate at the time of fixing the charter.

The Company entered into an agreement on April 25, 2012, to purchase up to six 21,000 cbm, semi-refrigerated ethylene-capable liquefied gas carriers to be built at Jiangnan for an aggregate price of approximately $300,000,000. The Company committed to build four of these newbuildings and has allowed the two remaining options to lapse. The first vessel is scheduled to be delivered in April 2014 followed by a vessel delivery each two months thereafter.

On August 9, 2012, the Company entered into an investor restrictions agreement with WL Ross & Co. LLC and certain of its affiliated investment funds (the “WLR Group”), pursuant to which the WLR Group agreed for a three-year period not to, among other things, acquire additional shares of common stock, subject to certain exceptions, or publicly propose to effect any tender offer or other transaction in which the common stock would be purchased or exchanged into cash or other property without the prior approval of the Board.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

On November 14, 2012, the Company signed an agreement to purchase the fleet of eleven semi-refrigerated and fully refrigerated handysized liquefied gas carriers from affiliates of A.P. Møller for a total purchase price of $470,000,000. The Company paid a 10% deposit upon signing of the agreement, and the vessels will be delivered charter free during 2013.

To assist with the financing of the A.P. Møller acquisition, the Company has secured lending commitments for a $270,000,000 acquisition loan, a $120,000,000 newbuilding loan, and committed equity finance of $75,000,000, together with a bond issue of $125,000,000. (See Note 9).

13. Concentration of Credit Risks

The Company’s vessels are chartered under either a time charter arrangement or voyage charter arrangement. Under a time charter arrangement, no security is provided for the payment of charter hire. However, payment is usually required monthly in advance. Under a voyage charter arrangement, a lien may sometimes be placed on the cargo to secure the payment of the accounts receivable, as permitted by the prevailing charter party agreement.

At December 31, 2012, ten of the Company’s 14 operated vessels (which include two chartered-in vessels) were subject to time charters, the majority of which will expire within 12 months. However, there are a number of time charters committed for periods ranging between three and ten years as of December 31, 2012. The committed charter income is as follows:

 

 

 

2013:

   $ 70,559,428   

2014:

   $ 33,624,923   

2015:

   $ 20,867,201   

2016:

   $ 19,079,159   

2017:

   $ 19,152,100   

 

 

During 2012, four charterers contributed 59% of the operating revenue, comprising 23%, 14%, 11% and 11% (2011: three charterers totalling 60% comprising 25%, 18% and 17%).

At December 31, 2011 and 2012, all of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments were held by large financial institutions.

14. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through July 18, 2013, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

Since the year end, the Company has taken delivery of eight of the eleven A.P. Møller handysize vessels. (See Note 12).

An investment agreement with affiliates of WL Ross & Co. LLC. Mr. Butters and a third party was entered into on February 15, 2013, to subscribe for shares of common stock to the value of $75,000,000. These shares were issued, and funds were received by the Company, on February 25, 2013.

In February 2013, the Company amended and restated the existing investor rights agreement with the WLR Group. Under the amended and restated investor rights agreement, subject to certain exceptions, WLR has the right to designate two individuals to be nominated to the Board of Directors of the Company and has certain demand and “piggyback” registration rights.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

A loan facility agreement for $270,000,000 was entered into on February 12, 2013, between Navigator Gas L.L.C. and Nordea Bank Finland Plc London branch, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB, DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch, ABN Amro Bank N.V. and HSH Nordbank AG. The term loan facility is a delayed draw facility with an availability period ending December 31, 2013, and a term of five years. Advances under the term loan facility are contingent upon the delivery of the A.P. Møller vessels, provided that no advance may occur after the end of the availability period. The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels must be no less than 135% of the aggregate outstanding borrowings under the facility. Interest on amounts drawn is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus 350 basis points per annum. The principal will be repaid in installments based on a schedule determined by lenders on each date that amounts are drawn under the facility.

A loan facility agreement for $120,000,000 was entered into on April 11, 2013, between Navigator and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, The Export-Import Bank of China, HSH Nordbank AG and NIBC Bank N.V. to assist with the financing of the four newbuilding vessels being built in China. The term loan facility is a delayed draw facility with the last availability period ending June 8, 2015 and a term of six years. The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels must be no less than 135% of the aggregate outstanding borrowings under the facility. Interest on amounts drawn under the facility is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus 350 basis points per annum. The principal will be repaid in installments based on a schedule determined by lenders on each date that amounts are drawn under the facility.

On July 18, 2013, the Company entered into agreements to construct one 21,000 cubic meter semi-refrigerated ethylene gas carrier and two 22,000 cubic meter semi-refrigerated gas carriers for a combined price of approximately $138 million. In addition, the Company has options to construct a further two 22,000 cubic meter semi-refrigerated gas carriers, exercisable by October 18, 2013. All vessels will be constructed by Jiangnan Shipyard (Group) Co Ltd. in China and are scheduled for delivery during 2015.

The Company’s largest shareholder, the WLR Group, owned 60.6% of its outstanding shares of common stock prior to the offering and will continue to own a significant amount of the Company’s common stock following the offering. Based on the WLR Group’s significant ownership interest in the Company it may be able to exert considerable influence on the outcome of matters on which the Company’s shareholders are entitled to vote, including the election of directors to its board of directors and other significant corporate actions.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

 

Address and brokerage commission

Commission payable by the shipowner to the broker or other third parties, expressed as a percentage of the freight or hire and is part of the charterparty.

 

Annual survey

The inspection of a vessel pursuant to international conventions, by a classification society surveyor, on behalf of the flag state, that takes place every year.

 

Available days

Ownership days less aggregate off-hire days associated with scheduled maintenance, which includes major repairs, drydockings, vessel upgrades or special or intermediate surveys. We use available days to measure the number of days in a period that our vessels should be capable of generating revenues.

 

bar

A unit of pressure equivalent to a hundred thousand newtons per square meter or approximately one atmosphere.

 

Bareboat charter

A charter in which the customer (the charterer) pays a fixed daily rate for a fixed period of time for the full use of the vessel and becomes responsible for all crewing, management and navigation of the vessel and the expenses therefor.

 

BSSM

Bernhard Schulte Shipmanagement, a third-party technical and crewing manager of vessels.

 

Bunker

Fuel, consisting of fuel oil and diesel, burned in a vessel’s engines.

 

Cabotage

The trade transit of a vessel along the coast, from one port to another within the territorial limits of a single country.

 

cbm

A cubic meter.

 

Charter

The hiring of a vessel, or use of its carrying capacity, for a specified period of time or transportation of cargo.

 

Charterer

A person, firm or company hiring a vessel for the carriage of goods or other purposes.

 

Charterhire

The gross revenue earned by a vessel pursuant to a bareboat, time or voyage charter.

 

Charterparty

A contract covering the transportation of cargo by sea, including the terms of the carriage, remuneration and other terms.

 

Classification society

An independent society which certifies that a vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of such society and complies with the applicable rules and regulations of the flag state of such vessel and the international conventions of which that country is a member.

 

CLC

International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, 1969, as amended.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

COFR

Certificates of financial responsibility sufficient to meet potential liabilities under OPA 90 and CERCLA, which owners and operators of vessels must establish and maintain with the U.S. Coast Guard.

 

Contract of affreightment, or “COA”

A contract of affreightment, or “COA,” is a contract to carry specified quantities of cargo, usually over prescribed shipping routes, at a fixed price per ton basis (often subject to fuel price or other adjustments) over a defined period of time. Essentially, a COA constitutes a number of voyage charters to carry a specified amount of cargo during a specified time period (i.e., the term of the COA), which can span for months or years. All of a vessel’s operating and voyage expenses when trading under a COA are typically borne by the shipowner.

 

Cracker

Also known as a catalytic cracker, a refinery unit for converting oils with high boiling points into fuels with lower boiling points in the presence of a catalyst. The cracker uses high temperatures, low pressure and a catalyst to create a chemical reaction that breaks heavy gas oil into smaller gasoline molecules.

 

Draft

Vertical distance between the waterline and the bottom of the vessel’s keel.

 

Drydocking

The removal of a vessel from the water for inspection, maintenance and/or repair of submerged parts.

 

Eco-design

An environmentally friendly design that incorporates new technologies to improve fuel efficiency and reduce emissions.

 

Flag state

The country where a vessel is registered.

 

Flaring

The controlled burning of natural gas in the course of routine oil and gas production operations.

 

Fleet utilization

The percentage of time that our vessels were available for revenue generating days, determined by dividing the number of operating days during a period by the number of available days during that period.

 

Fully-refrigerated vessel

A liquefied gas carrier designed to carry cargoes fully refrigerated at atmospheric pressure.

 

Gross ton

Unit of 100 cubic feet or 2.831 cubic meters used in arriving at the calculation of gross tonnage.

 

Hire rate

The agreed sum or rate to be paid by the charterer for the use of the vessel.

 

Hull

Shell or body of a ship.

 

IMO

International Maritime Organization, a United Nations agency that issues international trade standards for shipping.

 

Intermediate survey

The inspection of a vessel by a classification society surveyor that takes place every two and a half years after the special survey.

 

IGC Code

International Gas Carrier Code, which, among other things, provides a standard for the safe carriage of LNG and certain other liquid gases.

 

ISM Code

International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, which, among other things, requires vessel owners to obtain a safety management certification for each vessel they manage.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

ISPS Code

International Security Code for Ports and Ships, which enacts measures to detect and prevent security threats to ships and ports.

 

Liquid natural gas, or “LNG”

Methane that has been cooled to around -163ºC, at which temperature it liquefies and can be transported in insulated tanks aboard specialized vessels.

 

Liquid petroleum gas, or “LPG”

The generic name given to the commercial gases, propane and butane.

 

MARPOL

The International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships.

 

Metric ton

A metric ton of 1,000 kilograms.

 

Newbuilding

A new vessel under construction or on order.

 

NMM

Northern Marine Management Ltd, a third-party technical and crewing manager of vessels.

 

Off-hire

The time during which a vessel is not available for service.

 

OPA 90

The United States Oil Pollution Act of 1990, as amended.

 

Operating costs

The costs of the vessels including crewing costs, insurance, repairs and maintenance, stores, spares, lubricants and miscellaneous expenses (but excluding capital costs and voyage expenses).

 

Operating days

A vessel’s available days less the aggregate number of days that it is off-hire for any reason other than scheduled maintenance.

 

Orderbook

A reference to currently placed orders for the construction of vessels.

 

Ownership Days

The aggregate number of days in a period that each vessel in our fleet has been owned by us.

 

Petrochemical gases

Industrial gases produced in petrochemical processes, such as ethylene, propylene, butadiene and VCM.

 

P&I

Protection and indemnity. This denotes the insurance coverage taken by a ship owner or charterer against third party liabilities such as oil pollution, cargo damage, crew injury, loss of life or other liabilities.

 

P&I association

A mutual insurance association providing P&I insurance coverage.

 

Scrapping

The disposal of old or damaged vessel tonnage by way of sale as scrap metal.

 

Semi-refrigerated vessel

A liquefied gas carrier designed to carry cargoes both fully refrigerated and under higher pressure than atmospheric pressure, also known as semi-pressurized vessels.

 

Short-term time charter

A charter for a term less than two years.

 

Sister ships

One or more vessels of the same specifications typically built at the same shipyard.

 

SOLAS

International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, which provides, among other things, rules for the construction and equipment of commercial vessels.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

Special survey

The extensive inspection of a vessel by a classification society surveyor that takes place every five years.

 

Spot charter

See voyage charter.

 

Spot market

The market for chartering a vessel for single voyages.

 

Strict liability

Liability that is imposed without regard to fault.

 

Time charter

A charter in which the charterer pays for the use of a ship’s cargo capacity for a specified period of time. The owner provides the ship with crew, stores and provisions, ready in all aspects to load cargo and proceed on a voyage as directed by the charterer. The charterer usually pays for bunkering and all voyage-related expenses, including canal tolls and port charges.

 

Time charter equivalent, or “TCE,” rate

A measure of the average daily revenue performance of a vessel. TCE rate is a shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare period-to-period changes in a shipping company’s performance despite changes in the mix of charter types (i.e., time charters, voyage charters and COAs) under which the vessels may be employed between the periods. Our method of calculating TCE rate is to divide operating revenue (net of voyage expenses) by operating days for the relevant time period.

 

Ton

A metric ton of 1,000 kilograms.

 

U.S. GAAP

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

 

Utilization

A measure of a company’s efficiency in finding suitable employment for its vessels and minimizing the number of days that its vessels are off-hire for reasons other than scheduled repairs or repairs under guarantee, vessel upgrades, special surveys or vessel positioning. Utilization is calculated by dividing the number of operating days during a period by the number of available days during the period.

 

Venting

The controlled release of gases into the atmosphere in the course of oil and gas production operations.

 

Vessel operating expenses

Expenses that are not unique to a specific voyage for which we are responsible under all types of vessel employment contracts we undertake. Vessel operating expenses include crew wages and related costs, the cost of insurance, expenses relating to repairs and maintenance, the cost of spares and consumable stores, tonnage taxes and other miscellaneous expenses.

 

Voyage charters

Also known as a spot charter. A charter in which the charterer pays for the use of a vessel’s cargo capacity for one, or sometimes more than one, voyage between specified ports. Under this type of charter, the vessel owner pays all the operating and voyage costs of the vessel (including bunker fuel, canal and port charges, pilotage, towage and ship’s agency) while payment for cargo handling charges are subject to agreement between the parties. Freight is generally paid per unit of cargo, such as a ton, based on an agreed quantity, or as a lump sum irrespective of the quantity loaded.

 

Voyage expenses

All expenses unique to a particular voyage, including any bunker fuel consumption, port expenses and canal tolls.

 

A-4


Table of Contents

 

 

 

11,300,000 Shares

 

LOGO

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

Common Stock

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

Joint Book-Running Managers

Jefferies

Morgan Stanley

Co-Managers

Evercore

Fearnley Securities

Global Hunter Securities

Stifel

 

                    , 2013

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The articles of incorporation of the Registrant provide that every director and officer of the Registrant shall be indemnified out of the funds of the Registrant as follows:

The Registrant shall indemnify, to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted or required by law, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Registrant), by reason of the fact that the person is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Registrant, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person or on his or her behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Registrant, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

The Registrant shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by or in the right of the Registrant to procure judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Registrant, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person or in connection with the defense or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding, if he or she was acting in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Registrant and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his or her duty to the Registrant unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action, suit or proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses that the court shall deem proper.

Section 60 of the Business Corporations Act of the Associations Law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands provides as follows with respect to the indemnification of directors and officers:

Actions not by or in right of the corporation. A corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of no contest, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

Actions by or in right of the corporation . A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right

 

II-1


Table of Contents

of the corporation to procure judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

When director or officer successful . To the extent that a director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (1) or (2) of this section, or in the defense of a claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

Payment of expenses in advance . Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the board of directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section.

Indemnification pursuant to other rights . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

Continuation of indemnification . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Insurance . A corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in such capacity whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this section.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since September 30, 2010, we have made the following sales of unregistered securities (after giving effect to the 3-for-1 stock split effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend):

 

  n  

In March 2011, we granted an 15,750 shares of restricted stock with a weighted average estimated value of $5.99 per share to David J. Butters pursuant to the 2008 Restricted Stock Plan;

 

  n  

In April 2011, we granted 45,600 shares of restricted stock with a weighted average estimated value of $6.53 per share to certain of our officers and employees pursuant to the 2008 Restricted Stock Plan;

 

  n  

In December 2011, we issued 1,875,000 shares of common stock to the WLR Group at a purchase price of $8.33 per share;

 

  n  

In February 2012, we granted 50,298 shares of restricted stock with a weighted average estimated value of $7.59 per share to certain of our officers and employees pursuant to our 2008 Restricted Stock Plan;

 

  n  

In March 2012, we issued 5,625,000 shares of common stock to the WLR Group at a purchase price of $8.33 per share;

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  n  

In April 2012, we granted 30,000 shares of restricted stock with a weighted average estimated value of $7.20 per share to two members of our board of directors pursuant to our 2008 Restricted Stock Plan;

 

  n  

In February 2013, we issued 6,499,998, 500,001 and 500,001 shares of common stock to the WLR Group, Mr. Butters and an unrelated third party, respectively, at a purchase price of $10.00 per share;

 

  n  

In March 2013, we granted 60,000 shares of restricted stock with a weighted average estimated value of $10.00 per share to certain of our officers and employees pursuant to our 2008 Restricted Stock Plan; and

 

  n  

In April 2013, we granted 42,117 shares of restricted stock with a weighted average estimated value of $10.00 per share to certain of our officers and employees pursuant to our 2008 Restricted Stock Plan.

Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder), or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions.

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits.

See the Index to Exhibits on the page immediately preceding the exhibits for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form F-1, which Index to Exhibits is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All supplemental schedules are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 9. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

To provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement shares certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

That insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on the 6 th day of November, 2013.

 

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

By:

 

/s/    David J. Butters

  Name:   David J. Butters
  Title:   Chairman of the Board of Directors,
    President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

 

 

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/    David J. Butters        

David J. Butters

   Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
  November 6, 2013

/s/    Niall Nolan        

Niall Nolan

   Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  November 6, 2013

*

Dr. Heiko Fischer

   Director   November 6, 2013

*

David Kenwright

   Director   November 6, 2013

*

Spiros Milonas

   Director   November 6, 2013

*

Alexander Oetker

   Director   November 6, 2013

*

Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.

   Director   November 6, 2013

*

Florian Weidinger

   Director   November 6, 2013
*By:   /s/    David J. Butters        
  David J. Butters
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Authorized Representative

Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States, has signed this registration statement in the City of Newark, State of Delaware, on November 6, 2013.

 

 

PUGLISI & ASSOCIATES

By:    

 

/s/ Donald J. Puglisi

  Name: Donald J. Puglisi
  Title:    Managing Director
              Authorized Representative in the United States

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

 

 

EXHIBIT
NO.

 

DESCRIPTION

  1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1**†   Framework Agreement in relation to the sale of handysize gas vessels, dated November 14, 2012 between Maersk Handy Gas Pte Ltd, A.P. Møller Singapore Pte Ltd and Live Oak Company Limited, as Sellers, and Navigator Holdings Ltd. and Navigator Gas L.L.C., as Buyers.
  2.2.1**†   Memorandum of Agreement in relation to the sale of the Maersk Glory, dated November 16, 2012 between Maersk Handy Gas Pte Ltd, as Seller, and Navigator Holdings Ltd. and Navigator Gas L.L.C. (In accordance with Instruction 2 to Item 601 of Regulation S-K, the Company has filed only one Memorandum of Agreement, as the other agreements are substantially identical in all material respects except as to the parties thereto.)
  2.2.2**   Schedule of Agreements omitted pursuant to Instruction 2 to Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
  3.1   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Navigator Holdings Ltd.
  3.2**   Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Navigator Holdings Ltd.
  4.1**   Investment Agreement, dated November 10, 2011, among Navigator Holdings Ltd., WL Ross & Co. LLC and certain of its affiliates named therein.
  4.2**   Investment Agreement, dated February 15, 2013, among Navigator Holdings Ltd., WL Ross & Co. LLC and certain of its affiliates and unrelated third-party investors named therein.
  4.3   Investor Rights Agreement, dated November 5, 2013, among Navigator Holdings Ltd., WL Ross & Co. LLC and certain of its affiliates named therein.
  4.4**   Investor Restrictions Agreement, dated August 9, 2012, among Navigator Holdings Ltd., WL Ross & Co. LLC and certain of its affiliates named therein.
  5.1   Opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, as to the legality of the securities being registered.
  8.1   Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. relating to tax matters.
  8.2   Opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP relating to tax matters.
10.1   Navigator Holdings Ltd. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan .
10.2**   Navigator Holdings Ltd. 2008 Restricted Stock Plan.
10.3**   $80,000,000 Secured term loan facility by and among Navigator Gas L.L.C., Navigator Leo L.L.C., Navigator Libra L.L.C., Nordea Bank Finland Plc, acting through its New York branch, and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (Publ), as the Lead Arrangers, Bookrunner, Facility Agent and Security Trustee, dated as of April 1, 2011.
10.4**   $180,000,000 Secured term loan facility by and among Navigator Gas L.L.C., Navigator Pegasus, L.L.C., Navigator Phoenix L.L.C., Nordea Bank Finland Plc, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB and DVB Bank Se Nordic Branch, dated as of April 18, 2012.
10.5**   $270,000,000 Secured term loan facility by and among Navigator Gas L.L.C., Navigator Holdings Ltd., Nordea Bank Finland Plc, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB, DVB Bank Se Nordic Branch, ABN Amro Bank N.V. and HSH Nordbank AG, as mandated lead arrangers, dated as of February 12, 2013.
10.6**   $120,000,000 Secured term loan facility by and among Navigator Gas L.L.C., Navigator Atlas L.L.C., Navigator Europa L.L.C., Navigator Oberon L.L.C. and Navigator Triton L.L.C., Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, the Export-Import Bank of Kore, HSH Nordbank Ag and NIBC Bank N.V. as the arrangers and Credit Agricole as agent, and a group of financial institutions as lenders, dated as of April 11, 2013.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT
NO.

 

DESCRIPTION

10.7   Bond Agreement between Navigator Holdings Ltd. and Norsk Tillitsmann ASA on behalf of the Bondholders in the bond issue of 9% Navigator Holdings Ltd. Senior Unsecured Callable Bonds dated December 14, 2012.
10.8**   Joint Venture Agreement, dated August 4, 2010, among PT Persona Sentra Utama, PT Mahameru Kencana Abadi, Navigator Gas Invest Limited and PT Navigator Khatulistiwa.
10.9**   Form of Indemnification Agreement between Navigator Holdings Ltd. and each of the directors and officers thereof.
16.1**   Letter from Grassi & Co., CPAs, P.C., dated October 17, 2013.
16.2**   Letter from MSPC Certified Public Accountants and Advisors, P.C., dated October 17, 2013.
21.1**   List of Subsidiaries of Navigator Holdings Ltd.
23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP.
23.2   Consent of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1).
23.3   Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 8.1).
23.4   Consent of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP relating to tax matters (contained in Exhibit 8.2).
23.5   Consent of Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd.
24.1**   Powers of Attorney (contained on page II-4).

 

 

*   To be filed by amendment.
**   Previously filed.
  The schedules and similar attachments to this agreement have been omitted from this filing pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The Company will furnish copies of such schedules to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

 

II-7

Exhibit 1.1

[•] Shares

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

FORM OF UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[•], 2013

JEFFERIES LLC

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

As Representatives of the several Underwriters

c/o JEFFERIES LLC

520 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10022

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

1221 Avenue of the Americas, 34 th Floor

New York, NY 10020

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Introductory. Navigator Holdings Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell to the several underwriters named in Schedule A (the “ Underwriters ”) an aggregate of [•] shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Shares ”); and the stockholders of the Company named in Schedule B (collectively, the “ Selling Stockholders ”) severally propose to sell to the Underwriters an aggregate of [•] Shares. The [•] Shares to be sold by the Company and the [•] Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders (the “Selling Stockholders’ Firm Shares”) are collectively called the “Firm Shares.” In addition, the Selling Stockholders have granted to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional [•] Shares as provided in Section 2. The additional [•] Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders pursuant to such option are collectively called the “ Optional Shares ,” and together with the Selling Stockholders’ Firm Shares, are collectively called the “ Selling Stockholders’ Shares .” The Firm Shares and, if and to the extent such option is exercised, the Optional Shares are collectively called the “ Offered Shares .” Jefferies LLC (“ Jefferies ”) and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“ Morgan Stanley ”) have agreed to act as representatives of the several Underwriters (in such capacity, collectively, the “ Representatives ”) in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Shares. To the extent there are no additional underwriters listed on Schedule A, the term “Representatives” as used herein shall mean you, as Underwriters, and the term “Underwriters” shall mean either the singular or the plural, as the context requires.

The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement on Form F-1, File No. 333-191782, which contains a form of prospectus to be used in connection with the public offering and sale of the Offered Shares. Such registration statement, as amended, including the financial statements, exhibits and schedules thereto, in the form in which it became effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “ Securities Act ”), including any information deemed to be a part thereof at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act, is called the “ Registration Statement .” Any registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act in connection with the offer and sale of the Offered Shares is called the “ Rule


462(b) Registration Statement ,” and from and after the date and time of filing of any such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. The prospectus, in the form first used by the Underwriters to confirm sales of the Offered Shares or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company to meet requests of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act, is called the “ Prospectus .” The preliminary prospectus dated [•], 2013 describing the Offered Shares and the offering thereof is called the “ Preliminary Prospectus ,” and the Preliminary Prospectus and any other prospectus in preliminary form that describes the Offered Shares and the offering thereof and is used prior to the filing of the Prospectus is called a “ preliminary prospectus .” As used herein, “ Applicable Time ” is [•][a.m.][p.m.] (New York City time) on [•], 2013. As used herein, “ free writing prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, and “ Time of Sale Prospectus ” means the Preliminary Prospectus together with the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule C hereto. As used herein, “Road Show” means a “road show” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act) relating to the offering of the Offered Shares contemplated hereby that is a “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act). As used herein, “ Section 5(d) Written Communication ” means each written communication (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that is made in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act by the Company or any person authorized to act on behalf of the Company to one or more potential investors that are qualified institutional buyers (“ QIBs ”) and/or institutions that are accredited investors (“ IAIs ”), as such terms are respectively defined in Rule 144A and Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act, to determine whether such investors might have an interest in the offering of the Offered Shares; “ Section 5(d) Oral Communication ” means each oral communication, if any, made in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act by the Company or any person authorized to act on behalf of the Company made to one or more QIBs and/or one or more IAIs to determine whether such investors might have an interest in the offering of the Offered Shares; “ Marketing Materials ” means any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Offered Shares, including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically); and “ Permitted Section 5(d) Communication ” means the Section 5(d) Written Communication(s) and Marketing Materials listed on Schedule D attached hereto.

All references in this Agreement to (i) the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus (including the Preliminary Prospectus), or the Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing, or any free writing prospectus, shall include any copy thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“ EDGAR ”) and (ii) the Prospectus shall be deemed to include any “electronic Prospectus” provided for use in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares as contemplated by Section 3A(n) of this Agreement.

The Company and each of the Selling Stockholders hereby confirm their respective agreements with the Underwriters as follows:

Section 1. Representations and Warranties of the Company.

A. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company hereby represents, warrants and covenants to each Underwriter, as of the date of this Agreement, as of the First Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) and as of each Option Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), if any, as follows:

(a) Compliance with Registration Requirements . The Registration Statement has become effective under the Securities Act. The Company has complied, to the Commission’s satisfaction with all requests of the Commission for additional or supplemental information, if any. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect and no proceedings for such purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, are contemplated or threatened by the Commission.

 

2


(b) Disclosure . Each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus when filed complied in all material respects with the Securities Act and, if filed by electronic transmission pursuant to EDGAR, was identical (except as may be permitted by Regulation S-T under the Securities Act) to the copy thereof delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offer and sale of the Offered Shares. Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became or becomes effective, complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. As of the Applicable Time, the Time of Sale Prospectus (including any preliminary prospectus wrapper) did not, and at the First Closing Date (as defined in Section 2) and at each applicable Option Closing Date (as defined in Section 2), will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Prospectus (including any Prospectus wrapper), as of its date, did not, and at the First Closing Date and at each applicable Option Closing Date, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The representations and warranties set forth in the three immediately preceding sentences do not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, or the Prospectus or the Time of Sale Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information consists of the information described in Section 9(b) below. There are no contracts or other documents required to be described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement which have not been described or filed as required.

(c) Free Writing Prospectuses; Road Show . As of the determination date referenced in Rule 164(h) under the Securities Act, the Company was not, is not or will not be (as applicable) an “ineligible issuer” in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to Rules 164, 405 and 433 under the Securities Act. Each free writing prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act. Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Securities Act, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending, and each such free writing prospectus, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times through the completion of the public offer and sale of the Offered Shares did not, does not and will not include any information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any preliminary prospectus and not superseded or modified. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule C , and electronic road shows, if any, furnished to you before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without your prior written consent, prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus. Each Road Show, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, did not, as of the Applicable Time, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from the Road Show based upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information consists of the information described in Section 9(b) below.

 

3


(d) Distribution of Offering Material By the Company . Prior to the later of (i) the expiration or termination of the option granted to the several Underwriters in Section 2, (ii) the completion of the Underwriters’ distribution of the Offered Shares and (iii) the expiration of 25 days after the date of the Prospectus , the Company has not distributed and will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Shares other than the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus or any free writing prospectus reviewed and consented to by the Representatives, the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified on Schedule C and any Permitted Section 5(d) Communications.

(e) The Underwriting Agreement . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(f) Authorization of the Offered Shares . The Offered Shares (except the Selling Stockholders’ Shares) have been duly authorized for issuance and sale pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company against payment therefor pursuant to this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares is not subject to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to subscribe for or purchase the Offered Shares.

(g) Authorization of the Selling Stockholders’ Shares . The Selling Stockholders’ Shares for sale pursuant to this Agreement have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.

(h) No Applicable Registration or Other Similar Rights . There are no persons with registration or other similar rights to have any equity or debt securities registered for sale under the Registration Statement or included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement, other than the Selling Stockholders with respect to the Offered Shares included in the Registration Statement, except for such rights as have been duly waived.

(i) No Material Adverse Change . Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus: (i) there has been no material adverse change, or any development that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business, properties, operations, assets, liabilities or prospects, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one entity (any such change being referred to herein as a “ Material Adverse Change ”); (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one entity, have not incurred any material liability or obligation, indirect, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transaction or agreement not in the ordinary course of business; (iii) there has not been any material decrease in the capital stock or any material increase in any short-term or long-term indebtedness of the Company or its subsidiaries; and (iv) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company or, except for dividends paid to the Company or other subsidiaries, by any of the Company’s subsidiaries on any class of capital stock, or any repurchase or redemption by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any class of capital stock.

 

4


(j) Independent Accountants . KPMG LLP, which has expressed its opinion with respect to the financial statements (which term as used in this Agreement includes the related notes thereto) and supporting schedules, if any, filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, is (i) an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and the rules of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“ PCAOB ”), (ii) in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and (iii) a registered public accounting firm as defined by the PCAOB whose registration has not been suspended or revoked and who has not requested such registration to be withdrawn.

(k) Financial Statements . The financial statements filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the periods specified. The supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, if any, present fairly the information required to be stated therein. Such financial statements and supporting schedules, if any, have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as may be expressly stated in the related notes thereto. No other financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus. The financial data set forth in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the captions “Prospectus Summary—Summary Selected Financial Data,” “Selected Historical Financial and Operating Data” and “Capitalization” fairly present the information set forth therein on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus and any free writing prospectus, that constitute non-GAAP financial measures (as defined by the rules and regulations under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) comply with Regulation G under the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable. To the Company’s knowledge, no person who has been suspended or barred from being associated with a registered public accounting firm, or who has failed to comply with any sanction pursuant to Rule 5300 promulgated by the PCAOB, has participated in or otherwise aided the preparation of, or audited, the financial statements, supporting schedules or other financial data filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(l) Company’s Accounting System . The Company and each of its subsidiaries make and keep accurate books and records and maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

(m) Disclosure Controls and Procedures; Deficiencies in or Changes to Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . The Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act), which (i) are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer by others within those entities, particularly during the periods in which the periodic reports required under the Exchange Act are being prepared; (ii) have been evaluated by management of the Company for effectiveness as of the end of the Company’s most recent fiscal quarter, and (iii) are effective to a reasonable level of

 

5


assurance to perform the functions for which they were established. Since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there have been no significant deficiencies or material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The Company is not aware of any change in its internal control over financial reporting that has occurred during its most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(n) Domestication and Good Standing of the Company . The Company has been duly domesticated into the Republic of The Marshall Islands and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands and has the corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business.

(o) Subsidiaries . Each of the Company’s subsidiaries (for purposes of this Agreement, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) has been duly incorporated, domesticated or organized, as the case may be, and is validly existing as a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, domestication or organization, as applicable, and has the power and authority (corporate or other) to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus. Each of the Company’s subsidiaries is duly qualified as a foreign corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business. All of the issued and outstanding capital stock or other equity or ownership interests of each of the Company’s subsidiaries have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid (to the extent required under the subsidiaries’ organizational documents) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by the applicable statutes of the jurisdiction of formation or domestication, as applicable, of the applicable subsidiary) and are owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or adverse claim (except as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus). The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity other than the subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement.

(p) Capitalization and Other Capital Stock Matters . The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Capitalization” (other than for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to employee benefit plans, or upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, in each case described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus). The Shares (including the Offered Shares) conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Time of Sale Prospectus. All of the issued and outstanding Shares (including the Shares owned by Selling Stockholders) have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and have been issued in compliance with all foreign, U.S. federal and state securities laws. None of the outstanding Shares was issued in violation of any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities of the Company. There are no authorized or outstanding options, warrants, preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other rights to purchase, or equity or debt securities

 

6


convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, any capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries other than those described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus. The descriptions of the Company’s stock option, stock bonus and other stock plans or arrangements, and the options or other rights granted thereunder, set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus accurately and fairly presents the information required to be shown with respect to such plans, arrangements, options and rights.

(q) Stock Exchange Listing . The Offered Shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange (the “ NYSE ”), subject only to official notice of issuance.

(r) Non-Contravention of Existing Instruments; No Further Authorizations or Approvals Required . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its articles of incorporation or by-laws, partnership agreement or operating agreement or similar organizational documents, as applicable, or is in default (or, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, would be in default) (“ Default ”) under any indenture, loan, credit agreement, note, lease, license agreement, contract, franchise or other instrument (including, without limitation, any pledge agreement, security agreement, mortgage or other instrument or agreement evidencing, guaranteeing, securing or relating to indebtedness) to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound, or to which any of their respective properties or assets are subject (each, an “ Existing Instrument ”), except for such Defaults as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or other), earnings, business, properties, operations, assets, liabilities or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one entity (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”). The Company’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares (including the use of proceeds from the sale of the Offered Shares as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and will not result in any violation of the provisions of the articles of incorporation or by-laws, partnership agreement or operating agreement or similar organizational documents, as applicable, of the Company or any subsidiary (ii) will not conflict with or constitute a breach of, or Default or a Debt Repayment Triggering Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, or require the consent of any other party to, any Existing Instrument and (iii) will not result in any violation of any law, administrative regulation or administrative or court decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries. No consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or registration or filing with, any court or other governmental or regulatory authority or agency, is required for the Company’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, except such as have been obtained or made by the Company and are in full force and effect under the Securities Act and such as may be required under applicable state securities or blue sky laws or Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”). As used herein, a “ Debt Repayment Triggering Event ” means any event or condition which gives, or with the giving of notice or lapse of time would give, the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(s) Compliance with Laws. The Company and its subsidiaries have been and are in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, except where failure to be so in compliance could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7


(t) No Material Actions or Proceedings . There are no actions, suits, proceedings, inquiries or investigations brought by or before any governmental entity now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries, which could be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or with the employees of any principal supplier, manufacturer, customer or contractor of the Company, exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is threatened or imminent.

(u) Intellectual Property Rights The Company and its subsidiaries own, or have obtained valid and enforceable licenses for, the inventions, patent applications, patents, trademarks, trade names, service names, copyrights, trade secrets and other intellectual property described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus as being owned or licensed by them or which are necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as currently conducted or as currently proposed to be conducted (collectively, “ Intellectual Property ”). To the Company’s knowledge: (i) there are no third parties who have rights to any Intellectual Property, except for customary reversionary rights of third-party licensors with respect to Intellectual Property that is disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus as licensed to the Company or one or more of its subsidiaries; and (ii) there is no infringement by third parties of any Intellectual Property. There is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others: (A) challenging the Company’s rights in or to any Intellectual Property, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or claim; (B) challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of any Intellectual Property, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or claim; or (C) asserting that the Company or any of its subsidiaries infringes or otherwise violates, or would, upon the commercialization of any product or service described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus as under development, infringe or violate, any patent, trademark, trade name, service name, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary rights of others, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or claim. The Company and its subsidiaries have complied with the terms of each agreement pursuant to which Intellectual Property has been licensed to the Company or any subsidiary, and all such agreements are in full force and effect. The product candidates described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus as under development by the Company or any subsidiary fall within the scope of the claims of one or more patents owned by, or exclusively licensed to, the Company or any subsidiary.

(v) All Necessary Permits, etc . Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its subsidiaries possess such valid and current certificates, authorizations or permits required by state, federal or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies to conduct their respective businesses as currently conducted and as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus (“ Permits ”), including, but not limited to, pursuant to the terms of the agreements set forth on Exhibit A relating to the Vessels (as described below) as such agreements are currently in effect (the “ Charter Agreements ”). Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of, or in default under, any of the Permits or has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of, or non-compliance with, any such certificate, authorization or permit.

 

8


(w) Title to Properties . The (i) Company and its subsidiaries have good and valid title to all of the real and personal property (including the Vessels (as defined below)) and other assets reflected as owned in the financial statements referred to in Section 1A(j) above (except as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus) and (ii) each of the Company’s subsidiaries listed on Exhibit A hereto hold, directly or indirectly, the interest in the applicable vessel set forth opposite its name thereon (collectively, the “ Vessels ”), in each of case (i) and (ii), free and clear of any security interests, mortgages, liens, encumbrances, equities, adverse claims and other defects (except as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus). The real property, improvements, equipment and personal property held under lease by the Company or any of its subsidiaries are held under valid and enforceable leases, with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such real property, improvements, equipment or personal property by the Company or such subsidiary.

(x) Vessel Registration. Each Vessel is duly registered under the laws of the jurisdiction set forth on Exhibit A in the name of the applicable entity identified thereon.

(y) Tax Law Compliance . The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all necessary federal, state and foreign income and franchise tax returns or have properly requested extensions thereof (except in any case in which the failure so to file would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect) and have paid all taxes required to be paid by any of them and, if due and payable, any related or similar assessment, fine or penalty levied against any of them except as may be being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings. The Company has made adequate charges, accruals and reserves in the applicable financial statements referred to in Section 1A(j) above in respect of all federal, state and foreign income and franchise taxes for all periods as to which the tax liability of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has not been finally determined.

(z) Insurance . Each of the Company and its subsidiaries are insured by institutions with policies in such amounts and with such deductibles and covering such risks as are generally deemed adequate and customary for their businesses including, but not limited to, policies covering real and personal property owned or leased by the Company and its subsidiaries against theft, damage, destruction, acts of vandalism and earthquakes and policies covering the Company and its subsidiaries for product liability claims. The Company has no reason to believe that it or any of its subsidiaries will not be able (i) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (ii) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that could not be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

(aa) Compliance with Environmental Laws . Except as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; (i) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, polychlorinated biphenyl, petroleum or petroleum products (collectively, “ Hazardous Materials ”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “ Environmental Laws ”); (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries have all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and are each in compliance with their requirements (collectively, “ Environmental Permits ”); (iii) there are no pending or threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any

 

9


Environmental Law against the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and (iv) there are no events or circumstances that might reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or governmental body or agency, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws. To the knowledge of the Company, the Charter Parties possess, or reasonably expect to possess in the ordinary course as necessary, the Environmental Permits that are the responsibility of the charter parties to obtain to conduct their business pursuant to the terms of the Charter Agreements.

(bb) Periodic Review of Costs of Environmental Compliance . In the ordinary course of its business, the Company conducts a periodic review of the effect of Environmental Laws on the business, operations, Vessels and other properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, in the course of which it identifies and evaluates associated costs and liabilities (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties). No facts or circumstances have come to the Company’s attention that could result in costs or liabilities that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(cc) Inapplicability of ERISA. None of the Company or its subsidiaries has incurred or is reasonably likely to incur any material liability under Title IV of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(dd) Benefit Plans. Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) each deferred compensation, superannuation, retirement, employee benefit pension plan or other employee benefit plan, fund, program, agreement, commitment or arrangement, whether funded or unfunded, for which the Company or any of its subsidiaries could have any liability (a “Plan”) has been established, registered, qualified, invested and administered in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable governmental and/or regulatory authorities; (ii) all contributions required to be made with respect to each Plan have been made in accordance with applicable laws and the terms of such plan; (iii) there is no pending audit or investigation by any governmental or regulatory authority with respect to any Plan; (iv) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any obligation in connection with the termination of, or withdrawal from, any Plan; (v) there are no outstanding disputes pending concerning the assets of any Plan (other than individual claims for the payment of benefits in the ordinary course); (vi) all Plans which are funded or insured plans are funded or insured at least to the extent required by any applicable laws, rules or regulations; and (vii) the fair market value of the assets of each funded Plan, the collective liability of each insurer for any Plan funded through insurance or the book reserve established for the Plan, together with any accrued contributions, is sufficient to procure or provide for the accrued benefit obligations with respect to all current and former participants in such Plan according to the actuarial assumptions and valuations most recently used to account for such obligations.

(ee) Passive Foreign Investment Company. The Company should not be a Passive Foreign Investment Company (“ PFIC ”) within the meaning of Section 1297 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), for the taxable year ending December 31, 2013, and based on the Company’s current and expected assets, income and operations as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company does not believe that it is likely to become a PFIC for any future tax year.

 

10


(ff) Company Not an “Investment Company.” The Company is not, and will not be, either after receipt of payment for the Offered Shares or after the application of the proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”) .

(gg) No Price Stabilization or Manipulation; Compliance with Regulation M . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might be reasonably expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares or of any other “reference security” (as defined in Rule 100 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act ( “Regulation M” )) with respect to the Shares, whether to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Shares or otherwise, and has taken no action which would directly or indirectly violate Regulation M.

(hh) Related-Party Transactions . There are no business relationships or related-party transactions involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any other person required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus that have not been described as required.

(ii) FINRA Matters . All of the information provided to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters by the Company, its counsel, its officers and directors and the holders of any securities (debt or equity) or options to acquire any securities of the Company in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares is true, complete, correct and compliant with FINRA’s rules and any letters, filings or other supplemental information provided to FINRA pursuant to FINRA Rules or NASD Conduct Rules is true, complete and correct.

(jj) Parties to Lock-Up Agreements . The Company has furnished to the Underwriters an executed letter agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F (the “ Lock-up Agreement ”) from the Selling Stockholders and each of the persons listed on Exhibit G . Such Exhibit G lists under an appropriate caption the directors, officers and stockholders of the Company and each such agreement is on the date hereof and shall be on each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date in full force and effect. If any additional persons shall become directors or officers of the Company prior to the end of the Company Lock-up Period (as defined below), the Company shall cause each such person, prior to or contemporaneously with their appointment or election as a director or officer of the Company, to execute and deliver to the Representatives a Lock-up Agreement.

(kk) Statistical and Market-Related Data . All statistical, demographic and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate. To the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.

(ll) No Unlawful Contributions or Other Payments . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, any employee or agent of the Company or any subsidiary, has made any contribution or other payment to any official of, or candidate for, any federal, state or foreign office in violation of any law or of the character required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus.

(mm) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has, in the course of its actions for, or on behalf of, the Company or any of its subsidiaries (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift,

 

11


entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any domestic government official, “foreign official” (as defined in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “ FCPA ”) or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the FCPA or any applicable non-U.S. anti-bribery statute or regulation; or (iv) made any unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment to any domestic government official, such foreign official or employee; and the Company and its subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Company, the Company’s affiliates have conducted their respective businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

(nn) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are, and have been conducted at all times, in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar applicable rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(oo) OFAC . (i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, after due inquiry, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is (A) currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”) or (B) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of OFAC (including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).

(ii) The Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of this offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, or any joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of or business with any person, or in any country or territory, that currently is the subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

(ii) For the past five years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in, are not now knowingly engaged in, and will not engage in, any dealings or transactions with any person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of OFAC.

(pp) Brokers . Except pursuant to this Agreement, there is no broker, finder or other party that is entitled to receive from the Company any brokerage or finder’s fee or other fee or commission as a result of any transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(qq) Foreign Private Issuer. The Company is a “foreign private issuer” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(rr) No Transfer Taxes or Other Fees. There are no transfer, stamp, issue, registration, documentary taxes or other similar fees or charges under foreign law, U.S. federal law or the laws of any state, or any political subdivision thereof, required to be paid in connection with the execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement or the sale by the Company of the Offered Shares or the resale thereof by the Underwriters, other than those that have been paid or those that are to be paid by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

12


(ss) Payments in Foreign Currency. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, under the current laws and regulations of the Marshall Islands and any political subdivision thereof, all dividends and other distributions declared and payable on the Offered Shares may be paid by the Company to the holder thereof in United States dollars and freely transferred out of the Marshall Islands to persons who are not residents in the Marshall Islands and all such payments made to holders of Offered Shares who are non-residents of the Marshall Islands will not be subject to income, withholding or other taxes under the laws and regulations of the Marshall Islands or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein and will otherwise be free and clear of any other tax, duty, withholding or deduction in the Marshall Islands or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein and without the necessity of obtaining any governmental authorization in the Marshall Islands or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein.

(tt) No Immunity. Under the laws of the Marshall Islands, the Company would not be entitled to invoke immunity from jurisdiction or immunity from execution in respect of any action arising out of its obligations under this Agreement.

(uu) Forward-Looking Statements. Each financial or operational projection or other “forward-looking statement” (as defined by Section 27A of the Securities Act or Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus (i) was so included by the Company in good faith and with reasonable basis after due consideration by the Company of the underlying assumptions, estimates and other applicable facts and circumstances and (ii) is accompanied by meaningful cautionary statements identifying those factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in such forward-looking statement. No such statement was made with the knowledge of an executive officer or director of the Company that is was false or misleading.

(vv) Emerging Growth Company Status . From the time of the initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged in any Section 5(d) Written Communication or any Section 5(d) Oral Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”).

(ww) Communications . The Company (i) has not alone engaged in communications with potential investors in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act other than Permitted Section 5(d) Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are QIBs or IAIs and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in such communications; the Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Marketing Materials, Section 5(d) Oral Communications and Section 5(d) Written Communications; as of the Applicable Time, each Permitted Section 5(d) Communication, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, did not, as of the Applicable Time, include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Permitted Section 5(d) Communication, if any, does not, as of the date hereof, conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; and the Company has filed publicly on EDGAR at least 21 calendar days prior to any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Act), any confidentially submitted registration statement and registration statement amendments relating to the offer and sale of the Offered Shares.

 

13


(xx) Charter Agreements. Each of the Charter Agreements entered into by the Company or any of its subsidiaries and described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus is in full force and effect; to the Company’s knowledge, none of the Charter Parties is in breach or violation of, or in default under (nor has any event occurred which with notice, lapse of time, or both would result in any breach or violation of, or constitute a default under) any such Charter Agreement; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any Charter Party has the right to terminate any Charter Agreement prior to the termination of its stated term, and no event or circumstance has occurred which, with notice, lapse of time or both, would create such a right; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received, or been threatened with, a termination notice from any Charter Party or any other party with respect to a Charter Agreement, nor is the Company aware that any person or entity intends to furnish such a notice.

(yy) Charter Parties. To the Company’s knowledge each of the Charter Parties has all necessary licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals and has made all necessary filings required under any federal, state, local or foreign law, regulation or rule, and has obtained all necessary licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals from other persons, in order to conduct its business.

(zz) No Rights to Purchase Preferred Stock. The issuance and sale of the Shares to be sold by the Company and the sale of Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders as contemplated hereby will not cause any holder of any shares of capital stock, securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for capital stock or options, warrants or other rights to purchase capital stock or any other securities of the Company to have any right to acquire any shares of preferred stock of the Company.

(aaa) Dividend Restrictions. (i) No subsidiary of the Company has liabilities that exceed the fair value of its assets and (ii) no subsidiary of the Company is contractually prohibited or restricted, directly or indirectly, from paying dividends or making distributions to the Company as of the date hereof or will be prohibited or restricted, directly or indirectly, from paying dividends or making distributions as of the First Closing Date or as of each Option Closing Date, if any, or from making any other distribution with respect to such subsidiary’s equity securities or from repaying to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company any amounts that may from time to time become due under any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any property or assets to the Company or to any other subsidiary.

(bbb) Tax Disclosure and Status . The descriptions in the Prospectus appearing under the caption “Taxation” and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations,” insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein and legal conclusions with respect thereto, in each case, are accurate summaries in all material respects. The Company has elected, or will either properly elect, prior to the First Closing Date, to be classified as an association taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes or default to that classification. Each of the direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company (excluding PT Navigator Khatulistiwa) have elected, or will either properly elect, prior to the First Closing Date, to be classified as disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for United States federal income tax purposes or default to that classification. PT Navigator Khatulistiwa is either properly elected to be classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes or default to that classification.

Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and delivered to any Underwriter or to counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offering, or the purchase and sale, of the Offered Shares shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

 

14


The Company has a reasonable basis for making each of the representations set forth in this Section 1A. The Company acknowledges that the Underwriters and, for purposes of the opinions to be delivered pursuant to Section 6 hereof, counsel to the Company and counsel to the Underwriters, will rely upon the accuracy and truthfulness of the foregoing representations and hereby consents to such reliance.

B. Representations and Warranties of the Selling Stockholders . Each Selling Stockholder represents, warrants and covenants, severally and not jointly, to each Underwriter as follows:

(a) The Underwriting Agreement . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder.

(b) Title to Offered Shares to be Sold . Such Selling Stockholder has, and on the First Closing Date and each applicable Option Closing Date (as defined below) will have, good and valid title to all of the Offered Shares subject to sale by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement on such date and the legal right and power to sell, transfer and deliver all of the Offered Shares which may be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement and to comply with its other obligations hereunder.

(c) Delivery of the Offered Shares to be Sold . Delivery of the Offered Shares which are sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement will pass good and valid title to such Offered Shares, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim.

(d) Non-Contravention; No Further Authorizations or Approvals Required. The execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of, and the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its obligations under this Agreement will not contravene or conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a Default under, or require the consent of any other party to, (i) the charter or by-laws, partnership agreement, trust agreement or other organizational documents of such Selling Stockholder, as applicable, (ii) any other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which it is bound or under which it is entitled to any right or benefit, or (iii) any provision of applicable law or any judgment, order, decree or regulation applicable to such Selling Stockholder of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body or arbitrator having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder, except in the case of (ii) or (iii), as would not, reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on such Selling Stockholder’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. No consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or registration or filing with, any court or other governmental authority or agency, is required for the consummation by such Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, except such as may be required under the Securities Act, applicable state securities or blue sky laws and from the FINRA.

(e) No Registration, Pre-emptive, Co-Sale or Other Similar Rights . Each Selling Stockholder: (i) does not have any registration or other similar rights to have any securities registered for sale by the Company under the Registration Statement or included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement, except for such rights as are described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under “Shares Eligible for Future Sale;” (ii) does not have any preemptive right, co-sale right, right of first refusal or other similar right to purchase any of the Offered Shares that are to be sold by the Company or any of the other Selling Stockholders to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, except for such rights as such Selling Stockholder has waived prior to the date hereof and are described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; and (iii) does not own any warrants, options or similar rights to acquire, and does not have any right or arrangement to acquire, any capital stock, right, warrants, options or other securities from the Company, other than those described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus .

 

15


(f) No Further Consents, etc . Except for such consents, approvals and waivers as have been obtained by such Selling Stockholder on or prior to the date of this Agreement, no consent, approval or waiver is required under any instrument or agreement to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which it is bound or under which it is entitled to any right or benefit, in connection with the offering, sale or purchase by the Underwriters of any of the Offered Shares which may be sold by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement or the consummation by such Selling Stockholder of any of the other transactions contemplated hereby.

(g) Disclosure Made by Such Selling Stockholder in the Prospectus. All information furnished to the Company or any Underwriter by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in writing expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus does not, and as of the Applicable Time, and on the First Closing Date and each applicable Option Closing Date will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make such information not misleading, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by or on behalf of any Selling Stockholder consists only of the description of such Selling Stockholder and the number of shares held by such Selling Stockholder as described under the caption “Principal and Selling Stockholders” in the Time of Sale Prospectus (the “ Selling Stockholder Information ”). Such Selling Stockholder confirms as accurate the number of Shares set forth opposite such Selling Stockholder’s name in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Principal and Selling Stockholders” (both prior to and after giving effect to the sale of the Offered Shares).

(h) Company’s Representations and Warranties. Such Selling Stockholder: (i) has no reason to believe that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 1(A) hereof are not true and correct; (ii) is familiar with the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus (each, as of the time of the execution and delivery of this Agreement) and the Prospectus (as of the First Closing Date) and has no knowledge of any material fact, condition or information not disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Time of Sale Prospectus (each, as of the time of the execution and delivery of this Agreement) and the Prospectus (as of the First Closing Date) that has resulted in or may result in a Material Adverse Change; and (iii) is not prompted to sell Shares by any material information concerning the Company that is not set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(i) No Price Stabilization or Manipulation; Compliance with Regulation M . Such Selling Stockholder has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might be reasonably expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares or any other reference security, whether to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder or otherwise, and has taken no action which would directly or indirectly violate any provision of Regulation M.

(j) No Transfer Taxes or Other Fees . There are no transfer taxes or other similar fees or charges under Federal law or the laws of any state, or any political subdivision thereof, required to be paid in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the sale by the Selling Stockholders of the Offered Shares, other than those that have been paid or those that are to be paid by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(k) Distribution of Offering Materials by the Selling Stockholders . Prior to the later of (i) the expiration or termination of the option granted to the several Underwriters under Section 2, (ii) the completion of the Underwriters’ distribution of the Offered Shares and (iii) the expiration of 25 days after the date of the Prospectus, such Selling Stockholder has not distributed and will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Shares other than the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

16


(l) OFAC . Such Selling Stockholder is not currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC and will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of this offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, or any joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

Any certificate signed by a Selling Stockholder and delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by such Selling Stockholder to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

Such Selling Stockholder has a reasonable basis for making each of the representations set forth in this Section 1(B). Such Selling Stockholder acknowledges that the Underwriters and, for purposes of the opinion to be delivered pursuant to Section 6 hereof, counsel to the Selling Stockholder and counsel to the Underwriters, will rely upon the accuracy and truthfulness of the foregoing representations and hereby consents to such reliance.

Section 2. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of the Offered Shares .

(a) The Firm Shares . Upon the terms herein set forth, (i) the Company agrees to issue and sell to the several Underwriters an aggregate of [•] Firm Shares and (ii) the Selling Stockholders agree to sell to the several Underwriters an aggregate of [•] Firm Shares, with each Selling Stockholder selling the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite such Selling Stockholder’s name on Schedule B . On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, and upon the terms but subject to the conditions herein set forth, the Underwriters agree, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and the Selling Stockholders the respective number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their names on Schedule A . The purchase price per Firm Share to be paid by the several Underwriters to the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be $[•] per share.

(b) The First Closing Date . Delivery of certificates for the Firm Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and payment therefor shall be made at the New York offices of Latham & Watkins LLP (or such other place as may be agreed to by the Company and the Representatives) at 9:00 a.m. New York City time, on [•], 2013 , or such other time and date not later than 1:30 p.m. New York City time, on [•], 2013 as the Representatives shall designate by notice to the Company (the time and date of such closing are called the “ First Closing Date ”). The Company and the Selling Stockholders hereby acknowledge that circumstances under which the Representatives may provide notice to postpone the First Closing Date as originally scheduled include, but are not limited to, any determination by the Company, the Selling Stockholders or the Representatives to recirculate to the public copies of an amended or supplemented Prospectus or a delay as contemplated by the provisions of Section 11 and Section 19.

(c) The Optional Shares; Option Closing Date . In addition, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, and upon the terms but subject to the conditions herein set forth, the Selling Stockholders hereby grant an option to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to an aggregate of [•] Optional Shares from the Selling Stockholders at the purchase price per share to be paid by the Underwriters for the Firm Shares. The option granted hereunder may be exercised at any time and from time to time in whole or in part upon notice by the Representatives to the Selling Stockholders, which notice may be given at any time within 30 days from the date of this Agreement. Such notice shall set forth (i) the aggregate number of Optional

 

17


Shares as to which the Underwriters are exercising the option and (ii) the time, date and place at which certificates for the Optional Shares will be delivered (which time and date may be simultaneous with, but not earlier than, the First Closing Date; and in the event that such time and date are simultaneous with the First Closing Date, the term “ First Closing Date ” shall refer to the time and date of delivery of certificates for the Firm Shares and such Optional Shares). Any such time and date of delivery, if subsequent to the First Closing Date, is called an “ Option Closing Date ,” shall be determined by the Representatives and shall not be earlier than three or later than five full business days after delivery of such notice of exercise. If any Optional Shares are to be purchased, (a) each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Optional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Representatives may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Optional Shares to be purchased as the number of Firm Shares set forth on Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares (b), the Selling Stockholders agree to sell up to [•] Optional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Representatives may determine). The Representatives may cancel the option at any time prior to its expiration by giving written notice of such cancellation to the Selling Stockholders.

(d) Public Offering of the Offered Shares . The Representatives hereby advise the Company and the Selling Stockholders that the Underwriters intend to offer for sale to the public, initially on the terms set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, their respective portions of the Offered Shares as soon after this Agreement has been executed and the Registration Statement has been declared effective as the Representatives, in their sole judgment, have determined is advisable and practicable.

(e) Payment for the Offered Shares . (i) Payment for the Offered Shares to be sold by the Company shall be made at the First Closing Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the order of the Company. Payment for the Offered Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders shall be made at the First Closing Date (and, if applicable, at each Option Closing Date) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Selling Stockholders.

(ii) It is understood that the Representatives have been authorized, for their own accounts and the accounts of the several Underwriters, to accept delivery of and receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Firm Shares and any Optional Shares the Underwriters have agreed to purchase. Jefferies and Morgan Stanley, individually and not as the Representatives of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment for any Offered Shares to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds shall not have been received by the Representatives by the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the account of such Underwriter, but any such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from any of its obligations under this Agreement.

(f) Delivery of the Offered Shares . The Company and the Selling Stockholders shall deliver, or cause to be delivered to the Representatives for the accounts of the several Underwriters certificates for the Firm Shares to be sold by them at the First Closing Date, against release of a wire transfer of immediately available funds for the amount of the purchase price therefor. The Selling Stockholders shall also deliver, or cause to be delivered to the Representatives for the accounts of the several Underwriters, certificates for the Optional Shares the Underwriters have agreed to purchase at the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, against the release of a wire transfer of immediately available funds for the amount of the purchase price therefor. The certificates for the Offered Shares shall be in definitive form and registered in such names and denominations as the Representatives shall have requested at least two full business days prior to the First Closing Date (or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be) and shall be made available for inspection on the business day preceding the First Closing Date (or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be) at a location in New York City as the Representatives may designate. Time shall be of the essence, and delivery at the time and place specified in this Agreement is a further condition to the obligations of the Underwriters.

 

18


Section 3. Additional Covenants of the Company.

 

  A. Covenants of the Company . The Company further covenants and agrees with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) Delivery of Registration Statement, Time of Sale Prospectus and Prospectus. The Company shall furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period when a prospectus relating to the Offered Shares is required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) in connection with sales of the Offered Shares, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request.

(b) Representatives’ Review of Proposed Amendments and Supplements. During the period when a prospectus relating to the Offered Shares is required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule), the Company (i) will furnish to the Representatives for review, a reasonable period of time prior to the proposed time of filing of any proposed amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, a copy of each such amendment or supplement and (ii) will not amend or supplement the Registration Statement without the Representatives’ prior written consent. Prior to amending or supplementing any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, the Company shall furnish to the Representatives for review, a reasonable amount of time prior to the time of filing or use of the proposed amendment or supplement, a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement. The Company shall not file or use any such proposed amendment or supplement without the Representatives’ prior written consent. The Company shall file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

(c) Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company shall furnish to the Representatives for review, a reasonable amount of time prior to the proposed time of filing or use thereof, a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company, and the Company shall not file, use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto without the Representatives’ prior written consent. The Company shall furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by or referred to by the Company as such Underwriter may reasonably request. If at any time when a prospectus is required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) in connection with sales of the Offered Shares (but in any event if at any time through and including the First Closing Date) there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at such time, not misleading, the Company shall promptly amend or supplement such free writing prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict so that the statements in such free writing prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at such time, not misleading, as the case may be; provided, however , that prior to amending or supplementing any such free writing prospectus, the

 

19


Company shall furnish to the Representatives for review, a reasonable amount of time prior to the proposed time of filing or use thereof, a copy of such proposed amended or supplemented free writing prospectus, and the Company shall not file, use or refer to any such amended or supplemented free writing prospectus without the Representatives’ prior written consent.

(d) Filing of Underwriter Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company shall not take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that such Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.

(e) Amendments and Supplements to Time of Sale Prospectus. If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Offered Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the Time of Sale Prospectus does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when delivered to a prospective purchaser, not misleading, or if any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, the Company shall (subject to Section 3A(b) and Section 3A(c) hereof) promptly prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when delivered to a prospective purchaser, not misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(f) Certain Notifications and Required Actions . After the date of this Agreement, the Company shall promptly advise the Representatives in writing of: (i) the receipt of any comments of, or requests for additional or supplemental information from, the Commission; (ii) the time and date of any filing of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus or the Prospectus; (iii) the time and date that any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement becomes effective; and (iv) the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or any amendment or supplement to any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus or the Prospectus, or of any proceedings to remove, suspend or terminate from listing or quotation the Shares from any securities exchange upon which they are listed for trading or included or designated for quotation, or of the threatening or initiation of any proceedings for any of such purposes. If the Commission shall enter any such stop order at any time, the Company will use its best efforts to obtain the lifting of such order at the earliest possible moment. Additionally, the Company agrees that it shall comply with all applicable provisions of Rule 424(b), Rule 433 and Rule 430A under the Securities Act and will use its reasonable efforts to confirm that any filings made by the Company under Rule 424(b) or Rule 433 were received in a timely manner by the Commission.

 

20


(g) Amendments and Supplements to the Prospectus and Other Securities Act Matters. If any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus so that the Prospectus does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) to a purchaser, not misleading, or if in the opinion of the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters it is otherwise necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, the Company agrees (subject to Section 3A(b) and Section 3A(c)) hereof to promptly prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) to a purchaser, not misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law. Neither the Representatives’ consent to, nor delivery of, any such amendment or supplement shall constitute a waiver of any of the Company’s obligations under Section 3A(b) or Section 3A(c).

(h) Blue Sky Compliance . The Company shall cooperate with the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters to qualify or register the Offered Shares for sale under (or obtain exemptions from the application of) the state securities or blue sky laws or Canadian provincial securities laws (or other foreign laws) of those jurisdictions designated by the Representatives, shall comply with such laws and shall continue such qualifications, registrations and exemptions in effect so long as required for the distribution of the Offered Shares. The Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not presently qualified. The Company will advise the Representatives promptly of the suspension of the qualification or registration of (or any such exemption relating to) the Offered Shares for offering, sale or trading in any jurisdiction or any initiation or threat of any proceeding for any such purpose, and in the event of the issuance of any order suspending such qualification, registration or exemption, the Company shall use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal thereof at the earliest possible moment.

(i) Use of Proceeds . The Company shall apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Offered Shares sold by it in the manner described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(j) Transfer Agent . The Company shall engage and maintain, at its expense, a registrar and transfer agent for the Shares.

(k) Earnings Statement . The Company will make generally available to its security holders and to the Representatives as soon as practicable an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company commencing after the date of this Agreement that will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including Rule 158 under the Securities Act).

(l) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws. The Company will comply with the Securities Act and the Exchange Act so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Offered Shares as contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Offered Shares is required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule), file on a timely basis with the Commission and the NYSE all reports and documents required to be filed under the Exchange Act. Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Offered Shares as may be required under Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

 

21


(m) Listing . The Company will use its best efforts to list, subject to notice of issuance, the Offered Shares on the NYSE.

(n) Company to Provide Copy of the Prospectus in Form That May be Downloaded from the Internet . If requested by the Representatives, the Company shall cause to be prepared and delivered, at its expense, within one business day from the effective date of this Agreement, to the Representatives an “ electronic Prospectus ” to be used by the Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Shares. As used herein, the term “ electronic Prospectus ” means a form of Time of Sale Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, that meets each of the following conditions: (i) it shall be encoded in an electronic format, satisfactory to the Representatives, that may be transmitted electronically by the Representatives and the other Underwriters to offerees and purchasers of the Offered Shares; (ii) it shall disclose the same information as the paper Time of Sale Prospectus, except to the extent that graphic and image material cannot be disseminated electronically, in which case such graphic and image material shall be replaced in the electronic Prospectus with a fair and accurate narrative description or tabular representation of such material, as appropriate; and (iii) it shall be in or convertible into a paper format or an electronic format, satisfactory to the Representatives, that will allow investors to store and have continuously ready access to the Time of Sale Prospectus at any future time, without charge to investors (other than any fee charged for subscription to the Internet as a whole and for on-line time). The Company hereby confirms that it has included or will include in the Prospectus filed pursuant to EDGAR or otherwise with the Commission and in the Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective an undertaking that, upon receipt of a request by an investor or his or her representative, the Company shall transmit or cause to be transmitted promptly, without charge, a paper copy of the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(o) Agreement Not to Offer or Sell Additional Shares . During the period commencing on and including the date hereof and continuing through and including the 180th day following the date of the Prospectus (such period, as extended as described below, being referred to herein as the “ Lock-up Period ”), the Company will not, without the prior written consent of each of Jefferies and Morgan Stanley (each of which may withhold its consent in its sole discretion), directly or indirectly: (i) sell, offer to sell, contract to sell or lend any Shares or Related Securities (as defined below); (ii) effect any short sale, or establish or increase any “put equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act) or liquidate or decrease any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act) of any Shares or Related Securities; (iii) pledge, hypothecate or grant any security interest in any Shares or Related Securities; (iv) in any other way transfer or dispose of any Shares or Related Securities; (v) enter into any swap, hedge or similar arrangement or agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of any Shares or Related Securities, regardless of whether any such transaction is to be settled in securities, in cash or otherwise; (vi) announce the offering of any Shares or Related Securities; (vii) file any registration statement under the Securities Act in respect of any Shares or Related Securities (other than as contemplated by this Agreement with respect to the Offered Shares); or (viii) publicly announce the intention to do any of the foregoing; provided, however , that the Company may (A) effect the transactions contemplated hereby and (B) issue Shares or options to purchase Shares, or issue Shares upon exercise of options, pursuant to any stock option, stock bonus or other stock plan or arrangement described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, but only if the holders of such Shares or options agree in writing with the Underwriters not to sell, offer, dispose of or otherwise transfer any such Shares or options during such Lock-up Period without the prior written consent of the Representatives (each of which may withhold its consent in its sole discretion). For purposes of the foregoing, “ Related Securities ” shall mean any options or warrants or other rights to acquire Shares or any securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Shares, or to acquire other securities or rights ultimately exchangeable or exercisable for, or convertible into, Shares.

 

22


(p) Future Reports to the Representatives. During the period of five years hereafter, the Company will furnish to Jefferies, c/o Jefferies, at 520 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022, Attention: Global Head of Syndicate and to Morgan Stanley, c/o Morgan Stanley, at Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department: (i) as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, copies of the Annual Report on Form 20-F of the Company containing the balance sheet of the Company as of the close of such fiscal year and statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended and the opinion thereon of the Company’s independent public or certified public accountants; (ii) as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, copies of each annual, periodic or current Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K or other report filed by the Company with the Commission or any securities exchange; and (iii) as soon as available, copies of any report or communication of the Company furnished or made available generally to holders of its capital stock; provided, however, that the requirements of this Section 3A(p) shall be satisfied to the extent that such reports, statement, communications, financial statements or other documents are available on EDGAR.

(q) Investment Limitation; PFIC Status . The Company shall not invest or otherwise use the proceeds received by the Company from its sale of the Offered Shares in such a manner as would require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Unless a material change has occurred in the nature of the operations of the Company, for a period of five years after the First Closing Date, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Company shall not become a PFIC.

(r) No Stabilization or Manipulation; Compliance with Regulation M . The Company will not take, and will ensure that no affiliate of the Company will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might be reasonable expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares or any other reference security with respect to the Shares, whether to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Shares or otherwise, and the Company will, and shall cause each of its affiliates to, comply with all applicable provisions of Regulation M.

(s) Enforce Lock-Up Agreements . During the Lock-up Period, the Company will enforce all agreements between the Company and any of its security holders that restrict or prohibit, expressly or in operation, the offer, sale or transfer of Shares or Related Securities or any of the other actions restricted or prohibited under the terms of the form of Lock-up Agreement. In addition, the Company will direct the transfer agent to place stop transfer restrictions upon any such securities of the Company that are bound by such “lock-up” agreements for the duration of the periods contemplated in such agreements, including, without limitation, “lock-up” agreements entered into by the Company’s officers, directors and stockholders pursuant to Section 6(k) hereof.

(t) Company to Provide Interim Financial Statements . Prior to the First Closing Date and each applicable Option Closing Date, the Company will furnish the Underwriters, as soon as they have been prepared by or are available to the Company, a copy of any unaudited interim financial statements of the Company for any period subsequent to the period covered by the most recent financial statements appearing in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

23


(u) Amendments and Supplements to Permitted Section 5(d) Communications . If at any time following the distribution of any Permitted Section 5(d) Communication, there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Permitted Section 5(d) Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Permitted Section 5(d) Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

(v) Emerging Growth Company Status . The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) the time when a prospectus relating to the Offered Shares is not required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) and (ii) the expiration of the Lock-Up Period (as defined herein).

 

  B. Covenants of the Selling Stockholders. Each Selling Stockholder further covenants and agrees, severally and not jointly, with each Underwriter:

(a) No Stabilization or Manipulation; Compliance with Regulation M . Such Selling Stockholder will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might be reasonably expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares or any other reference security with respect to the Shares, whether to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Shares being sold by such Selling Stockholder or otherwise, and such Selling Stockholder will, and shall cause each of its affiliates to, comply with all applicable provisions of Regulation M.

(b) Notification. Such Selling Stockholder will advise you promptly, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Offered Shares being sold by such Selling Stockholder is required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule), of any material change in information in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, any free writing prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto relating to such Selling Stockholder.

(c) Delivery of Forms W-8 and W-9 . To deliver to the Representatives prior to the First Closing Date a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-8 (if the Selling Stockholder is a non-United States person) or Form W-9 (if the Selling Stockholder is a United States Person), in each case, establishing a complete exemption from U.S. backup withholding tax.

The Company and the Selling Stockholders agree that all amounts payable hereunder shall be free and clear of, and without any deduction or withholding for or on account of, any current or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges or other deductions or withholdings levied in any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made, unless such deduction or withholding is required by applicable law, in which event the Company agrees to pay additional amounts so that the persons entitled to such payments will receive the amount that such persons would otherwise have received but for such deduction or withholding after allowing for any tax credit or other benefit each such person receives by reason of such deduction or withholding.

The Representatives, on behalf of the several Underwriters, may, in their sole discretion, waive in writing the performance by the Company or any Selling Stockholder of any one or more of the foregoing covenants or extend the time for their performance.

 

24


Section 4. Payment of Expenses. The Company agrees to pay all costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its and the Selling Stockholders’ obligations hereunder and in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including without limitation (i) all expenses incident to the issuance and delivery of the Offered Shares (including all printing and engraving costs), (ii) all fees and expenses of the registrar and transfer agent of the Shares, (iii) all necessary issue, transfer and other stamp taxes in connection with the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares to, and resale thereof by, the Underwriters, (iv) all fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel, Selling Stockholders’ counsel, independent public or certified public accountants and other advisors, (v) all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, printing, filing, shipping and distribution of the Registration Statement (including financial statements, exhibits, schedules, consents and certificates of experts), the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, each free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company, and each preliminary prospectus, each Permitted Section 5(d) Communication, and all amendments and supplements thereto, and this Agreement, (vi) all filing fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by the Company or the Underwriters in connection with qualifying or registering (or obtaining exemptions from the qualification or registration of) all or any part of the Offered Shares for offer and sale under the state securities or blue sky laws or the provincial securities laws of Canada, and, if requested by the Representatives, preparing and printing a “Blue Sky Survey” or memorandum and a “Canadian wrapper”, and any supplements thereto, advising the Underwriters of such qualifications, registrations and exemptions, (vii) the costs, fees and expenses incurred by the Underwriters in connection with determining their compliance with the rules and regulations of FINRA related to the Underwriters’ participation in the offering and distribution of the Offered Shares, including any related filing fees and the legal fees of, and disbursements by, counsel to the Underwriters, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show”, any Permitted Section 5(d) Communication or any Section 5(d) Oral Communication undertaken in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives, employees and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show, (ix) the fees and expenses associated with listing the Offered Shares on the NYSE, and (x) all other fees, costs and expenses of the nature referred to under the caption “Expenses Related to this Offering” in the Registration Statement. Except as provided in this Section 4 or in Section 7, Section 9 or Section 10 hereof, the Underwriters shall pay their own expenses, including the fees and disbursements of their counsel.

This Section 4 shall not affect or modify any separate, valid agreement relating to the allocation of payment of expenses between the Company, on the one hand, and the Selling Stockholders, on the other hand.

Section 5. Covenant of the Underwriters. Each Underwriter severally and not jointly covenants with the Company not to take any action that would result in the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that otherwise would not, but for such actions, be required to be filed by the Company under Rule 433(d).

Section 6. Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters. The respective obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder to purchase and pay for the Offered Shares as provided herein on the First Closing Date and, with respect to the Optional Shares, each Option Closing Date, shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company and the Selling Stockholders set forth in Section 1 hereof as of the date hereof and as of the First Closing Date as though then made and, with respect to the Optional Shares, as of each Option Closing Date as though then made, to the timely performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of its and their covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to each of the following additional conditions:

 

25


(a) Comfort Letters . (i) On the date hereof, the Representatives shall have received from KPMG LLP, independent registered public accountants for the Company, a letter dated the date hereof addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountant’s “comfort letters” to underwriters, delivered according to Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72 (or any successor bulletin), with respect to the audited and unaudited financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, and each free writing prospectus, if any.

(ii) On the date hereof, the Representatives shall have received from the Company a certificate, dated the date hereof, of the Company’s chief financial officer and principal accounting officer providing “management comfort” with respect to certain financial and operating data contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, and each free writing prospectus, if any, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

(b) Compliance with Registration Requirements; No Stop Order; No Objection from FINRA.

(i) The Company shall have filed the Prospectus with the Commission (including the information required by Rule 430A under the Securities Act) in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act; or the Company shall have filed a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement containing the information required by such Rule 430A, and such post-effective amendment shall have become effective.

(ii) No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose shall have been instituted or threatened by the Commission.

(iii) FINRA shall have raised no objection to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.

(c) No Material Adverse Change or Ratings Agency Change . For the period from and after the date of this Agreement and through and including the First Closing Date and, with respect to any Optional Shares purchased after the First Closing Date, each Option Closing Date:

(i) in the judgment of the Representatives there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Change; and

(ii) there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded any securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” as that term is used in Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act.

(d) Opinion of Counsel for the Company . On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date the Representatives shall have received the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., counsel for the Company (including in respect of certain tax matters), dated as of such date, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B and to such further effect as the Representatives shall reasonably request.

(e) Opinion of Marshall Islands Counsel to the Company. On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, counsel for the Company with respect to certain matters of Marshall Islands law, dated as of such date, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D and to such further effect as the Representatives shall reasonably request.

 

26


(f) Opinion of Counsel for the Underwriters . On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date the Representatives shall have received the opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offer and sale of the Offered Shares, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, dated as of such date, with executed copies for each of the other Underwriters named on the Prospectus cover page.

(g) Officers’ Certificate . On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received a certificate executed by the Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated as of such date, to the effect set forth in Section 6(b)(ii) and further to the effect that:

(i) for the period from and including the date of this Agreement through and including such date, there has not occurred any Material Adverse Change;

(ii) the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company set forth in Section 1A of this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made on and as of such date; and

(iii) the Company has complied with all the agreements hereunder and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such date.

(h) Bring-down Comfort Letters . (i) On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date the Representatives shall have received from KPMG LLP, independent registered public accountants for the Company, a letter dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, which letter shall: (x) reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished by them pursuant to Section 6(a)(i), except that the specified date referred to therein for the carrying out of procedures shall be no more than three business days prior to the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be; and (y) cover certain financial information contained in the Prospectus.

(ii) On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date the Representatives shall have received from the Company a certificate of the Company’s chief financial officer and principal accounting officer, dated such date, providing “management comfort” with respect to certain financial and operating data in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, which certificate shall: (x) reaffirm the statements made in the certificate furnished by them pursuant to Section 6(a)(ii) and (y) cover certain financial and operating data contained in the Prospectus.

(i) Opinions of Counsel and Cayman Counsel for the Selling Stockholders . On the First Closing Date the Representatives shall have received (i) the opinion of Jones Day, counsel for the Selling Stockholders, dated as of such date, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and (ii) the opinion of Walkers, Cayman counsel for the Selling Stockholders, dated as of such date, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D , in each case, to such further effect as the Representatives shall reasonably request.

(j) Selling Stockholders’ Certificate . On the First Closing Date, the Representatives shall receive a written certificate executed by an officer of each Selling Stockholder, dated as of such date, to the effect that:

 

27


(i) the representations, warranties and covenants of such Selling Stockholder set forth in Section 1.B of this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made by such Selling Stockholder on and as of such date; and

(ii) such Selling Stockholder has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to such date.

(k) Lock-Up Agreements. On or prior to the date hereof, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives an agreement in the form of Exhibit F hereto from each of the persons listed on Exhibit F hereto, and each such agreement shall be in full force and effect on each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date.

(l) Rule 462(b) Registration Statement . In the event that a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement is filed in connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement, such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have been filed with the Commission on the date of this Agreement and shall have become effective automatically upon such filing.

(m) Approval of Listing . At the First Closing Date, the Offered Shares shall have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject only to official notice of issuance.

(n) Additional Documents . On or before each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters shall have received such information, documents and opinions as they may reasonably request for the purposes of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares as contemplated herein, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations and warranties, or the satisfaction of any of the conditions or agreements, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares as contemplated herein and in connection with the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

If any condition specified in this Section 6 is not satisfied when and as required to be satisfied, this Agreement may be terminated by the Representatives by notice from the Representatives to the Company and the Selling Stockholders at any time on or prior to the First Closing Date and, with respect to the Optional Shares, at any time on or prior to the applicable Option Closing Date, which termination shall be without liability on the part of any party to any other party, except that Section 4, Section 7, Section 9 and Section 10 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.

Section 7. Reimbursement of Underwriters’ Expenses . If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives pursuant to Section 6, Section 12 or Section 21, or if the sale to the Underwriters of the Offered Shares on the First Closing Date is not consummated because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company or the Selling Stockholders to perform any agreement herein or to comply with any provision hereof, the Company agrees to reimburse the Representatives and the other Underwriters (or such Underwriters as have terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves), severally, upon demand for all out-of-pocket expenses that shall have been reasonably incurred by the Representatives and the Underwriters in connection with the proposed purchase and the offering and sale of the Offered Shares, including, but not limited to, fees and disbursements of counsel, printing expenses, travel expenses, postage, facsimile and telephone charges.

Section 8. Effectiveness of this Agreement . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

 

28


Section 9. Indemnification .

(a) Indemnification of the Underwriters by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates who have or who are alleged to have, participated in the distribution of the Offered Shares as underwriters, directors, officers, managers, members, partners, employees and authorized agents, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, as incurred, to which such Underwriter or such, director, officer, employee, or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, other federal or state statutory law or regulation, or the laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions where Offered Shares have been offered or sold or at common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected in accordance with Section 9(e) ), insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or actions in respect thereof as contemplated below) arises out of or is based upon (A) (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus that the Company has used, referred to or filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act, any Marketing Material, any Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement to the foregoing) or any prospectus wrapper material distributed in connection therewith, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; or (iii) any act or failure to act or any alleged act or failure to act by any Underwriter in connection with, or relating in any manner to, the Shares or the offering contemplated hereby, and which is included as part of or referred to in any loss, claim, damage, liability or action arising out of or based upon any matter covered by clause (i) or (ii) above, or (B) the violation of any laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions where Offered Shares have been offered or sold; and to reimburse each Underwriter and each such affiliate, director, officer, manager, member, partner, employee, authorized agent and controlling person for any and all documented expenses (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) as such expenses are reasonably incurred by such Underwriter or such affiliate, director, officer, manager, member, partner, employee, authorized agent or controlling person in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage, liability, expense or action; provided, however , that the foregoing indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense to the extent, but only to the extent, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company by the Representatives in writing expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any such free writing prospectus, any Marketing Material, any Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), it being understood and agreed that the only such information consists of the information described in Section 9(b) below. The indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 9(a) shall be in addition to any liabilities that the Company may otherwise have.

(b) Indemnification of the Underwriters by the Selling Stockholders. Each Selling Stockholder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates who have or who are alleged to have, participated in the distribution of the Offered Shares as underwriters, directors, officers, managers, members, partners, employees and authorized agents, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, as incurred, to which such Underwriter or such affiliate, director, officer, manager, member, partner, employee, authorized agent or controlling person

 

29


may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, other federal or state statutory law or regulation, or the laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions where Offered Shares have been offered or sold or at common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected in accordance with Section 9(e)), insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or actions in respect thereof as contemplated below) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus that the Company has used, referred to or filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act, any Marketing Material, any Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement to the foregoing) or any prospectus wrapper material distributed in connection therewith, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with such Selling Stockholder’s Selling Stockholder Information expressly for use therein; and to reimburse each Underwriter and each such affiliate, director, officer, manager, member, partner, employee, authorized agent and controlling person for any and all documented expenses (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) as such expenses are reasonably incurred by such Underwriter or such affiliate, director, officer, manager, member, partner, employee, authorized agent or controlling person in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage, liability, expense or action; provided, however, that the liability of such Selling Stockholder under the foregoing indemnity shall be limited to an amount equal to the product of the number of the Offered Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder and the initial public offering price of the Offered Shares (less the related underwriting discounts and commissions) set forth on the front cover page of the Prospectus. The indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 9(b) shall be in addition to any liabilities that such Selling Stockholder may otherwise have under this Agreement.

(c) Indemnification of the Company, its Directors and Officers and the Selling Stockholders. Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, each of the Selling Stockholders (including each of their respective directors, officers, managers, members, partners, employees and authorized agents, if any) and each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, as incurred, to which the Company, or any such director, officer, Selling Stockholder (including each of their respective directors, officers, managers, members, partners, employees and authorized agents, if any) or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, or at common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of such Underwriter), insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or actions in respect thereof as contemplated below) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment thereto, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus, that the Company has used, referred to or filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433 of the Securities Act, any Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any such amendment or supplement) or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case to the extent, but

 

30


only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, such preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, such free writing prospectus, such Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any such amendment or supplement), in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company and the Selling Stockholder by the Representatives in writing expressly for use therein; and to reimburse the Company, or any such director, officer, Selling Stockholder (including each of their respective directors, officers, managers, members, partners, employees and authorized agents, if any) or controlling person for any and all expenses (including the fees and disbursements of counsel) as such expenses are incurred by the Company, or any such director, officer, Selling Stockholder or controlling person in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage, liability, expense or action. Each of the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders, hereby acknowledges that the only information that the Representatives has furnished to the Company and the Selling Stockholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act, any Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement to the foregoing) are the statements set forth in (i) first sentence in the third paragraph under the caption “Underwriting,” (ii) the first four sentences of the first paragraph under the caption “Underwriting—Commission and Expenses,” (iii) the statements concerning stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M of the Exchange Act under the caption “Underwriting—Stabilization” and (iv) the statements concerning electronic prospectus distribution under the caption “Underwriting—Electronic Distribution” in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus. The indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 9(b) shall be in addition to any liabilities that each Underwriter may otherwise have.

(d) Notifications and Other Indemnification Procedures . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under this Section 9, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof, but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party to the extent the indemnifying party is not materially prejudiced (by the forfeiture of substantial rights and defenses) as a proximate result of such failure and shall not in any event relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party and such indemnified party seeks or intends to seek indemnity from an indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it shall elect, jointly with all other indemnifying parties similarly notified, by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided, however , that if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that a conflict may arise between the positions of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in conducting the defense of any such action or that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assume such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. Upon receipt of notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of such indemnifying party’s election so to assume the defense of such action and approval by the indemnified party of counsel, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 9 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel in accordance with the proviso to the

 

31


preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate counsel (together with local counsel), representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such action), which counsel (together with any local counsel) for the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Representatives (in the case of counsel for the indemnified parties referred to in Section 9(a) and Section 9(b) above) or by the Company (in the case of counsel for the indemnified parties referred to in Section 9(c) above)) or (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action or (iii) the indemnifying party has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnifying party and shall be paid as they are incurred.

(e) Settlements . The indemnifying party under this Section 9 shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by Section 9(d) hereof, the indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement, compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in any pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity was or could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such action, suit or proceeding and does not include an admission of fault or culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of such indemnified party.

Section 10. Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 9 is for any reason held to be unavailable to or otherwise insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount paid or payable by such indemnified party, as incurred, as a result of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to therein (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total proceeds from the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders, and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth on the front cover page of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Offered Shares as set forth on such cover. The relative fault of the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand,

 

32


shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or each of the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, or the Underwriters, on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9(d), any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim. The provisions set forth in Section 9(d) with respect to notice of commencement of any action shall apply if a claim for contribution is to be made under this Section 10; provided, however, that no additional notice shall be required with respect to any action for which notice has been given under Section 9(d) for purposes of indemnification.

The Company, each of the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 10 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 10.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter in connection with the Offered Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10, no Selling Stockholder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the product of the number of Offered Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder and the public offering price of the Offered Shares (less the related underwriting discounts and commissions but before expenses) set forth on the front cover page of the Prospectus. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 10 are several, and not joint, in proportion to their respective underwriting commitments as set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule A . The Selling Stockholders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 10 are several, and not joint, in proportion to the proceeds of the Offered Shares sold by each such Selling Stockholder divided by the proceeds of the Offered Shares sold by all of the Selling Stockholders. For purposes of this Section 10, each affiliate, director, officer, employee and agent of an Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

Section 11. Default of One or More of the Several Underwriters . If, on the First Closing Date or any Option Closing Date any one or more of the several Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Offered Shares that it or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Offered Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase does not exceed 10% of the aggregate number of the Offered Shares to be purchased on such date, the Representatives may make arrangements satisfactory to the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders for the purchase of such Offered Shares by other persons, including any of the Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule A bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as may be specified by the

 

33


Representatives with the consent of the non-defaulting Underwriters, to purchase the Offered Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date. If, on the First Closing Date or any Option Closing Date any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Offered Shares and the aggregate number of Offered Shares with respect to which such default occurs exceeds 10% of the aggregate number of Offered Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to the Representatives and the Company for the purchase of such Offered Shares are not made within 48 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability of any party to any other party except that the provisions of Section 4, Section 7, Section 9 and Section 10 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination. In any such case either the Representatives or the Company shall have the right to postpone the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, but in no event for longer than seven days in order that the required changes, if any, to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or any other documents or arrangements may be effected.

As used in this Agreement, the term “ Underwriter ” shall be deemed to include any person substituted for a defaulting Underwriter under this Section 11. Any action taken under this Section 11 shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

Section 12. Termination of this Agreement . Prior to the purchase of the Firm Shares by the Underwriters on the First Closing Date, this Agreement may be terminated by the Representatives by notice given to the Company and each Selling Stockholders if at any time: (i) trading or quotation in any of the Company’s securities shall have been suspended or limited by the Commission or by the NYSE, or trading in securities generally on either the NASDAQ or the NYSE shall have been suspended or limited, or minimum or maximum prices shall have been generally established on any of such stock exchanges; (ii) a general banking moratorium shall have been declared by any of federal, New York, Republic of the Marshall Islands authorities; (iii) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of national or international hostilities or any crisis or calamity, or any change in the United States or international financial markets, or any substantial change or development involving a prospective substantial change in United States’ or international political, financial or economic conditions, as in the judgment of the Representatives is material and adverse and makes it impracticable to market the Offered Shares in the manner and on the terms described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus or to enforce contracts for the sale of securities; (iv) in the judgment of the Representatives there shall have occurred any Material Adverse Change; or (v) the Company shall have sustained a loss by strike, fire, flood, earthquake, accident or other calamity of such character as in the judgment of the Representatives may interfere materially with the conduct of the business and operations of the Company regardless of whether or not such loss shall have been insured. Any termination pursuant to this Section 12 shall be without liability on the part of (a) the Company or any of the Selling Stockholders to any Underwriter, except that the Company shall be obligated to reimburse the expenses of the Representatives and the Underwriters pursuant to Section 4 or Section 7 hereof or (b) any Underwriter to the Company or the Selling Stockholders; provided, however, that the provisions of Section 9 and Section 10 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.

Section 13. No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship. The Company and the Selling Stockholders acknowledge and agree that (a) the purchase and sale of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the public offering price of the Offered Shares and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering contemplated hereby and the process leading to such transaction, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company or the Selling Stockholders, or the Company’s other stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no

 

34


Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company or the Selling Stockholders with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company or the Selling Stockholders on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company or the Selling Stockholders with respect to the offering contemplated hereby except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering contemplated hereby and the Company and the Selling Stockholders have consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they deemed appropriate.

Section 14. Representations and Indemnities to Survive Delivery . The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, of its officers, of the Selling Stockholders and of the several Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or the Company or any of its or their partners, officers or directors or any controlling person, or the Selling Stockholders, as the case may be, and, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, will survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Shares sold hereunder and any termination of this Agreement.

Section 15. Notices . All communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed, hand delivered or telecopied and confirmed to the parties hereto as follows:

 

If to the Representatives:    Jefferies LLC
   520 Madison Avenue
   New York, New York 10022
   Facsimile: [•]
   Attention: General Counsel
   Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC,
   1585 Broadway,
  

New York, New York 10036,

Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk,

with a copy to the Legal Department

with a copy to:    Latham & Watkins LLP
   885 Third Avenue
   New York, New York 10022
   Facsimile: [•]
   Attention: Marc. D. Jaffe
If to the Company:    Navigator Holdings Ltd.
   21 Palmer Street
   London SW1H OAD
   Facsimile: [•]
   Attention: Niall Nolan
with a copy to:    Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
   1001 Fannin, Suite 2500
   Houston, TX 77002
   Facsimile: [•]
   Attention: Ramey Layne

 

35


If to the Selling Stockholders:    WL Ross and Co. LLC
   1166 Avenue of Americas
   27th Floor
   New York, NY 10036
   Wendy L. Teramoto
   Phone: [•]
   Fax: [•]
   Email: wteramoto@wlross.com
   Attention: Wendy L. Teramoto
with a copy to:    Jones Day
   222 East 41st Street
   New York, New York 10017
   Phone: [•]
   Facsimile: [•]
   Email: rstrudler@jonesday.com
   Attention: Randi L. Studler

Any party hereto may change the address for receipt of communications by giving written notice to the others.

Section 16. Successors . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, including any substitute Underwriters pursuant to Section 11 hereof, and to the benefit of the affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents and controlling persons referred to in Section 9 and Section 10, and in each case their respective successors, and personal representatives, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder. The term “ successors ” shall not include any purchaser of the Offered Shares as such from any of the Underwriters merely by reason of such purchase.

Section 17. Partial Unenforceability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

Section 18. Judgment Currency. If for purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder into any currency other than United States dollars, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Underwriters could purchase United States dollars with such other currency in The City of New York on the business day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the Company with respect to any sum due from it to any Underwriter (including such Underwriter’s affiliates, directors, officers, managers, members, partners, employees and authorized agents, and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act), shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than United States dollars, not be discharged until the first business day following receipt by such Underwriter or such affiliate, director, officer, manager, member, partner, employee, authorized agent or

 

36


controlling person of any sum in such other currency, and only to the extent that such Underwriter or such affiliate, director, officer, manager, member, partner, employee, authorized agent or controlling person may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase United States dollars with such other currency. If the United States dollars so purchased are less than the sum originally due to such Underwriter or such affiliate, director, officer, manager, member, partner, employee, authorized agent or controlling person hereunder, the Company agrees as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Underwriter or such affiliate, director, officer, manager, member, partner, employee, authorized agent or controlling person. If the United States dollars so purchased are greater than the sum originally due to such Underwriter or such affiliate, director, officer, manager, member, partner, employee, authorized agent or controlling person hereunder, such Underwriter or such affiliate, director, officer, manager, member, partner, employee, authorized agent or controlling person agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the excess of the dollars so purchased over the sum originally due to such Underwriter or such affiliate, director, officer, manager, member, partner, employee, authorized agent or controlling person hereunder.

Section 19. Foreign Taxes. All payments made by the Company under this Agreement, if any, will be made without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed or levied by or on behalf of the Republic of The Marshall Islands or any political subdivision or any taxing authority thereof or therein unless the Company is or becomes required by law to withhold or deduct such taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges. In such event, the Company will pay such additional amounts as will result, after such withholding or deduction, in the receipt by each Underwriter and each person controlling any Underwriter, as the case may be, of the amounts that would otherwise have been receivable in respect thereof, except to the extent such taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges are imposed or levied by reason of such Underwriter’s or controlling person’s being connected with the Republic of The Marshall Islands other than by reason of its being an Underwriter or a person controlling any under this Agreement.

Section 20. Governing Law Provisions . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed in such state. Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (“ Related Proceedings ”) may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York or the courts of the State of New York in each case located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York (collectively, the “ Specified Courts ”), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court (a “ Related Judgment ”), as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each party not located in the United States irrevocably appoints [CT Corporation System], which currently maintains a New York City office at [•], United States of America, as its agent to receive service of process or other legal summons for purposes of any such suit, action or proceeding that may be instituted in any state or federal court in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York.

 

37


With respect to any Related Proceeding, each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, all immunity (whether on the basis of sovereignty or otherwise) from jurisdiction, service of process, attachment (both before and after judgment) and execution to which it might otherwise be entitled in the Specified Courts, and with respect to any Related Judgment, each party waives any such immunity in the Specified Courts or any other court of competent jurisdiction, and will not raise or claim or cause to be pleaded any such immunity at or in respect of any such Related Proceeding or Related Judgment, including, without limitation, any immunity pursuant to the United States Foreign Sovereign Immunities Act of 1976, as amended.

Section 21. Failure of One or More of the Selling Stockholders to Sell and Deliver Offered Shares. If one or more of the Selling Stockholders shall fail to sell and deliver to the Underwriters the Offered Shares to be sold and delivered by such Selling Stockholders at the First Closing Date pursuant to this Agreement, then the Underwriters may at their option, by written notice from the Representatives to the Company and the Selling Stockholders, either (i) terminate this Agreement without any liability on the part of any Underwriter or, except as provided in Section 4, Section 7, Section 9 and Section 10 hereof, the Company or the other Selling Stockholders, or (ii) purchase the shares which the Company and other Selling Stockholders have agreed to sell and deliver in accordance with the terms hereof. If one or more of the Selling Stockholders shall fail to sell and deliver to the Underwriters the Offered Shares to be sold and delivered by such Selling Stockholders pursuant to this Agreement at the First Closing Date, then the Underwriters shall have the right, by written notice from the Representatives to the Company and the Selling Stockholders, to postpone the First Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days in order that the required changes, if any, to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or any other documents or arrangements may be effected.

Section 22. General Provisions. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement and supersedes all prior written or oral and all contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each one of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement may not be amended or modified unless in writing by all of the parties hereto, and no condition herein (express or implied) may be waived unless waived in writing by each party whom the condition is meant to benefit. The section headings herein are for the convenience of the parties only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that it is a sophisticated business person who was adequately represented by counsel during negotiations regarding the provisions hereof, including, without limitation, the indemnification provisions of Section 9 and the contribution provisions of Section 10, and is fully informed regarding said provisions. Each of the parties hereto further acknowledges that the provisions of Section 9 and Section 10 hereof fairly allocate the risks in light of the ability of the parties to investigate the Company, its affairs and its business in order to assure that adequate disclosure has been made in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, each free writing prospectus and the Prospectus (and any amendments and supplements to the foregoing), as contemplated by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

 

38


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return to the Company the enclosed copies hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts hereof, shall become a binding agreement in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,

 

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 

WLR RECOVERY FUND IV DSS AIV, L.P.

 

By:  

WLR Recovery Associates IV DSS AIV, L.P.,

its General Partner

By:  

WLR Recovery Associates IV DSS AIV GP, Ltd.,

its General Partner

By:                                                                                      ,
  Name:
  Title:

WLR IV PARALLEL ESC, L.P.

 

By:  

Invesco WLR IV Associates LLC,

its General Partner

By:   Invesco Private Capital, Inc., its Managing Member

By:

                                                                                     ,
  Name:
  Title:

WLR RECOVERY FUND V DSS AIV, L.P.

 

By:  

WLR Recovery Associates V DSS AIV, L.P.,

its General Partner

By:   WLR Recovery Associates V DSS AIV GP, Ltd., its General Partner

By:

                                                                                     ,
  Name:
  Title:

 

39


WLR V PARALLEL ESC, L.P.
By:   Invesco WLR V Associates LLC, its General Partner
By:   Invesco Private Capital, Inc., its Managing Member
By:                                                                                      ,
  Name:
  Title:

 

WLR SELECT CO-INVESTMENT, L.P.
By:  

WLR Select Associates DSS, L.P.,

its General Partner

By:  

WLR Select Associates DSS GP, Ltd.,

its General Partner

By:                                                                                      ,
  Name:
  Title:

The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Representatives in New York, New York as of the date first above written.

 

JEFFERIES LLC

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

Acting individually and as Representatives

of the several Underwriters named

inthe attached Schedule A .

 

JEFFERIES LLC

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

By:

   
  Name:
  Title:

 

40


Schedule A

 

Underwriters   

Number of

Firm Shares

to be Purchased

  Number of Optional
Shares to be Sold

Jefferies LLC

   [•]   [•]

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

   [•]   [•]

Evercore Group L.L.C.

   [•]   [•]

Fearnley Securities AS

   [•]   [•]

Global Hunter Securities LLC .

   [•]   [•]

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

   [•]   [•]
  

 

 

 

Total

   [•]   [•]
  

 

 

 


Schedule B

 

Selling Stockholders    Number of Firm
Shares to be Sold
  Number of Optional
Shares to be Sold

WLR RECOVERY FUND IV DSS AIV, L.P.

c/o WL Ross & Co. LLC

1166 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Wendy L. Teramoto

  

[•]

 

[•]

WLR IV PARALLEL ESC, L.P.

c/o WL Ross & Co. LLC

1166 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Wendy L. Teramoto

  

[•]

 

[•]

WLR RECOVERY FUND V DSS AIV, L.P.

c/o WL Ross & Co. LLC

1166 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Wendy L. Teramoto

  

[•]

 

[•]

WLR V PARALLEL ESC, L.P.

c/o WL Ross & Co. LLC

1166 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Wendy L. Teramoto

  

[•]

 

[•]

WLR SELECT CO-INVESTMENT, L.P.

c/o WL Ross & Co. LLC

1166 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Wendy L. Teramoto

  

[•]

 

[•]

  

 

 

 

Total:

   [•]   [•]
  

 

 

 


Schedule C

Free Writing Prospectuses Included in the Time of Sale Prospectus

[•]


Exhibit F

Form of Lock-up Agreement

[•], 2013

JEFFERIES LLC

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

As Representatives of the several Underwriters

c/o Jefferies LLC

520 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1221 Avenue of the Americas, 34 th Floor

New York, NY 10020

 

RE: Navigator Holdings Ltd. (the “ Company ”)

Ladies & Gentlemen:

The undersigned is an owner of shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company (“ Shares ”) or of securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares. The Company proposes to conduct a public offering of Shares (the “ Offering ”) for which Jefferies LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC will act as the representatives of the underwriters. The undersigned recognizes that the Offering will benefit each of the Company, the selling stockholders named in the Underwriting Agreement (the “ Selling Stockholders ”) and the undersigned. The undersigned acknowledges that the underwriters are relying on the representations and agreements of the undersigned contained in this letter agreement in conducting the Offering and, at a subsequent date, in entering into an underwriting agreement in connection with the Offering (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) and other underwriting arrangements with the Company and the Selling Stockholders with respect to the Offering.

Annex A sets forth definitions for capitalized terms used in this letter agreement that are not defined in the body of this agreement. Those definitions are a part of this agreement.

In consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, during the Lock-up Period, the undersigned will not (and will cause any Family Member not to), without the prior written consent of each of Jefferies LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (collectively, the “ Joint Lock-Up Release Agents ”), each of which may withhold its consent in its sole discretion:

 

    Sell or Offer to Sell any Shares or Related Securities currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by the undersigned or such Family Member,

 

    enter into any Swap,

 

    make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration under the Securities Act of the offer and sale of any Shares or Related Securities, or cause to be filed a registration statement, prospectus or prospectus supplement (or an amendment or supplement thereto) with respect to any such registration, or

 

F-1


    publicly announce any intention to do any of the foregoing during the Lock-up Period.

The foregoing will not apply to the registration of the offer and sale of the Shares, and the sale of the Shares to the underwriters, in each case as contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement. In addition, the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to the transfer of Shares or Related Securities (i) by gift, or by will or intestate succession to a Family Member, (ii) to a trust whose beneficiaries consist exclusively of one or more of the undersigned and/or a Family Member, (iii) as a distribution to general partners, limited partners, members, stockholders or corporate subsidiaries of the undersigned, (iv) occurring by operation of law, such as statutes governing the effects of a merger or (v) to the undersigned’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned or under common control with the undersigned; provided, however , that in any such case, it shall be a condition to such transfer that:

 

    each transferee executes and delivers to the Joint Lock-Up Release Agents an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Joint Lock-Up Release Agents stating that such transferee is receiving and holding such Shares and/or Related Securities subject to the provisions of this letter agreement and agrees not to Sell or Offer to Sell such Shares and/or Related Securities, engage in any Swap or engage in any other activities restricted under this letter agreement except in accordance with this letter agreement (as if such transferee had been an original signatory hereto),

 

    in the case of (i) and (ii) above, prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period, no public disclosure or filing under the Exchange Act by any party to the transfer (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) shall be required, or made voluntarily, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Shares in connection with such transfer,

 

    in the case of (iii) above, no voluntary press releases or similar public announcements shall be made by the undersigned or its affiliates during the Lock-up Period, and

 

    in the case of (iv) above, any public disclosure or filing of such transfer shall disclose that the transfer occurred by operation of law.

[Furthermore, notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the undersigned may sell Shares or other securities of the Company purchased by the undersigned on the open market following the Offering if and only if no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the 180-day period referred to above) shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such sales of Shares or other securities acquired in such open market transactions.]

In addition, if the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Joint Lock-Up Release Agents agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Shares, the Joint Lock-Up Release Agents will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company (in accordance with the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement ) will announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Joint Lock-Up Release Agents hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if both (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter agreement that are applicable to the transferor to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

 

F-2


The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of Shares or Related Securities held by the undersigned and the undersigned’s Family Members, if any, except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

With respect to the Offering only, the undersigned waives any registration rights relating to registration under the Securities Act of the offer and sale of any Shares and/or any Related Securities owned either of record or beneficially by the undersigned, including any rights to receive notice of the Offering.

The undersigned confirms that the undersigned has not, and has no knowledge that any Family Member has, directly or indirectly, taken any action designed to or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale of the Shares. The undersigned will not, and will cause any Family Member not to take, directly or indirectly, any such action.

Whether or not the Offering occurs as currently contemplated or at all depends on market conditions and other factors. The Offering will only be made pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the underwriters.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power, capacity and authority to enter into this letter agreement. This letter agreement is irrevocable and will be binding on the undersigned and the successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the undersigned. If (1) the Underwriting Agreement shall not be entered into on or before [March 31, 2014], (2) prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, the Company notifies the Joint Lock-Up Release Agents in writing that it does not intend to proceed with the Offering and is terminating this agreement on behalf of the undersigned or (3) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the terms thereof which survive termination) shall be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Shares to be sold thereunder, then this agreement shall be of no force and effect and the undersigned shall be released from his or her or its obligations hereunder.

This letter agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

F-3


 

 

Signature

 

 

 

Printed Name of Person Signing

 

(Indicate capacity of person signing if

signing as custodian or trustee, or on behalf

of an entity)

 

F-4


Certain Defined Terms

Used in Lock-up Agreement

For purposes of the letter agreement to which this Annex A is attached and of which it is made a part:

 

    Call Equivalent Position ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act.

 

    Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

    Family Member ” shall mean the spouse of the undersigned, an immediate family member of the undersigned or an immediate family member of the undersigned’s spouse, in each case living in the undersigned’s household or whose principal residence is the undersigned’s household (regardless of whether such spouse or family member may at the time be living elsewhere due to educational activities, health care treatment, military service, temporary internship or employment or otherwise). “ Immediate family member ” as used above shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(e) under the Exchange Act.

 

    Lock-up Period ” shall mean the period beginning on the date of the Prospectus and continuing through the close of trading on the date that is 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement).

 

    Put Equivalent Position ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act.

 

    Related Securities ” shall mean any options or warrants or other rights to acquire Shares or any securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Shares, or to acquire other securities or rights ultimately exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Shares.

 

    Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

    Sell or Offer to Sell ” shall mean to:

 

    sell, offer to sell, contract to sell or lend,

 

    effect any short sale or establish or increase a Put Equivalent Position or liquidate or decrease any Call Equivalent Position

 

    pledge, hypothecate or grant any security interest in, or

 

    in any other way transfer or dispose of,

in each case whether effected directly or indirectly.

 

    Swap ” shall mean any swap, hedge or similar arrangement or agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of Shares or Related Securities, regardless of whether any such transaction is to be settled in securities, in cash or otherwise.

Capitalized terms not defined in this Annex A shall have the meanings given to them in the body of this lock-up agreement.

 

F-5


Exhibit G

Directors, Officers and Others

Signing Lock-up Agreement

Directors:

[•]

Officers:

[•]

Others:

[•]

 

G-1

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

PURSUANT TO THE MARSHALL ISLANDS BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

 

FIRST:    The name of the Corporation shall be: Navigator Holdings Ltd.
SECOND:    The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the Marshall Islands Business Corporation Act (the “BCA”).
THIRD:    The registered address of the Corporation in the Marshall Islands is Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, Ajeltake Road, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc. However, the Board of Directors may establish branches, offices or agencies in any place in the world and may appoint legal representatives anywhere in the world.
FOURTH:    The aggregate number of shares that the Corporation is authorized to issue is four hundred forty million (440,000,000) registered shares with a par value of one cent (US $0.01), consisting of four hundred million (400,000,000) common shares with a par value of one cent (US $0.01) (“Common Shares”) and forty million (40,000,000) preferred shares with a par value of one cent (US $0.01) (the “Preferred Shares”). Shares of the Corporation belonging to the Corporation or to another entity, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other entity is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes.

 

  (a) Preferred Shares . The designations and the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, in respect of the Preferred Shares are as follows:

 

       The Board of Directors is expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions, to provide, out of the unissued Preferred Shares, for series of the Preferred Shares. The Board of Directors has authority to fix, by resolution or resolutions, without shareholder consent, the following provisions of the Preferred Shares:

 

  (i) the designation of such series and the number of shares that constitute such series, which the Board of Directors may increase or decrease, but not below the number of shares then outstanding;

 

  (ii)

whether the shares of such series shall have voting rights, in addition to any voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights (which may be special voting rights), whether the shares of such series shall have one vote per share or more or less than one vote per share, whether the holders of such series shall be entitled to vote on certain matters as a separate class (which for such purpose may be comprised solely of such series or of such series and one or

 

1


  more other series or classes of shares of the Corporation), whether all the shares of such series entitled to vote on a particular matter shall be deemed to be voted on such matter in the manner that a specified portion of the voting power of the shares of such series or separate class are voted and the relation which such voting rights shall bear to the voting rights of any other class or any other series of this class;

 

  (iii) the annual dividend rate (or method of determining such rate), if any, payable on such series, the basis on which such holders shall be entitled to receive dividends (which may include, without limitation, a right to receive such dividends or distributions as may be declared on the shares of such series by the Board of Directors, a right to receive such dividends or distributions, or any portion or multiple thereof, as may be declared on the Common Shares or any other class of shares or, in addition to or in lieu of any other right to receive dividends, a right to receive dividends at a particular rate or at a rate determined by a particular method, in which case such rate or method of determining such rate may be set forth), the form of such dividend, the conditions and the dates upon which such dividends shall be payable, and the preference or relation which such dividends shall bear to the dividends payable on any other class or any other series of this class;

 

  (iv) whether dividends on the shares of such series shall be cumulative and, in the case of shares of a series having cumulative dividend rights, the date or dates (or method of determining the date or dates) from which dividends on the shares of such series shall be cumulative;

 

  (v) whether the shares of such series shall be subject to redemption in whole or in part, at the option of the Corporation or at the option of the holder or holders thereof or upon the happening of a specified event or events and, if so, the times, the prices therefor (in cash, securities or other property or a combination thereof) and any other terms and conditions of such redemption;

 

  (vi) the amount or amounts payable upon shares of such series upon, and the rights of the holders of such series in, the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of the shares of such series;

 

  (vii)

whether the shares of such series shall be subject to the operation of a retirement or sinking fund and, if so, the extent to which and the manner in which any such retirement or sinking fund shall be applied to the purchase or redemption of the shares of such series for retirement or other corporate purposes and the terms and provisions relative to the operation thereof, including the price or prices (in cash,

 

2


  securities or other property or a combination thereof), the period or periods within which and any other terms and conditions upon which the shares of such series shall be redeemed or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to the operation of such retirement or sinking fund;

 

  (viii) whether the shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, at the option of the holder or the Corporation or upon the happening of a specified event, shares of any other class or of any other series of this class or any other securities or property of the Corporation or any other entity, and, if so, the price or prices (in cash, securities or other property or a combination thereof) or the rate or rates of conversion or exchange and the method, if any, of adjusting the same;

 

  (ix) the limitations and restrictions, if any, to be effective while any shares of such series are outstanding upon the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions on, and upon the purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Corporation of, the Common Shares, any other series of the Preferred Shares or any other class of shares;

 

  (x) the conditions or restrictions, if any, upon the creation of indebtedness of the Corporation or upon the issue of any additional shares, including additional shares of such series or of any other series of the Preferred Shares or of any other class of shares; and

 

  (xi) any other powers, preferences or rights, or any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof as determined by the Board of Directors.

Except as otherwise provided by such resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, (A) all Preferred Shares shall be of equal rank and (B) shares of any one series of the Preferred Shares shall be identical in all respects with all other shares of such series, except that shares of any one series issued at different times may differ as to the dates from which dividends thereon shall be cumulative.

Except as otherwise provided by such resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, all Preferred Shares that are converted, redeemed, repurchased, exchanged or otherwise acquired by the Corporation shall be cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued.

Except as otherwise required by applicable law or provided in a statement of designation establishing the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, if any, or the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the relevant series, holders of Common Shares, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment of these Second Restated Articles of Incorporation that alters or changes the powers,

 

3


preferences, rights or other terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Shares if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other series of Preferred Shares, to vote thereon as a separate class pursuant to these Second Restated Articles of Incorporation or pursuant to the BCA as then in effect.

 

  (b) Options, Warrants and Other Rights . The Board of Directors is authorized to create and issue options, warrants and other rights from time to time entitling the holders thereof to purchase securities or other property of the Corporation or of any other entity, including any authorized class or series of shares of the Corporation or of any other entity and whether or not in connection with the issuance or sale of any securities or other property of the Corporation, for such consideration (if any), at such times and upon such other terms and conditions as may be determined or authorized by the Board of Directors and set forth in one or more agreements or instruments. Among other things and without limitation, such terms and conditions may provide for the following:

 

  (i) adjusting the number or exercise price of such options, warrants or other rights or the amount or nature of the securities or other property receivable upon exercise thereof in the event of a subdivision or combination of any securities, or a recapitalization, of the Corporation, the acquisition by any person of beneficial ownership of securities representing more than a designated percentage of the voting power of any outstanding series, class or classes of securities, a change in ownership of the Corporation’s securities or a merger, statutory share exchange, consolidation, reorganization, sale of assets or other occurrence relating to the Corporation or any of its securities, and restricting the ability of the Corporation to enter into an agreement with respect to any such transaction absent an assumption by another party or parties thereto of the obligations of the Corporation under such options, warrants or other rights;

 

  (ii) restricting, precluding or limiting the exercise, transfer or receipt of such options, warrants or other rights by any person that becomes the beneficial owner of a designated percentage of the voting power of any outstanding series, class or classes of securities of the Corporation or any direct or indirect transferee of such a person, or invalidating or voiding such options, warrants or other rights held by any such person or transferee; and

 

  (iii) permitting the Board of Directors (or certain directors who are designated by the Board of Directors) to redeem, repurchase, terminate or exchange such options, warrants or other rights.

This paragraph shall not be construed in any way to limit the power of the Board of Directors to create and issue options, warrants or other rights.

 

4


  (c) Preemptive and Similar Rights . Except as otherwise provided in a statement of designation establishing the terms of a series of Preferred Shares, no holder of shares of the Corporation shall, by reason thereof, have any preemptive or other preferential right to acquire, by subscription or otherwise, any unissued or treasury shares of the Corporation, or any other share of any class or series of the Corporation’s shares to be issued because of an increase in the authorized shares of the Corporation, or any bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into shares of the Corporation. However, the Board of Directors may issue or dispose of, as applicable, any such unissued or treasury shares, or any such additional authorized issue of new shares or securities convertible into shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine, without offering to shareholders then of record, or any class of shareholders, any thereof, on the same terms or any terms.

 

FIFTH:   The Corporation shall have every power that a corporation now or hereafter organized under the BCA may have.
SIXTH:   There shall be a minimum of two (2) directors and a maximum of fifteen (15) directors who shall constitute the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law or in this Article SIXTH, the directors of the Corporation shall be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders. Except as otherwise provided by law or in this Article SIXTH, each director shall be elected to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his or her death, resignation, removal or the earlier termination of his or her term of office. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. The directors need not be residents of the Marshall Islands or shareholders of the Corporation. Corporations may, to the extent permitted by law, be elected or appointed directors.
  Except as otherwise provided in this Article SIXTH, no director may be removed except both for cause and with the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.
  Subject to the following sentence, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or from any other cause (other than vacancies and newly created directorships which the holders of any class or classes of shares or series thereof are expressly entitled by these Second Restated Articles of Incorporation to fill) shall be filled by, and only by, a vote of not less than the majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director. The immediately foregoing sentence shall not derogate from the obligation of the Corporation under Section 2.1(b) of the Investor Rights Agreement, dated November 5, 2013 (as it may be amended, the “Investor Rights Agreement”), to use its reasonable efforts to cause any vacancy resulting by a

 

5


  cessation of any Board Designee (as hereinafter defined) to be filled by another designee designated by WL Ross & Co. LLC (“WLR”). “Board Designee” means any designee nominated by WLR to serve as a director of the Corporation; provided, however, that (i) until the date WLR and the persons signing the Investor Rights Agreement as “Investors” on the signature page thereto (the “WLR Group”) cease to Beneficially Own (as defined therein) at least 937,500 Common Shares, WLR will be entitled to designate one Board Designee and (ii) until the date the WLR Group ceases to Beneficially Own at least 3,750,000 Common Shares, WLR will be entitled to designate two Board Designees. Any director appointed to fill a vacancy or a newly created directorship shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.
  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the holders of any class or series of Preferred Shares shall be entitled, voting separately as a class, to elect any directors of the Corporation, then the number of directors that may be elected by such holders voting separately as a class shall be in addition to the number otherwise fixed pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in the terms of such class or series, (i) the term of the directors elected by such holders voting separately as a class shall expire at the next annual meeting of shareholders and (ii) any director or directors elected by such holders voting separately as a class may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote separately as a class in an election of such directors.
  Cumulative voting, as defined in Section 71(2) of the BCA, shall not be used to elect directors.
SEVENTH:   To the fullest extent that the BCA or any other law of the Marshall Islands as it exists, or as it may hereafter be amended, permits the limitation or elimination of the liability of directors and officers of a corporation, no director or officer of the Corporation shall have personal liability to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer. No amendment or repeal of this paragraph shall apply or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director or officer of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director or officer occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.
  The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted or required by law, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that the person is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, manager, trustee or in any other capacity for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have

 

6


  been taken or omitted in such capacity, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person or on his or her behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
  The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by or in the right of the Corporation to procure judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, manager, trustee or in any other capacity for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person or in connection with the defense or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding, if he or she was acting in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his or her duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action, suit or proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses that the court shall deem proper.
  To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in this Article SEVENTH or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.
  Any indemnification of a present or former director or officer of the Corporation under this Article SEVENTH (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation unless a determination is made that indemnification of the person is not proper in the circumstances because he or she has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Article SEVENTH. Any such determination shall be made with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of the determination:

 

7


  (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum; (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of the entire Board; (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in writing; or (iv) by the shareholders.
  To the extent permitted by law, unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines in a specific case, expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by a person who is a director or officer of the Corporation at the time in defending a civil or criminal or administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article SEVENTH. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate. The Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation’s legal counsel to represent a present or former director or officer of the Corporation in any action, suit or proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such action, suit or proceeding.
  The foregoing indemnification provisions shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director and officer of the Corporation who serves in any such capacity at any time while these provisions as well as the relevant provisions of the BCA are in effect and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any right or obligation then existing with respect to any state of facts then or previously existing or any action, suit or proceeding previously or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts. Such a contract right may not be modified retroactively without the consent of such director or officer.
  The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article SEVENTH shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, insurance policy, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The Corporation may enter into an agreement with any of its directors or officers, providing for indemnification and advancement of expenses, including attorneys’ fees, that may change, enhance, qualify or limit any right to indemnification or advancement of expenses created by this Article SEVENTH.
  If this Article SEVENTH or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each present or former director or officer as to costs, charges and

 

8


  expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgment, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article SEVENTH that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
  The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, manager, trustee or in any other capacity to another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in such capacity whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability by law or under the provisions of this Article SEVENTH.
  The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article SEVENTH to directors and officers of the Corporation.
EIGHTH:   If a meeting of shareholders is adjourned for lack of quorum on two successive occasions, at the next and any subsequent adjournment of the meeting there must be present either in person or by proxy shareholders of record holding at least forty-percent (40%) of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote at such meeting in order to constitute a quorum.
NINTH:   The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal bylaws of the Corporation with, notwithstanding any other provisions of these Second Restated Articles of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by these Second Restated Articles of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation), the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the directors then in office.

 

9

Exhibit 4.3

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated November 5, 2013, is among Navigator Holdings Ltd., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “ Company ”), and the persons signing this Agreement as “Investors” on the signature page hereto (each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”).

RECITALS

A. The Investors collectively own 28,040,508 common shares of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (such shares, together with any equity securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to such shares by way of share dividend or share split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, amalgamation, arrangement, consolidation or other reorganization, the “ Shares ”)

B. The parties desire to enter into this Agreement with respect to certain arrangements relating to the rights and obligations of the Company and the Investors with respect to the Shares.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions .

1.1. Defined Terms in 2013 Investment Agreement . Unless otherwise specified herein, capitalized terms that are not defined herein will have the meanings given to them in the 2013 Investment Agreement.

1.2. Other Defined Terms . In addition to the terms referenced in Section 1.1 and the terms defined elsewhere in the Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated when used in this Agreement with initial capital letters:

2011 Investment Agreement ” means the Investment Agreement, dated November 10, 2011, among the Company, WLR and the other parties thereto.

2013 Investment Agreement ” means the Investment Agreement, dated February 15, 2013, among the Company, WLR and the other parties thereto.

Change of Control ” means an event or series of events by which (a) any Person (other than the Investors or another entity sponsored by or Affiliated with WLR) acquires Beneficial Ownership of 50% or more of the outstanding Common Shares, (b) all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company are sold, leased, exchanged or transferred to any Person or group of Persons, (c) the Company is consolidated, merged, amalgamated, reorganized or otherwise enters into a similar transaction in which it is combined with another Person, unless the Persons who Beneficially Own the outstanding Voting Securities of the Company immediately before consummation of the transaction Beneficially Own a majority of the outstanding Voting


Securities of the combined or surviving entity immediately thereafter in substantially the same proportion among such Persons as prior to giving effect to such transaction, or (d) the Shareholders approve of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Initial Public Offering ” means the first Public Offering of the Company.

Investment Agreements ” means, collectively, the 2011 Investment Agreement and the 2013 Investment Agreement.

Material Disclosure Event ” means (a) a material transaction in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries proposes to engage or is engaged, including a purchase or sale of assets or securities, financing, merger, consolidation, tender offer or other material corporate development, or (b) another material non-public event or development, and with respect to which the Board has determined in good faith that compliance with this Agreement may reasonably be expected to either materially interfere with the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s ability to consummate such transaction in a timely fashion (in the case of clause (a)) or require the Company to disclose material, non-public information or such material corporate event or development prior to such time as it would otherwise be required to be disclosed.

Public Offering ” means any primary or secondary public offering of equity securities of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form.

Registrable Securities ” means (a) all Shares and (b) any equity securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the securities referred to in the foregoing clause by way of share dividend or share split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, amalgamation, arrangement, consolidation or other reorganization; provided , however , that such securities will cease to be Registrable Securities (i) when such securities have been sold or transferred pursuant to a Registration Statement, (ii) when such securities have been transferred in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or are transferable by a Person who is not an Affiliate of the Company pursuant to Rule 144 without any volume or manner of sale restrictions thereunder, or (iii) if such securities have ceased to be outstanding.

Registration Statement ” means a registration statement filed with the SEC on which it is permissible to register securities for sale to the public under the Securities Act.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Shareholders ” means the holders of Voting Securities as of the applicable time.

WLR ” means WL Ross & Co. LLC.

 

-2-


2. Corporate Governance Rights .

2.1. Board Designees . (a) The Company has caused (i) one designee of the Investors (who is a Person who is not a United States citizen or resident) to be appointed to the Board, effective as of December 13, 2011, and (ii) one additional designee of the Investors to be appointed to the Board, effective as of April 2, 2012. Without limiting the foregoing, (A) until the date on which the Investors cease to Beneficially Own at least 937,500 Shares, the Investors will be entitled to designate one designee to be nominated by the Company to serve as a director of the Company and (B) until the date on which the Investors cease to Beneficially Own at least 3,750,000 Shares, the Investors will be entitled to designate two designees (such individuals, together with the individuals described in the first sentence of this Section 2.1(a), the “ Board Designees ”) to be nominated by the Company to serve as directors of the Company. The Company will take all actions necessary to provide the Investors with the representation on the Board contemplated by this Section 2.1, including (i) causing the Board Designees to be included in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board to the Shareholders for election as directors, (ii) causing the election of such Board Designees, including using its reasonable efforts to cause officers of the Company who hold proxies (unless otherwise directed by the Shareholder submitting such proxy) to vote such proxies in favor of the election of such Board Designees, and (iii) using the same efforts to cause the Board Designees to be elected to the Board as it uses to cause other nominees of the Board to be elected.

(b) If any Board Designee ceases to serve as a director for any reason, the Company will use its reasonable efforts to cause any vacancy resulting thereby to be filled by another designee designated by the Investors.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company will provide such indemnification, reimbursement and compensation to the Board Designees as is consistent with the indemnification, reimbursement and compensation provided to other non-executive members of the Board. The Company will maintain its directors and officers liability insurance policies in such amounts and on such terms as approved by the Board, including the Board Designees.

2.2. Confidentiality . Each Investor agrees, and will cause its Affiliates, to (a) keep confidential all proprietary or non-public information of the Company and its Subsidiaries received by participation in the activities of the Board (whether from a Board Designee or otherwise) or otherwise received by it from the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective representatives, (b) not disclose or reveal any such information to any Person without the prior written consent of the Company other than to such Investor’s Affiliates’ directors, general partner, investors and officers, attorneys, accountants and financial advisors (the “ Permitted Representatives ”) whom the Investor determines in good faith need to know such information for the purpose of evaluating, monitoring or taking any other action with respect to the investment by the Investor in the Company, and (c) use reasonable efforts to cause those Permitted Representatives to observe the terms of this Section 2.2; provided , however , that nothing herein will

 

-3-


prevent any Investor or any of its Affiliates from disclosing any information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public in accordance with Law, other than (A) as a result of any action or inaction by an Investor or its Affiliates, the Permitted Representatives or Subsidiaries, in violation of this Section 2.2, (B) in violation of any other confidentiality agreement between the Company and such Person or WLR or any other Investor, or (C) in violation of any other contractual, legal or fiduciary duty of such Person or WLR or any other Investor, (ii) was within an Investor’s or its Affiliates’ possession or developed by such Person prior to being furnished with such information, (iii) becomes available to an Investor or its Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company, or (iv) that any Investor or any of its Affiliates determines in good faith after consultation with counsel is required to be disclosed by Law ( provided that, prior to such disclosure, the applicable Investor or such Affiliate will, unless prohibited by Law, make reasonable efforts to notify the Company of any such disclosure, use reasonable efforts to limit the disclosure requirements of such Law and maintain the confidentiality of such information to the maximum extent permitted by Law). For as long as any employee of WLR or any Investor is serving as a Board Designee, each Investor will, and will cause its Affiliates to, endeavor in good faith to comply with the Company’s policies applicable to transactions in Company securities by officers and directors.

2.3. Rights Solely for the Investors . The rights and obligations of the Investors pursuant to this Article 2 will only apply to the Investors, and may not be transferred to any other Person; provided , however , that any Investor may transfer such rights and obligations to another Investor or to an Affiliate of WLR or an Investor to whom the Investor transfers its Shares.

3. Certain Covenants and Other Agreements .

3.1. Legends; Securities Act Compliance . (a) Each Investor acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act or under any state securities Laws and agrees that it will not sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares, except in compliance with the registration requirements or exemption provisions of the Securities Act and any other applicable securities Laws. Each Investor agrees that all certificates, book-entry shares or other instruments representing the Shares subject to this Agreement will bear a legend substantially to the following effect:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING THERETO OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT.”

(b) Subject to Section 4.7(b), upon the request of an Investor, upon receipt by the Company of an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that such legend is no longer required under the Securities Act or applicable state Laws, as the case may be, the Company will promptly cause the legend to be removed from any certificate or book-entry share for any Shares to be so transferred.

 

-4-


3.2. Competitive Operations . WLR and each Investor and their respective Affiliates (including any Board Designee) are free to engage in businesses that may be competitive with the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries, and neither the Investors nor any of their Affiliates (including WLR) will have any duty to the Company or its Subsidiaries, the other Shareholders, or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to any business opportunity.

3.3. Certain Tax Matters . (a) The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, provide all information with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries which is requested by an Investor to enable such Investor (or its direct or indirect owners) to comply with their U.S. federal income tax reporting obligations, including but not limited to rules relating to “controlled foreign corporations” (each a “ CFC ”) and “passive foreign investment companies” (each, a “ PFIC ”). Such assistance will include providing information to enable Investors (or their direct or indirect owners) to comply with their obligations under Sections 1248, 6038, 6038B, 6038D, 6046 and 6046A of the Code, including information relating to earnings and profits as computed for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Company will determine annually if it or any of its Subsidiaries is a CFC or PFIC, and if the Company or any Investor determines that any such corporation is a PFIC, the Company will permit the Investor (or its direct or indirect owners) to make a “Qualified Electing Fund” election with respect to its interest in such corporation pursuant to Section 1295 of the Code, and will cause to be furnished to such Investor no later than 60 days following the end of the Company’s taxable year the relevant PFIC annual information statement pursuant to U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.1295-1(g).

(b) In addition to the foregoing covenants set forth in this Section 3.3, the Company (i) will not take any action that would cause the Company not to be classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and (ii) will use commercially reasonable efforts to not take any action that would cause the Company to become a PFIC; provided , however , that the foregoing covenants under clauses (i) and (ii) of this sentence will not require the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to incur any significant additional cost or expense, or to forego any significant benefit, not expressly provided for in this Agreement or the Investment Agreements.

4. Registration Rights .

4.1. Registration on Request . (a) Subject to Section 4.1(c), if at any time following the 180-day period after the Initial Public Offering, the Company receives a written request from an Investor or Investors (the “ Initiating Investors ”) that the Company file a Registration Statement covering the registration of at least 10% of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities, then the Company will, as expeditiously as possible, use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of such portion of the Registrable Securities that such Investor or Investors request, pursuant to

 

-5-


a Registration Statement. Each request for a registration pursuant to this Section 4.1 will be in writing and will specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered and the intended method of distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be obligated to file a registration requested pursuant to this Section 4.1:

(i) within a period of 90 calendar days after the effective date of any other registration requested pursuant to this Section 4.1;

(ii) on a total of more than five occasions;

(iii) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification, or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act; or

(iv) if the Investors propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be registered at such time pursuant to a Registration Statement contemplated in Section 4.2.

(b) A registration requested pursuant to this Section 4.1 will not be deemed to have been effected unless the Registration Statement has become effective; provided , however , that if, within the period ending on the earlier to occur of (i) 90 days after the applicable Registration Statement has become effective and (ii) the date on which the distribution of the securities covered thereby has been completed, the offering of securities pursuant to such Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or other governmental agency or court, such Registration Statement will be deemed not to have been effected; provided , further , that if an Investor, after exercising its right to request a registration pursuant to this Section 4.1, withdraws from a registration so requested after the filing thereof, such registration will be deemed to have been effective with respect to such Investor in accordance with this Section 4.1.

(c) Subject to Section 4.2, if, within five Business Days of receipt of a Registration Request, the Initiating Holders are advised in writing (the “ Underwriter’s Advice ”) that the Company has in good faith commenced the preparation of a Registration Statement for an underwritten Public Offering prior to receipt of such request and the managing underwriter of the proposed Public Offering has determined that in such firm’s good faith opinion, a registration at the time and on the terms requested would materially and adversely affect such underwritten Public Offering, then the Company will not be required to effect such requested registration pursuant to this Section 4.1 until the earliest of:

(i) the abandonment of such underwritten Public Offering by the Company;

 

-6-


(ii) 60 days after receipt of the Underwriter’s Advice by the Initiating Investors, unless the Registration Statement for such offering has become effective and such Public Offering has commenced on or prior to such 60th day; and

(iii) if the Registration Statement for such Public Offering has become effective and such Public Offering has commenced on or prior to such 60th day, the day on which the restrictions on the Investors contained in the related lock-up agreement lapse with respect to such offering.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be permitted to defer a registration requested pursuant to this Section 4.1 in reliance on this Section 4.1(c) more than once in any 365-day period.

(d) The Company may postpone the filing or effectiveness of any Registration Statement and suspend any Investor’s use of any prospectus which is a part of the Registration Statement (in which event the Investors will discontinue sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement) for a period of up to an aggregate of 90 days in any 365-day period, exclusive of days covered by any lock-up agreement executed by the Investor in connection with any underwritten Public Offering, after the request for registration pursuant to this Section 4.1 if a Material Disclosure Event exists or is pending at such time.

(e) The Company will have the right to cause the registration of additional securities for sale for the account of any Person other than an Investor (including the Company) in any registration requested pursuant to this Section 4.1 to the extent the managing underwriter or other independent marketing agent for such offering (if any) determines that, in its opinion, the additional securities proposed to be sold will not materially and adversely affect the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities to be registered in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition then contemplated by such registration requested pursuant to this Section 4.1.

4.2. Piggyback Registration. (a) If the Company proposes or is required to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act or any other securities Laws with respect to an offering of any Common Shares, whether or not for sale for its own account (other than a registration statement (i) on Form S-4, Form F-4, Form S-8 or any similar form under non-U.S. Laws or (ii) filed solely in connection with any employee benefit or dividend reinvestment plan), then the Company will give prompt written notice of such proposed filing at least 10 Business Days before the anticipated filing date (the “ Piggyback Notice ”) to the Investors. The Piggyback Notice will offer the Investors the opportunity to include in such Registration Statement the number of Registrable Securities as they may request (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), subject to Section 4.2(b). The Company will include in each such Piggyback Registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein by the Investors holding in the aggregate at least 10% of the aggregate number of Registrable Securities subject to Section 4.2(b). The Holders will

 

-7-


be permitted to withdraw all or part of the Registrable Securities from a Piggyback Registration at any time at least five Business Days prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to such Piggyback Registration. The Company will be required to maintain the effectiveness of the Registration Statement for a Piggyback Registration for a period of 60 days after the effective date thereof or such shorter period in which all Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement have actually been sold.

(b) If the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed underwritten offering advise the Company and the holders of such Registrable Securities that, in their judgment, because of the size of the offering which the Investors, the Company and such other Persons intend to make, the success of the offering would be materially and adversely affected by inclusion of the Registrable Securities requested to be included (taking into account, in addition to any considerations that the managing underwriter or underwriters deem relevant in its or their sole discretion, the timing and manner to effect the offering), then the amount of Registrable Securities to be offered for the accounts of the Investors will be reduced pro rata to the extent necessary to reduce the total amount of Registrable Securities to be included in such offering to the amount recommended by such managing underwriter or underwriters; provided that if Common Shares are being offered for the account of other Persons as well as the Company, then the Common Shares intended to be offered for the account of such other Persons will be reduced pro rata to the extent necessary to permit the Investors to include all of their Registrable Securities in such offering.

4.3. Registration Procedures . The Company agrees to:

(a) before filing a Registration Statement or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company will furnish to each Investor copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to review of the Investors;

(b) subject to Section 4.1(e), prepare and, if the registration is pursuant to notice given under Section 4.1, in any event within 60 days after the giving of notice pursuant to Section 4.1, file with the SEC a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities on any form for which the Company then qualifies or which counsel for the Company deems appropriate and which form will be available for the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended methods of distribution thereof, and use its best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become and remain effective;

(c) prepare and file with the SEC or other Governmental Entity having jurisdiction such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective continuously for the period referred to in the last sentence of Section 4.2(a);

 

-8-


(d) furnish to each Investor such number of copies, without charge, of such Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, including each preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, any other prospectus (including any prospectus filed under Rule 424, Rule 430A or Rule 430B under the Securities Act and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as such term is defined under Rule 433 promulgated under the Securities Act), all exhibits and other documents filed therewith and such other documents as an Investor may reasonably request including in order to facilitate the disposition of its Registrable Securities;

(e) register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky Laws of such jurisdictions as an Investor reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or reasonably advisable to enable the Investors to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by the Investors ( provided that the Company will not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subsection, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction);

(f) notify each Investor at any time when a prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, upon discovery that, or upon the discovery of the happening of any event as a result of which, the prospectus contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, and, as soon as reasonably practicable, prepare and furnish to each Investor a reasonable number of copies of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made;

(g) notify each Investor (i) when such Registration Statement or the prospectus or any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed and, with respect to such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC or other Governmental Entity for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement or to amend or to supplement such prospectus or for additional information, and (iii) of the issuance by the SEC or other Governmental Entity of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for any of such purposes;

(h) cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed, if applicable;

(i) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement; and

 

-9-


(j) make available for inspection by each Investor and its respective counsel, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by an Investor or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and documents relating to the business of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by an Investor, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement, provided that it will be a condition to such inspection and receipt of such information that the inspecting Person (i) enter into a confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and (ii) agree to minimize the disruption to the Company’s business in connection with the foregoing.

(k) if requested, obtain a “comfort” letter or letters from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered by “comfort” letters as the applicable Investor or Investors reasonably request;

(l) if requested, obtain a legal opinion of the Company’s outside counsel in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature and reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Investor or Investors, which opinion will be addressed to any underwriters and such Investor or Investors; and

(m) if applicable, cooperate with the applicable Investor or Investors and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

4.4. Provision of Information . As a condition to registering Registrable Securities, the Company may require an Investor to furnish the Company with such information regarding such Investor and pertinent to the disclosure requirements relating to the registration and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

4.5. Registration Expenses . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all expenses incidental to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky Laws, word processing, duplicating and printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and counsel (limited to one law firm) for WLR or the Investors and all independent certified public accountants and other Persons retained by the Company (all such expenses, “ Registration Expenses ”), will be borne by the Company. The Company will, in any event, pay its internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expenses of any liability insurance and, if applicable, the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on

 

-10-


each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed. Each Investor will pay all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities hereunder, the fees and expenses of counsel beyond the one law firm paid for by the Company and any other Registration Expenses required by Law to be paid by such Investor pro rata on the basis of the amount of proceeds from the sale of their securities so registered.

4.6. Participation Conditions . (a) No Investor may participate in any registration hereunder that is underwritten unless such Investor (i) agrees to sell its Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Investors (including pursuant to the terms of any over-allotment or “green shoe” option requested by the managing underwriter(s), provided that an Investor will not be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities that such Investor has requested the Company to include in any registration), (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up or holdback agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements, so long as such provisions are substantially the same for all selling shareholders, and (iii) cooperates with the Company’s reasonable requests in connection with such registration or qualification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the liability of an Investor or any transferee participating in such an underwritten registration will be limited to an amount equal to the amount of gross proceeds attributable to the sale of such Investor’s Registrable Securities.

(b) Each Investor that is participating in any registration hereunder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 4.3(f), such Person will forthwith discontinue the disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement until such Person receives copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus as contemplated by such Section 4.3(f). In the event the Company gives any such notice, the applicable time period mentioned in Section 4.3(c) during which a Registration Statement is to remain effective will be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to this Section 4.6(b) to and including the date when the Investors will have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4.3(f).

4.7. Rule 144. (a) The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to, upon the request of an Investor or any transferee, make publicly available such information as necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144, and will use reasonable best efforts to take such further action as an Investor or any transferee may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Person to sell shares of Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144. Upon the request of an Investor or any transferee, the Company will deliver to such Person a written statement as to whether it has complied with such information requirements.

 

-11-


(b) The Company will not issue new certificates or enter any book-entry shares for Registrable Securities without a legend restricting further transfer unless (i) such shares have been sold to the public pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act or Rule 144, or (ii) (x) otherwise permitted under the Securities Act, (y) the holder of such shares has delivered to the Company an opinion of counsel, which opinion and counsel is reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to such effect, and (z) the holder of such shares expressly requests the issuance of such certificates or book-entry shares in writing.

4.8. Holdback . In consideration for the Company agreeing to its obligations under this Agreement, each Investor (and any transferee) agrees in connection with any registration of the Company’s securities (whether or not such Person is participating in such registration) upon the request of the Company and the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, on the same terms as all directors, officers and greater than 5% holders agree, not to effect (other than pursuant to such registration) any public sale or distribution of Registrable Securities or make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any Registrable Securities, any other equity securities of the Company or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity securities of the Company without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, during such period as may be required by the managing underwriter.

5. Miscellaneous .

5.1. Termination . This Agreement will terminate, except for this Article 5 and as otherwise provided in this Agreement, on the earlier of (a) the date that the Investors no longer Beneficially Own any Common Shares and (b) upon the written consent of the Company and the Investors.

5.2. Expenses . (a) Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Investment Agreements, all expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby will be paid by the party incurring such expenses.

(b) In the event that the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company requests that WLR or one or more of the Investors considers any action that would be reasonably likely to require a change or amendment to this Agreement or affect their rights in any manner that is different than or in addition to the effect on shareholders generally, the Company will pay on behalf of or reimburse each of WLR and the Investors for all of its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incident thereto, or incurred or to be incurred in connection therewith, including the actual and reasonable fees of counsel, accountants and/or other consultants to WLR and the Investors billed at standard hourly rates and disbursements; provided , however , that promptly after the completion of the Initial Public Offering, and in any event within ten Business Days of WLR’s or the Investors’ request therefor (accompanied by reasonable substantiating documentation), the Company will reimburse WLR and the Investors for up to $250,000 for legal expenses incurred in connection with the Initial Public Offering.

 

-12-


5.3. Notice . All notices, requests, demands and other communications made under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement must be in writing and be given by hand delivery, email, facsimile or next Business Day courier to the affected party at the addresses and facsimile numbers set forth below or at such other addresses or facsimile numbers as such party may have provided to the other parties in accordance herewith. Such notices will be deemed given at the time personally delivered (if delivered by hand with receipt acknowledged), upon issuance by the transmitting machine of confirmation that the number of pages constituting the notice has been transmitted without error and confirmed telephonically (if sent by email or facsimile), and the first Business Day after timely delivery to the courier (if sent by next-Business Day courier specifying next-Business Day delivery).

 

  (a) If to the Company, to:

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

399 Park Avenue

39th Floor

New York, New York 10022

Attention: David Butters

Fax No.: 212.355.5981

Email: davidbutters@navigatorgas.com

With a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

666 Fifth Avenue, 26 th Floor

New York, New York 10103

Attention: Mike Rosenwasser

Fax No.: 917.206.8100

Email: mrosenwasser@velaw.com

 

  (b) If to any of the Investors:

c/o WL Ross & Co. LLC

1166 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.

Fax No.: 212.317.4893

Email: wlross@wlross.com

With a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

Jones Day

222 East 41st Street

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Robert Profusek

                Andrew Levine

Fax No.: 212.755.7306

Email: raprofusek@jonesday.com

            amlevine@jonesday.com

 

-13-


5.4. Interpretation . This Agreement has been freely and fairly negotiated among the parties. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article or Section, such reference will be to an Article or Section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” “$” refers to U.S. dollars. Words used in the singular form in this Agreement will be deemed to include the plural, and vice versa, as the context may require. If the date upon or by which any party hereto is required to perform any covenant or obligation hereunder falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then such date of performance will be automatically extended to the next Business Day thereafter. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement will refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Unless the context otherwise requires, (i) “or” is disjunctive but not necessarily exclusive, (ii) the use in this Agreement of a pronoun in reference to a party hereto includes the masculine, feminine or neuter, as the context may require, and (iii) unless otherwise defined herein, terms used herein which are defined in GAAP have the meanings ascribed to them therein. All Exhibits hereto will be deemed part of this Agreement and included in any reference to this Agreement. Any agreement, instrument or Law defined or referred to herein means such agreement, instrument or Law as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented (and, in the case of any Law, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder), including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver or consent and (in the case of Laws) by succession of comparable successor Laws.

5.5. Governing Law . This Agreement, any claims, causes of actions or disputes (whether in contract or tort) based upon, arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely in the State of New York, United States of America, without regard to any applicable conflict of Laws principles. The parties hereto agree that any action seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement will only be brought in any United States District Court located in New York County, New York so long as such court has subject matter jurisdiction over such action, or alternatively in any New York State Court located in New York County, New York if the aforesaid United States District Courts do not have subject matter jurisdiction, and that any cause of action arising out of this Agreement will be deemed to have arisen from a transaction of business in the State of New York, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such court (and

 

-14-


of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such action and irrevocably waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such action in any such court or that any such action which is brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such action may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 5.3 will be deemed effective service of process on such party. In the event of litigation relating to this Agreement, the non-prevailing party will be liable and pay to the prevailing party the reasonable costs and expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred by the prevailing party in connection with such litigation, including any appeal therefrom.

5.6. Specific Performance . The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached, that monetary damages may be inadequate and that a party may have no adequate remedy at Law. Notwithstanding Section 5.5, the parties accordingly agree that the parties will be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in action instituted in a United States District Court located in New York County, New York, this being in addition to any other remedy to which such party is entitled at Law or in equity. In the event that a party seeks in equity to enforce the provisions of this Agreement, no party will allege, and each party hereby waives the defense or counterclaim that, there is an adequate remedy at Law.

5.7. Successors and Assigns; Assignment . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof will inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, permitted assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto. This Agreement may not be assigned by (a) the Company (other than by operation of Law, including in connection with a Change of Control), without the prior written consent of the Investors, or (b) any Investor without the prior written consent of the Company, except that each Investor may assign their respective rights and obligations without such consent in connection with a transfer of its Shares to an Affiliate of such Investor, including any Affiliated fund.

5.8. Amendment and Waiver . No amendment, waiver or other modification of, or consent under, any provision of this Agreement will be effective against the Company, unless it is approved in writing by the Company, and no amendment, waiver or other modification of, or consent under, any provision of this Agreement will be effective against any Investor, unless it is approved in writing by such Investor; provided that any Investor may also waive any rights or provide consent with respect to itself; provided further that notwithstanding the foregoing, the addition of an Investor as a party hereto will not constitute an amendment hereto and may be effected by the execution of a counterpart hereto by such Investor and the Company. No waiver of any breach of any agreement or provision herein contained will be deemed a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach thereof or of any other agreement or provision herein contained. The failure or delay of any of the parties to assert any of its rights or remedies under this Agreement will not constitute a waiver of such rights nor will it preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any other right or remedy.

 

-15-


5.9. No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties and their permitted assigns and nothing herein expressed or implied will give or be construed to give any Person, other than the parties and such assigns, any legal or equitable rights hereunder.

5.10. Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the exhibits hereto), the Investment Agreements and the Investors Restrictions Agreement, dated August 9, 2012, constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements, understandings, representations and undertakings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, including any confidentiality agreements previously entered into by the Company, on the one hand, and WLR or any Investor, on the other hand.

5.11. Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any Law or public policy in any jurisdiction, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement will nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions and the intention of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any of the parties. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties will negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

5.12. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which will constitute one and the same agreement. This Agreement may be executed by any party hereto by means of a facsimile, email or PDF transmission of an originally executed counterpart, the delivery of which facsimile, email or PDF transmission will have the same force and effect, except as specified in any document executed and delivered pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, as the delivery of the originally executed counterpart.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank .]

 

-16-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.
By:   /s/ David J. Butters
  Name: David J. Butters
  Title: Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer
INVESTORS:
WLR RECOVERY FUND IV DSS AIV, L.P.
By:   WLR Recovery Associates IV DSS
  AIV, L.P., its General Partner
By:   WLR Recovery Associates IV DSS
  AIV GP, Ltd., its General Partner
By:   /s/ Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.
  Name: Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.
  Title: Managing Member
WLR IV PARALLEL ESC, L.P.
By:  

INVESCO WLR IV Associates LLC,

its General Partner

By:  

Invesco Private Capital, Inc.,

its Managing Member

By:   /s/ Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.
  Name: Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.
  Title: Chairman

[ Signature Page to the Investor Rights Agreement ]


WLR RECOVERY FUND V DSS AIV, L.P.
By:   WLR Recovery Associates V DSS
  AIV, L.P., its General Partner
By:   WLR Recovery Associates V DSS
  AIV GP, Ltd., its General Partner
By:   /s/ Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.
  Name: Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.
  Title: Managing Member
WLR V PARALLEL ESC, L.P.
By:  

Invesco WLR V Associates LLC,

its General Partner

By:  

Invesco Private Capital, Inc.,

its Managing Member

By:   /s/ Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.
  Name: Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.
  Title: Chairman
WLR SELECT CO-INVESTMENT, L.P.
By:  

WLR Select Associates DSS, L.P.,

its General Partner

By:  

WLR Select Associates DSS GP, Ltd.,

its General Partner

By:   /s/ Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.
  Name: Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.
  Title: Authorized Person

 

[ Signature Page to the Investor Rights Agreement ]

Exhibit 5.1

 

   Watson, Farley & Williams LLP

 

November 6, 2013

  

1133 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10036

Tel +1 212 922 2200

Fax +1 212 922 1512

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

21 Palmer Street

London, SW1H 0AD

United Kingdom

Registration Statement on Form F-1

Dear Sirs:

We have acted as special counsel as to matters of the law of the Republic of The Marshall Islands (“ Marshall Islands Law ”) for Navigator Holdings Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with (i) the proposed initial public offering by the Company of up to 8,330,000 shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Offering Shares ”), and (ii) the proposed sale by certain selling shareholders named in the Registration Statement (as defined herein) of up to 4,665,000 shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Resale Shares ” and collectively with the Offering Shares, the “ Shares ”), in each case pursuant to the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 (such registration statement, any amendments or supplements thereto, including any post-effective amendments, the “ Registration Statement ”).

As counsel, we have examined originals or copies (certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction) of the following documents:

 

(i) the Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein (the “ Prospectus ”);

 

(ii) the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Company;

 

(iii) the Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) among the Company, selling shareholders and the representatives of the underwriters named therein relating to the issuance and sale of the Shares and filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement; and

 

(iv) such other papers, documents, agreements, certificates of public officials and certificates of representatives of the Company as we have deemed relevant and necessary as the basis for the opinion hereafter expressed.

In such examination, we have assumed (a) the legal capacity of each natural person, (b) the genuineness of all signatures and the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, (c) the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as conformed or photostatic copies, (d) that the documents reviewed by us in connection with the rendering of the opinion set forth herein are true, correct and complete and (e) the truthfulness of each statement as to all factual matters contained in any document or certificate encompassed within the due diligence review undertaken by us. As to any questions of fact material to our opinion, we have, when relevant facts were not independently established, relied upon the aforesaid certificates.

 

Watson, Farley & Williams LLP is a Delaware limited liability partnership. Any reference to a ‘partner’ means a member of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, or a member or partner in an affiliated undertaking, or an employee or consultant with equivalent standing and qualification.

Watson, Farley & Williams LLP or an affiliated undertaking has an office in each of the cities listed.

London New York Paris Hamburg Munich Frankfurt Rome Milan Madrid Athens Piraeus Singapore Bangkok Hong Kong


Navigator Holdings Ltd.   Page 2
November 6, 2013  

 

In rendering this opinion, we have also assumed:

 

(i) that the issuance and/or sale of the Shares complies in all respects with the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in the Prospectus and all of the instruments and other documents relating thereto or executed in connection therewith;

 

(ii) that the Underwriting Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by the Company and the other parties thereto, and executed and delivered by all such parties; and

 

(iii) the validity and enforceability of the Underwriting Agreement against the parties thereto.

As to matters of fact material to this opinion that have not been independently established, we have relied upon the representations and certificates of officers or representatives of each of the Company and of public officials, in each case as we have deemed relevant and appropriate, and upon the representations and warranties of each of the Company in the Underwriting Agreement. We have not independently verified the facts so relied on.

This opinion letter is limited to Marshall Islands Law and is as of the date hereof. We expressly disclaim any responsibility to advise of any development or circumstance of any kind, including any change of law or fact that may occur after the date of this opinion letter that might affect the opinion expressed herein.

Based on the foregoing, and having regard to legal considerations which we deem relevant, and subject to the qualifications, limitations and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

 

  1. When the Offering Shares are issued and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Offering Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

  2. The Resale Shares were validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.

We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the references to our firm in the Prospectus. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, nor do we admit that we are experts with respect to any part of the Registration Statement within the meaning of the term “expert” as used in the Securities Act.

Very truly yours,

Watson, Farley & Williams LLP

/s/ Watson, Farley & Williams LLP

Exhibit 10.7

Executuion Version

ISIN NO 001 0665508

BOND AGREEMENT

between

Navigator Holdings Ltd

(Issuer)

and

Norsk Tillitsmann ASA

(Bond Trustee)

on behalf of

the Bondholders

in the bond issue

9.0 per cent Navigator Holdings Ltd Senior Unsecured Callable Bond Issue 2012/2017

 

1


Executuion Version

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1    INTERPRETATION      3   
2    THE BONDS      9   
3    LISTING      10   
4    REGISTRATION IN THE SECURITIES DEPOSITORY      10   
5    PURCHASE AND TRANSFER OF BONDS      10   
6    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT      10   
7    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      12   
8    STATUS OF THE BONDS AND SECURITY      14   
9    INTEREST      14   
10    MATURITY OF THE BONDS AND REDEMPTION      14   
11    PAYMENTS      16   
12    ISSUER’S ACQUISITION OF BONDS      17   
13    COVENANTS      17   
14    FEES AND EXPENSES      23   
15    EVENTS OF DEFAULT      24   
16    BONDHOLDERS’ MEETING      27   
17    THE BOND TRUSTEE      30   
18    MISCELLANEOUS      32   

 

2


This agreement has been entered into on 14 December 2012 between:

 

(1) NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD , (a corporation existing under the laws of Marshall Islands with registration number 29140) as issuer (the “ Issuer ”), and

 

(2) NORSK TILLITSMANN ASA , (a company existing under the laws of Norway with registration number 963 342 624) as bond trustee (the “ Bond Trustee ”).

 

1 Interpretation

 

1.1 Definitions

In this Bond Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Account Manager ” means a Bondholder’s account manager in the Securities Depository.

Approved Shipbroker ” means any of Lorentzen & Stemoco AS, Joachim Grieg & Co AS, Inge Steensland AS, Braemar Seascope Ltd, Fearnleys, EA Gibsons Ltd, Clarksons Ltd and Poten and Partners or such other independent reputable ship broker nominated by the Issuer and approved by the Bond Trustee from time to time.

Attachment ” means the attachments to this Bond Agreement.

Bond Agreement ” means this bond agreement, including any Attachments to it, each as amended from time to time.

Bond Issue ” means the bond issue constituted by the Bonds.

Bondholder ” means a holder of Bond(s), as registered in the Securities Depository, from time to time.

Bondholders’ Meeting ” means a meeting of Bondholders, as set out in Clause 16.

Bonds ” means the debt instruments issued by the Issuer pursuant to this Bond Agreement.

Business Day ” means any day on which Norwegian banks are open for general business, and when Norwegian banks can settle foreign currency transactions.

Business Day Convention ” means that no adjustment will be made, notwithstanding the Payment Date occurs on a day that is not a Business Day, and if such date is not a Business Day, payments of interest and/or principal (as the case may be) will be made on the first following day that is a Business Day ( No Adjustments of Business Day ).

Call Option ” shall have the meaning set out in Clause 10.2.

 

3


Change of Control Event ” means if and when any person or a group of persons (other than WL Ross & Co LLC, a US IARD (Investment Adviser Registration Depository) with a registration number of 141854, or any indirectly or directly controlled subsidiary, fund or other entity of WL Ross & Co LLC) acting in concert, directly or indirectly, acquires Decisive Influence over the Issuer.

Current Assets ” means the aggregate book value of the Group’s assets (on a consolidated basis) which are treated as current assets in accordance with GAAP less the aggregate book value of any restricted cash (where restricted cash means cash which is Encumbered and/or blocked).

Current Liabilities ” means the aggregate book value of the Group’s liabilities (on a consolidated basis) which are treated as current liabilities in accordance with GAAP, excluding the current portion of long term debt.

Decisive Influence ” means a person having, as a result of an agreement or through the ownership of shares or interests in another person:

 

  (a) a majority of the voting rights in that other person (excluding proxies given in connection with any shareholder meeting); or

 

  (b) a right to elect or remove a majority of the members of the board of directors of that other person.

When determining the relevant person’s number of voting rights in the other person or the right to elect and remove members of the board of directors, rights held by the parent company of the relevant person and the parent company’s Subsidiaries shall be included.

Defeasance Pledge ” shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 18.2.

EBITDA ” means (on a consolidated basis) the Group’s aggregate earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (to be calculated on a 12-month rolling basis) determined in accordance with GAAP.

Escrow Account ” means any account opened in the name of the Issuer after the date of this Bond Agreement should this be required for compliance with the Asset Cover Ratio covenant set out in paragraph (e) of Clause 13.5, pledged and blocked on first priority as security for the Issuer’s obligations under the Finance Documents.

Escrow Account Pledge ” means a pledge over any Escrow Account opened after the date of this Bond Agreement, where the bank operating the account has waived any set-off rights and for which the Bond Trustee shall act as security agent.

Encumbrance ” means any encumbrance, mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

Equity ” means (on a consolidated basis) the aggregate book value of the Group’s total equity treated as equity in accordance with GAAP.

 

4


Equity Ratio ” means the ratio of Equity to Total Assets.

Event of Default ” means the occurrence of an event or circumstance specified in Clause 15.1.

Exchange ” means (i) a securities exchange or other reputable regulated market, or (ii) Oslo Alternative Bond Market, on which the Bonds are listed, or where the Issuer has applied for listing of the Bonds.

Face Value ” means the denomination of each of the Bonds, as set out in Clause 2.2.

Finance Documents ” means (i) this Bond Agreement, (ii) the agreement between the Bond Trustee and the Issuer referred to in Clause 14.2 and (iii) any other document (whether creating a security or not) which is executed at any time by the Issuer or any other person in relation to any amount payable under this Bond Agreement.

Financial Indebtedness ” means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

  (a) moneys borrowed;

 

  (b) any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialized equivalent;

 

  (c) any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

  (d) the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as finance or capital lease;

 

  (e) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

  (f) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

  (g) any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the mark to market value shall be taken into account); and

 

  (h) (without double counting) the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (g) above.

Financial Statements ” means the audited unconsolidated and consolidated annual financial statements of the Issuer for any financial year, drawn up according to GAAP, such accounts to include a profit and loss account, balance sheet, cash flow statement and management commentary or report from the Board of Directors.

 

5


GAAP ” means the generally accepted accounting practice and principles in the United States of America, or, if applied by the Issuer, the IFRS, in force from time to time.

Group ” means the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, and a “ Group Company ” means the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries.

IFRS ” means international accounting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation 1606/2002.

Interest Coverage Ratio means the ratio of EBITDA to Net Interest Cost.

Interest Payment Date ” means 18 June and 18 December each year and the Maturity Date. Any adjustment will be made according to the Business Day Convention.

Interim Accounts ” means the unaudited consolidated quarterly financial statements of the Issuer for any quarter ending on a Quarter Date, drawn up according to GAAP.

ISIN ” means International Securities Identification Number – the identification number of the Bond Issue.

Issue Date ” means 18 December 2012.

Issuer’s Bonds ” means any Bonds owned by the Issuer, any person or persons who has Decisive Influence over the Issuer, or any person or persons over whom the Issuer has Decisive Influence.

Liquidity ” means the aggregate book value of the Group’s freely available and unrestricted cash and cash equivalents (on a consolidated basis), free of any Encumbrance.

Manager ” means any of the managers for the Bond Issue.

Market Value ” means the aggregate fair market value of the Group’s vessels. The valuations shall be conducted without physical inspection at the Issuer’s expense by two Approved Shipbrokers, and shall be made on the basis of a voluntary sale between a willing buyer and a willing seller, free of any charter or employment contract. The valuation shall be dated no earlier than 30 days prior to the relevant Quarter Date (being 30 June and 31 December), and shall indicate the vessels’ value per same date for all vessels, and such valuation shall be made available to the Bond Trustee semi-annually on each relevant Reporting Date. The aggregate value shall be the arithmetic mean of the two valuations.

Material Adverse Effect ” means an event or circumstance which has a material adverse effect on: (a) the business, financial condition or operations of the Issuer and/or the Group taken as a whole, (b) the Issuer’s ability to perform and comply with its obligations under the Finance Documents; or (c) the validity or enforceability of any of the Finance Documents.

Maturity Date ” means 18 December 2017. Any adjustment will be made according to the Business Day Convention.

 

6


Net Interest Cost ” means on a consolidated basis the aggregate gross cash interest costs of the Group related to the Group’s interest bearing debt less the aggregate gross cash interest income of the Group according to GAAP (to be calculated on a 12-month rolling basis).

New Equity means the issuance of new shares with net proceeds of minimum USD 75,000,000 for the purpose of financing the Transaction in part.

NOK ” means Norwegian kroner, being the lawful currency in Norway.

Outstanding Bonds ” means the Bonds not redeemed or otherwise discharged.

Party ” means a party to this Bond Agreement (including its successors and permitted transferees).

Paying Agent ” means Nordea Bank Norge ASA the legal entity appointed by the Issuer to acts as its paying agent in the Securities Registry with respect to the Bonds.

Payment Date ” means a date for payment of principal or interest under this Bond Agreement.

Permitted Financial Indebtedness means the following:

 

  (i) the USD 80 million secured term loan facility dated 1 April 2011 entered into between Navigator Gas LLC, Navigator Saturn LLC, Navigator Leo LLC and Navigator Libra LLC as borrowers and Nordea Bank Finland PLC and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) as lenders;

 

  (ii) the USD 180 million secured term loan facility dated 18 April 2012 entered into between Navigator Gas LLC as borrower and DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch, Nordea Bank Finland PLC and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) as lenders;

 

  (iii) the USD 270 million secured term loan facility to be entered into based on a commitment letter dated 13 November 2012 with Navigator Gas LLC as borrower and DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch, Nordea Bank Finland Plc. and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) as lenders;

 

  (iv) the USD 120 million secured term loan facility to be entered into based on a commitment letter dated 2 November 2012 with four SPV Group Companies (to be established) and/or Navigator Gas L.L.C as borrowers and China EXIM and Credit Agricole CIB as arrangers;

 

  (v) future secured financial indebtedness provided by commercial banks or other financial institutions or funds with the purpose of financing additional vessel(s) (including the current two Indonesian vessels (“ Navigator Aries ” and “ Navigator Pluto ”); and

 

  (vi)

any refinancing, amendments or replacements of any of (i)-(iv) above provided by commercial banks or other financial institutions or funds from time to time, however, the refinanced amount shall (a) under the relevant facility in (iii) and (iv) above, not exceed the full amount outstanding,

 

7


  available and/or committed (less any commitments made in respect of vessels no longer forming part of such relevant financing) if such facility has not previously been fully drawn, and (b) otherwise not exceed the amount outstanding under the relevant facility at the time of such refinancing, and any refinancing, amendments or replacements shall be subject to the original amortization schedule of the relevant facility (except for the bullet payment).

Quarter Date ” means each 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December.

Reporting Date means each date on which the Issuer makes its Financial Statements or Interim Accounts available to the Bond Trustee and on its webpages pursuant to Clause 13.2.1 (c) and (d).

Securities Depository ” means the securities depository in which the Bond Issue is registered, being Verdipapirsentralen ASA (VPS) in Norway.

Security Agent ” means (if applicable) the Bond Trustee in its capacity as security agent and/or security trustee pursuant to Clause 17.4.

Security and Covenant Defeasance ” shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 18.2.

Stamdata ” means the web site www.stamdata.no, maintained by the Bond Trustee.

Subsidiary ” means a company over which another company has Decisive Influence.

Total Assets ” means (on a consolidated basis) the aggregate book value of the Group’s total assets treated as assets in accordance with GAAP.

Total Interest-Bearing Debt means (on a consolidated basis) the aggregate book value of the Group’s total interest-bearing debt in accordance with GAAP.

Transaction ” means the Group’s acquisition of 11 handy-size LPG-vessels pursuant to to a Framework Agreement dated 14 November 2012 entered into between Maersk Handy Gas Pte Ltd, A. P. Moller Singapore Pte Ltd, Live Oak Company Limited, Navigator Holdings LTD and Navigator Gas L.L.C.

US Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

USD ” means US Dollars, being the legal currency of the United States of America.

Voting Bonds ” means the Outstanding Bonds less the Issuer’s Bonds.

Working Capital ” means Current Assets less Current Liabilities.

 

1.2 Construction

In this Bond Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

  (a) headings are for ease of reference only;

 

  (b) words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa;

 

8


  (c) references to Clauses are references to the Clauses of this Bond Agreement;

 

  (d) references to a time is a reference to Oslo time unless otherwise stated herein;

 

  (e) references to a provision of law is a reference to that provision as it may be amended or re-enacted, and to any regulations made by the appropriate authority pursuant to such law, including any determinations, rulings, judgments and other binding decisions relating to such provision or regulation;

 

  (f) an Event of Default is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived; and

 

  (g) references to a “person” shall include any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality).

 

2 The Bonds

 

2.1 Binding nature of this Bond Agreement

 

2.1.1 By virtue of being registered as a Bondholder (directly or indirectly) with the Securities Depository, the Bondholders are bound by the terms of this Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document, without any further action required to be taken or formalities to be complied with, see also Clause 18.1.

 

2.1.2 This Bond Agreement is available to anyone and may be obtained from the Bond Trustee or the Issuer. The Issuer shall ensure that this Bond Agreement is available to the general public throughout the entire term of the Bonds. This Bond Agreement may be published on Stamdata or such other venues as decided by the Bond Trustee.

 

2.2 The Bonds

The Issuer has resolved to issue a series of Bonds in the maximum amount of USD 125,000,000 (USD onehundredandtwentyfivemillion).

The Face Value is USD 200,000. The Bonds shall rank pari passu between themselves.

The Bond Issue will be described as “9.0 per cent Navigator Holdings Ltd Senior Unsecured Callable Bond Issue 2012/2017”.

The ISIN of the Bond Issue will be NO 001 066550.8.

The tenor of the Bonds is from and including the Issue Date to the Maturity Date.

 

9


2.3 Purpose and utilization

The net proceeds of the Bonds shall be applied (i) to partly finance the Transaction, (ii) to finance the Group’s further fleet expansion, and (iii) for the Group’s general corporate purposes.

 

3 Listing

 

3.1 The Issuer shall apply for listing of the Bonds on Oslo Børs or, at the discretion of the Issuer, on Oslo Børs ASA’s Alternative Bond Market (“ ABM ”).

 

3.2 If the Bonds are listed, the Issuer shall ensure that the Bonds remain listed until they have been discharged in full.

 

4 Registration in the Securities Depository

 

4.1 The Bond Issue and the Bonds shall prior to disbursement be registered in the Securities Depository according to the Norwegian Securities Depository Act (Act 2002/64) and the terms and conditions of the Securities Depository.

 

4.2 The Issuer shall ensure that correct registration in the Securities Depository is made and shall notify the Securities Depository of any changes in the terms and conditions of this Bond Agreement. The Bond Trustee shall receive a copy of the notification. The registration may be executed by the Paying Agent.

 

4.3 The Bonds have not been registered under the US Securities Act, and the Issuer is under no obligation to arrange for registration of the Bonds under the US Securities Act.

 

5 Purchase and transfer of Bonds

 

5.1 Bondholders may be subject to purchase or transfer restrictions with regard to the Bonds, as applicable from time to time under local laws to which a Bondholder may be subject (due e.g. to its nationality, its residency, its registered address, its place(s) for doing business). Each Bondholder must ensure compliance with applicable local laws and regulations at its own cost and expense.

 

5.2 Notwithstanding the above, a Bondholder which has purchased the Bonds in breach of applicable mandatory restrictions may nevertheless utilize its rights (including, but not limited to, voting rights) under this Bond Agreement.

 

6 Conditions Precedent

 

6.1 Disbursement of the net proceeds of the Bonds to the Issuer will be subject to the Bond Trustee having received the documents listed below, in form and substance satisfactory to it, at least two Business Days prior to the Issue Date:

 

  (a) this Bond Agreement, duly executed by all parties thereto;

 

  (b)

a certificate from the Issuer (and any further documentation in relation hereto that the Bond Trustee reasonably may require) evidencing that (i) the Transaction is agreed and that the framework agreement between Navigator

 

10


  Holdings Ltd. and A.P. Moeller Maersk A/S has been signed; (ii) that the facilities described in (iii) and (iv) under Permitted Financial Indebtedness have been fully committed and that the Commitment Letters for this purpose were signed on 2 and 13 November 2012, and (iii) that the New Equity is irrevocably and fully committed and that equity commitment letter(s) were signed on 16 November 2012;

 

  (c) certified copies of all necessary corporate resolutions of the Issuer to issue the Bonds and execute the Finance Documents;

 

  (d) a power of attorney from the Issuer to relevant individuals for their execution of the relevant Finance Documents, or extracts from the relevant register or similar documentation evidencing such individuals’ authorisation to execute the Finance Documents on behalf of the Issuer;

 

  (e) certified copies of (i) the Certificate of Incorporation or other similar official document for the Issuer, evidencing that it is validly registered and existing and (ii) the articles of incorporation and by-laws;

 

  (f) the Issuer’s latest Financial Statements and Interim Accounts (if any);

 

  (g) confirmation from the Manager that the requirements set out in Chapter 7 of the Norwegian Securities Trading Act (implementing the EU prospectus directive (2003/71 EC) concerning prospectuses have been fulfilled;

 

  (h) to the extent necessary, any public authorisations required for the Bond Issue;

 

  (i) a certificate confirming that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

  (j) confirmation from the Paying Agent that the Bonds have been registered in the Securities Depository;

 

  (k) the Bond Trustee fee agreement set out in Clause 14.2, duly executed;

 

  (l) copies of any written documentation used in the marketing of the Bonds or made public by the Issuer or the Manager in connection with the Bond Issue;

 

  (m) documentation evidencing the Issuer’s appointment of a process agent in Norway as set out in Clause 18.8; and

 

  (n) any statements or legal opinions reasonably required by the Bond Trustee (including any capacity corporate opinions for the Issuer and opinions related to the validity and enforceability of the Finance Documents).

 

6.2 The Bond Trustee may, in its reasonable opinion, waive the deadline or requirements for documentation as set out in Clause 6.1.

 

11


6.3 Disbursement of the net proceeds from the Bonds is subject to the Bond Trustee’s written notice to the Issuer, the Manager and the Paying Agent that the documents have been controlled and that the required conditions precedent are fulfilled.

 

6.4 On the Issue Date, subject to i) that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and ii) receipt of confirmation from the Bond Trustee pursuant to Clause 6.3, the Manager shall make the net proceeds from the Bond Issue available to the Issuer.

 

7 Representations and Warranties

 

7.1 The Issuer represents and warrants to the Bond Trustee that:

 

  (a) Status

It is a limited liability company, duly domesticated and validly existing and registered under the laws of the Marshall Islands, and has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

  (b) Power and authority

It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, this Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.

 

  (c) Valid, binding and enforceable obligations

This Bond Agreement and each other Finance Document to which it is a party constitutes (or will constitute, when executed by the respective parties thereto) its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, and (save as provided for therein) no further registration, filing, payment of tax or fees or other formalities are necessary or desirable to render the said documents enforceable against it.

 

  (d) Non-conflict with other obligations

The entry into and performance by it of this Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby do not and will not conflict with (i) any law or regulation or judicial or official order; (ii) its constitutional documents; or (iii) any agreement or instrument which is binding upon it or any of its assets.

 

  (e) No Event of Default

 

  (i) No Event of Default exists or is likely to result from the making of any drawdown under this Bond Agreement or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Finance Document.

 

  (ii) No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes (or with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination or any combination of any of the foregoing, would constitute) a default or termination event (howsoever described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries’) assets are subject which has or is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

12


  (f) Authorizations and consents

All authorisations, consents, approvals, resolutions, licenses, exemptions, filings, notarizations or registrations required:

 

  (i) to enable it to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations under this Bond Agreement or any other Finance Document to which it is a party; and

 

  (ii) to carry on its business as presently conducted and as contemplated by this Bond Agreement,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

  (g) Litigation

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

  (h) Financial Statements

Its most recent Financial Statements and Interim Accounts fairly and accurately represent the assets and liabilities and financial condition as at their respective dates, and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied.

 

  (i) No Material Adverse Effect

Since the date of the Financial Statements, there has been no change in its business, assets or financial condition that is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (j) No misleading information

Any factual information provided by it to the subscribers or the Bond Trustee for the purposes of this Bond Issue was true and accurate in all material respects as of the date it was provided or as of the date (if any) at which it is stated.

 

  (k) No withholdings

The Issuer is not required to make any deduction or withholding from any payment which it may become obliged to make to the Bond Trustee or the Bondholders under this Bond Agreement.

 

  (l) Pari passu ranking

Its payment obligations under this Bond Agreement or any other Finance Document to which it is a party rank at least pari passu as set out in Clause 8.1.

 

  (m) Security

No Encumbrance exists over any of the present assets of any Group Company in conflict with this Bond Agreement.

 

13


7.2 The representations and warranties set out in Clause 7.1 are made on the execution date of this Bond Agreement, and shall be deemed to be repeated on the Issue Date and on each Interest Payment Date.

 

8 Status of the Bonds and security

 

8.1 The Bonds shall constitute senior debt obligations of the Issuer. The Bonds shall rank at least pari passu with all other senior unsecured debt of the Issuer (save for such claims which are preferred by bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or other similar laws of general application) and shall rank ahead of subordinated debt.

 

8.2 The Bonds are, except for the Excrow Account Pledge, unsecured.

 

9 Interest

 

9.1 The Issuer shall pay interest on the par value of the Bonds from, and including, the Issue Date at a fixed rate of nine per cent. (9 %) per annum (the “ Fixed Rate ”).

 

9.2 Interest payments shall be made semi annually in arrears on the Interest Payment Dates each year, the first Interest Payment Date being 18 June 2013.

 

9.3 The relevant interest payable amount shall be calculated based on a period from, and including, one Interest Payment Date to, but excluding, the next following applicable Interest Payment Date.

 

9.4 The day count fraction in respect of the calculation of the payable interest amount shall be “30/360” (“ Fixed Rate Day Count Fraction ”), which means that the number of days in the calculation period in respect of which payment is being made divided by 360 (the number of days to be calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days with twelve 30-days months (unless (i) the last day of the calculation period is the 31st day of a month but the first day of the calculation period is a day other than the 30th or 31st day of a month, in which case the month that includes that last day shall not be considered to be shortened to a 30-day month, or (ii) the last day of the calculation period is the last day of the month of February, in which case the month of February shall not be considered to be lengthened to a 30-day month)).

 

9.5 The payable interest amount per Bond for a relevant calculation period shall be calculated as follows:

 

Interest    =    Face    x    Fixed    x    Fixed Rate

Amount

Fraction

      Value       Rate       Day Count

 

10 Maturity of the Bonds and Redemption

 

10.1 Maturity

The Bonds shall mature in full on the Maturity Date, and shall be repaid at 100% of par value by the Issuer.

 

10.2 Call Option

 

14


10.2.1 The Issuer may redeem the Bond Issue in whole or in part as follows (Call Option):

 

  (a) at any time from and including the Interest Payment Day in December 2015 to, but not including, the Interest Payment Day in December 2016 at a price equal to 104.00% of par value (plus accrued interest on the redeemed amount),

 

  (b) at any time from and including the Interest Payment Day in December 2016 to, but not including, the Interest Payment Day in June 2017 at a price equal to 102.00% of par value (plus accrued interest on the redeemed amount); and

 

  (c) at any time from and including the Interest Payment Day in June 2017 to, but not including, the Maturity Date at a price equal to 101.00% of par value (plus accrued interest on the redeemed amount)

 

10.2.2 Exercise of the Call Option shall be notified by the Issuer in writing to the Bond Trustee and the Bondholders at least thirty (30) Business Days prior to the settlement date of the Call Option.

 

10.2.3 Partial redemption must be carried out pro rata (in accordance with the procedures of the Securities Depository).

 

10.2.4 On the settlement date of the Call Option, the Issuer shall pay to each of the Bondholders holding Bonds to be redeemed, in respect of each such Bond, the principal amount of such Bond (including any premium as stated above) and any unpaid interest accrued up to the settlement date.

 

10.2.5 Bonds redeemed by the Issuer in accordance with this Clause 10.2 shall be discharged against the Outstanding Bonds.

 

10.3 Change of control

 

10.3.1 Upon a Change of Control Event occurring, each Bondholder shall have a right of prepayment (a “ Put Option ”) of its Bonds at a price of 101.00 % of par value (plus accrued interest on the redeemed amount).

 

10.3.2 The Put Option must be exercised within 60 calendar days after the Issuer has given notification to the Bond Trustee of a Change of Control Event. Such notification shall be given as soon as possible after a Change of Control Event has taken place.

 

10.3.3 The Put Option may be exercised by each Bondholder by giving written notice of the request to its Account Manager. The Account Manager shall notify the Paying Agent of the redemption request. The settlement date of the Put Option shall be within 75 calendar days following the notice of a Change of Control Event.

 

10.3.4 On the settlement date of the Put Option, the Issuer shall pay to each of the Bondholders holding Bonds to be redeemed, the principal amount of each such Bond (including any premium pursuant to Clause 10.3.1) and any unpaid interest accrued up to the settlement date.

 

15


11 Payments

 

11.1 Covenant to pay

 

11.1.1 The Issuer will on any Payment Date (or any other due date pursuant to any Finance Document) unconditionally pay to or to the order of the Bond Trustee all amounts due under this Bond Agreement or any other Finance Document.

 

11.1.2 The covenant contained in Clause 11.1.1 shall be for the benefit of the Bond Trustee and the Bondholders.

 

11.2 Payment mechanics

 

11.2.1 If no specific order is made by the Bond Trustee under Clause 11.1.1, the Issuer shall pay all amounts due to the Bondholders under this Bond Agreement or any other Finance Document by crediting the bank account nominated by each Bondholder in connection with its securities account in the Securities Depository.

 

11.2.2 Payment shall be deemed to have been made once the amount has been credited to the bank which holds the bank account nominated by the Bondholder in question, but if the paying bank and the receiving bank are the same, payment shall be deemed to have been made once the amount has been credited to the bank account nominated by the Bondholder in question, see however Clause 11.3.

 

11.2.3 In case of irregular payments, the Bond Trustee may instruct the Issuer or Bondholders of other payment mechanisms than described in Clause 11.2.1 or 11.2.2 above. The Bond Trustee may also obtain payment information regarding Bondholders’ accounts from the Securities Depository or Account Managers.

 

11.2.4 Subject to Clause 11.3, payment by the Issuer in accordance with this Clause 11.2 shall constitute good discharge of its obligations under Clause 11.1.1.

 

11.3 Currency

 

11.3.1 If the Bonds are denominated in other currencies than NOK, each Bondholder has to provide the Paying Agent (either directly or through its Account Manager) with specific payment instructions, including foreign exchange bank account details. Depending on any currency exchange settlement agreements between each Bondholder’s bank and the Paying Agent, cash settlement may be delayed, and payment shall be deemed to have been made at the date of the cash settlement, provided however, that no default interest or other penalty shall accrue for the account of the Issuer.

 

11.3.2 Except as otherwise expressly provided, all amounts payable under this Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document shall be payable in the same currency as the Bonds are denominated in. If, however, the Bondholder has not given instruction as set out in Clause 11.3.1 within five Business Days prior to a Payment Date, the cash settlement will be exchanged into NOK and credited to the NOK bank account registered with the Bondholder’s account in the Securities Depository.

 

16


11.3.3 Amounts payable in respect of costs, expenses, taxes and other liabilities of a similar nature shall be payable in the currency in which they are incurred.

 

11.4 Set-off and counterclaims

The Issuer may not apply or perform any counterclaims or set-off against any payment obligations pursuant to this Bond Agreement or any other Finance Document.

 

11.5 Interest in the event of late payment

 

11.5.1 In the event that any amount due under this Bond Agreement or any Finance Document is not made on the relevant due date, the unpaid amount shall bear interest from the due date at an interest rate equivalent to the interest rate according to Clause 9 plus five per cent. (5.00 %) per annum.

 

11.5.2 The interest charged under this Clause 11.5 shall be added to the defaulted amount on each respective Interest Payment Date relating thereto until the defaulted amount has been repaid in full.

 

11.5.3 The unpaid amounts shall bear interest as stated above until payment is made, whether or not the Bonds are declared to be in default pursuant to Clause 15.1(a), cf. Clauses 15.2 - 15.4.

 

11.6 Partial payments

If the Bond Trustee or the Paying Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable under the Finance Documents, that payment shall be applied in the following order:

 

  (a) first, in or towards payment of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Bond Trustee under the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) secondly, in or towards payment of any accrued interest due but unpaid under the Bond Agreement, pro rata and without any preference or priority of any kind; and

 

  (c) thirdly, in or towards payment of any principal due but unpaid under the Bond Agreement, pro rata and without any preference or priority of any kind.

 

12 Issuer’s acquisition of Bonds

The Issuer has the right to acquire and own Bonds (Issuer’s Bonds). The Issuer’s holding of Bonds may at the Issuer’s discretion be retained by the Issuer, sold or discharged.

 

13 Covenants

 

13.1 General

 

17


13.1.1 The Issuer undertakes from the date of this Bond Agreement and until such time that no amounts are outstanding under this Bond Agreement or any other Finance Document, to the Bond Trustee, as further set out in this Clause 13.

 

13.2 Information Covenants

 

13.2.1 The Issuer shall:

 

  (a) without being requested to do so, promptly inform the Bond Trustee in writing of any Event of Default, any event or circumstance which the Issuer understands or ought to understand may lead to an Event of Default and any other event which may have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (b) without being requested to do so, inform the Bond Trustee in writing if the Issuer agrees to sell or dispose of all or a substantial part of its assets or operations, or change the nature of its business;

 

  (c) without being requested to do so, prepare Financial Statements and make them directly available to the Bond Trustee and on its website in the English language (alternatively by arranging for publication at Stamdata) as soon as they become available, and not later than 120 days after the end of the relevant financial year;

 

  (d) without being requested to do so, prepare Interim Accounts and make them directly available to the Bond Trustee and on its website in the English language (alternatively by arranging for publication on Stamdata) as soon as they become available, and not later than 60 days after the end of the relevant quarter;

 

  (e) at the request of the Bond Trustee, report the balance of the Issuer’s Bonds;

 

  (f) without being requested to do so, send the Bond Trustee copies of any statutory notifications of the Issuer, including but not limited to in connection with mergers, de-mergers and reduction of the Issuer’s share capital or equity;

 

  (g) if the Bonds are listed on an exchange, without being requested to do so, send a copy to the Bond Trustee of its notices to the Exchange;

 

  (h) if the Issuer and/or the Bonds are rated, without being requested to do so, inform the Bond Trustee of its and/or the rating of the Bond Issue, and any changes to such rating;

 

  (i) without being requested to do so, inform the Bond Trustee of changes in the registration of the Bonds in the Securities Depository; and

 

  (j) within a reasonable time, provide such information about the Issuer’s business, assets and financial condition as the Bond Trustee may reasonably request.

 

18


13.2.2 The Issuer shall in connection with the publication of its financial reports under Clause 13.2.1(c) and (d), confirm to the Bond Trustee in writing the Issuer’s compliance with the covenants in this Clause 13, unless the Bond Trustee explicitly waives such requirement. Such confirmation shall be undertaken in a certificate, substantially in the form set out in Attachment 1 hereto, signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer (a “ Compliance Certificate ”). In the event of non-compliance, the Compliance Certificate shall describe the non-compliance, the reasons therefore as well as the steps which the Issuer has taken and will take in order to rectify the non-compliance.

 

13.3 General Covenants

 

  (a) Pari passu ranking

The Issuer shall ensure that its obligations under this Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document shall at all time rank at least pari passu as set out in Clause 8.1.

 

  (b) Mergers

The Issuer shall not, and shall ensure that no other Group Company shall, carry out any merger or other business combination or corporate reorganization involving a consolidation of the assets and obligations of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries with any other companies or entities not being a member of the Group if such transaction would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (c) De-mergers

The Issuer shall not, and shall ensure that no other Group Company shall, carry out any de-merger or other corporate reorganization involving a split of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries into two or more separate companies or entities, if such transaction would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (d) Continuation of business

The Issuer shall not, and shall ensure that no other Group Company shall, cease to carry on its business, if such cessation would have a Material Adverse Effect. The Issuer shall procure that no material change is made to the general nature or scope of the business of the Group from that carried on at the date of this Bond Agreement, or as contemplated by this Bond Agreement.

 

  (e) Disposal of business

The Issuer shall not, and shall procure that no other Group Company shall, sell or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial part of the Group’s assets or operations, unless:

 

  (i) the transaction is carried out at fair market value, on terms and conditions customary for such transactions; and

 

  (ii) such transaction would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

19


In the event that:

(i) a Group Company sells or disposes of one or more vessels and/or shares in a Group Company owning (directly or indirectly) a vessel (or takes any other action which has the similar effect as a sale or disposal of a vessel or dilution of the ownership interest in a vessel), excluding any intra-Group transactions;

(ii) the Equity Ratio is less than 35% (but more than 30%, cf Clause 13.5(d)) on the Quarter Date immediately prior to such disposal; and

(iii) any net proceeds realized from such sale or disposal (following repayment of any relevant Permitted Financial Indebtedness pertaining to the relevant asset) has not been re-invested in one or more second-hand vessels within 180 days from receipt of such proceeds,

the Issuer undertakes to promptly apply not less than 50% of such net proceeds (i.e. gross proceeds less ordinary cost and fees in accordance with such disposal) towards prepayment of any Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

  (f) Arm’s length transactions

The Issuer shall not, and the Issuer shall ensure that no other Group Company shall, enter into directly or indirectly any transaction with any person (without limitation, the purchase, sale or exchange of assets or the rendering of any service) except in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to the reasonable requirement of the Issuer’s or such Group Company’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms and for fair market value that are no less favorable to the Issuer or such Group Company, as the case may be, than those which might be obtained in an arm’s length transaction at the time.

 

  (g) Corporate status

The Issuer shall not change its type of organization or jurisdiction of incorporation without the prior written consent of the Bond Trustee.

 

  (h) Compliance with laws

The Issuer shall, and shall ensure that all other Group Companies shall, carry on its business in accordance with acknowledged, careful and sound practices in all material aspects and comply in all material respects with all laws and regulations it or they may be subject to from time to time.

 

13.4 Special covenants

 

  (a) Dividends and other distributions

The Issuer shall not declare or make any dividend payment, repurchase of shares or make other distributions or payments to its shareholders (other than servicing of loans provided by shareholders, cf. Clause f) “Subordinated loans” below), whether in cash or in kind, including without limitation any total return swaps or instruments with similar effect (a “ Distribution ”) (other than in respect of services rendered and/or transactions done in the ordinary course and on market terms for an amount of up to USD 2 million per calendar year) until after 31 December 2013. Thereafter the Issuer shall not declare or make any Distribution exceeding 50% of Issuer’s consolidated net profit after taxes based on the audited annual accounts for the previous financial year, however always provided that the Group on a consolidated basis is in pro-forma compliance with an Equity Ratio of minimum 35% immediately after giving effect to such Distribution paid or declared.

 

20


  (b) Subsidiaries’ distributions

Save for obligations under the Permitted Financial Indebtedness, the Issuer shall not permit any Group Company to create or permit to exist any contractual obligation (or encumbrance) restricting the right of any Group Company to (i) pay dividends or make other distributions to its shareholders, (ii) service any Financial Indebtedness to the Issuer, or (iii) make any loans to the Issuer, if the creation of such contractual obligation is reasonably likely to prevent the Issuer from complying with its payment obligations under this Bond Agreement.

 

  (c) Negative pledge

The Issuer shall not, and shall ensure that no other Group Company shall, create, permit to subsist or allow to exist any Encumbrance over any of its present or future respective assets (including shares in Subsidiaries) or its revenues, other than the Encumbrances granted to secure any of the following:

 

  (i) this Bond Issue;

 

  (ii) the Permitted Financial Indebtedness;

 

  (iii) any derivative transactions related to the Issuer’s hedging policy; and

 

  (iv) any lien arising by operation of law.

 

  (d) Financial Indebtedness restrictions

The Issuer shall not, and shall ensure that no other Group Company shall, incur, create or permit to subsist any Financial Indebtedness other than:

 

  (i) this Bond Issue;

 

  (ii) any unsecured Financial Indebtedness with the Issuer as borrower provided as a subordinated loan cf. clause (f) below;

 

  (iii) the Permitted Financial Indebtedness;

 

  (iv) any unsecured intra-group loans granted by any member of the Group;

 

  (v) any derivative transactions related to the Issuer’s hedging policy; and

 

  (vi) any Financial Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business for an amount of up to USD 10 million.

 

21


  (e) Financial support restrictions

The Issuer shall not, and shall ensure that no other Group Company shall, grant any loans, guarantees or other financial assistance (including, but not limited to granting of security) (“ Financial Support ”) to or for the benefit of any third party or other Group Companies, other than:

 

  (i) unsecured intra-group loans granted by any Group Company to another Group Company;

 

  (ii) Financial Support in the ordinary course of business; and

 

  (iii) Financial Support in connection with Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

  (f) Subordinated loans

The Issuer shall ensure that any existing and future loans from a shareholder of the Issuer or any subordinated loans from a third party to the Issuer shall be subordinated to the Bonds. For the avoidance of doubt, any such loans may be serviced as long as (i) no Event of Default is in existence, or (ii) no cure period has commenced but not expired under the Bond Agreement.

 

  (g) Insurances

The Issuer shall, and the Issuer shall ensure that each Group Company will, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, funds or underwriters adequate insurance or captive arrangements with respect to its assets, equipment and business against such liabilities, casualties and contingencies and of such types and in such amounts as are consistent with prudent business practice in their relevant jurisdiction including, but not limited to, insurance for all the Group’s vessels in accordance with the requirements of the Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

13.5 Financial covenants

The Issuer undertakes to comply with the following financial covenants during the term of the Bond Issue:

 

22


  (a) Minimum Liquidity: The Issuer shall ensure that the Group maintains a Liquidity of no less than the greater of (i) USD 12.5 million and (ii) 5% of Total Interest-Bearing Debt;

 

  (b) Minimum Working Capital : The Issuer shall ensure that the Group maintains a positive Working Capital;

 

  (c) Interest Coverage Ratio : The Issuer shall ensure that the Group maintains an Interest Coverage Ratio not less than 3.0;

 

  (d) Equity Ratio : The Issuer shall ensure that the Group maintains an Equity Ratio of minimum 30.0%; and

 

  (e) Asset Coverage Ratio : From and including 30 June 2013, the Issuer shall ensure that the aggregate value of:

(1) the Market Value of the Group’s vessels; plus

(2) any balance on the Escrow Account,

is at least 120% of the Total Interest-Bearing Debt.

If the aggregate Market Value of the Group’s vessels is not sufficient to meet the Asset Coverage Ratio covenant, the Issuer and/or any Group Company shall be entitled to transfer cash to the Escrow Account in an amount sufficient to again become compliant. Any amount so transferred to the Escrow Account shall be released, in whole or in part, when the Asset Coverage Ratio is again sufficient to meet the Asset Coverage Ratio covenant.

The Issuer undertakes to comply with the above Financial Covenants at all times, such compliance to be measured on each Quarter Date and certified by the Issuer with each annual financial statement and quarterly financial statement on the respective Reporting Date. However, (e) above shall only be measured semi-annually from and including the Quarter Date 30 June 2013. All Financial Covenants shall be calculated on a consolidated basis for the Group during the lifetime of the Bonds.

 

14 Fees and expenses

 

14.1 The Issuer shall cover all costs and expenses incurred by it or the Bond Trustee (and/or the Security Agent) in connection with this Bond Agreement and the fulfilment of its obligations under this Bond Agreement or any other Finance Document, including in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and enforcement of this Bond Agreement and the other Finance Documents and any registration or notifications relating thereto (including any stamp duty), the listing of the Bonds on an Exchange (if applicable), and the registration and administration of the Bonds in the Securities Depository. The Bond Trustee may withhold funds from any escrow account (or similar arrangement) or from other funds received from the Issuer or any other person, irrespective of such funds being subject to security under a Finance Documents, to set-off and cover any such costs and expenses.

 

23


14.2 The fees, costs and expenses payable to the Bond Trustee (and/or the Security Agent) shall be paid by the Issuer and are set out in a separate agreement between the Issuer and the Bond Trustee (and/or the Security Agent).

 

14.3 Fees, costs and expenses payable to the Bond Trustee (or the Security Agent) which, due to the Issuer’s insolvency or similar circumstances, are not reimbursed in any other way may be covered by making an equivalent reduction in the proceeds to the Bondholders hereunder of any costs and expenses incurred by the Bond Trustee (or the Security Agent) in connection with the restructuring or default of the Bond Issue and the enforcement of any security.

 

14.4 Any public fees levied on the trade of Bonds in the secondary market shall be paid by the Bondholders, unless otherwise provided by law or regulation, and the Issuer is not responsible for reimbursing any such fees.

 

14.5 The Issuer is responsible for withholding any withholding tax imposed by applicable law on any payments to the Bondholders.

 

14.6 If the Issuer is required by law to withhold any withholding tax from any payment under any Finance Document:

 

  (a) the amount of the payment due from the Issuer shall be increased to such amount which is necessary to ensure that the Bondholders receive a net amount which is (after making the required withholding) equal to the payment which would have been due if no withholding had been required; and

 

  (b) the Issuer shall at the request of the Bond Trustee deliver to the Bond Trustee evidence that the required tax reduction or withholding has been made.

 

15 Events of Default

 

15.1 The Bond Trustee may declare the Bonds to be in default upon occurrence of any of the following events:

 

  (a) Non-payment

The Issuer fails to fulfil any payment obligation due under this Bond Agreement or any Finance Document when due, unless, in the opinion of the Bond Trustee, it is likely that such payment will be made in full within five (5) Business Days following the original due date.

 

  (b) Breach of other obligations

The Issuer does not comply with any provision pursuant to this Bond Agreement or any other Finance Document, unless, in the opinion of the Bond Trustee, such failure is capable of being remedied and is remedied within ten (10) Business Days after notice thereof is given to the Issuer by the Bond Trustee.

 

24


  (c) Cross default

If for any Group Company:

 

  (i) any Financial Indebtedness is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period;

 

  (ii) any Financial Indebtedness is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described);

 

  (iii) any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness is cancelled or suspended by a creditor as a result of an event of default (however described); or

 

  (iv) any creditor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described) and such default has not been waived in writing by the relevant creditor;

always provided that the amount of the relevant Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iv) above or the commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraph (iii) above must exceed USD 10 million, or the equivalent thereof in other currencies, for a cross-default to exist under this Bond Agreement.

 

  (d) Misrepresentations

Any representation, warranty or statement (including statements in compliance certificates) made under this Bond Agreement or any other Finance Document or in connection therewith is or proves to have been incorrect, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to have been made.

 

  (e) Insolvency

 

  (i) A Group Company, is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness;

 

  (ii) The value of the assets of any member of the Group is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities); or

 

  (iii) A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any member of the Group,

 

  (f) Insolvency proceedings and dissolution

If for any Group Company, any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure step is taken in relation to:

 

  (i) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) other than solvent liquidation or reorganization;

 

25


  (ii) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor, having an adverse effect on the Issuer’s ability to perform its payment obligations hereunder;

 

  (iii) the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation), receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer of any of its assets; or

 

  (iv) its dissolution,

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

  (g) Creditors’ process

Any Group Company has a substantial proportion of the assets impounded, confiscated, attached or subject to distraint, or is subject to enforcement of any security over any of its assets.

 

  (h) Litigation

Any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced or threatened in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents or against any member of the Group or its assets which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (i) Impossibility or illegality

It is or becomes impossible or unlawful for any Group Company to fulfil or perform any of the terms of any Finance Document to which it is a party.

 

  (j) Material Adverse Effect

Any other event or circumstance occurs which, in the reasonable opinion of the Bond Trustee, after consultations with the Issuer, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

15.2 In the event that one or more of the circumstances mentioned in Clause 15.1 occurs and is continuing, the Bond Trustee can, in order to protect the interests of the Bondholders, declare the Outstanding Bonds including accrued interest, costs and expenses to be in default and due for immediate payment.

The Bond Trustee may at its discretion, take every measure necessary to recover the amounts due under the Outstanding Bonds, and all other amounts outstanding under this Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document.

 

15.3 In the event that one or more of the circumstances mentioned in Clause 15.1 occurs and is continuing, the Bond Trustee shall declare the Outstanding Bonds including accrued interest, costs and expenses to be in default and due for immediate payment if:

 

  (a) the Bond Trustee receives a demand in writing that a default shall be declared from Bondholders representing at least 1/5 of the Voting Bonds, and the Bondholders’ Meeting has not decided on other solutions, or

 

26


  (b) the Bondholders’ Meeting has with simple majority decided to declare the Outstanding Bonds in default and due for payment.

In either case the Bond Trustee shall take every measure necessary to recover the amounts due under the Outstanding Bonds.

 

15.4 In the event that the Bond Trustee pursuant to the terms of Clauses 15.2 or 15.3 declares the Outstanding Bonds to be in default and due for payment, the Bond Trustee shall immediately deliver to the Issuer a notice demanding payment of interest and principal due to the Bondholders under the Outstanding Bonds including accrued interest and interest on overdue amounts and expenses. The claim derived from the Outstanding Bonds due for payment as a result of an Event of Default shall be calculated at the prices set out in Clause 10.2.

 

16 Bondholders’ Meeting

 

16.1 Authority of the Bondholders’ Meeting

 

16.1.1 The Bondholders’ Meeting represents the supreme authority of the Bondholders community in all matters relating to the Bonds, and has the power to make all decisions altering the terms and conditions of the Bonds, including, but not limited to, any reduction of principal or interest and any conversion of the Bonds into other capital classes.

 

16.1.2 The Bondholders’ Meeting cannot resolve that any overdue payment of any instalment shall be reduced unless there is a pro rata reduction of the principal that has not fallen due, but may resolve that accrued interest (whether overdue or not) shall be reduced without a corresponding reduction of principal.

 

16.1.3 If a resolution by or an approval of the Bondholders is required, such resolution shall be passed at a Bondholders’ Meeting, see however Clause 17.1. Resolutions passed at Bondholders’ Meetings shall be binding upon all Bondholders and prevail for all the Bonds.

 

16.2 Procedural rules for Bondholders’ meetings

 

16.2.1 A Bondholders’ Meeting shall be held at the written request of:

 

  (a) the Issuer;

 

  (b) Bondholders representing at least 1/10 of the Voting Bonds;

 

  (c) the Exchange, if the Bonds are listed; or

 

  (d) the Bond Trustee.

 

16.2.2 The Bondholders’ Meeting shall be summoned by the Bond Trustee. A request for a Bondholders’ Meeting shall be made in writing to the Bond Trustee, and shall clearly state the matters to be discussed.

 

27


16.2.3 If the Bond Trustee has not summoned a Bondholders’ Meeting within ten (10) Business Days after having received a valid request, then the requesting party may summon the Bondholders’ Meeting itself.

 

16.2.4 The notice of a Bondholders’ Meeting shall be dispatched no later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of the Bondholders’ Meeting. The notice and a confirmation of each Bondholder’s holdings of Bonds shall be sent to all Bondholders registered in the Securities Depository at the time of distribution. The notice shall also be sent to the Exchange for publication if the Bonds are listed.

 

16.2.5 The summons shall specify the agenda of the Bondholders’ Meeting. The Bond Trustee may in the summons also set out other matters on the agenda than those requested. If amendments to this Bond Agreement have been proposed, the main content of the proposal shall be stated in the summons.

 

16.2.6 The Bond Trustee may restrict the Issuer from making any changes in the number of Voting Bonds in the period from distribution of the summons until the Bondholders’ Meeting, by serving notice to it to such effect.

 

16.2.7 Matters that have not been reported to the Bondholders in accordance with the procedural rules for summoning of a Bondholders’ Meeting may only be adopted with the approval of all Voting Bonds.

 

16.2.8 The Bondholders’ Meeting shall be held on premises designated by the Bond Trustee. The Bondholders’ Meeting shall be opened and shall, unless otherwise decided by the Bondholders’ Meeting, be chaired by the Bond Trustee. If the Bond Trustee is not present, the Bondholders’ Meeting shall be opened by a Bondholder, and be chaired by a representative elected by the Bondholders’ Meeting.

 

16.2.9 Minutes of the Bondholders’ Meeting shall be kept. The minutes shall state the numbers of Bondholders and Bonds represented at the Bondholders’ Meeting, the resolutions passed at the meeting, and the result of the voting. The minutes shall be signed by the chairman and at least one other person elected by the Bondholders’ Meeting. The minutes shall be deposited with the Bond Trustee and shall be available to the Bondholders.

 

16.2.10 The Bondholders, the Bond Trustee and – provided the Bonds are listed – representatives of the Exchange, have the right to attend the Bondholders’ Meeting. The chairman may grant access to the meeting to other parties, unless the Bondholders’ Meeting decides otherwise. Bondholders may attend by a representative holding proxy. Bondholders have the right to be assisted by an advisor. In case of dispute the chairman shall decide who may attend the Bondholders’ Meeting and vote for the Bonds.

 

16.2.11 Representatives of the Issuer have the right to attend the Bondholders’ Meeting. The Bondholders’ Meeting may resolve that the Issuer’s representatives may not participate in particular matters. The Issuer has the right to be present under the voting.

 

16.3 Resolutions passed at Bondholders’ Meetings

 

28


16.3.1 At the Bondholders’ Meeting each Bondholder may cast one vote for each Voting Bond owned at close of business on the day prior to the date of the Bondholders’ Meeting in accordance with the records registered in the Securities Depository. The Bond Trustee may, at its sole discretion, accept other evidence of ownership. Whoever opens the Bondholders’ Meeting shall adjudicate any question concerning which Bonds shall count as the Issuer’s Bonds. The Issuer’s Bonds shall not have any voting rights.

For this purpose, a Bondholder that has a Bond that is nominee registered shall be deemed as the Bondholder of such Bond (instead of the nominee) provided that the Bondholder presents relevant evidence stating that the relevant Bondholder is the Bondholder of the Bond and the amount of Bonds held by such Bondholder.

 

16.3.2 In all matters, the Issuer, the Bond Trustee and any Bondholder have the right to demand vote by ballot. In case of parity of votes, the chairman shall have the deciding vote, regardless of the chairman being a Bondholder or not.

 

16.3.3 In order to form a quorum, at least half (1/2) of the Voting Bonds must be represented at the meeting, see however Clause 16.4. Even if less than half (1/2) of the Voting Bonds are represented, the Bondholders’ Meeting shall be held and voting completed.

 

16.3.4 Resolutions shall be passed by simple majority of the Voting Bonds represented at the Bondholders’ Meeting, unless otherwise set out in Clause 16.3.5.

 

16.3.5 A majority of at least 2/3 of the Voting Bonds represented at the Bondholders’ Meeting is required for any waiver or amendment of any terms of this Bond Agreement.

 

16.3.6 The Bondholders’ Meeting may not adopt resolutions which may give certain Bondholders or others an unreasonable advantage at the expense of other Bondholders.

 

16.3.7 The Bond Trustee shall ensure that resolutions passed at the Bondholders’ Meeting are properly implemented, however, the Bond Trustee may refuse to carry out resolutions being in conflict with this Bond Agreement (or any other Finance Document) or any applicable law.

 

16.3.8 The Issuer, the Bondholders and the Exchange shall be notified of resolutions passed at the Bondholders’ Meeting.

 

16.4 Repeated Bondholders’ Meeting

 

16.4.1 If the Bondholders’ Meeting does not form a quorum pursuant to Clause 16.3.3, a repeated Bondholders’ Meeting may be summoned to vote on the same matters. The attendance and the voting result of the first Bondholders’ Meeting shall be specified in the summons for the repeated Bondholders’ Meeting.

 

16.4.2 A valid resolution may be passed at a repeated Bondholders’ meeting even though less than half (1/2) of the Voting Bonds are represented.

 

29


17 The Bond Trustee

 

17.1 The role and authority of the Bond Trustee

 

17.1.1 The Bond Trustee shall monitor the compliance by the Issuer of its obligations under this Bond Agreement and applicable laws and regulations which are relevant to the terms of this Bond Agreement, including supervision of timely and correct payment of principal or interest, (however, this shall not restrict the Bond Trustee from discussing matters of confidentiality with the Issuer), arrange Bondholders’ Meetings, and make the decisions and implement the measures resolved pursuant to this Bond Agreement. The Bond Trustee is not obligated to assess the Issuer’s financial situation beyond what is directly set out in this Bond Agreement.

 

17.1.2 The Bond Trustee may take any step it in its sole discretion considers necessary or advisable to ensure the rights of the Bondholders in all matters pursuant to the terms of this Bond Agreement and is entitled to rely on advice from professional advisors. The Bond Trustee may in its sole discretion postpone taking action until such matter has been put forward to the Bondholders’ Meeting. The Bond Trustee is not obliged to take any steps to ascertain whether any Event of Default has occurred and until it has actual knowledge or express notice to the contrary the Bond Trustee is entitled to assume that no Event of Default has occurred.

 

17.1.3 The Bond Trustee may make decisions binding for all Bondholders concerning this Bond Agreement, including amendments to this Bond Agreement and waivers or modifications of certain provisions, which in the opinion of the Bond Trustee, do not materially and adversely affect the rights or interests of the Bondholders pursuant to this Bond Agreement.

 

17.1.4 The Bond Trustee may reach decisions binding for all Bondholders in circumstances other than those mentioned in Clause 17.1.3 provided that prior notification has been made to the Bondholders. Such notice shall contain a proposal of the amendment and the Bond Trustee’s evaluation. Further, such notification shall state that the Bond Trustee may not reach a decision binding for all Bondholders in the event that any Bondholder submits a written protest against the proposal within a deadline set by the Bond Trustee. Such deadline may not be less than five (5) Business Days following the dispatch of such notification.

 

17.1.5 The Bond Trustee may reach other decisions than set out in Clauses 17.1.3 or 17.1.4 to amend or rectify decisions which due to spelling errors, calculation mistakes, misunderstandings or other obvious errors do not have the intended meaning.

 

17.1.6 The Bond Trustee may not adopt resolutions which may give certain Bondholders or others an unreasonable advantage at the expense of other Bondholders.

 

17.1.7 The Issuer, the Bondholders and the Exchange shall be notified of decisions made by the Bond Trustee pursuant to Clause 17.1 unless such notice obviously is unnecessary.

 

17.1.8 The Bondholders’ Meeting can decide to replace the Bond Trustee without the Issuer’s approval, as provided for in Clause 16.3.5.

 

30


17.1.9 The Bond Trustee may act as bond trustee and/or security agent for several bond issues relating to the Issuer notwithstanding potential conflicts of interest. The Bond Trustee may delegate exercise of its powers to other professional parties.

 

17.1.10 The Bond Trustee may instruct the Paying Agent to split the Bonds to a lower denomination in order to facilitate partial redemptions or restructuring of the Bonds or other situations.

 

17.2 Liability and indemnity

 

17.2.1 The Bond Trustee is liable only for direct losses incurred by Bondholders or the Issuer as a result of gross negligence or wilful misconduct by the Bond Trustee in performing its functions and duties as set out in this Bond Agreement. Such liability is limited to the maximum amount set out in Clause 2.2. The Bond Trustee is not liable for the content of information provided to the Bondholders on behalf of the Issuer.

 

17.2.2 The Issuer is liable for, and shall indemnify the Bond Trustee fully in respect of, all losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by the Bond Trustee as a result of negligence by the Issuer (including its directors, management, officers, employees, agents and representatives) to fulfil its obligations under the terms of this Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document, including losses incurred by the Bond Trustee as a result of the Bond Trustee’s actions based on misrepresentations made by the Issuer in connection with the establishment and performance of this Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document.

 

17.2.3 The Bond Trustee can as a condition for carrying out an instruction from the Bondholders (including, but not limited to, instructions set out in Clause 15.3(a) or 16.2.1 (b), require satisfactory security and indemnities for any possible liability and anticipated costs and expenses, from those Bondholders who requested that instruction and/or those who voted in favour of the decision to instruct the Bond Trustee. Any instructions from the Bondholders may be put forward to the Bondholders’ Meeting by the Bond Trustee before the Bond Trustee takes any action.

 

17.3 Change of Bond Trustee

 

17.3.1 Change of Bond Trustee shall be carried out pursuant to the procedures set out in Clause 16. The Bond Trustee shall continue to carry out its duties as bond trustee until such time that a new Bond Trustee is elected.

 

17.3.2 The fees and expenses of a new bond trustee shall be covered by the Issuer pursuant to the terms set out in Clause 14, but may be recovered wholly or partially from the Bond Trustee if the change is due to a breach by the Bond Trustee of its duties pursuant to the terms of this Bond Agreement or other circumstances for which the Bond Trustee is liable.

 

17.3.3 The Bond Trustee undertakes to co-operate so that the new bond trustee receives without undue delay following the Bondholders’ Meeting the documentation and information necessary to perform the functions as set out under the terms of this Bond Agreement.

 

31


17.4 Appointment of Security Agent

 

17.4.1 The Bond Trustee is appointed to act as Security Agent for the Bond Issue.

The main functions of the Security Agent may include holding Security on behalf of the Bondholders and monitoring compliance by the Issuer and other relevant parties of their respective obligations under this Bond Agreement and/or the Security Documents with respect to the Security.

Before the appointment of a Security Agent other than the Bond Trustee, the Issuer shall be given the opportunity to state its views on the proposed Security Agent, but the final decision as to appointment shall lie exclusively with the Bond Trustee.

 

17.4.2 The functions, rights and obligations of the Security Agent may be determined by a Security Agent agreement to be entered into between the Bond Trustee and the Security Agent, which the Bond Trustee shall have the right to require the Issuer and any other parties to any Security Document to sign as a party, or, at the discretion of the Bond Trustee, to acknowledge. The Bond Trustee shall at all times retain the right to instruct the Security Agent in all matters.

Any changes to this Bond Agreement necessary or appropriate in connection with the appointment of a Security Agent shall be documented in an amendment to this Bond Agreement, signed by the Bond Trustee.

 

17.4.3 If so desired by the Bond Trustee, any or all of the Security Documents shall be amended, assigned or re-issued, so that the Security Agent is the holder of the relevant Security (on behalf of the Bondholders). The costs incurred in connection with such amendment, assignment or re-issue shall be for the account of the Issuer.

 

18 Miscellaneous

 

18.1 The community of Bondholders

By virtue of holding Bonds, which are governed by this Bond Agreement (which pursuant to Clause 2.1.1 is binding upon all Bondholders), a community exists between the Bondholders, implying, inter alia, that:

 

  (a) the Bondholders are bound by the terms of this Bond Agreement;

 

  (b) the Bond Trustee has power and authority to act on behalf of, and/or represent; the Bondholders, in all matters, included but not limited to taking any legal or other action, including enforcement of the Bond Issue and/or any security, opening of bankruptcy or other insolvency proceedings;

 

  (c) the Bond Trustee has, in order to manage the terms of this Bond Agreement, access to the Securities Depository to review ownership of Bonds registered in the Securities Depository; and

 

  (d) this Bond Agreement establishes a community between Bondholders meaning that:

 

  (i) the Bonds rank pari passu between each other;

 

32


  (ii) the Bondholders may not, based on this Bond Agreement, act directly towards the Issuer and may not themselves institute legal proceedings against the Issuer, however not restricting the Bondholders to exercise their individual rights derived from this Bond Agreement;

 

  (iii) the Issuer may not, based on this Bond Agreement, act directly towards the Bondholders;

 

  (iv) the Bondholders may not cancel the Bondholders’ community; and

 

  (v) the individual Bondholder may not resign from the Bondholders’ community.

 

18.2 Defeasance

 

18.2.1 The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have certain obligations discharged (see Clause 18.2.2) upon complying with the following conditions (“ Security and Covenant Defeasance ”):

 

  (a) the Issuer shall have irrevocably pledged to the Bond Trustee for the benefit of the Bondholders cash or government bonds accepted by the Bond Trustee (the “ Defeasance Pledge ”) in such amounts as will be sufficient for the payment of principal (including if applicable premium payable upon exercise of a Call Option) and interest on the Outstanding Bonds to Maturity Date (or redemption upon a exercise of a notified Call Option) or any other amount agreed between the Parties;

 

  (b) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of establishment of the Defeasance Pledge, or insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time during any hardening period applicable to the Defeasance Pledge (or the relevant period for non-Norwegian companies) or any other date agreed between the Parties;

 

  (c) if the Bonds are secured, the Defeasance Pledge shall be considered as a replacement of the security established prior to the Defeasance Pledge;

 

  (d) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Bond Trustee a certificate signed by its Chief Executive Officer that the Defeasance Pledge was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Bondholders over any other creditors of the Issuer or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Issuer or others; and

 

  (e)

the Issuer shall have delivered to the Bond Trustee any certificate or legal opinion reasonably required by the Bond Trustee regarding the Security and Covenant Defeasance or Defeasance Pledge, including any certificate or legal opinion on (i) the compliance of the conditions of the Security and Covenant Defeasance, (ii) that the Defeasance Pledge constitutes a valid, perfected and enforceable security in favour of the Bond Trustee for the benefit of the Bondholders which will not be subject to any rights of creditors of the Issuer or any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors rights generally under the laws of the jurisdiction where the Defeasance Pledge was established and the corporate

 

33


  domicile of the Issuer, (iii) any relevant tax issues concerning the Bondholders, (iv) any valuation of any assets or (vii) any other certificate or opinion regarding the Security and Covenant Defeasance or the Defeasance Pledge.

 

18.2.2 Upon the exercise by the Issuer of its option under Clause 18.2.1:

 

  (a) the Issuer shall be released from their obligations under all provisions in Clause 13, except Clauses 13.2.1(a), (e), (h), (i) and (j), or as otherwise agreed;

 

  (b) the Issuer shall not (and shall ensure that all Group Companies shall not) take any actions that may cause the value of the security created by this Security and Covenant Defeasance to be reduced, and shall at the request of the Bond Trustee execute, or cause to be executed, such further documentation and perform such other acts as the Bond Trustee may reasonably require in order for the security to remain valid, enforceable and perfected by the Bond Trustee for the account of the Bondholders;

 

  (c) any amount standing to the credit of the Escrow Account shall be released; and

 

  (d) all other provisions of this Bond Agreement (except (a) – (c) above) shall remain fully in force without any modifications, or as otherwise agreed.

 

18.2.3 All amounts owed by the Issuer hereunder covered by the Defeasance Pledge shall be applied by the Bond Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of this Bond Agreement, against payment to the Bondholders of all sums due to them under this Bond Agreement on the due date thereof.

Any excess funds not required for the payment of principal, premium and interest to the Bondholders (including any expenses, fees etc. due to the Bond Trustee hereunder) shall be returned to the Issuer.

 

18.3 Limitation of claims

All claims under the Bonds and this Bond Agreement for payment, including interest and principal, shall be subject to the time-bar provisions of the Norwegian Limitation Act of May 18, 1979 No. 18.

 

18.4 Access to information

 

18.4.1 This Bond Agreement is available to anyone and copies may be obtained from the Bond Trustee or the Issuer. The Bond Trustee shall not have any obligation to distribute any other information to the Bondholders or others than explicitly stated in this Bond Agreement. The Issuer shall ensure that a copy of this Bond Agreement is available to the general public until all the Bonds have been fully discharged.

 

18.4.2 The Bond Trustee shall, in order to carry out its functions and obligations under this Bond Agreement, have access to the Securities Depository for the purposes of reviewing ownership of the Bonds registered in the Securities Depository.

 

34


18.5 Amendments

All amendments of this Bond Agreement shall be made in writing, and shall unless otherwise provided for by this Bond Agreement, only be made with the approval of all parties hereto.

 

18.6 Notices, contact information

 

18.6.1 Written notices, warnings, summons etc to the Bondholders made by the Bond Trustee shall be sent via the Securities Depository with a copy to the Issuer and the Exchange. Information to the Bondholders may also be published at Stamdata only. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to be given or made as follows:

 

  (a) if by letter via the Securities Depository, when sent from the Securities Depository; and

 

  (b) if by publication on Stamdata, when publicly available.

 

18.6.2 The Issuer’s written notifications to the Bondholders shall be sent via the Bond Trustee, alternatively through the Securities Depository with a copy to the Bond Trustee and the Exchange.

 

18.6.3 Unless otherwise specifically provided, all notices or other communications under or in connection with this Bond Agreement between the Bond Trustee and the Issuer shall be given or made in writing, by letter, e-mail or fax. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to be given or made as follows:

 

  (a) if by letter, when delivered at the address of the relevant Party;

 

  (b) if by e-mail, when received; and

 

  (c) if by fax, when received.

 

18.6.4 The Issuer and the Bond Trustee shall ensure that the other party is kept informed of changes in postal address, e-mail address, telephone and fax numbers and contact persons.

 

18.6.5 When determining deadlines set out in this Bond Agreement, the following shall apply (unless otherwise stated):

 

  (a) If the deadline is set out in days, the first day when the deadline is in force shall not be inclusive, however, the meeting day or the occurrence the deadline relates to, shall be included.

 

  (b) If the deadline is set out in weeks, months or years, the deadline shall end on the day in the last week or the last month which, according to its name or number, corresponds to the first day the deadline is in force. If such day is not a part of an actual month, the deadline shall be the last day of such month.

 

35


  (c) If a deadline ends on a day which is not a Business Day, the deadline is postponed to the next Business Day.

 

18.7 Dispute resolution and legal venue

 

18.7.1 This Bond Agreement and all disputes arising out of, or in connection with this Bond Agreement between the Bond Trustee, the Bondholders and the Issuer, shall be governed by Norwegian law.

 

18.7.2 All disputes arising out of, or in connection with this Bond Agreement between the Bond Trustee, the Bondholders and the Issuer, shall, subject to paragraph 18.7.3 below, be exclusively resolved by the courts of Norway, with the District Court of Oslo as sole legal venue.

 

18.7.3 Clause 18.7.2 is for the benefit of the Bond Trustee only. As a result, the Bond Trustee shall not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Bond Trustee may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

18.8 Process Agent

The Issuer shall, prior to the Issue Date, nominate a process agent in Norway for the purpose of serving a writ of summons and/or any other act of process in respect of the courts in Norway, or any notices as set out in this Bond Agreement.

*****

This Bond Agreement has been executed in two originals, of which the Issuer and the Bond Trustee retain one each.

 

Issuer

/s/ Niall Nolan

By: Niall Nolan

Position: Attorney-in-Fact

    

Bond Trustee

/s/ Ola Nygard

By: Ola Nygard

Position: Authorized Signatory

 

36


Attachment 1

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Norsk Tillitsmann ASA

P.O. Box 1470 Vika

N-0116 Oslo

Norway

Fax: + 47 22 87 94 10

E-mail: mail@trustee.no

[date]

Dear Sirs,

9.0 per cent Navigator Holdings Ltd Bond Agreement 2012/2017 - ISIN 001 0665508

We refer to the Bond Agreement for the abovementioned Bond Issue made between Norsk Tillitsmann ASA as Bond Trustee on behalf of the Bondholders, and the undersigned as Issuer under which a Compliance Certificate shall be issued. This letter constitutes the Compliance Certificate for the period [PERIOD].

Capitalised terms used herein shall have the same meaning as in this Bond Agreement.

With reference to Clause 13.2.2 we hereby certify that:

 

1. all information contained herein is true and accurate and there has been no change which would have a Material Adverse Effect on the financial condition of the Issuer since the date of the last accounts or the last Compliance Certificate submitted to you;

 

2. the covenants set out in Clause 13 are satisfied;

 

3. no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and

 

4. in accordance with Clause 13.5 and as of [date],

 

  (i) the Minimum Liquidity is USD [    ] which is [    ] % of the Total Interest-Bearing Debt.

 

  (ii) the Minimum Working Capital is USD [    ]

 

  (iii) the Interest Coverage Ratio is [    ]

 

  (iv) the Equity Ratio in respect of the Group is [    ]%; and

 

  (v) [the Asset Coverage Ratio is [from and including the Quarter Date 30 June 2013]].

Copies of our latest consolidated [Financial Statements] / [Interim Accounts] are enclosed.

 

Yours faithfully,

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

   
  Name of authorized person
  Enclosure: [ copy of any written documentation ]

 

37

Exhibit 8.1

 

LOGO

Tel +1.713.758.2222 Fax +1.713.758.2346

November 6, 2013

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

21 Palmer Street

London, SW1H OAD

United Kingdom

 

  Re: Navigator Holdings Ltd. Registration Statement on Form F-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as U.S. counsel for Navigator Holdings Ltd. (the “ Company ”), a Marshall Islands corporation, with respect to certain legal matters in connection with the offer and sale of common stock in the Company. We have also participated in the preparation of a Prospectus (the “ Prospectus ”), forming part of the Registration Statement on Form F-1, No. 333-191784 (the “ Registration Statement ”).

This opinion is based on various facts and assumptions, and is conditioned upon certain representations made by the Company as to factual matters through a representation letter certified by an officer of the Company (the “ Representation Letter ”). In addition, this opinion is based upon the factual representations of the Company concerning its business, properties and governing documents as set forth in the Registration Statement.

In our capacity as counsel to the Company, we have made such legal and factual examinations and inquiries, including an examination of originals or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction of such documents, corporate records and other instruments, as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the genuineness of all signatures thereon, the legal capacity of natural persons executing such documents and the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies. For the purpose of our opinion, we have not made an independent investigation or audit of the facts set forth in the above-referenced documents or in the Representation Letter. In addition, in rendering this opinion we have assumed the truth and accuracy of all representations and statements made to us which are qualified as to knowledge or belief, without regard to such qualification.

 

Vinson & Elkins LLP Attorneys at Law

Abu Dhabi Austin Beijing Dallas Dubai Hong Kong Houston London Moscow

New York Palo Alto Riyadh San Francisco Shanghai Tokyo Washington

  

1001 Fannin Street, Suite 2300

Houston, TX 77002

Tel 713.758.2222 Fax 713.758.2346 www.velaw.com


LOGO    November 6, 2013     Page 2

 

We are opining herein as to the effect on the subject transaction only of the federal income tax laws of the United States, and we express no opinion with respect to the applicability thereto, or the effect thereon, of other federal laws, foreign laws, the laws of any state or any other jurisdiction or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any other local agencies within any state. We hereby confirm that all statements of legal conclusions contained in the discussion in the Prospectus under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” constitute the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. with respect to the matters set forth therein as of the effective date of the Registration Statement, subject to the assumptions, qualifications, and limitations set forth therein. No opinion is expressed as to any matter not discussed therein.

This opinion is rendered to you as of the effective date of the Registration Statement, and we undertake no obligation to update this opinion subsequent to the date hereof. This opinion is based on various statutory provisions, regulations promulgated thereunder and interpretations thereof by the Internal Revenue Service and the courts having jurisdiction over such matters, all of which are subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. Also, any variation or difference in the facts from those set forth in the representations described above, including in the Registration Statement and the Representation Letter, may affect the conclusions stated herein.

This opinion is furnished to you, and is for your use in connection with the transactions set forth in the Registration Statement. This opinion may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose or furnished to, assigned to, quoted to or relied upon by any other person, firm or other entity, for any purpose, without our prior written consent. However, this opinion may be relied upon by you and by persons entitled to rely on it pursuant to applicable provisions of federal securities law, including persons purchasing common stock pursuant to the Registration Statement.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Prospectus and to the use of our name under the captions “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” and “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. We further consent to the incorporation by reference of this letter and consent into any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock. By giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

Exhibit 8.2

 

   Watson, Farley & Williams LLP

 

November 6, 2013

  

1133 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10036

Tel +1 212 922 2200

Fax +1 212 922 1512

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

21 Palmer Street

London, SW1H 0AD

United Kingdom

Registration Statement on Form F-1

Dear Sirs:

We have acted as special counsel as to matters of the law of the Republic of The Marshall Islands (“ Marshall Islands Law ”) for Navigator Holdings Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the proposed initial public offering by the Company of shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and the proposed sale by certain selling shareholders named in the Registration Statement (as defined below) of shares of common stock of the Company, in each case pursuant to the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 (such registration statement, any amendments or supplements thereto, including any post-effective amendments, the “ Registration Statement ”).

As counsel, we have examined originals or copies (certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction) of the following documents:

 

(i) the Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein (the “ Prospectus ”); and

 

(ii) such other papers, documents, agreements, certificates of public officials and certificates of representatives of the Company, and subsidiaries and affiliates of the Company as we have deemed relevant and necessary as the basis for the opinion hereafter expressed.

In such examination, we have assumed (a) the legal capacity of each natural person, (b) the genuineness of all signatures and the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, (c) the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as conformed or photostatic copies, (d) that the documents reviewed by us in connection with the rendering of the opinion set forth herein are true, correct and complete and (e) the truthfulness of each statement as to all factual matters contained in any document or certificate encompassed within the due diligence review undertaken by us. As to any questions of fact material to our opinion, we have, when relevant facts were not independently established, relied upon the aforesaid certificates.

This opinion letter is limited to Marshall Islands Law and is as of the date hereof. We expressly disclaim any responsibility to advise of any development or circumstance of any kind, including any change of law or fact that may occur after the date of this opinion letter that might affect the opinion expressed herein.

 

Watson, Farley & Williams LLP is a Delaware limited liability partnership. Any reference to a ‘partner’ means a member of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, or a member or partner in an affiliated undertaking, or an employee or consultant with equivalent standing and qualification.

Watson, Farley & Williams LLP or an affiliated undertaking has an office in each of the cities listed.

London New York Paris Hamburg Munich Frankfurt Rome Milan Madrid Athens Piraeus Singapore Bangkok Hong Kong


Navigator Holdings Ltd.   Page 2
November 6, 2013  

 

Based on the facts as set forth in the Prospectus and having regard to legal considerations which we deem relevant, and subject to the qualifications, limitations and assumptions set forth herein, we hereby confirm that we have reviewed the discussion set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Non-U.S. Tax Considerations— Republic of the Marshall Islands Tax Consequences” and we confirm that the statements in such discussion, to the extent they constitute summaries of law or legal conclusions, unless otherwise noted, are the opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP with respect to Marshall Islands tax consequences as of the effective date of the Registration Statement (except for the representations and statements of fact of the Company included under such captions, as to which we express no opinion).

We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the references to our firm in the Prospectus. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, nor do we admit that we are experts with respect to any part of the Registration Statement within the meaning of the term “expert” as used in the Securities Act.

Very truly yours,

Watson, Farley & Williams LLP

/s/ Watson, Farley & Williams LLP

Exhibit 10.1

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

2013 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

1. Purpose

     1   

2. Definitions

     1   

3. Administration

     5   

(a) Authority of the Committee

     5   

(b) Limitation of Liability

     6   

4. Stock Subject to Plan

     6   

(a) Overall Number of Shares Available for Delivery

     6   

(b) Application of Limitation to Grants of Awards

     6   

(c) Availability of Shares Not Issued under Awards

     7   

(d) Stock Offered

     7   

5. Eligibility

     7   

6. Specific Terms of Awards

     7   

(a) General

     7   

(b) Options

     7   

(c) Stock Appreciation Rights

     8   

(d) Restricted Stock

     10   

(e) Restricted Stock Units

     10   

(f) Bonus Stock and Awards in Lieu of Obligations

     11   

(g) Dividend Equivalents

     11   

(h) Other Awards

     11   

7. Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards

     12   

(a) Termination of Employment

     12   

(b) Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards

     12   

(c) Term of Awards

     12   

(d) Form and Timing of Payment under Awards; Deferrals

     12   

(e) Non-Competition Agreement

     13   

8. Performance and Annual Incentive Awards

     13   

(a) Performance Conditions

     13   

(b) Performance Awards

     13   

(c) Annual Incentive Awards

     14   

(d) Written Determinations

     15   

9. Subdivision or Consolidation; Recapitalization; Change in Control; Reorganization

     15   

(a) Existence of Plans and Awards

     15   

(b) Subdivision or Consolidation of Shares

     16   

(c) Corporate Recapitalization

     17   

(d) Additional Issuances

     17   

 

i


(e) Change in Control

     17   

(f) Change in Control Price

     18   

(g) Impact of Corporate Events on Awards Generally

     18   

10. General Provisions

     18   

(a) Transferability

     18   

(b) Taxes

     20   

(c) Changes to this Plan and Awards

     20   

(d) Limitation on Rights Conferred under Plan

     21   

(e) Unfunded Status of Awards

     21   

(f) Nonexclusivity of this Plan

     21   

(g) Fractional Shares

     22   

(h) Severability

     22   

(i) Governing Law

     22   

(j) Conditions to Delivery of Stock

     22   

(k) Section 409A of the Code

     23   

(l) Data Protection

     23   

(m) Plan Effective Date and Term

     23   

 

ii


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan

1. Purpose . The purpose of the Navigator Holdings Ltd. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide a means through which Navigator Holdings Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation (the “Company”), and its Subsidiaries may attract and retain able persons as employees, directors and consultants of the Company, and its Subsidiaries, and to provide a means whereby those persons upon whom the responsibilities of the successful administration and management of the Company, and its Subsidiaries, rest, and whose present and potential contributions to the welfare of the Company, and its Subsidiaries, are of importance, can acquire and maintain stock ownership or awards, the value of which is tied to the performance of the Company, thereby strengthening their concern for the welfare of the Company, and its Subsidiaries, and their desire to remain employed. A further purpose of this Plan is to provide such employees, directors and consultants with additional incentive and reward opportunities designed to enhance the profitable growth of the Company. Accordingly, this Plan primarily provides for the granting of Incentive Stock Options, options which do not constitute Incentive Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents, Bonus Stock, Other Stock-Based Awards, Annual Incentive Awards, Performance Awards, or any combination of the foregoing, as is best suited to the circumstances of the particular individual as provided herein.

2. Definitions . For purposes of this Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below, in addition to such terms defined in Section 1 hereof:

(a) “Annual Incentive Award” means a conditional right granted to an Eligible Person under Section 8(c) hereof to receive a cash payment, Stock or other Award, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, after the end of a specified year.

(b) “Award” means any Option, SAR, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit, Bonus Stock, Dividend Equivalent, Other Stock-Based Award, Performance Award or Annual Incentive Award, together with any other right or interest granted to a Participant under this Plan.

(c) “Beneficiary” means one or more persons, trusts or other entities which have been designated by a Participant, in his or her most recent written beneficiary designation filed with the Committee, to receive the benefits specified under this Plan upon such Participant’s death or to which Awards or other rights are transferred if and to the extent permitted under Section 10(a) hereof. If, upon a Participant’s death, there is no designated Beneficiary or surviving designated Beneficiary, then the term Beneficiary means the persons, trusts or other entities entitled by will or the laws of descent and distribution to receive such benefits.

(d) “Board” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

(e) “Bonus Stock” means Stock granted as a bonus pursuant to Section 6(f).

 

1


(f) “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a day on which banking institutions in the state of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

(g) “Change in Control” means, except as otherwise provided in an Award agreement, the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A “change in the ownership of the Company” which shall occur on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires ownership of stock in the Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company; however, if any one person or more than one person acting as a group, is considered to own more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company, the acquisition of additional stock by the same person or persons will not be considered a “change in the ownership of the Company” (or to cause a “change in the effective control of the Company” within the meaning of Section 2(g)(ii) below) and an increase of the effective percentage of stock owned by any one person, or persons acting as a group, as a result of a transaction in which the Company acquires its stock in exchange for property will be treated as an acquisition of stock for purposes of this paragraph; provided , further, however, that for purposes of this Section 2(g)(i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (A) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company, or (B) any acquisition by investors (immediately prior to such acquisition) in the Company for financing purposes, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. This Section 2(g)(i) applies only when there is a transfer of the stock of the Company (or issuance of stock) and stock in the Company remains outstanding after the transaction.

(ii) A “change in the effective control of the Company” which shall occur on the date that either (A) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the twelve month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Company possessing 35% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except for (1) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company, or (2) any acquisition by investors (immediately prior to such acquisition) in the Company for financing purposes, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; or (B) a majority of the members of the Board are replaced during any twelve-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of a “change in the effective control of the Company,” if any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, is considered to effectively control the Company within the meaning of this Section 2(g)(ii), the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same person or persons is not considered a “change in the effective control of the Company,” or to cause a “change in the ownership of the Company” within the meaning of Section 2(g)(i) above.

(iii) A “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets” which shall occur on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the twelve month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets of the Company that have a total

 

2


gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of all the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For this purpose, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. Any transfer of assets to an entity that is controlled by the shareholders of the Company immediately after the transfer, as provided in guidance issued pursuant to the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules, shall not constitute a Change in Control.

For purposes of this Section 2(g), the provisions of section 318(a) of the Code regarding the constructive ownership of stock will apply to determine stock ownership; provided , that, stock underlying unvested options (including options exercisable for stock that is not substantially vested) will not be treated as owned by the individual who holds the option. In addition, for purposes of this Section 2(g) and except as otherwise provided in an Award agreement, “Company” includes (x) the Company, (y) the entity for whom a Participant performs the services for which an Award is granted, and (z) an entity that is a stockholder owning more than 50% of the total fair market value and total voting power (a “Majority Shareholder”) of the Company or the entity identified in (y) above, or any entity in a chain of entities in which each entity is a Majority Shareholder of another entity in the chain, ending in the Company or the entity identified in (y) above.

(h) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, including regulations thereunder and successor provisions and regulations thereto.

(i) “Committee” means a committee of two or more directors designated by the Board to administer this Plan.

(j) “Dividend Equivalent” means a right, granted to an Eligible Person under Section 6(g), to receive cash, Stock, other Awards or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of shares of Stock, or other periodic payments.

(k) “Effective Date” means October 22, 2013.

(l) “Eligible Person” means all officers and employees of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries, and other persons who provide services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including directors of the Company. An employee on leave of absence may be considered as still in the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for purposes of eligibility for participation in this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no individual or entity shall qualify as an “Eligible Person” at any time where their participation in any Award would contravene, and/or would not be exempted from contravening, the provisions of the United Kingdom’s Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, to the extent applicable.

(m) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, including rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto.

(n) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any specified date, (i) if the Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price of the Stock, as reported on the stock exchange composite tape on that date (or if no sales occur on that date, on the last preceding date on which such sales of the Stock are so reported); (ii) if the Stock is not traded on

 

3


a national securities exchange but is traded over the counter at the time a determination of its fair market value is required to be made under the Plan, the average between the reported high and low bid and asked prices of Stock on the most recent date on which Stock was publicly traded; or (iii) in the event Stock is not publicly traded at the time a determination of its value is required to be made under the Plan, the amount determined by the Committee in its discretion in such manner as it deems appropriate, taking into account all factors the Committee deems appropriate including, without limitation, the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules.

(o) “Incentive Stock Option” or “ISO” means any Option intended to be and designated as an incentive stock option within the meaning of section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.

(p) “Incumbent Board” means the portion of the Board constituted of the individuals who are members of the Board as of the Effective Date and any other individual who becomes a director of the Company after the Effective Date and whose election or appointment by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Incumbent Board.

(q) “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules” means the limitations or requirements of section 409A of the Code and the guidance and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(r) “Option” means a right, granted to an Eligible Person under Section 6(b) hereof, to purchase Stock or other Awards at a specified price during specified time periods.

(s) “Other Stock-Based Awards” means Awards granted to an Eligible Person under Section 6(h) hereof.

(t) “Participant” means a person who has been granted an Award under this Plan which remains outstanding, including a person who is no longer an Eligible Person.

(u) “Performance Award” means a right, granted to an Eligible Person under Section 8 hereof, to receive Awards based upon performance criteria specified by the Committee.

(v) “Person” means any person or entity of any nature whatsoever, specifically including an individual, a firm, a company, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, a trust or other entity; a Person, together with that Person’s Affiliates and Associates (as those terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, provided that “registrant” as used in Rule 12b-2 shall mean the Company), and any Persons acting as a partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate or other group (whether or not formally organized), or otherwise acting jointly or in concert or in a coordinated or consciously parallel manner (whether or not pursuant to any express agreement), for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of securities of the Company with such Person, shall be deemed a single “Person.”

 

4


(w) “Restricted Stock” means Stock granted to an Eligible Person under Section 6(d) hereof, that is subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.

(x) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a right, granted to an Eligible Person under Section 6(e) hereof, to receive Stock, cash or a combination thereof at the end of a specified deferral period.

(y) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or any successor law, as it may be amended from time to time.

(z) “Stock” means the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and such other securities as may be substituted (or resubstituted) for Stock pursuant to Section 9.

(aa) “Stock Appreciation Rights” or “SAR” means a right granted to an Eligible Person under Section 6(c) hereof.

(bb) “Subsidiary” means with respect to the Company, any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity securities or equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

(cc) “Tax Liability” means the total of (i) any United Kingdom income tax and primary class 1 (employee) national insurance contributions (or their equivalents in any jurisdiction) for which any employer (or former employer) of the Participant is or may be liable to account (or reasonably believes it is or may be liable to account) as a result of any Award made under the Plan; and (ii) any United Kingdom secondary class 1 (employer) national insurance contributions (or the equivalent in any jurisdiction) that any employer (or former employer) of the Participant is or may be liable to pay (or reasonably believes it is or may be liable to pay) as a result of any Award made under the Plan which can be recovered lawfully from the Participant (“Employer NICs”).

In interpreting any terms defined in this Plan the term shall, where it appears appropriate to do so, be taken to include in each case the equivalent in any other jurisdiction.

3. Administration .

(a) Authority of the Committee . This Plan shall be administered by the Committee except to the extent the Board elects to administer this Plan, in which case references herein to the “Committee” shall be deemed to include references to the “Board.” The Committee shall have the authority, in its sole and absolute discretion, to (i) adopt, amend, and rescind administrative and interpretive rules and regulations relating to the Plan; (ii) determine the Eligible Persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted; (iii) determine the amount of cash and/or the number of shares of Stock, as applicable Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Units, Restricted Stock Awards, Dividend Equivalents, Bonus Stock, Other Stock-Based Awards, Annual Incentive Awards, Performance Awards, or

 

5


any combination thereof, that shall be the subject of each Award; (iv) determine the terms and provisions of each Award agreement (which need not be identical), including provisions defining or otherwise relating to (A) the term and the period or periods and extent of exercisability of the Options, (B) the extent to which the transferability of shares of Stock issued or transferred pursuant to any Award is restricted, (C) except as otherwise provided herein, the effect of termination of employment, or the service relationship with the Company, of a Participant on the Award, and (D) the effect of approved leaves of absence (consistent with any applicable regulations of the Internal Revenue Service); (v) accelerate the time of vesting or exercisability of any Award that has been granted; (vi) construe the respective Award agreements and the Plan; (vii) make determinations of the Fair Market Value of the Stock pursuant to the Plan; (viii) delegate its duties under the Plan (including, but not limited to, the authority to grant Awards) to such agents as it may appoint from time to time, provided that the Committee may not delegate its duties where such delegation would violate state corporate law; (ix) subject to Section 10(c), terminate, modify or amend the Plan; (x) adopt sub-plans, not inconsistent with the Plan, in jurisdictions where it appears appropriate to do so; and (xi) make all other determinations, perform all other acts, and exercise all other powers and authority necessary or advisable for administering the Plan, including the delegation of those ministerial acts and responsibilities as the Committee deems appropriate. The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, in any Award, or in any Award agreement in the manner and to the extent it deems necessary or desirable to carry the Plan into effect, and the Committee shall be the sole and final judge of that necessity or desirability. The determinations of the Committee on the matters referred to in this Section 3(a) shall be final and conclusive.

(b) Limitation of Liability . The Committee and each member thereof shall be entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to him or her by any officer or employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the Company’s legal counsel, independent auditors, consultants or any other agents assisting in the administration of this Plan. Members of the Committee and any officer or employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acting at the direction or on behalf of the Committee shall not be personally liable for any action or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to this Plan, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be indemnified and held harmless by the Company with respect to any such action or determination.

4. Stock Subject to Plan .

(a) Overall Number of Shares Available for Delivery . Subject to adjustment in a manner consistent with any adjustment made pursuant to Section 9, the total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance in connection with Awards under this Plan shall not exceed 3,000,000 shares, and such total will be available for the issuance of Incentive Stock Options.

(b) Application of Limitation to Grants of Awards . Subject to Section 4(c), no Award may be granted if the number of shares of Stock to be delivered in connection with such Award exceeds the number of shares of Stock remaining available under this Plan minus the number of shares of Stock issuable in settlement of or relating to then-outstanding Awards. The Committee may adopt reasonable counting procedures to ensure appropriate counting, avoid double counting (as, for example, in the case of tandem or substitute awards) and make adjustments if the number of shares of Stock actually delivered differs from the number of shares previously counted in connection with an Award.

 

6


(c) Availability of Shares Not Issued under Awards . Shares of Stock subject to an Award under this Plan that expire or are canceled, forfeited, exchanged, settled in cash or otherwise terminated, including (i) shares forfeited with respect to Restricted Stock, (ii) the number of shares withheld in payment of any exercise or purchase price of an Award or taxes relating to Awards, and (iii) the number of shares surrendered in payment of any exercise or purchase price of an Award or taxes relating to any Award, will again be available for Awards under this Plan, except that if any such shares could not again be available for Awards to a particular Participant under any applicable law or regulation, such shares shall be available exclusively for Awards to Participants who are not subject to such limitation.

(d) Stock Offered . The shares to be delivered under the Plan shall be made available from (i) authorized but unissued shares of Stock, (ii) Stock held in the treasury of the Company, or (iii) previously issued shares of Stock reacquired by the Company, including shares purchased on the open market.

5. Eligibility . Awards may be granted under this Plan only to Persons who are Eligible Persons at the time of grant thereof, and any Award granted or purported to be granted to any Person who is not an Eligible Person at the time of the grant thereof shall be void and deemed never to have been granted.

6. Specific Terms of Awards .

(a) General . Awards may be granted on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6. In addition, the Committee may impose on any Award or the exercise thereof, at the date of grant or thereafter (subject to Section 10(c)), such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan, as the Committee shall determine, including terms requiring forfeiture of Awards in the event of termination of employment by the Participant, or termination of the Participant’s service relationship with the Company, and terms permitting a Participant to make elections relating to his or her Award. The Committee shall retain full power and discretion to accelerate, waive or modify, at any time, any term or condition of an Award that is not mandatory under this Plan; provided , however , that the Committee shall not have any discretion to accelerate the terms of payment of any Award that provides for a deferral of compensation under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules if such acceleration would subject a Participant to additional taxes under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules.

(b) Options . The Committee is authorized to grant Options to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:

(i) Exercise Price . Each Option agreement shall state the exercise price per share of Stock (the “Exercise Price”); provided , however , that the Exercise Price per share of Stock subject to an ISO shall not be less than the greater of (A) the par value per share of the Stock or (B) 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock as of the date of grant

 

7


of the Option (or in the case of an individual who owns stock possessing more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or its parent or any subsidiary, 110% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock on the date of grant).

(ii) Time and Method of Exercise . The Committee shall determine the time or times at which or the circumstances under which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), the methods by which such Exercise Price may be paid or deemed to be paid, the form of such payment, including without limitation cash, Stock, other Awards or awards granted under other plans of the Company or any Subsidiary, or other property (including notes or other contractual obligations of Participants to make payment on a deferred basis), and the methods by or forms in which Stock will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants, including, but not limited to, the delivery of Restricted Stock subject to Section 6(d). In the case of an exercise whereby the Exercise Price is paid with Stock, such Stock shall be valued as of the date of exercise.

(iii) ISOs . The terms of any ISO granted under this Plan shall comply in all respects with the provisions of section 422 of the Code. Except as otherwise provided in Section 9, no term of this Plan relating to ISOs (including any SAR in tandem therewith) shall be interpreted, amended or altered, nor shall any discretion or authority granted under this Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify either this Plan or any ISO under section 422 of the Code, unless the Participant has first requested the change that will result in such disqualification. ISOs shall not be granted more than ten years after the earlier of the adoption of this Plan or the approval of this Plan by the Company’s stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock subject to an ISO and the aggregate Fair Market Value of shares of stock of any parent or subsidiary corporation (within the meaning of sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code) subject to any other ISO (within the meaning of section 422 of the Code)) of the Company or a parent or subsidiary corporation (within the meaning of sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code) that first becomes purchasable by a Participant in any calendar year may not (with respect to that Participant) exceed $100,000, or such other amount as may be prescribed under section 422 of the Code or applicable regulations or rulings from time to time. As used in the previous sentence, Fair Market Value shall be determined as of the date the ISOs are granted. Failure to comply with this provision shall not impair the enforceability or exercisability of any Option, but shall cause the excess amount of shares to be reclassified in accordance with the Code.

(c) Stock Appreciation Rights . The Committee is authorized to grant SARs to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:

(i) Right to Payment . An SAR shall confer on the Participant to whom it is granted a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of exercise over (B) the grant price of the SAR as determined by the Committee.

(ii) Rights Related to Options . An SAR granted pursuant to an Option shall entitle a Participant, upon exercise, to surrender that Option or any portion thereof, to the extent unexercised, and to receive payment of an amount computed pursuant to Section 6(c)(ii)(B). That Option shall then cease to be exercisable to the extent surrendered. SARs granted in connection with an Option shall be subject to the terms of the Award agreement governing the Option, which shall comply with the following provisions in addition to those applicable to Options:

 

8


(A) An SAR granted in connection with an Option shall be exercisable only at such time or times and only to the extent that the related Option is exercisable and shall not be transferable except to the extent that the related Option is transferable.

(B) Upon the exercise of an SAR related to an Option, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company of an amount determined by multiplying:

(1) the difference obtained by subtracting the Exercise Price with respect to a share of Stock specified in the related Option from the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the SAR, by

(2) the number of shares as to which that SAR has been exercised.

(iii) Right Without Option . An SAR granted independent of an Option shall be exercisable as determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award agreement governing the SAR, which Award agreement shall comply with the following provisions:

(A) Each Award agreement shall state the total number of shares of Stock to which the SAR relates.

(B) Each Award agreement shall state the time or periods in which the right to exercise the SAR or a portion thereof shall vest and the number of shares of Stock for which the right to exercise the SAR shall vest at each such time or period.

(C) Each Award agreement shall state the date at which the SARs shall expire if not previously exercised.

(D) Each SAR shall entitle a Participant, upon exercise thereof, to receive payment of an amount determined by multiplying:

(1) the difference obtained by subtracting the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of grant of the SAR from the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of that SAR, by

(2) the number of shares as to which the SAR has been exercised.

(iv) Terms . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Committee shall determine at the date of grant or thereafter, the time or times at which and the circumstances under which an SAR may be exercised in whole or in part (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), the method of exercise, method of settlement, form of consideration payable in settlement, method by or forms in which Stock will

 

9


be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants, whether or not an SAR shall be in tandem or in combination with any other Award, and any other terms and conditions of any SAR. SARs may be either freestanding or in tandem with other Awards.

(d) Restricted Stock . The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:

(i) Grant and Restrictions . Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability, risk of forfeiture and other restrictions, if any, as the Committee may impose, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), in such installments or otherwise, as the Committee may determine at the date of grant or thereafter. During the restricted period applicable to the Restricted Stock, the Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, margined or otherwise encumbered by the Participant.

(ii) Certificates for Stock . Restricted Stock granted under this Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, the Committee may require that such certificates bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, that the Company retain physical possession of the certificates, and that the Participant deliver a stock power to the Company, endorsed in blank, relating to the Restricted Stock.

(iii) Dividends and Splits . As a condition to the grant of an Award of Restricted Stock, the Committee may require or permit a Participant to elect that any cash dividends paid on a share of Restricted Stock be automatically reinvested in additional shares of Restricted Stock, applied to the purchase of additional Awards under this Plan or deferred without interest to the date of vesting of the associated Award of Restricted Stock; provided , that, to the extent applicable, any such election shall comply with the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, Stock distributed in connection with a Stock split or Stock dividend, and other property (other than cash) distributed as a dividend, shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such Stock or other property has been distributed.

(e) Restricted Stock Units . The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Stock Units, which are rights to receive Stock or cash (or a combination thereof) at the end of a specified deferral period (which may or may not be coterminous with the vesting schedule of the Award), to Eligible Persons, subject to the following terms and conditions:

(i) Award and Restrictions . Settlement of an Award of Restricted Stock Units shall occur upon expiration of the deferral period specified for such Restricted Stock Unit by the Committee (or, if permitted by the Committee, as elected by the Participant). In addition, Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to such restrictions (which may include a risk of forfeiture) as the Committee may impose, if any, which restrictions may lapse at the expiration of the deferral period or at earlier specified times (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), separately or in combination, in

 

10


installments or otherwise, as the Committee may determine. Restricted Stock Units shall be satisfied by the delivery of cash or Stock in the amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the specified number of shares of Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Units, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee at the date of grant or thereafter.

(ii) Dividend Equivalents . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at date of grant, Dividend Equivalents on the specified number of shares of Stock covered by an Award of Restricted Stock Units shall be either (A) paid with respect to such Restricted Stock Units on the dividend payment date in cash or in shares of unrestricted Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends, or (B) deferred with respect to such Restricted Stock Units and the amount or value thereof automatically deemed reinvested in additional Restricted Stock Units.

(f) Bonus Stock and Awards in Lieu of Obligations . The Committee is authorized to grant Stock as a bonus, or to grant Stock or other Awards in lieu of obligations to pay cash or deliver other property under this Plan or under other plans or compensatory arrangements. Stock or Awards granted hereunder shall be subject to such other terms as shall be determined by the Committee. In the case of any grant of Stock to an officer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in lieu of salary or other cash compensation, the number of shares granted in place of such compensation shall be reasonable, as determined by the Committee.

(g) Dividend Equivalents . The Committee is authorized to grant Dividend Equivalents to a Participant, entitling the Participant to receive cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of shares of Stock, or other periodic payments. Dividend Equivalents may be awarded on a free-standing basis or in connection with another Award. The Committee may provide that Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or distributed when accrued or shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Stock, Awards, or other investment vehicles, and subject to such restrictions on transferability and risks of forfeiture, as the Committee may specify.

(h) Other Awards . The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Stock, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of this Plan, including without limitation convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into Stock, purchase rights for Stock, Awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Company or any other factors designated by the Committee, and Awards valued by reference to the book value of Stock or the value of securities of or the performance of specified Subsidiaries of the Company. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such other Stock-Based Awards. Stock delivered pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 6(h) shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods, and in such forms, including, without limitation, cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property, as the Committee shall determine. Cash awards, as an element of or supplement to any other Award under this Plan, may also be granted pursuant to this Section 6(h).

 

11


7. Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards .

(a) Termination of Employment . Except as provided herein, the treatment of an Award upon a termination of employment or any other service relationship by and between a Participant and the Company or any Subsidiary shall be specified in the agreement controlling such Award.

(b) Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards . Awards granted under this Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution or exchange for, any other Award or any award granted under another plan of the Company, or any of its Subsidiaries, or of any business entity to be acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any other right of an Eligible Person to receive payment from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Such additional, tandem and substitute or exchange Awards may be granted at any time. If an Award is granted in substitution or exchange for another Award, the Committee shall require the surrender of such other Award in consideration for the grant of the new Award. Awards under this Plan may be granted in lieu of cash compensation, including in lieu of cash amounts payable under other plans of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in which the value of Stock subject to the Award is equivalent in value to the cash compensation, or in which the exercise price, grant price or purchase price of the Award in the nature of a right that may be exercised is equal to the Fair Market Value of the underlying Stock minus the value of the cash compensation surrendered. Awards granted pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be designed, awarded and settled in a manner that does not result in additional taxes under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules.

(c) Term of Awards . Except as specified herein, the term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee; provided , that in no event shall the term of any Option or SAR exceed a period of ten years (or such shorter term as may be required in respect of an ISO under section 422 of the Code).

(d) Form and Timing of Payment under Awards; Deferrals . Subject to the terms of this Plan and any applicable Award agreement, payments to be made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries upon the exercise of an Option or other Award or settlement of an Award may be made in such forms as the Committee shall determine, including without limitation cash, Stock, other Awards or other property, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis; provided , however , that any such deferred payment will be set forth in the agreement evidencing such Award and/or otherwise made in a manner that will not result in additional taxes under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules. Except as otherwise provided herein, the settlement of any Award may be accelerated, and cash paid in lieu of Stock in connection with such settlement, in the discretion of the Committee or upon occurrence of one or more specified events (in addition to a Change in Control). Installment or deferred payments may be required by the Committee (subject to Section 10(c) of this Plan, including the consent provisions thereof in the case of any deferral of an outstanding Award not provided for in the original Award agreement) or permitted at the election of the Participant on terms and conditions established by the Committee and in compliance with the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules. Payments may include, without limitation, provisions for the payment or crediting of reasonable interest on installment

 

12


or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of Dividend Equivalents or other amounts in respect of installment or deferred payments denominated in Stock. Any deferral shall only be allowed as is provided in a separate deferred compensation plan adopted by the Company and shall be made pursuant to the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules. This Plan shall not constitute an “employee benefit plan” for purposes of section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(e) Non-Competition Agreement . Each Participant to whom an Award is granted under this Plan may be required to agree in writing as a condition to the granting of such Award not to engage in conduct in competition with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for a period after the termination of such Participant’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries as determined by the Committee (a “Non-Competition Agreement”); provided, however, to the extent a legally binding right to an Award within the meaning of the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules is created with respect to a Participant, the Non-Competition Agreement must be entered into by such Participant within 30 days following the creation of such legally binding right.

8. Performance and Annual Incentive Awards .

(a) Performance Conditions . The right of an Eligible Person to receive a grant, and the right of a Participant to exercise or receive a grant or settlement of any Award, and the timing thereof, may be subject to such performance conditions as may be specified by the Committee. The Committee may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions, and may exercise its discretion to reduce or increase the amounts payable under any Award subject to performance conditions.

(b) Performance Awards . If the Committee determines that a Performance Award is to be granted to an Eligible Person, the grant, exercise and/or settlement of such Performance Award may be contingent upon achievement of performance goals and other terms set forth in this Section 8(b).

(i) Performance Goals Generally . The performance goals for such Performance Awards shall consist of one or more business criteria or individual performance criteria and a targeted level or levels of performance with respect to each of such criteria, as specified by the Committee consistent with this Section 8(b). The Committee may determine that such Performance Awards shall be granted, exercised, and/or settled upon achievement of any one performance goal or that two or more of the performance goals must be achieved as a condition to grant, exercise and/or settlement of such Performance Awards. Performance goals may differ for Performance Awards granted to any one Participant or to different Participants.

(ii) Business and Individual Performance Criteria

(A) Business Criteria . One or more of the following business criteria for the Company, on a consolidated basis, and/or for specified Subsidiaries or business or geographical units of the Company (except with respect to the total stockholder return and earnings per share criteria), shall be used by the Committee in establishing performance goals for

 

13


such Performance Awards: (1) earnings per share; (2) increase in revenues; (3) increase in cash flow; (4) increase in cash flow from operations; (5) increase in cash flow return; (6) return on net assets; (7) return on assets; (8) return on investment; (9) return on capital; (10) return on equity; (11) economic value added; (12) operating margin; (13) contribution margin; (14) net income; (15) net income per share; (16) pretax earnings; (17) pretax earnings before interest, depreciation and amortization; (18) pretax operating earnings after interest expense and before incentives, service fees, and extraordinary or special items; (19) total stockholder return; (20) debt reduction; (21) market share; (22) change in the Fair Market Value of the Stock; (23) operating income; and (24) any of the above goals determined on an absolute or relative basis or as compared to the performance of a published or special index deemed applicable by the Committee including, but not limited to, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index or a group of comparable companies.

(B) Individual Performance Criteria . The grant, exercise and/or settlement of Performance Awards may also be contingent upon individual performance goals established by the Committee.

(iii) Performance Period; Timing for Establishing Performance Goals . Achievement of performance goals in respect of such Performance Awards shall be measured over a performance period of up to ten years, as specified by the Committee.

(iv) Performance Award Pool . The Committee may establish a Performance Award pool, which shall be an unfunded pool, for purposes of measuring performance of the Company in connection with Performance Awards. The amount of such Performance Award pool shall be based upon the achievement of a performance goal or goals based on one or more of the criteria set forth in Section 8(b)(ii) hereof during the given performance period, as specified by the Committee in accordance with Section 8(b)(iii) hereof. The Committee may specify the amount of the Performance Award pool as a percentage of any of such criteria, a percentage thereof in excess of a threshold amount, or as another amount which need not bear a strictly mathematical relationship to such criteria.

(v) Settlement of Performance Awards; Other Terms . After the end of each performance period, the Committee shall determine the amount, if any, of (A) the Performance Award pool, and the maximum amount of the potential Performance Award payable to each Participant in the Performance Award pool, or (B) the amount of the potential Performance Award otherwise payable to each Participant. Settlement of such Performance Awards shall be in cash, Stock, other Awards or other property, in the discretion of the Committee. The Committee shall specify the circumstances in which such Performance Awards shall be paid or forfeited in the event of termination of employment by the Participant prior to the end of a performance period or settlement of Performance Awards.

(c) Annual Incentive Awards . If the Committee determines that an Annual Incentive Award is to be granted to an Eligible Person, the grant, exercise and/or settlement of such Annual Incentive Award shall be contingent upon achievement of performance goals and other terms set forth in this Section 8(c).

 

14


(i) Potential Annual Incentive Awards . The Committee shall determine the Eligible Persons who will potentially receive Annual Incentive Awards, and the amounts potentially payable thereunder, for that fiscal year, either out of an Annual Incentive Award pool or as individual Annual Incentive Awards. The amount potentially payable, with respect to Annual Incentive Awards, shall be based upon the achievement of a performance goal or goals based on one or more of the business criteria set forth in Section 8(b)(ii) hereof in the given performance year, as specified by the Committee.

(ii) Annual Incentive Award Pool . The Committee may establish an Annual Incentive Award pool, which shall be an unfunded pool, for purposes of measuring performance of the Company in connection with Annual Incentive Awards. The amount of such Annual Incentive Award pool shall be based upon the achievement of a performance goal or goals based on one or more of the business criteria set forth in Section 8(b)(ii) hereof during the given performance period, as specified by the Committee in accordance with Section 8(b)(iii) hereof. The Committee may specify the amount of the Annual Incentive Award pool as a percentage of any of such business criteria, a percentage thereof in excess of a threshold amount, or as another amount which need not bear a strictly mathematical relationship to such business criteria.

(iii) Payout of Annual Incentive Awards . After the end of each applicable year, the Committee shall determine the amount, if any, of (A) the Annual Incentive Award pool, and the maximum amount of the potential Annual Incentive Award payable to each Participant in the Annual Incentive Award pool, or (A) the amount of the potential Annual Incentive Award otherwise payable to each Participant. The Committee may, in its discretion, determine that the amount payable to any Participant as a final Annual Incentive Award shall be reduced from the amount of his or her potential Annual Incentive Award, including a determination to make no final Award whatsoever. The Committee shall specify the circumstances in which an Annual Incentive Award shall be paid or forfeited in the event of termination of employment by the Participant prior to the end of the applicable year or settlement of such Annual Incentive Award.

(d) Written Determinations . All determinations by the Committee as to the establishment of performance goals, the amount of any Performance Award pool or potential individual Performance Awards, the achievement of performance goals relating to and final settlement of Performance Awards under Section 8(b), the amount of any Annual Incentive Award pool or potential individual Annual Incentive Awards, the achievement of performance goals relating to and final settlement of Annual Incentive Awards under Section 8(c) shall be made in writing unless the Committee determines otherwise. The Committee may not delegate any responsibility relating to such Performance Awards or Annual Incentive Awards.

9. Subdivision or Consolidation; Recapitalization; Change in Control; Reorganization .

(a) Existence of Plans and Awards . The existence of this Plan and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Board or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or

 

15


consolidation of the Company, any issue of debt or equity securities ahead of or affecting Stock or the rights thereof, the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or any part of its assets or business or any other corporate act or proceeding. In no event will any action taken by the Committee pursuant to this Section 9 result in the creation of deferred compensation within the meaning of section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.

(b) Subdivision or Consolidation of Shares . The terms of an Award and the number of shares of Stock authorized pursuant to Section 4 for issuance under the Plan shall be subject to adjustment from time to time, in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) If at any time, or from time to time, the Company shall subdivide as a whole (by reclassification, by a Stock split, by the issuance of a distribution on Stock payable in Stock, or otherwise) or in the event the Company distributes an extraordinary cash dividend the number of shares of Stock then outstanding into a greater number of shares of Stock, then, as appropriate (A) the maximum number of shares of Stock available for the Plan or in connection with Awards as provided in Section 4 shall be increased proportionately, and the kind of shares or other securities available for the Plan shall be appropriately adjusted, (B) the number of shares of Stock (or other kind of shares or securities) that may be acquired under any then outstanding Award shall be increased proportionately, and (C) the price (including the exercise price) for each share of Stock (or other kind of shares or securities) subject to then outstanding Awards shall be reduced proportionately, without changing the aggregate purchase price or value as to which outstanding Awards remain exercisable or subject to restrictions.

(ii) If at any time, or from time to time, the Company shall consolidate as a whole (by reclassification, by reverse Stock split, or otherwise) the number of shares of Stock then outstanding into a lesser number of shares of Stock, (A) the maximum number of shares of Stock for the Plan or available in connection with Awards as provided in Sections 4 and 5 shall be decreased proportionately, and the kind of shares or other securities available for the Plan shall be appropriately adjusted, (B) the number of shares of Stock (or other kind of shares or securities) that may be acquired under any then outstanding Award shall be decreased proportionately, and (C) the price (including the exercise price) for each share of Stock (or other kind of shares or securities) subject to then outstanding Awards shall be increased proportionately, without changing the aggregate purchase price or value as to which outstanding Awards remain exercisable or subject to restrictions.

(iii) Whenever the number of shares of Stock subject to outstanding Awards and the price for each share of Stock subject to outstanding Awards are required to be adjusted as provided in this Section 9(b), the Committee shall promptly prepare a notice setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the change in price and the number of shares of Stock, other securities, cash, or property purchasable subject to each Award after giving effect to the adjustments. The Committee shall promptly provide each affected Participant with such notice.

(iv) Adjustments under Sections 9(b)(i) and (ii) shall be made by the Committee, and its determination as to what adjustments shall be made and the extent thereof shall be final, binding, and conclusive. No fractional interest shall be issued under the Plan on account of any such adjustments.

 

16


(c) Corporate Recapitalization . If the Company recapitalizes, reclassifies its capital stock, or otherwise changes its capital structure (a “recapitalization”) without the occurrence of a Change in Control, the number and class of shares of Stock covered by an Option or an SAR theretofore granted shall be adjusted so that such Option or SAR shall thereafter cover the number and class of shares of stock and securities to which the holder would have been entitled pursuant to the terms of the recapitalization if, immediately prior to the recapitalization, the holder had been the holder of record of the number of shares of Stock then covered by such Option or SAR and the share limitations provided in Sections 4 and 5 shall be adjusted in a manner consistent with the recapitalization.

(d) Additional Issuances . Except as hereinbefore expressly provided, the issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, for cash, property, labor or services, upon direct sale, upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, and in any case whether or not for fair value, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Stock subject to Awards theretofore granted or the purchase price per share, if applicable.

(e) Change in Control . Upon a Change in Control the Committee, acting in its sole discretion without the consent or approval of any holder, shall affect one or more of the following alternatives, which may vary among individual holders and which may vary among Options or SARs (collectively “Grants”) held by any individual holder: (i) accelerate the time at which Grants then outstanding may be exercised so that such Grants may be exercised in full for a limited period of time on or before a specified date (before or after such Change in Control) fixed by the Committee, after which specified date all unexercised Grants and all rights of holders thereunder shall terminate, (ii) require the mandatory surrender to the Company by selected holders of some or all of the outstanding Grants held by such holders (irrespective of whether such Grants are then exercisable under the provisions of this Plan) as of a date, before or after such Change in Control, specified by the Committee, in which event the Committee shall thereupon cancel such Grants and pay to each holder an amount of cash (or other consideration including securities or other property) per share equal to the excess, if any, of the amount calculated in Section 9(f) (the “Change in Control Price”) of the shares subject to such Grants over the Exercise Price(s) under such Grants for such shares (except that to the extent the Exercise Price under any such Grant is equal to or exceeds the Change in Control Price, in which case no amount shall be payable with respect to such Grant), or (iii) make such adjustments to Grants then outstanding as the Committee deems appropriate to reflect such Change in Control; provided , however , that the Committee may determine in its sole discretion that no adjustment is necessary to Grants then outstanding; provided , further, however, that the right to make such adjustments shall include, but not require or be limited to, the modification of Grants such that the holder of the Grant shall be entitled to purchase or receive (in lieu of the total number of shares of Stock as to which an Option or SAR is exercisable (the “Total Shares”) or other consideration that the holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase or receive under the Grant (the “Total Consideration”)), the number of shares of stock, other securities, cash or property to

 

17


which the Total Consideration would have been entitled to in connection with the Change in Control (A) (in the case of Options), at an aggregate exercise price equal to the exercise price that would have been payable if the Total Shares had been purchased upon the exercise of the Grant immediately before the consummation of the Change in Control and (B) in the case of SARs, if the SARs had been exercised immediately before the occurrence of the Change in Control.

(f) Change in Control Price . The “Change in Control Price” shall equal the amount determined in the following clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v), whichever is applicable, as follows: (i) the price per share offered to holders of Stock in any merger or consolidation, (ii) the per share Fair Market Value of the Stock immediately before the Change in Control without regard to assets sold in the Change in Control and assuming the Company has received the consideration paid for the assets in the case of a sale of the assets, (iii) the amount distributed per share of Stock in a dissolution transaction, (iv) the price per share offered to holders of Stock in any tender offer or exchange offer whereby a Change in Control takes place, or (v) if such Change in Control occurs other than pursuant to a transaction described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of this Section 9(f), the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock that may otherwise be obtained with respect to such Grants or to which such Grants track, as determined by the Committee as of the date determined by the Committee to be the date of cancellation and surrender of such Grants. In the event that the consideration offered to stockholders of the Company in any transaction described in this Section 9(f) or in Section 9(e) consists of anything other than cash, the Committee shall determine the fair cash equivalent of the portion of the consideration offered which is other than cash and such determination shall be binding on all affected Participants to the extent applicable to Awards held by such Participants.

(g) Impact of Corporate Events on Awards Generally . In the event of a Change in Control or changes in the outstanding Stock by reason of a recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange or other relevant change in capitalization (including an extraordinary repurchase of Stock by the Company) occurring after the date of the grant of any Award and not otherwise provided for by this Section 9, any outstanding Awards and any Award agreements evidencing such Awards shall be subject to adjustment by the Committee at its discretion, which adjustment may, in the Committee’s discretion, be described in the Award agreement and may include, but not be limited to, adjustments as to the number and price of shares of Stock or other consideration subject to such Awards, accelerated vesting (in full or in part) of such Awards, conversion of such Awards into awards denominated in the securities or other interests of any successor Person, or the cash settlement of such Awards in exchange for the cancellation thereof. In the event of any such change in the outstanding Stock, the aggregate number of shares of Stock available under this Plan may be appropriately adjusted by the Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive.

10. General Provisions .

(a) Transferability.

(i) Permitted Transferees . The Committee may, in its discretion, permit a Participant to transfer all or any portion of an Option or SAR, or authorize all or a portion of an Option or SAR to be granted to an Eligible Person to be on terms which permit

 

18


transfer by such Participant; provided that, in either case the transferee or transferees must be any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, in each case with respect to the Participant, an individual sharing the Participant’s household (other than a tenant or employee of the Company), a trust in which any of the foregoing individuals have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which any of the foregoing individuals (or the Participant) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which any of the foregoing individuals (or the Participant) own more than fifty percent of the voting interests (collectively, “Permitted Transferees”); provided further that, (X) there may be no consideration for any such transfer and (Y) subsequent transfers of Options or SARs transferred as provided above shall be prohibited except subsequent transfers back to the original holder of the Option or SAR and transfers to other Permitted Transferees of the original holder. Agreements evidencing Options or SARs with respect to which such transferability is authorized at the time of grant must be approved by the Committee, and must expressly provide for transferability in a manner consistent with this Section 10(a)(i).

(ii) Qualified Domestic Relations Orders . An Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Restricted Stock Award or other Award may be transferred, to a Permitted Transferee, pursuant to a domestic relations order entered or approved by a court of competent jurisdiction upon delivery to the Company of written notice of such transfer and a certified copy of such order.

(iii) Other Transfers . Except as expressly permitted by Sections 10(a)(i) and 10(a)(ii), Awards shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10, an Incentive Stock Option shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

(iv) Effect of Transfer . Following the transfer of any Award as contemplated by Sections 10(a)(i), 10(a)(ii) and 10(a)(iii), (A) such Award shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to transfer, provided that the term “Participant” shall be deemed to refer to the Permitted Transferee, the recipient under a qualified domestic relations order, or the estate or heirs of a deceased Participant or other transferee, as applicable, to the extent appropriate to enable the Participant to exercise the transferred Award in accordance with the terms of this Plan and applicable law and (B) the provisions of the Award relating to exercisability shall continue to be applied with respect to the original Participant and, following the occurrence of any applicable events described therein the Awards shall be exercisable by the Permitted Transferee, the recipient under a qualified domestic relations order, or the estate or heirs of a deceased Participant, as applicable, only to the extent and for the periods that would have been applicable in the absence of the transfer.

(v) Procedures and Restrictions . Any Participant desiring to transfer an Award as permitted under Sections 10(a)(i), 10(a)(ii) or 10(a)(iii) shall make application therefor in the manner and time specified by the Committee and shall comply with such other requirements as the Committee may require to assure compliance with all applicable securities laws. The Committee shall not give permission for such a transfer if it may not be made in compliance with all applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws.

 

19


(vi) Registration . To the extent the issuance to any Permitted Transferee of any shares of Stock issuable pursuant to Awards transferred as permitted in this Section 10(a) is not registered pursuant to the effective registration statement of the Company generally covering the shares to be issued pursuant to this Plan to initial holders of Awards, the Company shall not have any obligation to register the issuance of any such shares of Stock to any such transferee.

(b) Taxes.

(i) Withholding . The Company and any of its Subsidiaries are authorized to withhold from any Award granted, or any payment relating to an Award under this Plan, including from a distribution of Stock, amounts of withholding and other taxes due or potentially payable in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the Committee may deem advisable to enable the Company and Participants to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award. This authority shall include authority to withhold, sell or receive Stock or other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a Participant’s tax obligations, either on a mandatory or elective basis in the discretion of the Committee. To the extent applicable, each Award shall include a requirement that the Participant irrevocably agree to pay to the Company or the employing Subsidiary (as appropriate) the amount of any Tax Liability or enter into arrangements to the satisfaction of the Company or his employing Subsidiary (as appropriate) for payment of any Tax Liability.

(ii) Tax Elections . Unless the Company or the employing Subsidiary directs that it shall not, each Award shall include a requirement that the Participant irrevocably agree that the Company or the employing Subsidiary (as appropriate) may recover the whole or any part of any Employer NICs from the Participant and at the request of the Company or the employing Subsidiary (as appropriate) the Participant shall elect (using a form approved by HM Revenue & Customs) that the whole or any part of the liability for Employer NICs shall be transferred to the Participant. The Company or the employing Subsidiary may decide to release the Participant from or not to enforce any part of the Participant’s obligations in respect of Employer NICs under this Section 10(b)(ii). An Award shall include a requirement that the Participant irrevocably agree to enter into a joint election, under section 431(1) or section 431(2) of the United Kingdom Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 in respect of the Stock to be acquired pursuant to the Award if required to do so by the Company or the employing Subsidiary before any Stock is acquired.

(c) Changes to this Plan and Awards . The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate this Plan or the Committee’s authority to grant Awards under this Plan without the consent of stockholders or Participants, except that any amendment or alteration to this Plan, including any increase in any share limitation, shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders not later than the annual meeting next following such Board action if such stockholder approval is required by any federal or state law or regulation or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock may then be listed or quoted,

 

20


and the Board may otherwise, in its discretion, determine to submit other such changes to this Plan to stockholders for approval; provided , that, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such Board action may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under any previously granted and outstanding Award. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any Award theretofore granted and any Award agreement relating thereto, except as otherwise provided in this Plan; provided , however , that, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such Committee action may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under such Award. For purposes of clarity, any adjustments made to Awards pursuant to Section 9 will be deemed not to materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant under any previously granted and outstanding Award and therefore may be made without the consent of affected Participants.

(d) Limitation on Rights Conferred under Plan . Neither this Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as (i) giving any Eligible Person or Participant the right to continue as an Eligible Person or Participant or in the employ or service of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) interfering in any way with the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate any Eligible Person’s or Participant’s employment or service relationship at any time, (iii) giving an Eligible Person or Participant any claim to be granted any Award under this Plan or to be treated uniformly with other Participants and/or employees and/or other service providers whether or not that Eligible Person or Participant has previously been granted an Award, (iv) giving an Eligible Person or Participant any rights to compensation or damages on account of any loss in respect of any Award or the Plan where such loss arises (or is claimed to arise), in whole or in part, from termination of office or employment with or notice to terminate office or employment given by or to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. This exclusion of liability shall apply however termination of office or employment, or the giving of notice, is caused, and however compensation or damages may be claimed; or (v) giving an Eligible Person or Participant any rights to compensation or damages on account of any loss in respect of any Award or the Plan where such loss arises (or is claimed to arise), in whole or in part, from any company ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Company or the transfer of any business from a Subsidiary to any Person which is not a Subsidiary. This exclusion of liability shall apply however the change of status of the relevant Subsidiary, or the transfer of the relevant business, is caused, and however compensation or damages may be claimed; or (vi) conferring on a Participant any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company unless and until the Participant is duly issued or transferred shares of Stock in accordance with the terms of an Award. Furthermore, the rights and obligations of any Eligible Person or Participant under the terms of that Eligible Person’s or Participant’s office or employment with Company or any Subsidiary shall not be affected by being an Option holder and the value of any benefit realized under the Plan shall not be taken into account in determining any pension or similar entitlements.

(e) Unfunded Status of Awards . This Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for certain incentive awards.

(f) Nonexclusivity of this Plan . Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board nor its submission to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board or a committee thereof to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be construed to prevent the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from taking any corporate action

 

21


which is deemed by the Company or such Subsidiary to be appropriate or in its best interest, whether or not such action would have an adverse effect on this Plan or any Award made under this Plan. No employee, beneficiary or other person shall have any claim against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of any such action.

(g) Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to this Plan or any Award. The Committee shall determine whether cash, other Awards or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

(h) Severability . If any provision of this Plan is held to be illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions hereof, but such provision shall be fully severable and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein. If any of the terms or provisions of this Plan or any Award agreement conflict with the requirements of section 422 of the Code (with respect to Incentive Stock Options), then those conflicting terms or provisions shall be deemed inoperative to the extent they so conflict with the requirements of section 422 of the Code. With respect to Incentive Stock Options, if this Plan does not contain any provision required to be included herein under section 422 of the Code, that provision shall be deemed to be incorporated herein with the same force and effect as if that provision had been set out at length herein; provided , further, that, to the extent any Option that is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option cannot so qualify, that Option (to that extent) shall be deemed an Option not subject to section 422 of the Code for all purposes of the Plan.

(i) Governing Law . All questions arising with respect to the provisions of the Plan and Awards shall be determined by application of the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any conflict of law provisions thereof, except to the extent New York law is preempted by federal law. The obligation of the Company to sell and deliver Stock hereunder is subject to applicable federal and state laws and to the approval of any governmental authority required in connection with the authorization, issuance, sale, or delivery of such Stock.

(j) Conditions to Delivery of Stock . Nothing herein or in any Award granted hereunder or any Award agreement shall require the Company to issue any shares with respect to any Award if that issuance would, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, constitute a violation of the Securities Act or any similar or superseding statute or statutes, any other applicable statute or regulation, or the rules of any applicable securities exchange or securities association, as then in effect. At the time of any exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, or at the time of any grant of a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit, or other Award the Company may, as a condition precedent to the exercise of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right or settlement of any Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit or other Award, require from the Participant (or in the event of his or her death, his or her legal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees) such written representations, if any, concerning the holder’s intentions with regard to the retention or disposition of the shares of Stock being acquired pursuant to the Award and such written covenants and agreements, if any, as to the manner of disposal of such shares as, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, may be necessary to ensure that any disposition by that holder (or in the event of the holder’s death, his or her legal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees) will not involve a violation of the

 

22


Securities Act or any similar or superseding statute or statutes, any other applicable state or federal statute or regulation, or any rule of any applicable securities exchange or securities association, as then in effect. No Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable and no settlement of any Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit shall occur with respect to a Participant unless and until the holder thereof shall have paid cash or property to, or performed services for, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that the Committee believes is equal to or greater in value than the par value of the Stock subject to such Award.

(k) Section 409A of the Code . In the event that any Award granted pursuant to this Plan provides for a deferral of compensation within the meaning of the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules, it is the general intention, but not the obligation, of the Company to design such Award to comply with the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules and such Award should be interpreted accordingly.

(l) Data Protection. In accepting an Award or by participating in the Plan each Participant consents to the collection, holding, processing and transfer of his personal data by the Company or any Subsidiary for all purposes connected with the operation of the Plan. The purposes of the Plan include, but are not limited to: (i) holding and maintaining details of the Participant’s Awards; (ii) transferring the Participant’s personal data to the Company’s registrars or brokers or any administrators of the Plan; (iii) transferring the Participant’s personal data to a bona fide prospective buyer of the Company or the employing Subsidiary or business unit (or the prospective buyer’s advisers), provided that the prospective buyer, and its advisers, irrevocably agree to use the Participant’s personal data only in connection with the proposed transaction and in accordance with the data protection principles set out in the United Kingdom Data Protection Act 1998; and (iv) transferring the Participant’s personal data to a person who is resident in a country or territory outside the European Economic Area that may not provide the same statutory protection for the information as countries within the European Economic Area.

(m) Plan Effective Date and Term . This Plan was adopted by the Board on the Effective Date, and approved by the stockholders of the Company on November 5, 2013, to be effective on the Effective Date. No Awards may be granted under this Plan on and after October 22, 2023.

 

23

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Navigator Holdings Ltd.:

We consent to the use of our report dated July 18, 2013, except as to Note 10(b), which is as of November 4, 2013, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Navigator Holdings Ltd. as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012, included herein, and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

Our report contains an explanatory paragraph that refers to Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements and states that Navigator Holdings Ltd. changed its method of accounting for revenue recognition of voyage charters effective April 1, 2013.

/s/ KPMG LLP

London, United Kingdom

November 6, 2013

 

LOGO

Exhibit 23.5

November 6, 2013

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

21 Palmer Street

London, SW1H 0AD, United Kingdom

Ladies and Gentleman:

Reference is made to the Form F-1 registration statement (the “ Registration Statement ”) relating to the initial public offering of shares of common stock of Navigator Holdings Ltd. (the “ Company ”). We hereby consent to all references to our name in the Registration Statement and to the use of the statistical and graphical information supplied by us set forth in section of the Registration Statement entitled “The International Liquefied Gas Shipping Industry”. We advise the Company that we do not have any knowledge that the information provided by us is inaccurate in any material respect. We further advise the Company that our role has been limited to the provision of such statistical and graphical data supplied by us. With respect to such statistical and graphical data, we advise you that:

 

    certain information in our database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments; and

 

    while we have taken reasonable care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believe it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures.

We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of the Company to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to the reference to our firm in the section of the Prospectus entitled “Industry and Market Data.”

/s/ Nigel Gardiner

Nigel Gardiner

Group Managing Director

Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd.

LONDON | DELHI | SINGAPORE | S HANGHAI

Drewry Shipping Consultants, 15-17 Christopher Street, London EC2A 2BS, United Kingdom

t : +44 (0) 20 7538 0191     f : +44 (0) 20 7987 9396     e : enquiries@drewry.co.uk

Registered in England No. 3289135    Registered VAT No. 830 3017 77

www.drewry.co.uk